- oannia —_ - — ~ —— -— = = = — = ‘ A | " j 4 wer! OC — rr eee V — — a 505,42 dh wl en ec — eo Nature A WEEKLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL OF SCIENCE Nature, March 26, 1914 eS Sees * Nature, J March 26, 1914 Nature A WEEKLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL OF SCIENCE VOLUME XCII SEPTEMBER, 1913, to FEBRUARY, 1914 “To the solid ground Of Nature trusts the mind which builds for aye.’—WoRDSWORTH ~aanian ‘i er” Institaes co APR 6 19] W ABAX } ional Muse ¥ondon MACMILLAN AND CO. LimiTED NEW YORK: THE MACMILLAN COMPANY BRUNSWICK STR Wrenn March 26, 1914 tbbott (G.), Zonal Structure in Colloids, 607, 687 bott (W. J. L.), Pygmy Flints from Cape Colony, 83 ul-Ali (Sijil), Alchemy, 697 i (G.), Spectra of Stars, 18 dams (W. S.), Absorption of Light in Space, 698 gassiz (Alexander), Letters and Recollections of, edited by _ G. R. Agassiz, 601 e (Dr. E. E. F. d’), the Radiation Problem, 689 exander (W. B.), Discovery of Australia, 715 llen’s Commercial Organic Analysis, edited by W. A. _ Davis and S. S. Sadtler, 125 len (Dr. E. J.), New Quantitative Tow Net for Plankton, i= me 335 Allen (Dr. H. S.), Passivity of Metals, 356; Atomic Models and X-Ray Spectra, 630, 713 lien (P. H.), Maritime Plants at Holme, 489 iiliston (N.), Aural Illusion, 61 inderson (E. M.), Path of Ray in Rotating Solid, 730 derson (F. I.), the Farmer of To-morrow, 229 idrade (Dr. E. N. da C.), Modern Electrometers, 133 idrews (A. W.), Text-book of Geography, 498 ndrews (E. C.), Development of the Order Myrtacez, 336 adrews (E. S.), Theory and Design of Structures, 4; Further Problems in the Theory and Design of Struc- tures, 341 ews (Elizabeth), Ulster Folklore, 343 tin (V.), Roumanian Legend re January Bolides, 720 nandale (Dr. N.) and others, Limestone Caves of Burma, 443 . Arber (Dr. E. A. N.), Kent Coalfield, 467 ‘istotle’s Physics, 584, 606 nitage (Miss), Two Varieties of Corn Spurry, nstrong (Prof. H. E.), lants, 670 516 Physiological Effects of Stimu- Rete EEX, AUTHOR INDEX. Baker (R. T.), Cabinet Timbers of Australia, Baker (T. Thorne), Currents, 509 Baker (Prof. W. C.), Mass as a Measure of Inertia, 268 Ball (Dr. John), Distance of the Visible Horzion, 344 Ball (Sir Robert S., F.R.S.), Obituary, 403 Ball (Prof. V.), R. R. Simpson, Coalfields of India, iii Bannister (C. O.) and G. Patchin, Cupellation Experiments, 552 Physiological Effects of High-frequency 545 Barclay (W. R.) and C. H. Hainsworth, Electroplating, 126 Barcroft (J.) and others, Report of Monte Rosa Expedition of 1911, 677 Barker (Prof.) and Mr. Gimingham, Fungicidal Action of Bordeaux Mixture, 515 Barnard (Prof. E. E.), Unusual Nucleus of a Dark Regions in the Sky, 671 Barr (J. R.) and R. D. Archibald, Design of Alternating Current Machinery, 126 Barrow (G.), Spirorbis Limestone of North Warwickshire, Comet, 302; 3 ed (Prof. Carl), Scattering in the Case of Regular Reflection from a Transparent Grating, 451 Bastian (Dr. H. Charlton, F.R.S.), Present-day Occurrence of Spontaneous Generation, 579, 660, 685 Bateson (W., F.R.S.), Problems of Genetics, 497 Bather (Dr. F. A.), Fossil Crinoids, 335 Bauer (E.) and others, la Constitution de la Matiére, 339 Bausor (H. W.), Preliminary Chemistry, 446 Bawtree (A. E.), Banl-note Engraving, 543 Baxandall (F. E.), Europium in Stellar, Spectra, 328; Magnesium Lines in Stellar Spectra, 468 Baylis (H. A.), Tentacles of Blennius gattorugine, 624 Beard (Dr. J.), Cancer and Malaria, 60; Pancreatic Treat- ment of Tuberculosis and Malaria, 165 Beaven (E. S.) and others, Barley Production, 515 Beilby (Dr. G. T., F.R.S.), Fuel: Low Temperature Car- bonisation and New Apparatus, 331; Polishing, 332-3; Transparence or Translucence of the Surface Film produced in Polishing Metals, 691 Beit Memorial Fellowships, 492 Belar (Prof. A.), Laibach Seismogram and the Japanese Earthquake, 716 Bell (A. Graham), awarded Hughes Medal, 406 Bell (J. M.), Outlook for Mineral Industry in Canada, 678 Bell (Dr. Louis), Snowfall in Train Shed, 721 Belopolsky (Prof.), Spectrum of a Canum Ven., 143 Belot (E.), Zodiacal Matter and the Solar Constant, 460 Bemmelen (Prof. van), Convergence in Mammalia, 411 Bengough (Dr. G.) and R. M. Jones, Report to Corrosion Committee, 52 : Bennett (T. L.), Accuracy of Triangulation of United Kingdom, 713 Benson (Prof. Margaret J.), Pettycur, 442 Benson (W.N.), Great Serpentine Belt of New South Wales,- 225, 336, 547 : f Pa Berger (K.), P. Le Normand, la Télégraphie et la Télé- phonie, 126 Sphaerostoma ovale from: vi . Index Berry (Prof. R. J. A.) and Dr. A. W. D. Robertson, the Tasmanian Aboriginal, 730 Bertillon (Alphonse), Obituary Note,’ 693 Besson (Dr. A.), Prof. H. J. Hutchens, D.S.O., Practical Bacteriology and Serum Therapy (Medical and Veterinary), 193 Bevan (Prof. P. V.), Obituary, 481 Bickerton (W.), Home-life of Terns, 294 Bidder (G. P.), Amcebocytes in Calcareous Sponges, 479 Biesbroek (G. van) and A. Tiberghien, Rémer’s Adversaria, 621 Bigourdan (G.), Thermometric Coefficient of Wire Micro- meter, 650 Birkeland (Kr.), Sun’s Magnetism, 55 Black (N. H.) and Dr. H. N. Davis, Practical Physics for Secondary Schools, 473 Blaise (E. E.), Synthesis by Mixed Zinc Organometallic Derivatives, 731 Blake (Prof. J. C.), General Chemistry Laboratory Manual, 655 Blakeslee (Dr. M. F.) and Dr. C. D. Jarvis, Trees in Winter, 504 Blathwayt (T. B.), Aural Illusion, 293 Bloxam (C. L.), A. G. Bloxam and Dr. S. J. Lewis, Chemistry, 343 Bodroux (F.), Catalytic Esterification in the Wet Way, 521 Bohle (Prof. H.), Electrical Photometry and Illumination, 126 Bohn (G.), die Neue Tierpsychologie, 396 Bohr (Dr. N.), Spectra of Helium and Hydrogen, 231; Radiation, 306; Atomic Models and X-Ray Spectra, 553 Boll and Henri Reactions, 573 Bolton (H.), Giant Dragon-fly in Radstock Coal Measures, (MM.), Oxygen and Photochemical 729 Bond (Dr. C. J.), Unilateral Development of Secondary Male Characters in a Pheasant, 388 Bone (Prof. W. A.), Cheap Gaseous Fuel generated on the Spot, 331 Bonney (Prof. T. G., F.R.S.), Fiords and other Inlets, Prof. J. W. Gregory, F.R.S., 662 Borrelly (M.), Hind’s Nebula, 87 Bortkiewicz (Prof. L. v.), Radio-activity and Theory of Chance, 684 Bosler (J.), Magnetic Storms and Solar Phenomena, 19 Boéttger (Dr. W.), Qualitative Analyse vom Standpunkte der Ionenlehre, 446 Bottomley (Prof.), Peat Conversion to Manure, 516 Boulanger (C.) and J. Bardet, Gallium in Aluminium, 311 Boulenger (E. G.), Metamorphosis of Axolotl, 387 Boulenger (G. A.), Reptiles from Colombian Choco, 416 Boulton (Prof. W. S.), Machine for Cutting Thin Rock- sections, 360 Bourquelot (Prof. E.), Synthesis of Glucosides by Ferments, 304 Bourriéres (F.), Brownian Movement, 521 Bousfield (W. R.), Osmotic Pressure, 703 Bowater (W.), Heredity of Melanism in Lepidoptera, 386 Boys (Prof. C. V., F.R.S.), “Davon” Micro-telescope, 595 Bragg (Prof. W. H., F.R.S.), X-Rays and Crystals, 307; Crystals and the X-Ray Photometer, 416; X-Ray Spectra of Sulphur and Quartz Crystals, 649 Bragg (W. L.), Analysis of Crystals by the X-Ray Spectro- meter, 416 Brauer (Prof. Dr.), die Siisswasserfauna Deutschlands, 60 Brauns (Dr. R.), the Mineral Kingdom, L. J. Spencer, 316 Braus (Prof. H.), Homology of Gills, 388; Cultures of Embryonic Heart, 388 Breitenbach (Dr. W.), Aus Siid-Brasilien, 29 Brenchley (Dr. Winifred), Weeds of Arable Land, 516 Brereton (C.), Education of Employees, 310 Brewer (G. W. S.), Educational School Gardening and Handwork, 604 Bridgman (Dr. P. Liquids, 142 Briggs and Belz (Messrs.), Evaporation in the Plains and the Haze of 1912, 107 Brigham (Dr. W. T.), U.S. Territory of Hawaii, 346 Brinkmann (Dr. A.), New Genus of Deep-sea Nemertine Worm, 145 W.), Thermodynamic Properties of Brown (G. E.), British Journal Photographic Album, 1914,, Nota March 265 1914 British Association Committee on Electrical Standards, Reports of, g1 : Broca and Florian (MM.), a ‘Practical Level with Damped! Mercury Bath, 442 Broek (A. van den), Intra-atomic Charge and Structure of’ the Atom, 372, 476 Broglie (M. de), X-Rays and Crystals, 327; Reflection of | X-Rays, 423 Brooks (C. E. P.), Meteorological Conditions of an Ice: Sheet and Desiccation of the Globe, 520 Broom (Dr. R.), the Dicynodont Vomer, 6; Anthodon :: Correction, 51; Mammal-like Dentition of a Cynodont} Reptile, 388; Extinct South African Horse, 514 Brown (Barnum), Dinosaur, 514 A Brown (Prof. Crum), on Lord Kelvin, 303. Brown (Edward), British Poultry Trade, 538 le 500 Brown (Prof. J. Campbell), Dr. G. D. Bengough, Practical.) Chemistry, 655 ; Brown (J. Coggin), Grooved Stone Hammers from Assam) and Eastern Asia, 705 Brown (S. E.), Experimental Science, 473 Brown (S. G.), Chemical Action stimulated by Alternating; Currents, 703 ’ Brown (Dr. William), What is Psycho-analysis? 643 Brown (Prof. W.) and J. Smith, Subsidence of Torsional | Oscillations in Nickel Wires in Alternating Magnetic: Fields, 704 Brown (Dr. W. H.), Biology of Aquatic Plants, 54 ~ Browne (F. Balfour), Life-history of a Water-beetle, 20 Bruce (Dr. W. S.), Map of Prince Charles Foreland, Spits-- bergen, 437; Shackleton’s Transantarctic Expedition, , 533 Brucker (Prof. E.), Zoology, 340 Brunetti (E.), Fauna of India: Diptera nematocera, 683 Brunton (Sir L., F.R.S.), Synthesis by Means of Ferments, 399; on Dr. Weir Mitchell, 534 Bryan (Prof. G. H., F.R.S.), Pianoforte Touch, 292, 425; Mathematicians in Council, Automatic Aéroplane: Controls, 609 Bryant (V. S.), Laboratory Text-book of Chemistry, 262 Buchanan (Estelle D. and Prof. R. E.), Household Bac-| teriology, 28 Buchanan (J. Y., F.R.S.), Scientific Papers, 551 Buchner (L. W. G.), Tasmanian Cranium, 730 Bullen (G. E.), Pilchards’ Food, 695 Bunting (W. L.) and H. L. Collen, Geography of they British Empire, ix Burckhardt (Fr.), Date of Easter, 84 Burne (Miss), Seasonal Customs, 413 Burns (Keivin), Wave-lengths of Iron Lines, 144; Are Spectrum of Tron, 566 Burrard (Col. S. G., F.R.S.), Survey of India, 645 Burt (Cyril), Mental Differences in the Sexes, 491; Psychology at the British Association, 516-517 Butler (E.), Modern Pumping and Hydraulic Machinery, 2 Buttel-Reepen (Prof. H. v.), A. G. Thacker, Man and his Forerunners, 160 Buxton (S.), Safety of Life at Sea: Speech at Conference, 355 5753 Cain (Dr.), Alcohol in Beer, 670 Caius (Dr. John), Works: with Memoir by Dr. J. Venn, E. S. Roberts, vi Callendar (Prof. H. L., F.R.S.), Pressure of Radiation and Carnot’s Principle, 450, 500, 553, 629; Expansion of Silica, 467 Calman (Dr. W. T.), Freshwater Crustacea from Mada- gascar, 416 Cameron (F. K.), Kelp for Potash, 510 | Campbell (Dr. N. R.), Modern Electrical Theory, 345; Structure of the Atom, 586 ; Campbell (Percy M.), the Game of Mind, 2 Cannon (Miss), Spectra of Stars near North Pole, 594 Cannon (Dr. W. A.), Botany of Sahara, 509 Cardoso (Senor), Origin of Argentine Horses, 435 Carlier (Prof. E. W.), Post-pericardial Body of the Skate, 463 - Nature, March 25, 1914 Carlson (Dr.), Rhythmic Contraction of Fasting Human Stomach, 62 zarne (J. E.), Economic Geology of Papua, 436 Carnegie (D.), S. G. Gladwin, Liquid Steel, 681 Carpenter (F. A.), Climate and Weather of San Diego, California, 196 Carpenter (Dr. G. D. H.), Pseudacrzeas and their Models on Victoria Nyanza, 386 Carpenter (Prof. H. C. H.), __ Electro-deposited Iron, 442 Carr (E. A.), How to Enter the Civil Service, 398 Carr (Dr. W.), Absurdity of Psycho-physiological __ Parallelism, 516 Carr (W. K.), Matter and Some of its Dimensions, Case (G. O.), Use of Vegetation for Lands, 578 astle (L. J.), Mathematics, Science, and Drawing for the ___ Preliminary Technical Course, 195 . Cave (C. J. P.), Structure of Atmosphere : Soundings with __ Pilot Balloons, 57; Upper Air Research : Address, 624 chalmers (S. D.), the Magneton and Planck’s Constant, 68> Crystallising Properties of 605 Reclaiming Tidal -hapman (Dr. S.), Lunar Influence on Magnetism, 307, Tungsten Wire Suspensions 599 Chauveau (A.), Comparison of Vigorous and Feeble Organisms, 192; Comparison of Human and Bovine Tuberculosis: Aptitude for receiving the Bacillus, 224 Chevalier (S., S.J.), Photography of the Photosphere, 178 Chilton (Dr. C.), Geographical Distribution of Phreatoicus, 8 9 ree (Dr. C., F.R.S.), Magnetic Storms and the Sun, J. Bosler, 19 hurch (the late Colonel G. E.), Sir Clements R. Markham, K Claude (G.), Drying of Air to be Liquified, 123; Influence _ of Diameter on Potential Difference at Electrodes of Neon Tubes, 731; (and H. E. P. Cottrell), Liquid Air, __ Oxygen, Nitrogen, 134 Claxton (W. J.). : 726 : Colman (Dr. H. G.), Gas Industry and Fuel, 331 Colvin (Prof. S. S.), the Learning Process, 129 Combes (R.), Conversion of a Red Pigment in Leaves to - Yellow, s22 Coolidge (W.), New X-Ray Tube, 613 oppée (Baron), Coke Manufacture, 88 rnish (Dr. V.), Method of finding Period of Sea Waves, 437 > a Index Vil ee Coursey (P. R.), Characteristic Curves and Sensitiveness Tests of Crystal, 703 Couturat (Prof. L.) and others, schaft, 398 Coward -(T. A.), Willow Titmouse Cheshire, 704 Cox (Dr. A. H.), Igneous Rocks, 360 Crafts (J. M.), Comparison of Vapour Pressures, 521 Craig (George), Terrestrial Distribution of Radio-elements, 29 Craig (J. 1.), Europe, 436 Cramp (W.), Measurement of Air Velocities, &c., 650 Crampton (Dr. C. B.), Use of Geology to the Forester, 84 Crawley (A. E.), the Golden Bough, Prof. J. G. Frazer, 317; the New Psychology, Lieut.-Col. W. Sedgwick, Dr. A. J. Hubbard, Dr. M. Parmelee, G. Bohn, Dr. Rose Thesing, 396 Crook (T.), Genetic Classification of Rocks Deposits, 703 « Crookes (Sir Wm., O.M., for ‘Spectacles, 357 Cuming (E. D.), J. A. Shepherd, the Bodley Head Natural History, 228 Curie (Madame Marie Sklodowska), Honorary Degree at Birmingham, 67; (and others), les Idées Modernes sur la Constitution de la Matiére, 339 Czaplicka (Miss), Religious Belief and Environment in Siberia, 413 Weltsprache und Wissen- in Lancashire and Temperature Balance between Egypt and and Ore F.R.S.), Eye-preserving Glass Daguerre (M. Billon-) and. others, New Mercury Lamp, 390 Dahl (Prof. F.), Vergleichende Physiologie und Morpho- logie der Spinnentiere, 605 Dalton (J. P.), Modification of van der Waal’s Equation, 391 Daniell (G. F.), Curricula of Secondary Schools, 383 Danysz (J.), Treatment of Trypanosomiasis, 285; Com- pound of Arsenobenzene with Silver Bromide, 625 Darbishire (Dr. O. V.), Fungi, 489 Darling (H. A.), Elementary Workshop Drawing, 92 Darmois (E.), Alternating Arc in Mercury Vapour, 650, 730 Darwin (Charles), Relations with Henri Fabre, 237 Darwin (C. G.), Pressure of Radiation, 585 Darwin (Horace, F.R.S.), Bird Migration Routes, 370 Darwin (Major Leonard), Eugenics Education Society, 633 Davenport (Dr. C. B.), Heredity of Skin Colour in Negro- White Crosses, 696 David (Prof. E., C.M.G., F.R.S.), Antarctic Problems, 700 Davie (R. C.), Pinna-trace in Filicales, 488 Davidson (D.). Linseed Crop, 515 Davidson (N. J.), Things Seen in Oxford, 711 Davidson and Co. (Messrs.), Micro-telescope, 595 Davison (Dr. C.), Recent Seismological Disturbances in S. Japan, 716 Dawson (C.) and Dr. A. S. Woodward, Piltdown Palzo- lithic Skull, 545 Day (A. L.) and E. S. Shepherd, Water and Magmatic Gases, 391; Gases from Kilauea Crater, 417 Deeley (R. M.), Wind Provinces, 478; Weather Fore- casting, 608 Delavan (Mr.), Westphal’s Comet, 143; New Comet, 486 Dember (H.), Atmospheric Electricity and Wireless, 723 Dendy (Prof. A., F.R.S.), Darwinism roo Years Ago, 392: Ameebocytes in Calcareous Sponges, 399, 479 Denning (W. F.), Detonating Fireball of January 19, 670 Dennis (Prof. L. M.), Gas Analysis, 524 ; Desch (Dr. C. H.), Metallography, 197; Diffusion in Solid Solutions, 333 i d Deslandres (H.) and L. d’Azambuja, Spectroheliographic Work at Meudon, 178; Action of a Magnetic Field on Ultra-violet Spectrum of Water, 364; Second Group of Nitrogen Bands in Magnetic Field, 625; (and V. Burson), Action of Magnetic Field on Lines of Light- ing Gas, 495; (and A. Perot), Realisation of High Magnetic Fields, 650 D’Esterre (C. R.), New Variable Star, 434 Dhéré (C.) and A. Burdel, Absorption by cyanines, 224 Dickson (Prof. H. N.), British Section E, Geography, 150 Oxyhzemo- Association Address to vill Diesel (Dr. Rudolph), Disappearance, 173; Sulzer-Diesel Locomotive, 85 Digby (E.), Nor’-westers and Monsoon Prediction, 25 Dines (J. S.), Remarkable Meteor on November 24, 402 Dines (W. H., F.R.S.), awarded Gold Medal by Royal Meteorological Society, 235; Weather Ferecasting, 659 Dixey (Dr. F. A.), Geographical Relations of Mimicry, 386 Dixon (Prof. H. B.), awarded R.S. Royal Medal, 405 Dixon (Prof. H. H., F.R.S.), Spread of Morbid Changes through Plants from Branches killed by Heat, 599; Liquid Air as a Fixative, 609; Changes in Sap caused by Heating of a Branch, 704; Tensile Strength of Sap of Trees, 704; (and W. R. G. Atkins), Osmotic Pressures in Plants, 538 Dobbie (Dr. Mina L.), Physical Training, Lieut. G. Hébert, 27 Dobbin (Dr. L.), on Prof. Hugh Marshall, EB Rts;,023 Dollo (Prof.), Convergence in Mammalia, 411 . Donaldson (Sir F.), Engineering Research and its Coordination, 268 Donaldson (Sir James), Highest University Education in Germany and France, 517 Dongier and Brazier (MM.), Sound Effect, 258 Douglas (J. A.), Geological Sections through the Andes, 363 Drake-Brockman (Dr.), Desert Gazelles subsisting without Water, 695 Drapier (M.), Shaking a Solution of Copper in Nitric Acid, 679 Dreyer (Prof. G.), Relation of Organs to Body Weight, 463 Driesch (Prof. Hans), Philosophy of Vitalism, 400 Druce (G. C.), New Marsh Orchis, 624 Drude (Paul), Dr. W. Kénig, Physik des f&thers, 473 Duchéne (Capt.), J. H. Ledeboer and T. O’B. Hubbard, Mechanics of the Aéroplane, 368 Duff (A. Wilmer), Text-book of Physics, 473 Duffield (Dr.), Carbon Dioxide Output in Man, 463 Dugmore (A. R.), Wild Life and the Camera, 294 Dunlop (W. R.), Sugar-cane Stomata, 722 Duncan (J.), Mechanics and Heat, 473 Durrant (R. F.), Atmospherics in Wireless, 585 Durrant (R. G.), Specific Heats and Periodic Law— Analogy from Sound, 686 Dyson (Dr. F. W., F.R.S.), Sun-spot Areas, 383; the Cape Observatory, Sir David Gill, K.C.B., F.R.S., 556 Ebell (Dr.), Comet 1913¢, 86 Eddington (Prof. A. S.), Dynamics of a Globular Stellar System, 307; Distribution of Stars in Relation to Spectral Type, 468 Edwards (G. M.), Mines of the Ottoman Empire, 546 Ehrlich (Prof. P.), Cameron Prize, 720 Eiffel (G.), J. C. Hunsaker, Resistance of the Air and Aviation, 342; Langley Medal awarded to G. Eiffel, 719 Ekholm (Dr. N.), North Sea Weather in June, 85 Ekman (Dr.), Homology of Gills, 388 Elgee (F.), Moorlands of North-Eastern Yorkshire, viii Elles (Dr. Gertrude L.), Limestones at Bala, 359; Shelly Faunas of British Ordovician, 359 Elliot, (H. S. R.), Modern Science and the Illusions of Prof. Bergson, 263 Elliott (S. B.), Important States, 289 Ellis (Havelock), the Task of Social Hygiene, 59 Engler (A.) and others, das Pflanzenreich, 162 “Enquirer,” Semi-absolute, 530 Erdmann (H.), Prof. A. Corvisy, Minérale, 262 Esterley (C. O.), Plankton Distribution, 241 Eucken and Schwers (Drs.), Specific Heats at Low Tem- peratures, 51 Evans (Dr. eye Congress, 61 Evans ‘(E. J.), Spectra of Helium and Hydrogen, 5 Evans (T. J.), Artemia salina, New Species of Bathydoris, 730 Timber Trees of the United Traité de Chimie Ninth International Physiological 385 ; Index SRS Mc eS Se eee q Nature, March 26, 1914 Prominences, 302; Method of Evershed (J.), Solar Displacements of Spectrum Lines, Measuring Small 540 Evershed (S.), Characteristics of Insulation Resistance, 510 Ewing (Sir A.), Naval Education, 520 . Fabre (Henri), Relations with Darwin: Homing Instinct of Bees, 237 Variation, 722 Farmer (Prof. J. B., F.R.S.), Plant Life, 397; (and Prof. V. H. Blackman, F.R.S.), Dr. Bastian’s Evidence for Spontaneous Generation, 660 ; 5 oh Farran (G. P.), Copepoda from West Coast of Ireland, 650 Fawcett (C. B.), Fiord Lands and Social Development, 438 Fermor (Dr. L. L.), Garnet as a Geological Barometer, 485 — Ferrar (H. T.), the Elephant Trench at Dewlish, 371 Fiebeger (Col. G. J.), Field Fortification, 92 “" Filon (Prof. L. N. G.), Temperature Variation of Photo- elastic Effect in Strained Glass, 649 Findlay (Prof. A.), Osmotic Pressure, 261 Fischer (Dr. Eugen), die Rehobother Bastards, 160 Fischer (Prof. O.), Medizinische Physik, 682 Fischer (Dr. T.), Dr. Riihl, Mittelmeerbilder, 471 Fish (Prof. J. C. L.), Earthwork Haul and Overhaul, 92 Fisher (Rev. O.), Elephant Trench at Dewlish, 6, 166; Origin of Lunar Structures, 714 Fleck (A.), Radio-elements and Periodic Law, 332 Fleming (Prof. J. A., F.R.S.), Experimental Method for Production of Vibrations on Strings, 467; Wonders of Wireless Telegraphy, 526 : Fletcher (J. J.), Natural Hybridism in the Genus Grevillea, 157 Forbes (Dr. H. O.), the Plumage Bill, 476 Forcrand (R. de), Ferrous Sulphate and its Hydrates, 573 Férster-Nietzsche (Frau), A. M. Ludovici, the Young Nietzsche, 263 : Fortrat (R.), Abnormal Zeeman Phenomenon, 285 - Fesse (R.), Identification of Urea in very Dilute Solutions, _ 39t Fowler (Prof. A., F.R.S.), International Union for Solar Research, 30; Spectrum of Magnesium, 386; Spectra of Helium and Hydrogen, 95, 232; (and W. H. Reynolds), Magnesium Spectrum, 86 Fox (Dr. R. F.), Medical Hydrology, 708 Fraine (Dr. Ethel de), New Medullosa from Lower Coal, Frankland (Prof. P. F.), Walden Inversion, 330 Franklin (W. S.), B. MacNutt and R. L. Charles, Elementary Treatise on Calculus, 341 : Frazer (Prof. J. G.), the Golden Bough: Part vi., the © Scapegoat, 317 Freud (Prof. Sigmund), New Theory of Psycho-analysis, 643 Frick (Otto), Electric Refining of Steel in an Induction Furnace, 88 Friederici (Dr. G.), Bismarck-Archipel, 471 Friend (Rev. Hilderic), New Aquatic Annelid, 132 Friend (Dr. N.), Preservation of Iron, 179 7 Frischeisen-Kohler (Max), Wissenschaft und Wirklichkeit, 26: Fujioka (M.), Wood Structure in Japanese Conifers, 142 Fujiwhara (S.), Abnormal Propagation of Sound-waves in the Atmosphere, §92 | Furuhjelm (Dr. R.), Faint Companion to Capella, 724 British Association Address Gadow (Dr. H. F., F.R.S.), Darwinism 100 Years Ago, to Section D, Zoology, 145; 20 Gardiner (C. I.) and Prof. S. H. Reynolds, Rocks of Lough Nafooey, 623 — - Gardiner (Prof. J. S., Hawaii, 347 ; ae fae Garwood (Prof. E. J.), British Association Address ° to Section C (Geology), 111 _ Gaston (R.), Théorie de l’Aviation, 130 Gates (Dr. R. R.), Genetics, 490 Gautier (A.), Fluorine in Fumerolles, 364 | Geen (B.), Continuous Beams in Reinforced Concrete, 92 ] F.R.S.), the U.S. Territory of Fairgrieve (M. M’C.), Two-hourly Period in Barometer — Nature, March 26, 1914 Lndex ix Geiger (Dr. H.), Method of Counting a and B Particles emitted by a Radio-active Body, 85 Geikie (Sir A., P.R.S.), Presidential Address to Royal Society, 4o Geikie (Prof. J., F.R.S.), Mountains, 530 Gemmill (Dr. J. F.), Star-fish Porania pulvillus, Gerber (C.) and P. Flourens, 258 ; Germann (F. O.), Density of Oxygen, 390 “Gibson (Prof. A. H.), Kinetic Energy of Viscous Flow __. through a Circular Tube, 521 Gibson (C. R.), Romance of Scientific Discovery, ___ Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony, 682 Gilbert Centenary, 562 Gildemeister (E.) and Fr. Hoffmann, E. Kremers, Volatile Oils, 498 Gill (Sir David, K.C.B., F.R.S.), + §56; Obituary, 635 -Gimingham (Mr.), Nitrification in Pasture Soils, 516 Girousse (M.), Electrolysis of Lead and Iron in the Soil, 311 Giuffrida-Ruggeri Collettiva, 160 Goce (Dr. le), Anatomy of Cycads, 488 Goddard (E. J.), (1) Genital Apertures in Hirudinea, (2) a Phreodrilid from S. Africa, 123 Godfrey (C.) and A. W. Siddons, Elementary Algebra,. 195; _ Four-figure Tables, 195 Godlewski (Dr. T.), Phenomena of Solutions of Radio- active Products, 409 Gold (E.) and F. J. W. Whipple, Double Maximum in | _ Annual Temperatures of Kew and Valencia, 437 Beeedenough (Prof. G. A.), Principles of Thermodynamics, : 385 Trypsin of Calotropis procera, 369 ; the Cape Observatory, (V.), L’Uomo Attuale una Specie 2 _ Goodey (Mr.), Soil Protozoa, 516 | Gorczynski (L.), Solar Radiation in 1912, 86 Gordon (J. W.), Gyroscope Theory, 543 ' Gordon (S.), the Charm of the Hills, 294 Gordon (Dr. W.), Place of Climatology in Medicine, 448 Gorrie (J.), Ice Patent, 511 iracie (A.), Twenty Years of Marine Construction, 275 Graff (Dr. K.), New Comet, 52 ‘Graham-Smith (Dr.. G. S.), Flies in Relation to Disease, ee. 428 irarmont (A. de), Band Spectrum of Aluminium, 521 Granger (A.), Glasses containing Copper, 391 Green (Dr. G.), Natural Radiation from a Gas, 650 Greene (Prof. A. M., jun.), Elements of Heating and __ Ventilation, 93 - Greenhill (Sir G., F.R.S.), Prof. ‘Turner and Aristotle, 584 Greenwell (A.) and Dr. J. V. Elsden, Practical Stone i Quarrying, 290 Gregory (Prof. J. W.), Is the Earth Drying up? 435; 4 ature and Origin of Fiords, 662 Gregory (Dr. W. K.), an Eocene Lemur, __ in Mammalia, 411 Greig-Smith (Dr. R.), Soil Fertility, 547 Griffith (Rev. John), Ulster Folklore, Elizabeth Andrews, 343; Papers of the British School at Rome, 527 Griffiths (Principal E. H., F.R.S.), Educational Science: _ Address to Section L, British Association, 250 Griffiths (Ezer), Ice Calorimeter, 335; Variation with Temperature of Specific Heat of Sodium, 650 Grimshaw (Dr. J.), People’s Medical Guide, 59 Grossmann (Prof. E.), Aid for Transit Circle Observers, 512 Grossmann (Dr.), Utilisation of Sewage, 515 Grube (Dr. G.), Passivity of Metals, 356 Guichard (Prof. C.), MM. Dautry et Deschamps, Problémes : de Mécanique, 341 Guillet (L.), Nickel-chrome Steels, Variation of Resilience of Temperature, 224; Gulland and Ritchie (Drs.), Reports from the Laboratory | __. of the Royal College of Physicians, Edinburgh, 317 Giinther (Dr. Albert C. L. G., F.R.S.), Obituary, 664 x 388 ; Convergence 730; (and V. Bernard), Alloys of Copper with ba Haas (Dr. Paul) and T. G. __ Chemistry of Plant Products, Haddon (Dr: A. C., F.R.S.), Hill, 524 Mississippi Archeology, C. B. Introduction to the Moore, 138 Haig (K. G.), Dr. A. Haig, Health through Diet, 93 Haldane (Lord), Higher Education and the State, 270 Hale (H. O.), Agricultural Experiments in Public Schools, 596 Hall (Wilfred) and H. Morris-Airey, Wireless Telegraphy, 554 Haller (A.), Alkylation of B- and y-Methylcyclohexanones, 336; (and R. Cornubert), Methyl-cyclopentanones, 678 Hallett (C.), Museum Guides, 537 Halley (Ed., Astronomer Royal), Magnetic Work, 275 Hallimond (A. F.), Uniaxial Augite from Mull, 703 Hampson (Sir G. F.), Catalogue of Noctuidz in the British Museum, 288 Hamy (M.), Measurement of Radial Velocities by Objective Grating, 383; Objective Prism for Radial Velocities, 599, 616 Hardcastle (Capt. J. H.), Prof. Turner and Harding (Ch.), the Past Summer, 53 Harker (Dr. J. A., F.R.S.), Solar Electrical Phenomena, 131 Harlow (F. J.), Lecture Experiment re Ionisation, Thermal Expansions of Mercury Harmsworth Popular Science, 230 Harper (Prof. M. W.), Animal Husbandry for- Schools, Hartley (Sir W. N., F.R.S.), Obituary, ro2 Hatch (Dr. F. H.), Petrology of Igneous Rocks, 659 Hatton (J. L. S.), Principles of Projective Geometry Appli2d to the Straight Line and Conic, 195 Havelock (Dr. T. H.), Ship Resistance, 416 Haviland (M. D.), Wild Life on the Wing, 688 Hawkins (Mrs. H. Periam), A.B.C. Guide to Astronomy, 578 Hawks (E.), Astronomy, 658 Hazell’s Annual, 500 Headley (F. W.), the Flight of Birds, 368 Heaviside (Oliver), Use of Distributed Inductance in Tele- phone Cables, 508 Hébert (Lieut. G.), Lecon-Type d’entrainement complet, 27 Hedin (Sven), Trans-Himalaya : Discoveries in Tibet, 167 Hemsley (Dr. W. B., F.R.S.); Gum Trees of Australia; J. H. Maiden, 12- Henderson (Rev. A. C.), Astronomy Simplified, 290 Henderson (Prof. G. G.) and I. M. Heilbron, Selective Absorption of Ketones, 495 Hepworth (M. W. C., C.B.), National Antarctic Expedi- tion, 1901-4, 3 18; Antiquity of Man in South America, “Atmospherics” in Aristotle, 584 on, 390; and Fused Silica, 467 229 93 _Herdman (Prof. W. A., F.R.S.), Coloured Organisms on Sea-sand, 5; Ascidian Diazona violacea, 387 Herms (Prof. W. B.), Malaria, 316; Laboratory Guide to Parasitology, 316 Heron-Allen (E.) and A. Earland, Clare Island Survey : Foraminifera, 458 Hess (V. F.), Radium Measurement by the y-Ray Method, 6a9 : Hett (Miss M. L.), Morphology of Mammalian Tonsil, 389 Hevesy (Dr. G. von), Radio-active Elements as Indicators, 332; (and Dr. Paneth), Chemistry of Radio-active Elements, 699 Hewlett (Prof. R. T.), Household Bacteriology, Estelle D. Buchanan and Prof. R. E. Buchanan, 28; Spontaneous Generation, Dr. H. C. Bastian, F.R.S., 579 Hezlet (Captain R. K.), Nomography, 195 Hill (Dr. A. C.), Reversibility of Ferment Action, 479 Hill (Prof. L., F.R.S.), Katathermometer, 463; (and Dr. McQueen), Pulse and Resonance of Tissues, 463 Hinks (A. R., F.R.S.), Maps and Survey, v Hissey (J. J.), a Leisurely Tour in England, 498 Ho (H.) and S. Koto, an Electrostatic Oscillograph, 335 Hobhouse (Prof. L. T.), Development and Purpose, 2 Hobson (Prof. E. W.) and Prof. A. E. H. Love, Proceed- ings of the Fifth International Congress of Mathe- maticians, 575 Hodgkison (E. G.), Preliminary Geography, ix Hofler (Dr. Alois), Didaktik der Himmelskunde, 130 Hogner (P.), J. Eck, Light, Radiation, and Illumination, 8 4 : Holdich (Sir T. H., K:C.M.G.), Geodetic Observations and their Value: R.S.A. Address, 464 Holt (Dr. A.), Solubility of Gases in Metals, 333 x Holtz +(F.19%2)) Geography, ix Hooker (A. H.), Chloride of Lime in Sanitation, 93 Hopkins (F. Gowland, F.R.S.), Physiology: Address to Section I, British Association, 213 Hopkinson (Sir A.) and others, the Modern University, 491 Hopkinson (Prof. B.), Method of Measuring Pressure pro- duced in Detonation of High Explosives, 416 Hopkinson (J.), Bibliography of the Tunicata, 288 Horiguti (Y.), Evaporation of Water, 176 Hornaday (Dr. W. T.), Our Vanishing Wild Life, 504 Hornell (J.), the Chank Bangle Industry in India, 487 Horwood (A. R.), Preservation of British Flora, 490 Houbazer (M.), Utilisation of Blast-furnace Gases Metallurgy, 88 Houstoun (Dr. R. A.), Mathematical Representation of a Light Pulse, 416 Howard (Gabrielle L. C.), Tobacco in India, Howarth (O. J. R.), Commercial Geography Principles and Methods of Teaching in 457 of the World, 471 Howlett (Prof.), Psychology of Insects, 51 Hoyt (W. F.), Manual of Qualitative Analysis, Combustion Methods, 446 Hrdlitka (Ales) and others, Early Man in South America, Reagent and 144 Hubbard (Dr. A. J.), Fate of Empires, 396 Hudson (O. F.), Changes in Alloys on Annealing, 333; (and Dr. G. D. Bengough), Iron and Steel: Text- book, 3 i Hudson (W. F. A.), Handbook of Forestry, 289 Huene (Prof. F. von), New Phytosaur, 514 Hughes and Hurst (Messrs.), Water and Cotton Cultiva- tion, 722 Hume (Miss M.), Histology of Leptoids in a Moss, 488 Humfrey (Mr.), Intercrystalline Cohesion of Metals, 179 Hummel (Prof. W. G. and Bertha R.), Materials and Methods in High School Agriculture, 658 Humphreys (Prof. W. J.), Origin of Climatic Changes, 479; Holes in the Air, 293 Hurry (Dr. J. B.), Ideals and Organisation. of a Medical Society, 422 Hurst (Major C. C.), Genetics, 490 Hurst (H. E.), the Nile Flood of 1913, 424 Hiirthle (Prof.), Rhythmic Contraction of the Arteries, 63 Hutchinson (A.) and A. M. MacGregor, a Crystalline Basic Copper Phosphate from Rhodesia, 364 Hutchinson (Dr.) and Mr. McLennan, Partial Sterilisation of Soil with Quicklime, 515 Huxley (Leonard), Scott’s Last Expedition, 373 Idrac (P.), Vol plané, 285 Illing (V. C.), Stockingford Shales, 360 Imms (Dr. A. D.), Phromnia marginella in India, 704 Ingersoll (Prof. L. R.) and O. J. Zobel, Introduction to the Mathematical Theory of Heat Conduction, 265 Iredale (T.), Birds of the Kermadec Islands, 304 Jack (Messrs.), the People’s Books, gor Jackson (L. C.) and others, Electrical Conductivity of Milk in Concentration, 573 Jacobi (Dr. A.), Mimikry und Verwandte Erscheinungen, 653 Jacot (E.), Reflection of X-Rays, 423 Javillier (M.), Effects of Zinc in Glass Vessels, 599; (and Mme. Tchernoroutsky), Comparative Influence of Zinc, &c., on Growth of Hypomycetes, 496 Jeans (J. H.), Radiation, 305; Gravitational Instability and the Nebular Hypothesis, 416 Jellinek (Dr. Karl), Physikalische Chemie der Gasreak- tionen, 419 Johnson (G. E.), Eelworms, 385 Johnson (J. P.), Stone Implements of the Tasmanians, 320 Johnson (Prof. T.), Stalked Leaf of a Ginkgophyllum, 495; Bothrodendron kiltorkense, 599; Fouling of a Water Supply by Oscillatoria and its Purification, 704 Johnson (W. H.), Elementary Tropical Agriculture, 229 Johnston (Sir H. H., G.C.M.G., K.C.B.), the Plumage Bill, 428, 501 Index Si ee ee eee 8 ; f hageleye (Baron de), Metallurgy of Iron in Belgium, 88 [ Nature, March 26, 1914 Johnston-Lavis (Dr. H. J.), Systems of Rays on the Moon’s Surface, 631; Zonal Structuge in Colloids, 687 Jolly (W. A.), Interpretation of the Electrocardiogram, 258° Joly (Prof. J., F.R.S.), Deep-sea Hydraulic Engine, 705 ;_ (and J. R. Cotter), End-product of Thorium, 632, 661 Jones (Prof. H. C.), Physical Chemistry of Solutions, 461 Jones (H. O.), Memorial, 519 , Jones (W. N.), Anthocyan Formation, 489 Jordan (Dr. D. S.), the American University Birkbeck College, 363 : Joseph (L.), the Plumage Bill, 501 Jowett (Dr. A.), Glacial Geology of East Lancashire, 678 Judd (Prof. J. W., C.B., F.R.S.), at the Bottom of the Crater of Vesuvius, 633 Jungfleisch (E.), Acid Salts of Dibasic Acids, 730 : Lecture at Kahlenberg and Hart (Profs.), Chemistry and its Relations to Daily Life, 628 ; Kale (Prof. Vaman G.), Indian Administration, 711 Kapp (Prof. Gisbert), Engineering : Address, 184 Kapteyn (Prof. J. C.), Structure of the Universe, 434 Kay (H.), Stream-courses of the Black Country, 358 Kearton (R.), C. Kearton, British Birds’ Nests, 504 Keeling (B. F. E.), Precision of Field Latitudes in Egypt, 8 43 Keen (B. A.) and A. W. Porter, Diffraction of Light by Particles, 416 Keibel (Prof. Dr.), Honorary Degree at Birmingham, 67 Keith (Prof. A., F.R.S.), Piltdown Skull and Brain Cast, 197, 292, 345; Reconstruction of Human Fossil Skulls, 24 Keltie (Dr. J. Scott) and O. J. R. Howarth, History of Geography, ix Kelvin (Lord), the Glasgow Memorial to, 200; Presentation of Bust of, 303 . Kemp (S. W.), Stomatopoda, 483 Kent (Prof. A. F. S.), Nervo-muscular Structures in the Heart, 390 F Kessner (A.), Drill Test for Machining Properties of Steel, 179 Kidder (Miss Anna R.), Orbit of Comet 1913e (Zinner), 354 Kidston (Dr. F.), Fossil Flora of South Staffordshire, 442 Kiebitz (F.), Refraction of Electric Waves in the Atmo- sphere, 615 Kilroe (J. R.) and T. Hallissy, Geology: Clare Island Survey, 678 5 King (Prof. A. S.), Spectra by the Tube-arc, 302 Klotz (Dr. O.), the Undagraph, 9 Knecht (Prof. Ed.) and Miss E. from Soot, 442 Knott (Dr. C. G.), Physics : an Elementary Text-book, 398 Knowles (Miss M. C.), Maritime Lichens of Howth, 142 Knuth (Dr. R.), Geraniacez, 163 Kossowicz (Prof. Dr. A.), Einfiihrung in die Agrikultur- mycologie, 130 , Krause (Dr. K.), Goodeniaceze und Brunoniacez, 162 Kremann (Prof. R.), H. E. Potts, Dr. A. Mond, Applica- tion of Physico-chemical Theory, 628 ‘ Kiister (Prof. E.), Zonenbildung in kolloidalen Medien, 532 Kyle (Dr. M. G Biblical Criticism, 658 * Hibbert, Products isolated Lacchini (G. B.), Light Curve of o Ceti, 240 = Lamborn (W. A.), West African Wasp, 386 Lanchester (F. W.), Internal-combustion Railways, 542 Lang (Andrew), Origin of Exogamy and Totemism, 83 Langley (Prof. S. P.) and Aviation, 718 ‘ Lankester (Sir E. Ray, K.C.B., F.R.S.), Copley Medal o5; Fractured Flints from Selsey, 452; Alexande gassiz, Millionaire and Naturalist, 601 La Porte (F.), Brittany Coast-line, 442 Larmor (Sir J., F-R.S.), Lightning, 307 Laurie (Prof. A. P.), Scientific Methods of Identifyin Pictures, 558 Laurie (R. D.), Engines fo Bionomics of Amphidinium operculatum British Association .), Deciding Voice of the Monuments in | Nature, ] March 26; 1914 = -Laveran (A.), Infection of Mouse and Rat by Flagelle, 336; Kala-azar, 390; Debab, 599; Natural Infection of Rat and Mouse through Fleas, 731 Lawes Centenary, 562 Lawrence (Sir Trevor, Bart.), Obituary, 506 Lea (A. M.), Revision of the Australian Curculionide, 225 Le Dantec (F.), Contre la Métaphysique, 263 _ Lee (A. B.), the Microtomist’s Vade-Mecum, 290 Lee (J. Whitbread), awarded Sylvester Medal by R.S., 405 Leeds es T.), Archzology of the Anglo-Saxon Settlements, . 3 Léger and Duboscq (MM.), Porospora, 106 Leidy (Prof. J.), Biography, 175 Lépine (R.) and M.- Boulud, Origin of Sugar secreted in Phlorizic Glycosuria, 224 ; Lewes (Prof. V. B.) and J. S. S. Brame, Service Chemistry, 125 ; Lewin (K. R.) and C. H. Martin, Soil Protozoa, 632 _ Lewis (Prof. J. Volney), Determinative Mineralogy, 550 Lewis (T.), Magnifying Powers used for Double-stars, 354 _ Lewkowitsch (Dr. H.), Specific Heats and the Periodic Law, 661 Lewkowitsch (Dr. J.), Obituary, 104 ; Chemical Technology and Analysis of Oils, Fats, and Waxes, 449 Lindemann (Dr. F. A.), Atomic Models and X-Ray Spectra, ; 500, 630 Lippmann (G.), Regulating Telescopes for Autocollimation, 599 Lister (Lord), his Life and Work, Dr. G. T. Wrench, Dr. C. J. Martin, F.R.S., 523; Memorial Tablet at King’s q College, London, sys _ Liverseege (J. F.) and A. W. Knapp, Action of Natural i Water on Lead, 331 _ Lloyd (Miss D. Jordan), Influence of Osmotic Pressure on Regeneration of Gunda, 385; Influence of Position of i Cut on Regeneration in Gunda ulvae, 729 _ Lodge (Sir Oliver J., F.R.S.), Continuity : British Associa- 4 tion Inaugural Address at Birmingham, 33, 606; Spelling Reform, 491; Aristotle’s Physics, 606; Atomic Models and X-Ray Spectra, 609 Loeffler and others (Drs.), Bacteriology of Diphtheria, 370 Logan (A.), Principles and Practice of School Gardening, 60. Longstaff (Jane) and others, Mollusca from Sudan, 468 Lorentz (Prof. H. A.), Honorary Degree at Birmingham, 67; Relation between Entropy and Probability, 305 ; Radiation, 306 Lotbiniére (Major Joly de), Forestry, 508 Lowe (Percy R.), Our Common Sea-birds, 688 _ Lowell (Prof. P.), Planetary Observations, 643 Lowry (Dr.), Rotatory Dispersion, 330 Lucas-Championniére (Dr. Just), Obituary, 271 Lugaro (Prof. E.), Drs. D. Orr and R. G. Rows, Modern Problems in Psychiatry, 231 Lukach (H. C.), the Fringe of the East, 234 Luquet (Prof. G, H.), Rock Carvings at Gavr’inis, 141 Lyde (Prof. L. W.), Continent of Europe, 709 Lydekker (R., F.R.S.), Catalogue of Ungulate Mammals in the British Museum, 288 Lyons (Capt. H. G., F.R.S.), Terms used in Triangulation, 8 : J] 43 Lyster (A. G.), Port Authorities, 328 Lyth (E. R.), Influence of Thermal Environment on Cir- culation, 577 McAlpine (D.), Fungus Diseases of Potato in Australia, 27 Macaulay (W. H.), Laws of Thermodynamics, 265 McBride (Prof. E. W., F.R.S.), Philosophy of Vitalism, 291, 400; Studies in Heredity, 334 McClelland (E. H.), Smoke and Smoke Prevention, 699 _ McConachie (W.), In the Lap of the Lammermoors, 340 Macdonald (Prof. H. M.), Transmission of Electric Waves : along the Earth’s Surface, 703 McDougall (Mr.), Laughter, 516 Macfarlane (Dr. A.), Obituary, 103 Mack (Amy E.), Bush Days, 162 _ Mackenzie (K. J. J.), Stock-breeding, the Free-martin, 462 Mackinnon (Miss _ Doris), Flagellate Protozoa on the Common Leather-jacket, 563-4 Lndex Trypanosoma soudanense and | McLennan (Prof. Xl McLaren (Prof. G. B.), Theory of Radiation, 165, 233 J. C.), Residual Ionisation in Gases, 424 MacMunn (N. E.), Upper Thames Country and Severn- Avon Plain, 498 McPherson (Prof. W.) and Prof. W. E. Henderson, a Course in General Chemistry, 446 Macturk (G. W. B.), the Elephant Trench at Dewlish, 166 Magrini (S.), History of the Theory of Magnetism, 164 Maiden (J. H.), the Genus Eucalyptus, 12 Major (A. F.), Early Wars of Wessex, 499 Mallock (A., F.R.S.), Intermittent Vision, 494; Weather Forecasts in England, 711 Mann (H. H.) and S. R. Paranjpye, Intermittent Springs at Rajapur, 705 Marchal (P.), Acclimatisation of France, 258 Marchis (L.), le Froid industriel, 134 Marloth (R.), Pollination of Encephalartos altensteinii, 2593 New Mimicry Plant, 391 Marsden (E.) and R. H. Wilson, Branch Product in Actinium C, 29 Marsh (H. W.), Mathematics Work-book, 552 Marshall (Prof. C. R.), Pharmacological Action of Tetra- alkyl-ammonium Compounds, 442, 520 Marshall (Prof. Hugh, F.R.S.), Obituary, 138 Marshall (P.), Model Engineer Exhibition, 203 Martel (E. A.), Experiments with Fluorescein at great Distances, 442 Martin (C. H.) and K. Lewin, Soil Protozoa, 677 Martin (Dr. C. J. Martin, F.R.S.), Lord Lister: his Life and Work, 523 Martin (L. C.), New Spectrum, 86 Martin (M. E.), the Ways of the Planets, 420 Mason (A. W.), Systematic Course of Practical Science, Novius cardinalis in 73 Masses (I.), Electrodeless Spectra of Hydrogen, 503 Masterman (Canon), Moral Effects of History, 542 Matthew (Dr. W. D.), New Zalamdodont Mammal: from New Mexico, 106; Origin of Argentine Wild Horses, 661 Matthews (E. R.), Coast Erosion and Protection, 164; Harbour Projections, 543 Mawson Expedition, 48 Maxwell (Sir H.), Artificial Flies, 562 Mazé (P.) and others, Lime Chlorosis of Green Plants, 192 Meachem (F. G.), Coal Output of the Midlands, 358 Mee (Arthur), Harmsworth Popular Science, 230 Meek (A. S.), a Naturalist in Cannibal Land, 234 Meinardus (Prof. W.), National Antarctic Expedition, 1901-4, M. W. Campbell Hepworth, C.B., 393 Meldola (Prof. R., F.R.S.), Davy Medal, 40s; Russel Wallace Memorials, 425 Mellor (Dr. J. W.), Quantitative Inorganic Analysis, vi Merck’s Report, 410 Meredith (Mrs.), on Suggestion as an Educative Means, 491 Merriam (Dr. J. C.), New Race of Tapir, 514 Merrill (P. W.), Spectrum of a Wolf-Rayet Star, 108; Stellar Classification, 354; Bright Hydrogen Lines in Stellar Spectra and P Cygni, 540 Merton (T. R.), a Second Spectrum of Neon, 495 Metcalf (Dr.), Discovery of a Comet, 52 Meteorological Office: the Observer’s Handbook, 629 Methuen (P. A.) and J. Hewitt, Anatomy of the Chameleon, 8 Alfred 2 Meyer (E. v.) and others, Chemie: Allgemeine Kristallo- graphie und Mineralogie, 446 Meyer (S.), Life of Uranium and Radium, 699 Michelson (Prof. A. A.), Harmonic Analyser applied to the Sun-spot Cycle, 411 Mill (Dr. H. R.), C. Salter, British Rainfall, 1912, 60 Millikan (Prof.), Elementary Electric Charge, 458 Mills (Dr. W. H.) and Miss Bain, Experiments to show that the Three Valencies of the Nitrogen Atom are not in One Plane, 723-4 Milne (Prof. J., F.R.S.), Bequests, 48 Minakata’ (Kumagusu), Trepanning Peoples, 556 Minchin (Prof. E. A.), Sleeping Sickness, 384 Mitchell (Dr. C.), Zoological Gardens, 432 Mitchell (Prof. S. A.), Wave-lengths of Chromospheric Lines, 643 amongst Ancient xil pul ey S. Weir), Obituary by Sir L. Brunton, Bart., KS.) 534 Mitford (E. Bruce), Japan’s Inheritance, 367 Moir (J. Reid), Striation of Flint Surfaces, 363; Flints found near Ipswich, 483 Molinari (Dr. E.), IT. H. Pope, Treatise on General and Industrial Organic Chemistry, 446 Monchicourt (Dr. Ch.), La Région du Haut Tell en Tunisie, 471 Mond (R.), Unsterilised Milk for Infants, 537 crag ae mapiiaey F. C. Cooper, Pedagogical Anthropo- ogy, ili Montgomery (J. A.),. Aramaic Incantation Bowls from Nippur, 105 Moore (Prof. B., F.R.S.), Synthesis of Organic Matter by Colloids and the Origin of Life, 462 { Moore (Clarence B.), Aboriginal Sites on Red River, 18 Moreau (G.), Couples of Two Flames, 442 Morecroft (Prof. J. H.), Laboratory Manual of Alternating Currents, 126 Moreux (the Abbé T.), a Day in the Moon, 422 Morgan (Prof. C. Lloyd, F.R.S.), Instinct and Experience, 627 . Moritz (F.), les Moteurs Thermiques, 95 Moseley (H.), Atomic Models and X-Ray Spectra, 553 Mossman (R. C.), Southern Hemisphere Seasonal Correla- tions, 17, 300, 538, 669; (and C. Salter), Great Rain Storm at Doncaster, September 17, 1913, 520 Mott (Dr. F. W., F.R.S.), Biochemistry of Neurone, 463 Moureu and André (MM.), Thermochemistry of Acetylene Compounds, 390 Miihlberg (C. H.), Black Fox Breeding, 614 Muschler (Dr. Reno), Manual Flora of Egypt, 162 Myers (Dr.), Sound Localisation, 517 Myres (Prof. J. L.), Archzeology of Cyprus, 414 Napier Tercentenary, 639 Nathorst (Prof. A. G.), Palzobotanical Institute at Kew, 502 Navas (Rev. R. P. L., S.J.), Ascalephides, 180 Nettleship (Edward, F.R.S.), Obituary, 297 Nettleton (H. R.), Thermal Conductivity of Mercury, 390 Newbigin OS Marion I.), Animal Geography, 471 Newman (Prof. H. H.), Polyembryonic Development in Armadillos, 142 Newth (H. G.), Hybrid Larve of Echinus, 98 Nicholas (T. C.), Geology of St. Tudwal’s Peninsula, 624 Nicholson (F.), the old Manchester Natural History Society, 335 Nicholson (Prof. J. W.), Theory of Radiation, 199; Atomic Models and X-Ray Spectra, 583, 630 Nicloux (M.), Absorption of Carbon Monoxide by Blood, 521, 679 Nicolle (C.) and L. Blaizot, an Atoxic Antigonococcic Vaccine, 224 Nipher (Prof. F. E.), Variations in the Earth’s Magnetic Field, 240 Nitchie (E. B.), Lip-reading, 422 Noguchi (Prof.), Infective Diseases, 295 Nordenskjéld (Otto), G. Parmentier and M. Zimmermann, le Monde Polaire, 164 Nutting (P. G.), Light Energy Required to Produce the Photographic Latent Image, 293; Kathode Spectrum of Helium, 401 Oakenfull (J. C.), Brazil in 1912, 4 Oates (Captain L. E. G.), Memorial Tablet, 324 Ogden (Prof. R. M.), Localisation of Visual Images, 517 Oka (Dr. A.), Remarkable new Ascidian, 640 O’Kane (Prof. W.), Injurious Insects, viii Oldham (R. D., F.R.S.), Constitution of Earth’s Interior as revealed by Earthquakes, 684; Effect of Gangetic Alluvium on Plumb Line in India, 703 Oliver (Prof. F. W.), Suaeda fruticosa for Checking Shingle, 489 Ollive (M. F.), Formula for Planetary Satellites, 724 Omond (Dr. R. T.), Obituary, by Dr. C. J. Knott, 638 O'Neill (H. C.), New Encyclopzedia, 266 Orton (J. H.), Habitats of a Marine Amoeba, 371, 606 Index [ Nature, March 26, 1914 Osborn (Prof. H. F.), Skulls of Ungulates from Lower Eocene of Wyoming, 514 © , Owen (D.), Recent Physical Research, 422 t Owen (E. A.) and G. G, Blake, X-Rays and Metallic Crystals, 686 Owens (Dr. J. S.), Atmospheric Pollution Gauge, 437; Apparatus for Exploring Sandy River Beds, 543 Paget (S.), Prof. Noguchi’s Researches on Infective Diseases, 295 a Painlevé (Prof. P.) and others, l’Aviation, 28 Palmer (R. a Auditory Ossicles, 204 . Palmer (W. E.), Azolla in Norfolk, 233 Parker (Prof. W. N.), Spongilla lacustris in Cardiff Water- works, 416 Parmelee (Dr. M.), Science of Human Behaviour, 396 Parsons (Dr. J. H.), on Edward Nettleship, F.R.S., 297 Partington (J. R.), Text-book of Thermodynamics (with special reference to Chemistry), 265 Pascal (P.), Density of Liquid Metals, 730 Pascher (Prof. A.), die Siisswasser-Flora Deutschlands, 60 Pascoe (E. H.), Oil-fields of Burma, 9 Patterson (Dr. T. S.), Optical Rotation, 330 Pavlov (Prof.), Conditional Reflexes, 63 Pear (T. H.), Fatigue from Loss of Sleep, 542 ’ Pearson (Prof. K., F.R.S.), the Eugenics Education Society, 606; (and E. Nettleship, F.R.S., and C, H. Usher), Albinism in Man, 717 : Pease (J. A.), Education, 309, 310; University Education in London, 356 Peek (F. W.), Dielectric Circuit, 593 Peet (Mr.), Neolithic Monuments in Malta, 527 Pendry (H. W.), Baudét Printing Telegraph System, 126 Perrotin (H.), New Hill Observatory, 383 Perry (Prof. J., F.R.S.), “Atmospherics” in Wireless Telegraphy, 528 Pethybridge (Dr. G. H.), Phytophthora erythroseptica and Potato Disease, 598 Petrie (Dr. J. M.), Hydrocyanic Acid in Plants, 469; Occurrence of Strychnicine, 547 Philip (Messrs. G., and Son, Ltd.), Orrery, 615 Philippson (A.), das Mittelmeergebiet, ix Phillips (D. J.), Curious Ice Formation, 632 Phillips (F. S.), Phosphorescence of Mercury Vapour, 401 Phillips (W. B.), Iron Making in Alabama, 3 Piaggio (H.), Projective Geometry, 607 Pickard (J. A.), Oxygen in Steel, 179 Pickard (Dr. R. H.) and J. Kenyon, Rotatory Powers and Dispersions, 330; Optical Rotatory Power in Homo- logous Series, 539 Pickering (Prof. E. C.), Study of the Stars: Address, 673 Pickering (S., F.R.S.), Pianoforte Touch, 425 Pickering (Prof. W. H.), Change in Lunar Crater Eimmart, | Pieter ‘and Bouvier (MM.), Distillation of Coal under Reduced Pressure, 336; Vacuum Tar, 521 Pitt (St.G. L. F.), the Purpose of Education, 578 Planck (Dr. Max), Vorlesungen tiber die Theorie der Warmestrahlung, 261; (R. Chevassus), Legons de Thermodynamique, 265 Plant (C. H.), Systems of Rays on the Moon’s Surface, 556; Origin of Structures on the Moon, 714 ; Plummer (H. C.), Use of Conjugate Functions in Dynamics, 678 Peete (R. J.), Indian Chronography, R. Sewell, 159 Poebel (Dr. A.), Clay Tablets from Nippur, 83 Porritt (B. D.), Chemistry of Rubber, 524 : Porter (Prof. A. W.) and Dr. Edridge-Green, Negative After-images with Spectral Colours, 363 Post (Prof. J.) and Prof. B. Neumann, G. Chenu et M. Pellet, Traité Complet d’Analyse Chimique Appliquée aux Essais Industriels, 262 Z Poulton (Prof. E. B., F.R.S.), Mimicry, 387; Alfred Russel Wallace Memorials, 425; Remarkable Anticipation of © Darwin, 588; Darwinian Theory of Atolls, 712 - Poulton (Miss E. M.), Fungi, 489 | Powell (G. H.), Cooperation in Agriculture, 229 Power (F. D.), Pocket-book for Miners and Metallurgists, © 684 Nature, March 26, 1914. Poynting (Prof.), Twisting of India-rubber, 308 _ Preece (Sir William Henry, K.C.B., F.R.S.), Obituary, 322 _ Preston (H. B.), Molluscs of Lake of Tiberias, 443 Price (E. D.) and Dr. H. T. Peck, British Empire Universities Modern English Illustrated Dictionary, 449 Prideaux (Dr.), Hydrogen Ion Concentration of the Sea, 332 Priestley (R.), the Northern Party on Scott’s Expedition, : 325 ; Prior (Dr. G. T.), the Meteoric Stone of Wittekrantz, 364; Similarity in Composition of Chondritic Meteoric Stones, 364 Punnett (Prof.), Theory of Mimicry, 300 Purington (C. W.), Bereozovsk Gold Deposits in Urals, 678 Pycraft (W. P.), Infancy of Animals, viii Pye (Messrs., and Co.), New Instrument Works at Cam- bridge, 205 Pyle (Dr. W. H.), Examination of School Children, 711 _ Ramaley (Prof. F.) and Dr. C. E. Giffin, Prevention and ; Control of Disease, 193 | Rambaut (Dr. A. A., F.R.S.), Remarkable Meteor on November 24, 372, 402 Rambousek (Dr. J.), Dr. T. M. Legge, Industrial Poison- 3 ing, 628 : Ramsay (L. N. G.), Antarctic Polycheta of Family Nereidz, 521 Ramsay (Sir Wm., K.C.B., F.R.S.), the International Association of Chemical Societies, 453; Spelling Reform, 491; Aristotle’s Physics, 606 _ Rattray (R. S.), Hausa Folk-lore, 159 _ Rawson (Col. H. E.), Flowers under Insolation, 490 | Ray (S. H.), the Peopling of Melanesia, Dr. G. Friederici, ; 471 Rayleigh (Baron, O.M., F.R.S.), Scientific. Papers, ey Reflection of Light at the Confines of a Diffusing Medium, 450; Pressure of Radiation and Carnot’s ; Principle, 527 | Read (Prof. C.), Belief in Immature Minds, 517 | Read (Sir C. H.), Bactrian Bronze Axe, 721 _ Reboul (G.), Selective Action of Metals in Photo-electric 13 Effect, 731 Recknagel (Prof. A. B.), Theory and Practice of Working Plans (Forest Organisation), 289 Rector (Dr. F. L.), Underground Waters for Commercial Purposes, 474 _ Reed (W. W.), Dr. J. F. Thorpe’s “Caged” Compound, 529 Regan (C. Tate), Cyprinodont Fishes, 416; a Bathypelagic Angler-fish containing a Scopeloid Fish, 650 _ Reid (C., F.R.S.), the Elephant Trench at Dewlish, 96 _ Reid (G. A.), Physiological Factors of Consciousness, 6 Reid (T.), Flow of Solids, 543 Reinke (Prof. J.), Nature of Life, 489 Reissner (Prof. H.), Aéroplane Stresses, 697 ‘Rendle (Dr. A. B., F.R.S.), Plant Protection, 139 Reynolds (J. H.), Educational Legislation in New South Wales, 663 Richardson (Prof. O. W.), Origin of Thermal Ionisation from Carbon, 649 Richet (C.), New Type of Anaphylaxis, 678; (J. M. Bligh), Anaphylaxis, iv Richter (V. v.), Chemie der Kohlenstoffverbindungen oder organische Chemie, 262 Rickmers (W. R.), the Duab of Turkestan, 64 Righi (Prof.), Ionomagnetic Rotation, 142 Rignano (E.), Essais de Synthése Scientifique, 263 Rinne (Fr.) and others, Chemie: Kristallographie und Mineralogie, 446 Rintoul (Leonora Jeffrey) and Evelyn V. Baxter, Scottish i Ornithology in 1912, 171 Rivers (Dr.), Seasonal Customs, 413 -Roaf (Dr. H. E.), Physiology at the British Association, _ 461-464 ‘Robb (Dr. A. A.), a Theory of Time and Space, 485 Roberts (Dr. A. W.), Astronomy in South Africa, 435 Roberts (C. G. D.), the Feet of the Furtive, 294 ; Roberts (G. H.), Engineering Research and its Coordina- tion, 268 | Robertson (A.), Strength of Free-ended Strutts, - Robinson = 1 ye 543 (Dr.), Speech and Jaw Conformation, 413 Index Xlii | Rolston (W. E.), Popular Astronomy, G. F. Chambers, Dr. Sarah F. Whiting, M. E. Martin, 420 Romer (Ole), Adversaria, 434, 621 Roscoe (Sic H.), Bust presented to the Chemical Society, 377 Rosenhain (Dr. W., F-.R.S.), Amorphous, 332; New Etchin 594; (and D. Ewen), Metals, Ross (Sir Ronald, K.C.B., F.R.S.), Health in India, 454 Roux (W.), Kausale und konditionale Weltanschauung, 4 Rowe (J. E.), Fermat’s Theorem, 176 Rowett (F. E.), Elastic Hysteresis in Steel, 495 Royds (T.), Periodicities in Prominences and Sun-spots compared, 724 Riibel (Dr. E.), Pflanzengeographische Monographie des Berminagebietes, 162; Plant Ecology, 615 Rubner, v. Gruber, and Ficker (Profs.), Handbuch der Hygiene, 629 Rudge (Prof. W. A. D.), Coal Mines, 660 Russell (Arthur), Minerals of Meldon, Devon, 364 Rutherford (Prof. E., F.R.S., Structure of the Atom, 305, 423, 546; International Conference on the Structure of Matter, 347; British Radium Standard, 402; (and Dr. Andrade), Reflection of Gamma Rays from Crystals, 267 Metals, Crystalline and g Reagent for Steel, 529, Intercrystalline Cohesion of a Possible Cause of Explosion in Sabatier (Paul), la Catalyse en Chimie Organique, 655; (and M. Murat), Benzhydrol, 546; Preparation by Catalysis of Decahydroquinoline, &c., 679 St. John (C. E.), Radial Velocities in Sun-spots, 123; Solar Results at Mt. Wilson, 307; Distribution of Elements in Solar Atmosphere, 486; (and L. W. Ware), Tertiary Standards with the Plane Grating, 512 Saleeby (Dr. C. W.), Cancer and Malaria, 61 Salmon (C. E.), Hypericum desetangsii in Britain, 546 Salter (Dr. J. H.), Bird Life throughout the Year, 688 Sarasola (Rev. S., S.J.), Solar Activity and Cyclones, 329 Sargant (Miss Ethel), Botany: Opening Address to Section K, British Association, 242 Scheid (Dr. K.), Methodik des chemischen Unterrichts, 287 Scheumann (K. H.), Rocks of the Polzen District in N. Bohemia, 196 Schlesinger (Dr. F.), Radial Velocities with the Objective Prism, 329 Schmidt (Prof. G.), Passivity of Metals, 356 Schmidt (Joh.), Oceanography of the Mediterranean, 10 Schmidt (P.), Death-feigning Stick Insects, 145 Schneider-Orelli (O.), Bark-beetle Xyleborus dispar, 50 Schoch (Prof. E.), Passivity of Metals, 356 Schoy (Dr. Carl), Arabische Gnomonik, 231 Schreiner (O.) and B. E. Brown, Carbonised Material in Soils, 560; (and J. J. Skinner), Nitrogenous Soil Con- stituents, 560 Schréder (Prof. C.), Handbuch der Entomologie, 683 Schuster (Edgar), Eugenics Education Society, 660 Schwahm (Dr. P.), “Gesellschaft Urania” of Berlin, 99 Scorer (A. G.), Entomologist’s Log-book, and Dictionary of Life Histories and Food Plants of British Macro- Lepidoptera, 683 Scott (Dr. D. H.), Medullosa pusilla, 390; (and Prof. E. C. Jeffrey), Fossil Plants from Devonian Strata, 488 Scott (Captain R. F., R.N., C.V.O.), 325; Last Expedi- tion, 373; Journals in British Museum, 590; Foreign Tributes to, 666 Scott (Dr. T. and Andrew), British Parasitic Copepoda, 193 Scully (G. C.) and A. R. E. Walker, Spodumene from Namaqualand, 123 Searle (Dr. G. F. C.), Comparison of Electrical Resist- ances, 468 Sedgwick (Lieut.-Col. W.), Man and his Future: the Anglo-Saxon, 396 Sewell (R.), Indian Chronography, 159 Shackleton (Sir E.), Transantarctic Expedition, 533, 666 Part ii, Shakespear (Dr. G. A.), Stability of Aéroplanes, 165; Method for Increasing Sensitiveness of. Instruments, 308 an Shapley (Dr. H.), Orbits of Eclipsing Binaries, 240 Sharp (D., F.R.S.), Fauna of the Sandwich Islands, - rox xiv Shaw (A. N.) and Prof. H. L. Callendar, Electromotive Force of the Weston Normal Cell in Semi-absolute Volts, 495 Shaw (J. J.), a Seismograph, 308, 437 Shaw (Dr. P. E.), Electrical Measuring Machine, 593 Shaw (Dr. W. N., F.R.S.), Structure of the Atmosphere, C. J. P. Cave, 57; Principia atmospherica, 520 Shipley (Dr. A. E.), Guy A. K. Marshall, Fauna of British India, 683 Shrubsall (Dr.), Fertility and Morbidity of Defective Stocks, 517 Silberstein (Dr. L.), Vectorial Mechanics, 657 Simpson (Dr. G. C.), Atmospheric Electricity at Simla, 511 Simpson (J.), a Recently Discovered Stone Circle near Matlock, 555 Sisley and Porcher (MM.), Glands, 311 Sleeper (G. W.), Elimination of Dyes. by Lacteal Evolution and Germ Theory of Disease _ (1849), 588 : ; Slipher (V. M.), Radial Velocity of Andromeda Nebula, 411 Smart (E. H.), First Course in Projective Geometry, 657 Smith (Miss E. M.), Smith (Major-General Physiology, 420 Smith (F. E.), Absolute Measurements of Resistance, 495 Smith (Geofrey), Metabolism of Crabs, 462 Smith (Prof. G. Elliot, F.R.S.), Piltdown Human Skull and Brain Cast, 131, 267, 318, 545; Early Evolution of Amphibia, 387; Speech and Jaw Conformation, 413 ; the Dawn-man found near Piltdown, 468; Brain of Primitive Man: Piltdown Man, 729 Smith (H. H.), Fermentation of Cacao, 628 Smith (Prof. J. Russell), Industrial and Commercial Geography, 709 Smith (Miss May), Rote Memory and Pure Memory, 517 Smith (Reg. A.), Stone Implements of the Tasmanians, 373 Smith (Dr. S. W. J.) and J. Guild, Thermomagnetic Study of the Eutectoid Transition Point of Carbon Steels, 703 Smithells (Prof. A., F.R.S.), German School Chemistry, 8 Habit Formation in Guinea-pigs, 517 F., C.B., C.M.G.), Veterinary 207 Soddy (F., F.R.S.), Technical Production and Utilisation of Cold, G. Claude, H. E. P. Cottrell, L. Marchis, 134; Radio-active Elements and the Periodic Law, 331; Modern Physical Ideas and Researches, Dr Ss Campbell, E. Bauer, Mme. Curie, and others, Prof. R. W. Wood, 339; Radium Resources, 376; Intra- atomic Charge, 399; Structure of the Atom, 452 Sollas (Igerna B. and Prof. W. J., S3)pathe Dicynodont Vomer, 61 Sollas (Prof. W. J., F.R.S.), Huxley Lecture: Paviland Cave Remains, 351; Flints with Curved Keel, 358; Age of Tribes of S.E. Australia, 413; Fractured Flints from Selsey, 452 Solomon (M.), New Electrical Books by Prof. H. Bohle, Dr. Allmand, W. R. Barclay, and C. H. Hainsworth, J. R. Barr and R. D. Archibald, Prof. J. H. Morecroft, K. Berger, P. Le Normand, H. W. Pendry, 126 Solvay (E.), International Physical Institute, 347 Sorensen (Prof.), Hydrogen Ion Concentration in Biological Processes, 462 Southern (R.), Polycheta, 624 Stackhouse (J. Foster), Plans of Antarctic Expedition, Staehling (C.), Separation of Radium D from Lead, 521 Stahler (Dr. A.), Inorganische Chemie, 125 Stannus (Dr. H. S.), Albinism, 563 Stanton (Dr. T. E.) and J. R. Pannell, Similarity of Motion and Surface Friction of Fluids, 650 Starch (Dr. D.), Experiments in Educational Psychology, 667 12 Stark Mtpeof. J.), Observation of Separation of Spectral Lines by an Electric Field, 4or Starling (Prof. E. H.), awarded R.S. Royal Medal, 405 Stebbing (Rev. T. R. R., F.R.S.), Biology of the Lake of Tiberias, 480 : Stein (Sir Aurel), New Expedition, 105 Step (Ed.), Toadstools and Mushrooms of the Countryside, 3973; Messmates, viii Stephens (Dr. J. W. W.), New Malarial Parasite of Man, 729 : Stewart (Miss D. A.), Changes in Branchial Lamelle of Ligia oceanica, 335 Index a Nature, March 26, 1914 Stopes (Dr. Marie C.), Plant Petrifactions in Chert, 359; Palzobotany : Inaugural Lecture, 237, 360 ‘ Story (Prof. F.), German Forestty, 515 Strutt (J. W.), see Rayleigh ; Strutt (Prof. Hon. R. J., F.R.S.), Attempts to observe Production of Neon or Helium by Electric Discharge, 494; Active Nitrogen, 659 Sullivan (M. X.) and F. R. Reid, Soil Catalysis, 560 Sulzer-Diesel Locomotive, 85 Suschkin (Prof. P. P.), Bird Fauna of the Minussinsk District, 303 Sutton (J. R.), Barometric Variability at Kimberley, 391 Svedberg (Prof. The), die Existenz der Molkule, 367 Swaine (A. T.), the Earth: its Genesis and Evolution, 551 Swann (Dr.), Resistances of Thin Metallic Films, 305 Swarts (Prof. F.), Cours de Chimie Organique, 125 . Swift and Son (Messrs.), Microscope Stands and Objectives, — . 329 Swinton (Dr. A. A. C.), Wireless Telegraphy, 647 Swithinbank (H.) and G. E. Bullen, Occurrence of Pilchards in the Eastern Half of the English Channel, 452 : Sylvester (Clara E.), Revision of British Ordovician Brachiopoda, 359 : hee Szyszkowski (Dr. B. de), Influence of Sodium and Potas- — sium Chloride upon Distribution of Benzoic and Salicylic Acids, 332 Taggart (W. S.), Cotton Spinning, 231 Tait (Dr. J.), Blood Coagulation, 463; (and Miss Mac- naughton), Heart of Hedgehog, 463 Talbot (Mr.), Open-hearth Steel Furnaces, 88 Tancock (E. O.), Elements of Descriptive Astronomy, 475 Tarleton (Dr. F. A.),, Introduction to the Mathematical Theory of Attraction, Vol. ii., 657 Tavani (F.), New Theory of Series, 538 Taylor (Miss), the Mite Eriophyes ribis, 516 Taylor (Griffith), the Australian Federal Territory, 561 Taylor (R. L.), Action of Bleaching Agents, 546 Temple (Sir Richard C., Bart., C.I.E.), Anthropology . Address to Section H, British Association, 207 Thacker (A. G.), Piltdown Skull, 299 Thearle (Dr. S. J. P.), Obituary, 349 Thienemann (Prof. J.), Jahresbericht Rossitten, 228 ; Thomas (B. F.) and D. A. Watt, Improvement of Rivers, der Vogelwarte 525 Thomas (H. H.), New Ginkgoalian Leaf, 488 Thomas (H. H.) and W. C. Smith, Apparatus for Grinding Crystal Plates and Prisms, 703 Thomson (G. S.), Dairying, vii Thomson (Prof. J. Arthur), the Threshold of Science—and Beyond, Prof. E. Brucker, Anon., W. McConachie, 340° Thomson (Sir Js J., O.M., F.R.S.), the Gas X, and Helium, 308; Rays of Positive Electricity and their Application to Chemical Analysis, 549 Thorpe (Sir E.), the Seine, 234 Thorpe (Dr. J. F.), “Caged” Compound, 529 Tillyard (A. I.), History of University Reform, 707 Tillyard (R. J.), Odonata of Tasmania and Bassian Isthmus, 547 Tinkler (Dr.), Mixtures of Nitro Compounds and Amines coloured only in Liquid State, 330 Tizard (Capt. T. H., C.B., BYERS); Visible Horizon, 96, 344 Tod (M. N.), Greek Numerals, 266 = Tornquist (Prof. A.), Grundziige der geologischen Forma- tions- und Gebirgskunde, 550 Torre (Prof. K. W. von ‘D.), Tirol, Liechtenstein, 471 Trasenster (M.), Enrichment with Oxygen of a Blast Furnace, 88 Trechmann (C. T.), Durham Magnesian Limestones, 729 Trillat (A.), Influence of Surface Tension on Remoyal of Micro-organisms by Air, 547 Trinda (Ivon), Experience Teaches, 578 Tripp (Dr. E. H.), Science in Public Schools, 596 Trist (S.), the Under Dog, 94 Trojan (Dr. E.), the Arthropod Eye, 54 Trouessart (Dr.), Argentine Horses, 435 Distance of the Vorarlberg und Nature, March 26, 1914 schugaeff (Prof. L.), Anomalous Rotatory Dispersion, 330 Turner (Prof. T.), Volatility of Metals, 333 ‘Turner (Sir W.), Auditory Organ in Cetacea, 520 Twort (F. W.) and G, L. Y. Ingram, Monograph on Johne’s Disease, 193 _ U mney (J. C.), Perfumery, 593 Urich (F. W.), Sugar-cane Frog-hopper, 180 Vaillant (P.), Polarisation Capacity of an Electrode, 495 ‘Vernon (R. D.), Correlation of Leicestershire Coalfield, 359 Versluys (Dr.), Carapace of Leathery Turtle, 388; Con- vergence in Mammalia, 411 Verworn (Prof. Max), Irritability, 577 Very (F. W.), Earth’s Albedo, 486 esterling Loose-leaf Book, 643 Vries (Prof. Hugo de), Gruppenweise Artbildung, 395 Waals (Dr. J. D. v. d.), Dr. Ph. Kohnstamm, Lehrbuch ___ der Thermodynamik, 265 Wace (A. J. B.) and M. S. 4 Thessaly, 266 Waddell (Prof. J.), Quantitative Analysis in Practice, 655 Wadsworth (J. T.), Oviposition of a Fly on Centaurea, 386 Wager (H. A.), Red-water Phenomenon due to Euglena, 96 Waidner (C. W.) and others, Ocean Temperatures near , Icebergs, 414 Walkden (S. L.), Aéroplanes in Gusts, 130, 268 Walker (A. O.), Weather Fallacies, 433 Walker (Dr. FE. W.), Relation of Organs to Body Weight, Thompson, Excavations in 2 463 Walker (Prof. J., F.R.S.), Organic Chemistry for Students 5 of Medicine, 655 Walker (James), Aberration in a Dispersive Medium, 703 Walker (J. J.), Clouded Yellow Butterflies, 180 _ Walker-Tisdale (C. W.) and T. R. Robinson, Farm and _Creamery Butter-making and Student’s Reference | ___ Book, vii _ Wallace (Alfred Russel, O.M., F.R.S.), Obituary, 322, 347; Memorials to, 425 Wallis (B. C.), Relative Productivity of Farm Crops, 165 _ Ward (F. Kingdon), the Land of the Blue Poppy: Eastern a Tibet, 167 _ Wardle (R. A.), a Further Parasite of the Large Larch ; Saw-fly, 320 | Waterman (Miss E. Phoebe), Spectra of Class A Stars, 354 'Waterston (Prof. David), the Piltdown Mandible, 319 Watson (A. T.), Pectinaria koreni, 385 _ Watson (D. M. S.), Early Evolution of Amphibia, 387 - Watt (Dr. W. Marshall), Index of Spectra, 435 _ Watt (W. R.), Geology round Huntly, 678 _ Weaver (Dr. E. E.), Mind and Health, 2 _ Weinstein (Dr. Max B.), Die Physilk der bewegten Materie ie und die Relativitatstheorie, 577 Weiss (Prof. F. E.), Juvenile Flowering in Eucalyptus globulus, 335 “Wellcome” Photographic Exposure Record and Diary, Xf 1914, 449 : West (Prof. G. S.), Microspora, 489; (and Miss Starkey), Zygnema ericetorum, 489 Wheldale (M.) and H. L. Bassett, Chemical Interpretation ie of Mendelian Factors for Flower Colour, 623 Whipple (R. S.), Modern Methods of Measuring Tempera- ji tures, 569 _ White (H. L.), Collection of Australian Birds’ Eggs, 727 White (J. W.), Flora of Bristol, 162 _ White (Sir Wm. H., K.C.B.), Memorial, 430; Biographer's ; Request for Letters, 639 Lndex XV Whitehead (Dr. A. N., F.R.S.) and B. Russell, F.R.S., Principia Mathematica, 445 Whitehouse (J. H., M.P.), a National System of Education, 475 Whitehouse (R. H.), Planarians of Lake of Tiberias, 443 Whiting (Dr. Sarah F.), Daytime and Evening Exercises in Astronomy, 420 Whitney (C.), the Flowing Road: Great Rivers of South America, 294 Wieler (A.), Soil Fertility, 560 Willows (Dr. R. S.), Text-bool: of Physics, 682 Wills (L. J.) and W. C. Smith, Flora and Fauna of Warwickshire Upper Keuper Sandstones, 358 Willstatter (Prof.) and L. Zechmeister, Quantitative Con- version of Cellulose into Dextrose by Cold, 107 Wilson (Dr, E, A.) and others, Scott’s Last Antarctic Expedition, 373 Wilson (Prof. E,. B.), Unification of Vector Notations, 177 Wilson (Dr. E. T.), Long-barrow Men of Cotswolds, 591 Wilson (Dr. H. M.) and Dr. H. T, Calvert, Trade Waste Waters, 91 Wilson (K.), Moa Footprints, 304 Winch (W. H.), Fatigue of Adolescents at Evening Schools, 542 Winterbotham (Capt.), Accuracy of Triangulation of Britain, 438, 713 Witherby (H. F.), Bald Area in Rooks, 304 Wohlgemuth (Prof. J.), Grundriss der Fermentmethoden, 524 Wollaston (A. F. R.), Journey in Dutch New Guinea, 668 Wood (Dr. J. K.), Chemistry of Dyeing, 261 Wood (Prof. R. W.), Resonance Spectra, 307; Physical Optics : Radiation of Electrons, 339 Wood (Prof. T. B.), Agriculture: Address to Section M, British Association, 278 Woodward (Horace B.), Obituary, 692 Woodward (Dr. S.), Piltdown Skull, 110 Woosnam (R. B.), Game and Disease in Africa, 722 Workman (Dr. and Mrs. B.), Karakoram Himalayas, 380 Wortham (Miss W. H.), Sand-dunes in Anglesea, 489 Worthington (Prof. A. M.), Multiple Vision with a Single Eye, 328 “Wratten and Wainwright Division,” Reproduction with Dry Plates, 723 Wren (Dr. H.), Organometallic Compounds of Zinc and Magnesium, 261 Wrench (Dr. G. T.), Lord Lister: his Life and Work, 523 Wright (Dr. G. F.), Origin and Antiquity of Man, 160; Work of Natural Forces in Relation to Time, 346 Wright (L. T.), Oxygen Content of Gases from Roasting Pyrites, 572 Wright (M. E. S.), a Medley of Weather Lore, 398 Wyatt (Mr.), Testimony of Children, 517 Wynne (Prof. W. P., F.R.S.), Opening Address to Section B (Chemistry), British Association Birmingham Meeting, 73 Yates (H. J.), Gas-fires, 331 Yendo (Prof. K.), Cultivation of Sea-weeds in Japan, 598. Yerkes (Prof. R. M.), Introduction to Psychology, 129 Young (A. E.), Practical Mathematics: First Year, 341 Zeeman (Prof. P.), Researches in Magneto-optics : Magnetic Resolution of Spectrum Lines, 313 Zinner (Dr.), New Comet, 276 : Zwanziger (Dr.), G. K. Gude, Animal Kingdom Illustrated, 710 NG Index Nature, March 26, 1914 SUBJECT Aberration in a Dispersive Medium and Airy’s Experiment, J. Walker, 703 Abrolhos Islands, 379, 715 ; Absorption: Selective Absorption of Ketones, Prof. Gace: Henderson and I. M. Heilbron, 495 Acetylene Compounds, Thermochemistry of, MM. Moureu and André, 390 Acid Salts of Dibasic Acids, E. Jungfleisch and P. Landrieu, 739 Actinians from British Columbia, Prof. J. P. McMurrich, 41 Mdvenating and Guanine, MM. Desgrez and Dorléans, 391 Adversaria, Rémer’s, 621 Advice to Youths, I. Trinda, 578 Aérodynamics: Koutchino Institute Researches, 233 Aéronautics: Reopening of Langley Laboratory, 107; Scientific Papers, Lord Rayleigh, O.M., F.R.S., 227; Prof. Langley and Aviation, 718; see Aéroplanes and Aviation Aéroplanes: Théorie de l’Aviation: Application a 1’Aéro- plane, R. Gaston, 130; Aéroplanes in Gusts, S.0L. Walkden, 130, 268; the Reviewer, 268, 381; Stability, Dr. G. A. Shakespear, 165; Vol plané, P. Idrac, 285; Mechanics of the Aéroplane, Capt. Duchéne, J. H. Ledeboer and T. O’B. Hubbard, 368; Flight to Height 20,300 feet, 507; Automatic Aéroplane Controls, Prof. G. H. Bryan, F.R.S., 609; Round-the-world Aéroplane Race from San Francisco, 1915, 639; Stresses and Strains, 697 ZBthers, Physik des, P. Drude, Dr. W. Konig, 473 Africa: Game and Disease, R. B. Woosnam, 722 Agriculture: Relative Productivity of Farm Crops in Different Countries, B. C. Wallis, 165; the Board’s Order ve Horses, 175; Cooperation in Agriculture, G. H. Powell, 229; the Farmer of To-morrow, F. I. Anderson, 229; Animal Husbandry for Schools, Prof. M. W. Harper, 229; Elementary Tropical Agriculture, W. H. Johnson, 229; Agricultural Entomology at University of Manchester, Prof. S. J. Hickson, BSS, 355; Agricultural Development Fund in North Wales, 415; Royal Agricultural Society’s Meeting, 431; Death of Martin John Sutton, 456; U.S. Department’s new Journal, 458; Congress of Tropical Agriculture at Paris, 461; Journal of the South-Eastern Agricultural College, Wye, Kent, 487; Vegetation for Reclaiming Tidal Lands, G. O. Case, 578; Cultivation of Sea- weeds in Japan, Prof. Yendo, 598; Development Fund Grants, 649; Materials and Methods in High School Agriculture, Prof. W. G. Hummel and Bertha R. Hummel, 658; Dairying, G. S. Thomson, vii; Butter- making, C. W. Walker-Tisdale and_T. R. Robinson, vii; Injurious Insects, Prof. W. O’Kane, viii; see British Association and Soil Drying of Air before Liquefaction, G. Claude, 123; Measurement of Air Velocities, Pressures, and Volumes, W. Cramp, 650 . Alabama, Iron Making in, W. B. Phillips, 3 Albinism in Nyasaland, Dr. H. S. Stannus, 563; Albinism in Man, K. Pearson, F.R.S., E. Nettleship, F.R.S., and C. H. Usher, 717 Alchemical Society: the Hermetic Mystery, Mme. I. de Steiger, 459; Doctrine of the First Matter, S. Abdul-Ali, 697 Alcohol.in Beer: Malligand’s Ebullioscope, logical Effects of Alcohol, Prof. H. E. Armstrong, 670 Alge, Rock-building, Prof. E. J. Garwood, F.R.S., 111 Algebra: Elementary Algebra, C. Godfrey and A. Siddons, 195 Air: 353; Alchemy in China, Prof. H. Chatley, | 670; Physio- | W. | INDEX. Allegheny Boundary of Freshwater Fauna, 408; Allegheny. Observatory Researches, 460 Alloys: Variation of Resilience of Copper Alloys with Temperature, L. Guillet, 224; Iron-carbon, MM. Dupuy and Portevin, 336; Magnetic Susceptibility, Prof. Honda, 409; Transformation Points of Nickel- — chrome Steels, L. Guillet, 730 Alternating Currents: Design of Alternating Current Machinery, J. R. Barr and R. D. Archibald, 126; Laboratory Manual of Alternating Currents, Prof. J. H. Morecroft, M. Solomon, 126 : Aluminium: Presence of Gallium and its Separation, C. Boulanger and J. Bardet, 311; Band Spectrum, A. de Gramont, 521 is Amalgams of Silver and Tin, Messrs. Knight and Joyner, 642 Amazon Forest Tribes, Expedition to Explore, 83 America: Aborigines of South America, the late Colonel G. E. Church, Sir Clements R. Markham, K.C.B., 1; American Universities, D. S. Jordan, 363; American Association’s Atlanta Meeting, 610; Address: Study of the Stars, Prof. E. C. Pickering, 673; Geology in North America, 618 Ammonia-soda Process, Jubilee, 298 , Ameeba, Habitat of a Marine, J. H. Orton, 371, 606; Ameebocytes in Calcareous Sponges: Reply to Mr. Orton, Prof. A. Dendy, F.R.S., 399, 479; Geo. P. Bidder, 479 Amphioxus, B. Mozeiko; Miss Kutchin, 457 : Anaphylaxis: New Type, Prof. C. Richet, 678; Prof. C. Richet, J. M. Bligh, iv : ’ Anatomy: Early Days of Comparative Anatomy, Prof. F. J. Cole, 50 Anglo-Saxon, the, Lieut.-Col. W. Sedgwick, A. E. Crawley, 396; Archzology of Anglo-Saxon Settlements, E. T. Leeds, 369 Animal Geography, Dr. Marion I, Newbigin, Prof. G. A. J. Cole, 471 Animal Psychology: die Neue Tierpsychologie, G. Bohn, Dr. Rose Thesing, A. E. Crawley, 396 Animals: Unknown Animals in Central Africa, C. W. Hobley, 15; “The Under Dog,” S. Trist, 94; Animal Husbandry for Schools, Prof. M. W. Harper, 2290; Animal Kingdom illustrated in 27 Coloured Plates, Dr. Zwanziger, G. K. Gude, 710; Infancy of Animals, W. P. Pycraft, viii ; Annelid, New Aquatic, Rev. H. Friend, 132 q Antarctic: Mawson Expedition, 48; “Le Monde Polaire,” O. Nordenskjéld, G. Parmentier and M. Zimmermann, 164; Stackhouse Expedition, 298, 667; Scott Expedition and Italian Geographical Society, 325; the Northern Party on Capt. Scott’s Expedition, R. Priestley, 325; Scott Specimens at the Natural History Museum, 350; “Scott’s Last Expedition,” 373; Scott Expedition Photographs, 430; Capt. Scott’s Journals at the British Museum, 590; National Antarctic Expedition, 1901-4: Meteorology, M. W. C. Hepworth, C.B., Prof. Ww. Meinardus, 393; New British Expedition, 506 ; Scotia’s Voyage: (1) Polycheta, L. N. G. Ramsay, 521; (2) New Bathydorus, T. J. Evans; (3) Genus Porponia, Prof. Carlgren, 730; Shackleton’s Transantarctic Ex- pedition, Dr. W. S. Bruce, 533, 666; Austrian Expedi- tion under Dr. F. Kénig, 590-1; Swedish Expedition, 613; Antarctic Problems, Prof. E. David, C.M.G., F.R.S.,. 700 Anthropology : General: the Uti-Krag near Rio de Janeiro, W. Knocke, 49; Early Man in South America, A. Hrdlitka, and Nature, March 26, 1914 others, Dr. A. C. Haddon, F.R.S., 144; Man and his Forerunners, Prof. H. v. Buttel-Reepen, 160; Origin and Antiquity of Man, Dr. G. F. Wright, 160; L’Uomo Attuale una Specie Collettiva, V. Giuffrida-Ruggeri, 160; die Rehobother Bastards und das Bastardierungs- problem beim Menschen, Dr. E. Fischer, 160; Pre- historic Trepanning, the late Dr. L. Championniére, 273; First Engraving of Man of Middle Quaternary, MM. Mayet and Pissot, 285; Ancient Crania from New Zealand, Prof. A. Keith, 352; Stone Implements of the Tasmanians, Reg. A. Smith, 373; Man and his Future : the Anglo-Saxon, Lieut.-Col. Sedgwick, A. E. Crawley, 396; Science of Human Behaviour, Dr. M. Parmelee, A. E. Crawley, 396; Prehistoric Remains on Lake Baikal, 456; Brain of Primitive Man, and Cranial Cast and Skull of Eoanthropus, Prof. G. Elliot Smith, 729; Tasmanian Aboriginal, Prof. R. J. A. Berry and Dr. A. W. D. Robertson; L. W. G. Buchner, .730; Pedagogical Anthropology, Maria Montessori, iii in Britain: Piltdown Skull, Dr. Smith A. Woodward, 110, 545; Prof. G. Elliot Smith, F.R.S., 131, 267, 318, 468, 545, 729; (and Brain Cast), Prof. A. Keith, F.R.S., 292, 345, 624; A. G. Thacker, 299; Prof. D. Waterston, 319; A. S. Underwood, 407; C. Dawson, 545; Huxley Memorial Lecture: Paviland Cave, Prof. W. J. Sollas, 351; Oransay Island, A. H. Bishop, 482 ; Question of Teaching, 591; Teaching at Universities : Joint Committee, 725 See British Association, Ethnology, Psychology _ Antiseptics, Use in increasing Growth of Crops, Dr. E. Js 4 Russel and W. Buddin, 441 | Arabian Sun-dial, Dr. C. Schoy, 231 _ Arachnids, Prof. F. Dahl, 605 Archeology : General: Aboriginal Sites on Red River, C. B. Moore, Dr. A. C. Haddon, F.R.S., 18; Crete, 49; Malta, 49; Discovery of the Buried Harbour of Pompeii by A. Cozza, 82; Nippur Clay Tablets, Dr. Poebel, 83; Aramaic Incantation Texts, J. A. Montgomery, 105; Rock Markings at Gavr’inis, Prof. Luquet, 141; Annual of British School at Athens, 266; Stone Imple- ments of Tasmanians, J. P. Johnson, 320; British School at Rome, 527; Origin of the Dolmen, Prof. G. Elliot Smith, 537; Stone Age Burial-place in Abruzzi, Prof. Dall’ Osso, 668; Carchemish, 668; Stone Hammers from Assam, J. C. Brown, 705; Bactrian Bronze Axe, Sir C. H. Read, 721 in Britain: Elephant Trench at Dewlish, Rev. O. Fisher, 6, 166; G. W. B. McTurk, 166; Prehistoric Society of East Anglia, 201; Roman Fortress near Llandrindrod Wells, 204; Anglo-Saxon Cemetery at Hornsea, 299; Striation of Flint Surfaces, J. Reid Moir, 363; Archeology of the Anglo-Saxon Settlements, E. Thurlow Leeds, 369; Flints found at Ipswich, J. Reid Moir, 483 ; Early Wars of Wessex, A. F. Major, C. W. Whistler, Rev. J. Griffith, 499; Recently Discovered Stone Circle near Matlock, J. Simpson, 555; Long- barrows of Cotswolds, Dr. E. T. Wilson, 591; Flints from Crayford, 614 See British Association Arctic: Discovery of Land, 202; Explorations with Ice- breakers, M. Villkitski, 456 Argentine Wild Horses, 435; Dr. W. D. Matthew, 661 _ Armadillos, Dr. Matthew, 106; Polyembryonic Develop- _ ment, Prof. H. H. Newman, 142 Arrow, Evolution of the, C. W. Hobley, 14 _ Art: Scientific Identification of Pictures, Prof. A .P. Laurie, 558 _ Arthropods: Arthropod Eye, Dr. Trojan, 54; Arachnids, ) Prof. F. Dahl, 605 _ Arum, Motor Ship, 434 _ Ascidian, New Japanese Compound, Dr. A. Oka, 640 _ Association of Public School Science Masters, 596 Association of Technical Institutions, 645 _ Astronomy : , _ General Treatises, G»c.: Didaktik der Himmelskunde und der Astronomischen Geographie, Dr. A. Héfler, 130; Astronomy Simplified, Rev. A. C. Henderson, 290; Astronomy, G. F. Chambers; ~ Daytime ° and Evening Exercises in Astronomy, Dr. Sarah F. Whiting, both W. E. Rolston, 420; Elements of De- Lndex re ener eee ee Yee XVil scriptive Astronomy, E, O. Tancock, 475; A.B.C. Guide to Astronomy, Mrs. H. Periam Hawkins, 578; Romer’s Adversaria, G. van Biesbroek and A. Tiber- ghien, 621; Astronomy, E. Hawks, 658; the Study of the Stars: Address, Prof. E .C. Pickering, 673 Annuals and Charts: Astrographic Chart, Perth (W.A.) Section, 86; Annals of Bureau of Longitudes, 108; Journal of Royal Astronomical Society of Canada, 4343 Annuals and Charts, 540; L’Astronomie, 616 Comets: 52, 86, 108, 143, 177, 206, 224, 240, 276, 302, 328, 354, 486, 512, 566, 670 Instruments : Protecting Silvered Reflectors from Tarnish, 52; Sun-dial: Arabische Gnomonik, Dr. C. Schoy, 231; Transit Circle Aid, Prof. Grossmann, 512; Crossley __ Reflector and Nebulz, 566 Meteors: Curious Meteoric Display in Canada and the United States, 87; Remarkable Meteor on November 24, Dr. A. A, Rambaut, F.R.S., 372, 402; J. S. Dines, 402 Moon: Change in Lunar Crater Eimmart, Prof. W. H. Pickering, 594; Origin of Structures on the Moon’s Surface, C. H. Plant, 556, 714; Rev. O. Fisher, 714; Systems of Rays on the Moon, Dr. H. J..Johnston- Lavis, 631 Nebulae: Hind’s Nebula, 87; Variable Nebulz, 108; Statistics of Nebulz and Clusters, Prof. Charlier, 178; New Nebulze and Variable Stars, C. R. D’Esterre, 434; Tuttle’s Nebula, 540 Observatories: Cape of Good Hope, 87; New Hill Observatory, 383; Nantucket, 411; the Cape Observa- tory, Sir David Gill, K.C.B., F.R.S., Dr. F. W. Dyson, F.R.S., 556; Madrid, 594 Planets: Elements and Numbers of Minor Planets, Dr. Cohn, 276; the Ways of the Planets, M. E. Martin, W. E. Rolston, 420; Planetary Observations, Prof. P. Lowell, 643; Formula for Elements of Satellites in the Solar System, F, Ollive, 724 Time : Extension of Zone Time, 87; French Monument to “The Hour,” 616 Miscellaneous: Proposed Institute for Theoretical Re- search, 276; Distance of the Horizon, Dr. John Ball, Capt. Tizard, C.B., F.R.S., 344; Death of Sir Robert S. Ball, F.R.S., 403; Gravitational Instability and the Nebular Hypothesis, J. H. Jeans, 416; Structure of the Universe, Prof. Kapteyn, 434; Astronomy in South Africa: Address, Dr. A. W. Roberts, 435; Galactic Coordinates, R. T. A. Innes, 566; New Lowndean Professor, 572; Aristotle, Capt. Hardcastle; Sir G. Greenhill, F.R.S., 584; Sir W. Ramsay, K.C.B., F.R.S.; Sir O. Lodge, F.R.S., 606; Death of Dr. S. C. Chandler, 611; Dark Regions in the Sky, Prof. E. E. Barnard, 671 See Stars and Sun Astrophysics: Refraction radially from the Sun, F. E. Ross, 459; Spectra of Stars near North Pole, Miss Cannon, 594; Objective Prism for Radial Velocities, M. Hamy, 616 Athens, Annual of British School at, 266 Atlanta Meeting of the American Association, 610 Atlantic Chart (U.S.), 107 Atmosphere : Structure of the Atmosphere in Clear Weather, C. J. P. Cave, Dr. W. N. Shaw, F.R.S., 57; Atmo- spheric Refraction and Distance of Horizon, T. W. Backhouse; Capt. T. H. Tizard, 96; Daily Tempera- ture Change at Great Heights, W. H. Dines, 440; Principia atmospherica, Dr. W. N. Shaw, 520; Upper Air Research, C. J. P. Cave, 624 Atmospherics in Wireless Telegraphy, Prof. J. Perry, -R.S., 528; W. Hall and H. Morris-Airey, 554: R. F. Durrant, 585; Atmospheric Electricity and Wireless Telegraphy, H. Dember, 723 Atoms: Intra-atomic Charge, A van den Broek, 372, 476; Frederick Soddy, F.R.S., 3090; Structure of the Atom, Prof. Ernest Rutherford, 423, 546; F. Soddy, F.R.S., 452; Dr. N. Campbell, 586; Atomic Models and X-Ray Spectra, Dr. F. A. Lindemann, 500, 631; Dr. N. Bohr, H. G. J. Moseley, 553: Prof. J. W. Nicholson, 583, 630; Sir O. Lodge, F.R.S., 609; Dr. H. S. Allen, 630, 713 Attraction: Introduction to the Mathematical Theory of Attraction, Dr. F. A. Tarleton, 657 XVill Index Nature, March 26, 1914 Auckland Harbour and Teredo, 410 Auditory Ossicles, Mammalian, R. W. Palmer, Auditory Organ in Cetacea, Sir W. Turner, 520 Aural Illusion, N. Alliston, 61; T. B. Blathwayt, 293 Aurora, 458; Influence of Diameter on Potential at Elec- trodes of Neon Tubes, G. Claude, 731 Australia: Gum Trees, G. H. Maiden, Dr. W. Botting Hemsley, F.R.S., 12; Fungus Diseases of Potato, D. McAlpine, 27; Abrolhos Isles, 379; Cabinet Timbers, R. T. Baker, 552; Australian Federal Territory in N.S.W., G. Taylor, 561; Australian Meeting of the British Association, 587; Discovery of Australia, W. B. Alexander, 715 Azolla in Norfolk, W. E. Palmer, 233 Aviation: L’Aviation, Prof. Painlevé, Prof. Borel, and C. Maurain, 28; Langley Laboratory, 107; la Théorie de l’Aviation, R. Gaston, 130; Resistance of the Air and Aviation, G. Eiffel, J. C. Hunsaker, 342; Flight of Birds, F. W. Headley, 368; Mechanics of the Aéroplane, Capt. Duchéne, J. H. Ledeboer and T. O’B. Hubbard, 368; Holes:in the Air, Prof. W. J. Hum- phreys, 493; Automatic Aéroplane Controls, Prof. G. H. Bryan, F.R.S., 609; Prof. S. P. Langley and Aviation, 718; see Aéroplanes 204 j Bacteriology : Household Bacteriology, Estelle D. Buchanan and Prof. R. E. Buchanan, 28; Alcohol Formation by Bacillus coli, E. C. Grey, 107; Soil Mycology, Prof. Kossowicz, 131; Practical Bacteriology, Microbiology, and Serum Therapy, Dr. A. Besson, Prof. H. J. Hutchens, D.S.O., 193; Elements of Water Bacterio- logy, S. C. Prescott and C, E. A. Winslow, 197; Bacteriology of Diphtheria, Drs. Loeffler and others, 379 Barometric Variability at Kimberley, J. R. Sutton, 391; Two-hourly Period in Diurnal Variation, M. M’C. Fairgrieve, 722 Bees’ Homing Instinct, H. Fabre, 237 Beit Memorial Fellowships, 492 Bereozovsk Gold Deposit, C. W. Purington, 678 Berlin Urania, 99; Berlin Meeting of Electrotechnical Commission, 109 Bernina Plant-geography, Dr. Riibel, 162 Biblical Criticism, Dr. M. G. Kyle, 658 Biochemistry, 107 Biography: Letters and Recollections of Alexander Agassiz, G. R. Agassiz, Sir E, Ray Lankester, K.C.B., F.R.S., 601; Works of John Caius, M.D., with Memoir by Dr. J. Venn, vi Biology : Essais de Synthése Scientifique, E. Rignano, 263 ; Contre la Métaphysique, F. Le Dantec, 263; the Microtomist’s Vade-Mecum, A. B. Lee, 290; Darwinism 100 Years Ago, Dr. H. Gadow, F.R.S., 320; Prof. A. Dendy, F.R.S., 372; Remarkable Anticipation of Darwin, G. W. Sleeper, Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S., 588; Death of Dr. Alfred Russel Wallace, O.M., F.R.S., 322, 347; Alfred Russel Wallace Memorials, Prof. R. Meldola, F.R.S., Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S., and Rev. J. Marchant, 425; Gruppenweise Artbildung, Prof. H. de Vries, 395; Science of Human Behaviour, Dr. M. Parmelee, A. E. Crawley, 396; Growth of Spongilla lacustris, Prof. W. N. Parker, 416; Problems of Genetics, W. Bateson, F.R.S., 497; Zonal Structure in Plants and Animals, Prof. E. Kiister, 532; Association of Economic Biologists, 541 ; Spontaneous Generation, Prof. R. T. Hewlett, F.R.S., 579; Dr. H. Charlton Bastian, F.R.S., 579, 685; Prof. J. B. Farmer, F.R.S., and Prof. V. H. Black- man, F.R.S., 660; Liquid Air as a Fixative, Prof. H. H. Dixon, 609; Instinct and Experience, Prof. C. Ll. Morgan, F.R.S., 627; Messmates, E. Step, viii Biology, Aquatic: Coloured Organisms on Sea-sand, Prof. Herdman, F.R.S., 5; the Substratum and Growth of Elodea, Dr. W. H. Brown, 54; Red-water due to Euglena, H. A. Wager, 96; Distribution of Phreatoicus, Dr. C. Chilton, 98; New Aquatic Annelid, Rev. H. Friend, 132; Plankton Distribution, C. O. Esterly, 241; Amcebze in Sponges, &c., J. H. Orton, 371, 606; Prof. A. Dendy, F.R.S., 399, 479; G.'P. Bidder, 479; Biology of Lake of Tiberias, Prof. T. Barrois, Dr. N. Annandale, Rev. T. R. R, Stebbing, F.R.S., 480 Bird-migration, 171; Rings placed on Wild Birds, H, F. Witherby, 326; Routes, Horace Darwin, F.R.S., 370; Migratory Movements in 1911-12, 635 ; Birds: Scottish Ornithology, 1912, Leonora J, Rintoul and Evelyn V. Baxter, 171; Jahresbericht (1911) der Vogel- warte Rossitten, Prof. J. Thienemann, 228; Food of some British Wild Birds, W. E. Collinge, 228; Bodley — Head Natural History, E. D. Cuming, J. A. Shepherd, 228; Home-life of the Terns, W. Bickerton, 294; the Charm of the Hills, S. Gordon, 294; Wild-life and the Camera, A. R. Dugmore, 294; Notes, 303, 726; Flight, F. W. Headley, 368; Protection Committee, 378; Peroneal Muscles, Dr. P. Chalmers Mitchell, 441; Protection in Egypt, 455; British Birds’ Nests, R. Kearton, C. Kearton, 504; Our Vanishing Wild Life, Dr. W. T. Hornaday, 504; Our Common Sea-birds, Percy R. Lowe, 688; Bird Life throughout the Year, Dr. J. H. Salter, 688; Wild Life on the Wing, M. D. Haviland, 688; Willow-titmouse, T. A. Coward, 704 Birds’ Plumage for Wear: Prohibition in United States, © 48, 105; the Plumage Bill, Sir H. H. Johnston, G.C.M.G., K.C.B., 428, 501; Dr. H. O. Forbes, 476; L. Joseph, 501; a Woman’s Protest, 685; Plumage for Artificial Flies, Sir H. Maxwell, 562; Importation and French Trade, 617 Birmingham: Handbook for Birmingham and Neighbour- hood, 48; Meeting of the British Association, 31, 65; Honorary Degrees at the University, 67 Birth-rate Commission, 298 Bismarck Archipelago and Melanesia, Dr. G, Friederici, S. H. Ray, 471 Bison, an Extinct, Dr. O. P. Hay, 563 Bleaching Agents, Action on Various Colouring Matters, R. L. Taylor, 546 Blennius gattorugine, Tentacles of, H. A. Baylis, 624 Blood, Laws of Absorption of Carbon Monoxide by, M. Nicloux, 521 Blue, Egyptian, Dr. A. P. Laurie and others, 440 Bodley Head Natural History: British Birds, Cuming, J. A. Shepherd, 228 Books: Forthcoming Books of Science, 180; Cambridge University Press, 353 Boric Acid in Food, Estimation, G. Bertrand, 625 Botany : General: Fresh-water Flora of Germany, Austria, and Switzerland, Prof. A. Pascher, 60; Renascence Flora on Killiney Hill, N. Colgan, 84; Manual Flora of Egypt, Dr. R. Muschler, 162; Bush Days, Amy E, Mack, 162; Flora of Bristol, J. W. White, 162; Pflanzengeographische Monographie des gebietes, Dr, E. Riibel, 162; das Pflanzenreich, A. Engler, 162; Lime Chlorosis of Green Plants, P. Mazé and others, 192; International Congress in London in 1914, 203; Plant Life, Prof. J. B. Farmer, 397,; Wild Flower Preservation, May Coley, 397; Transpiration, Sir F. Darwin, 440; Travels of Sir J. Hooker in Sikkim Himalaya, 440; Trees in Winter, Dr. M. F. Blakeslee and Dr. C. D. Jarvis, 504; Death of Sir Trevor Lawrence, Bart., 506; Algerian Sahara, Dr. ~W. A. Cannon, 509; Vegetation for Reclaiming Tidal Lands, G. O. Case, 578; Cultivation of Sea-weeds in Japan, Prof. K. Yendo, 598; School Gardening, A. ‘Logan; G. W. S. Brewer, 604; Botanical Congress in London, 1915, 667; Messmates, E. Step, viii Special : Eucalyptus, J. H. Maiden, W. B. Hemsley, F.R.S., ’ 12; Water-lilies, Sir F. W. Moore, 17 ; Natural Hybridism in Genus Grevillea, J. J. Fletcher, 157; Geraniacez, R. Knuth, 162; Goodeniaceze and Brunoniacee, K. Krause, 162; Azolla in Norfolk, W. E. Palmer, 233; Acclimatisation of Novius cardinalis in France, P. Marchal, 258; Pollination of the Kaffir Bread Tree, R. Marloth, 259; Juvenile Flowering in Eucalyptus globulus, Prof. F. E. Weiss, 335; Development of the Natural Order Myrtaceze, E. C. Andrews, 336; New Mimicry Plant, R. Marloth, 391; Toadstools and Mush- rooms, E. Step, 397; Sterility in Daphne odora, Osawa, 484: Hybericum desetangsii in Britain, C. E. Salmon, 546; Bothrodendron kiltorkense, Prof. T. Johnson, 599 E, D. ~ Bernina- — Nature, ] March 26, 1914 _ See British Association s A Branchiura, F, Keyl, 592 Brazil in 1912, J. C. Oakenfull, 4; South Brazil, Dr. W. Breitenbach, 29 P istol Flora, J. W. White, 162 ish Association Australian Meeting in 1914; 587 British Association Birmingham meeting, 31, 65; Inaugural Address, on Continuity, by Sir Oliver J. Lodge, F.R.S., President, 33, 606 ection A—Mathematics and Physics: Opening Address : the Place of Pure Mathematics, H. F.. Baker, F.R.S., 69 ; Physics, 304; Entropy and Probability, Prof. H. A. Lorentz, 305; Structure of the Atom, Prof. Rutherford, 305; Resistances of Thin Metallic Films, Dr. Swann, 305; Discussion on Radiation, J. H. Jeans, Prof. Lorentz, Dr. Bohr, Prof. Love,.and others, 305, 306; Lightning, Sir J. Larmor, 307; X-Rays and Crystals, Prof. Bragg, F.R.S., 307; Mathematics, 307; Dynamics of a Globular Stellar System, Prof. Edding- ton, 307; Discussion on Complex Stress Distribution, see Section G; Solar Results at Mt. Wilson, C. E. St. John, 307; Lunar Influence on Magnetism, Dr. S. Chapman, 307; Resonance Spectra, Prof. R. W. Wood, 307; Twisting of Indiarubber, Prof. Poynting, 308; the Gas X, and Helium, Sir J. J. Thomson, 308; Method of Increasing Sensitiveness of Measuring In- struments, Dr. G. A. Shakespear, 308; a Seismo- graph, J. J. Shaw, 308, 437; Work at Shide, 309; Committee Reports, 308, 309; Meteorology and Geo- physics, 436; Temperature Balance between Egypt and European Stations, J. I. Craig, 436; Double Maximum in Annual Temperature Curves for Kew and Valencia, E. Gold and F. J. W. Whipple; Atmospheric Pollution Gauge, Dr. J. S. Owens; Determining Period of Waves, Dr. V. Cornish; Periodic Variations of Mag- netic Force, Dr. S. Chapman, all 437 Section B—Chemistry: Opening Address, Prof. W. P. Wynne, F.R.S., 73, 329; Mixtures of Nitro Com- pounds and Amines coloured only in the Liquid State, Dr. Tinkler, 330; Optical Properties, Dr. Pickard and J. Kenyon, Dr. Lowry, Prof. L. Tschugaeff, Dr. T. S. Patterson, and others, 330; Utilisation of Fuel, Prof. Armstrong, Dr. Beilby, Dr. H. G.. Colman, H. J. Yates, Prof. Bone, &c., 330, 331; Gas-fire Science, H. J. Yates, 331; Coking Coals, Dr. R. V. Wheeler, 331; Action of an Alkaline Natural Water on Lead, J. F. Liverseege and A. W. Knapp, Prof. P. F. Frank- land, 331; Radio-active Elements and the Periodic Law,.Mr. Soddy, A. Fleck, 331, 332; Radio-active Elements as Indicators, Dr. G. Hevesy, 332; Influence of Sodium and Potassium Chloride in varying Concen- tration upon Distribution of Benzoic and Salicylic Acids, Dr. B. de Szyszkowski, 332; Hydrogen Ion Concentration of the Sea, Dr. Prideaux, 332; Metal- lurgical Chemistry and Amorphous Theory, Dr. W. Rosenhain, Dr. G. T. Beilby, 332; Volatility of Metals, Prof. T. Turner, 333 ; Changes in Alloys by Annealing, O. F. Hudson, 333; Diffusion in Solid Solutions, Dr. C. H. Desch, 333 ; Solubility of Gases in Metals, Dr. A. Holt, 333 Section C—Geology: Opening Address, Prof. E. J. Garwood, 111, 358; Spirorbis Limestone of North War- wickshire, G. Barrow, 358; Stream-courses of Black Country, H. Kay, 358; Rostro-carinate Flints, Prof. Sollas, 358; Flora and Fauna of Upper Keuper Sand- stones of Warwickshire, &c., L. J. Wills and W. Campbell Smith, 358; Progress of Coal Output of Midlands, F. G. Meachem, 358; Correlation of Leicestershire Coalfield, R. D. Vernon, 359; Relation of Limestones at Bala, Dr. Gertrude L. Elles, 359; Plant Petrifactions in Chert, Dr. Marie C. Stopes, 359; Shelly and Graptolitic Faunas of British Ordo- vician, Dr. Gertrude L. Elles, 359; First Revision of British Ordovician Brachiopoda, Clara E. Sylvester, 359; Stockingford Shales, V. C. Illing, 360; Igneous Rocks, Dr. A. H. Cox, 360; Machine for Cutting Thin Rock-sections, Prof. W. S. Boulton, 360 Section D—Zoology : Opening Address, Dr. H. F. Gadow, F.R.S., 145; Sleeping Sickness, Prof. E. A. Minchin, 384; Bionomics of Amfhidinium operculatum, R. D. Laurie; Influence of Osmotic Pressure on Regeneration Index ——————— TE XIX of Gunda, Miss Jordan Lloyd; Habits and Building Organ of Pectinaria koreni, A. T. Watson; Eelworms, G. E, Johnson; Larva of the Star-fish Porania pul- villus, Dr. J. F. Gemmill; Artemia salina, T. J- Evans, all 385; Pseudohermaphrodite Daphnia, Dr. J. H. Ashworth; Position of Order Protura, R. S. Bagnall; Oviposition of a Fly on Centaurea, J. T. Wadsworth; West African Wasp, W. A. Lamborn; Heredity of Melanism in Lepidoptera, W. Bowater ; Pseudacrzeas and their Models on Victoria Nyanza, Dr. G. .D. H. Carpenter; Geographical Relations of Mimicry, Dr. F. A. Dixey, all 386; Mimicry, Prof. Poulton; the Ascidian Diazona violacea, Prof. Herd- man ; Early Evolution of Amphibia, D. M. S. Watson, Prof. Elliot Smith; Metamorphosis of Axolotl, E. G. Boulenger, all 387; Homology of the Gills, Dr. Ekman, Prof. H. Braus; Cultures of the Embryonic Heart, Prof. Braus; Phylogeny of Carapace of Leathery Turtle, Dr. Versluys; Unilateral Development of Secondary Male Characters in a Pheasant, Dr. C. J. Bond; Mammal-like Dentition in a Cynodont Reptile, Dr. R. Broom; Notharctus, an Eocene Lemur, Dr. W. K. Gregory, all 388; Morphology of the Mam- malian Tonsil, Miss M. L. Hett, 389; all Dr. J. H. Ashworth, 384-389; Convergence in the Mammalia, Prof. Dollo, Prof. van Bemmelen, Dr. Versluys, Dr. W. K. Gregory, 411 Section E—Geography: Opening Address, Prof. H. N. Dickson, 150; Other Proceedings, 437; Map of Prince Charles Foreland, Spitsbergen, Dr. W. S. Bruce, 437; Fiord Lands and Social Development, C. B. Fawcett ; Accuracy of Triangulation of Britain, Capt. H. S. L. Winterbotham; Terms used in Triangulation, Capt. H. G. Lyons, F.R.S.; Precision of Field Latitudes in Egypt, B. F. E. Keeling, all 438 Section G—Engineering: Opening Address: Electrifica- tion of Railways, Prof. Gisbert Kapp, 184; Proceed- ings, 542; Internal-combustion Engines for Railway Locomotion, F. W. Lanchester, 542; Bank-note Engraving, A. E. Bawtree; Joint Meeting with Section A on Stress Distributions; Flow of Solids, T. Reid; Strength of Free-ended Strutts, A.. Robertson ; Gyroscope Theory, J. W. Gordon; Harbour Projec- tions, E. R. Matthews; Apparatus for Exploring Sandy River Beds, Dr. J. S. Owens, 543 Section H—Anthropology: Opening Adress, Sir Richard C. Temple, Bart., 207; Proceedings, 412; Speech and Jaw Conformation, Dr. Robinson, Prof. Elliot Smith; Age of Tribes of South-east Australia, Prof. W. J. Sollas; Seasonal Customs, Dr. Rivers, Miss Burne, &c.; Environment and Religious Belief in Siberia, Miss Czaplicka; Archeology of Cyprus, Prof. J. L. Myres; all 413; Archeology of Western Europe, 414 Section I—Phystology: Opening Address, F. Gowland Hopkins, F.R.S., 213; General Proceedings, 461; Joint Meeting with Section M: the Hydrogen Ion Con- centration in Biological Processes, Prof. Sdérensen, 462; Stock-breeding : the “Free Martin,” &c., K. J. J. Mackenzie, 462; Glycogen and Fat Metabolism of Crabs, Geofrey Smith, Dr. L. Doncaster, 462; Joint Meeting with Sections D and K: Synthesis of Organic Matter by Colloids and the Origin of Life, Prof. B. Moore, F.R.S., Sir O. Lodge, Prof. Armstrong, Prof. Priestley, 462; Regulation of Anzesthesia, 463 ; Carbon Dioxide Output in Man, Dr. Duffield; Post-pericardial Body of the Skate, Prof. E. Wace Carlier; Kata- thermometer, Prof. Leonard Hill, F.R.S.; Pulse and Resonance of Tissues, Prof. Hill and Dr. McQueen; Biochemistry of Neurone, Dr. F. W. Mott, F.R.S.; Blood Coagulation, Dr. J. Tait; Heart of Hedgehog, Dr. Tait and Miss Macnaughton; Relation of Organs to Body Weight, Prof. G. Dreyer, Dr. E. W. Ainley Walker, all 463; Kidney Weight, Dr. Roaf, 464; . Psychology Subsection, 464; all Dr. H. E. Roaf, 461-464 : Subsection for Psychology: Absurdity of Psycho- physiological Parallelism, Dr. Wildon Carr; Laughter, Mr. McDougall, 516; Belief in Immature Minds, Prof. C. Read; Localisation of Visual Images, Prof. R. M. Ogden ; Sound Localisation, Dr. Myers; Habit Forma- tion in Guinea-pigs, Miss E. M. Smith; Rote Memory XX and Pure Memory, Miss May Smith; Fertility and Morbidity of Defective Stocks, Dr. Shrubsall; Testi- mony of Normal and Defective Children, Mr. Wyatt, all 517; all Cyril Burt, 516-517 Section K—Botany: Opening Address, Miss Ethel Sargant, 242; General Proceedings, 488; Fossil Plants from Devonian Strata, Dr. D. H. Scott and Prof. E. C. Jeffery; New Ginkgoalian Leaf, H. H. Thomas; New Medullosa from Lower Coal, Dr. Ethel de Fraine; Anatomy of Cycads, Dr. le Goc; Pinna-trace in Filicales, R. C. Davie; Histology of Leptoids in a Moss, Miss M. Hume, all 488; Anthocyan Formation, W. N. Jones; Nature of Life, Prof. J. Reinke; Fungi, Dr. O. V. Darbishire, S. P. Wiltshire, Miss M. L. Baden, Miss E. M. Poulton; Microspora, Prof. G. S. West ; Zygnema ericetorum, Prof. West and Miss C. B. Starkey ; Suaeda fruticosa for checking Shingle, Prof. F. W. Oliver; Maritime Plants at Holme, P. 7 Allen; Sand-dunes in Anglesea, Miss W. H. Wortham, all 489; Genetics, Dr. R. R. Gates; Major Cc. C. Hurst; Flowers under Insolation, Col. H. E. Rawson; Preservation of British Flora, A. R. Horwood; Exhibits, all 490 Section L—Educational Science: From the Opening Address by Principal E. H. Griffiths, F.R.S., 250; the Modern University, Sir Alfred Hopkinson and others, 491; Psychological Subsection, 491; Spelling Reform, Sir Wm. Ramsay, Sir O. Lodge; Suggestion, Mrs. Meredith; Mental Differences in the Sexes, Mr. Burt; Museums, all 491; Registration and Manual Work; Act of 1902, 492 Section M—Agriculture: Opening Address, Prof. T. B. Wood, 278; General Proceedings, 514; German Forestry, Prof. Fraser Story; “Maysick” Disease of Cereals, Mr. Collinge; Linseed Crop, D. Davidson ; Fungicidal Action of Bordeaux Mixture, Prof. Barker and Mr. Gimingham; Joint Discussion with Section K on Barley Production, E. S. Beaven and others; Utilisation of Sewage, Dr. Grossmann; Partial Sterili- sation of Soil with Quicklime, Dr. Hutchinson and Mr. McLennan, all 515; Protozoa of the Soil, Mr. Goodey; Nitrification in Pasture Soils, Mr. Giming- ham; Peat Conversion to Manure, Prof. Bottomley ; the Mite Eriophyes ribis, Miss Taylor; Weeds of Arable Land, Dr. Winifred Brenchley; the Two Varieties of Corn Spurry, Miss Armitage, all 516 British Association Committee on Electrical Standards: Reports, 91; Committee on Radio-telegraphy, 277 British Empire, Geography of the, W. L. Bunting and H. L. Collen, ix British Journal Photographic Almanac, 1914, 500 British Medical Association, 536 British Museum of Natural History: Catalogue of Books, MSS., Maps, and Drawings, 288; Catalogue of Noctuide, Sir G. F. Hampson, 288; Catalogue of Ungulate Mammals, R. Lydekker, F.R.S., 288 British Mycological Society, 139 British Radium Standard, Prof. E. Rutherford, F.R.S., 402 British School at Athens, 266; British School at Rome, 527 British Science Guild, 455, 719 Brussels Meeting of Iron and Steel Institute, 88 Bureau. des Longitudes, Annual of, 643 Burma: Oil-fields, E. H. Pascoe, 9; Limestone Caves of Burma and Malay Peninsula, Dr. N. Annandale and others, 443 Bush Days, Amy E. Mack, 162 Butter-making, C. W. Walker-Tisdale and T. R. Robinson, vii Butterflies: Entomologist’s Log-book and Dictionary of Life Histories and Food Plants of British Macro- Lepidoptera, A. G. Scorer, 683 Cabinet Timbers of Australia, R. T. Baker, 552 Cacao, Fermentation of, H. H. Smith, 628 Calcification in Dentine, J. H. Mummery, 440 Calculus, Elementary Treatise on, W. S. Franklin and others, 341; “Let Us Have Our Calculus Early,” Prof. E. B. Wilson, 510 Index [ Nature LMarch 26, 1914 Calcutta University, Sir Indian Museum Centenary, 727 Calendar : Indian Chronographys Extension of the “Indian Calendar,” R. Sewell, R. J. Pocock, 159 et : Cambridge : Mathematical Tripos, Part I., Papers, 1908-12, 195 ; Cambridge Manuals, 382; Humphrey Owen Jones — Memorial, 519; Suggestions for Reform, A. I. Tillyard, 707; Works. of John Caius, M.D., with Memoir by Dr. Venn, vi Canada: Geological Survey, 618; Outlook for Mineral Industry, J. M. Bell, 678 ; Cancer and Malaria, Nature and Treatment of, -Dr. J. Beard; Dr. C. W. Saleeby, 60 K.C.B., F RS A. Mookerjee, 257; Cape Observatory, Sir David Gill, F. W. Dyson, 556 Cape Verde Islands, I. Friedlander, 484 Capella, Faint Companion, Dr. Furuhjelm, 724 ". Carat, Metric, 723 7 Carbohydrates, Methods of Estimation of, W. A. Davis and A. J. Daish, 352 ; ' Carbon, Thermal Ionisation from, Prof. O. W. Richard- — son, 649 Carchemish Excavations, 668 Carnegie Scholarship Memoirs, 179 ; Catalysis: Catalytic Esterification in the Wet Way, F. Bodroux, 521; la Catalyse en Chimie Organique, Paul Sabatier, 655; Catalytic Action of Traces of Hydrogen Peroxide in Water, Prof. H. B. Baker and L. H. Parker, 698 Causal and Conditional Outlook, W. Roux, 4 Celluloid Fire Danger, 593, 646 Cellulose converted into Dextrose by Cold, Prof. Will- statter, 107 Ceramics: Quantitative Inorganic Analysis, Dr. J. W. Mellor, vi Cetacea, Auditory Organ, Sir Wm. Turner, 520 Chameleon, Anatomy, P. A. Methuen and J. Hewitt, 259 Chank Bangle Industry, J. Hornell, 487 Chemical Societies, International Association of, Sir Wm. Ramsay, K.C.B., F.R.S., 453 Chemistry : . General: Methoden des chemischen Unterrichts, Dr. K. Scheid, Prof. A. Smithells, F.R.S., 287; Chemistry : Inorganic and Organic, with Experiments, C. L. Bloxam, A. G. Bloxam and Dr. S. J. Lewis, 343; Preliminary Chemistry, H. W. Bausor, 446; Course in eral Chemistry, Profs. W. McPherson and W. E. Hender- son, 446; Chemie, E. v. Meyer, F. Rinne, and others, 446; General Chemistry Laboratory Manual, Prof. J. C. Blake, 655 Analytical : Manual of Qualitative Analysis: Reagent and 7 Combustion Methods, W. F. Hoyt, 446; Qualitative Analyse vom Standpunkte der Tonenlehre, Dr. W. Béttger, 446; Analysis of Oils, Fats, and Waxes, Dr. J. Lewkowitsch, 449; (1) Application of the Nephelo- meter; (2) Method of forming Copper Complexes of Amino-acids, &c., in Solution, Dr. Kober, 485; Gas Analysis, Prof. L. M. Dennis, 524; Rays of Positive Electricity and Application to Chemical Analysis, Sir J. J. Thomson, 549; Quantitative Analysis in Practice, Prof. J. Waddell, 655 ; Quantitative Inorganic Analysis, Dr. J. W-. Mellor, vi; see Chemistry, Technical of Ferments: Synthesis of Glucosides by Ferments, Prof. E. Bourquelot, 304; Synthesis by means of Ferments, Sir Lauder Brunton, Bart., 399; Grundriss der Fer- mentmethoden, Prof. J. Wohlgemuth, 524 Inorganic: Handbuch der Arbeitsmethoden anorganischen Chemie, Dr. A. Stahler, 125 Mineral: Traité, H. Erdmann, Prof. A. Corvisy, 262 Organic: Cours de Chimie Organique, Prof. F. Swarts, 125; Allen’s Commercial Organic Analysis, W. A. Davis and S. S. Sadtler, 125; Organometallic Com- pounds of Zinc and Magnesium, Dr. H. Wren, 261; Chemie der Kohlenstoffverbindungen, V. v. Richter, Dr. R. Anschutz und Dr. H. Meerwein, 262; Products isolated from Soot, Prof. Knecht and Miss Hibbert, 442; Treatise on General and Judustrial Organic Chemistry, Dr. E. Molinari, T. H. Pope, 446; Organic Chemistry for Advanced Students, Prof. J. B. Cohen, F.R.S., 498; the Volatile Oils, E. Gildemeister and F. “in der Nature, ] March 26, 1914 Index XXi Students of Medicine, Prof. J. Walker, F.R.S., 655 ; la Catalyse en Chimie Organique, Paul Sabatier, 655 Physical: Osmotic Pressure, Prof. A. Findlay, 261; Thermodynamics, J. R. Partington, 265; die Existenz der Molkule, Prof. The Svedberg, 367; Experimental Modification of van der Waal’s Equation, J. P. Dalton, 391; Physikalische Chemie der Gasreaktionen, Dr. K. Jellinek, 419; Physical Chemistry of Solutions, Prof. H. C. Jones, 461; Zonal Structure in Colloids, G. Abbott, 607, 687; Dr. H. J. Johnston-Lavis, 687 ; Appli- cation of Physico-chemical Theory to Technical Pro- cesses, Prof. R. Kremann, H. E. Potts, Dr. A. Mond, 628; End-product of Thorium, Prof. Joly, F.R.S., and J. R. Cotter, 632; Active Nitrogen, Prof. H. B. Baker, F.R.S., and Hon. R. J. Strutt, F.R.S., 659; Specific Heats and the Periodic Law, Dr. H. Lewkowitsch, 661; Specific Heats and the Periodic Law—Analogy from Sound, R. G. Durrant, 686; see Atoms and Matter Plant: Hydrocyanic Acid in Plants, Dr. J. M. Petrie, 469 ; Introduction to Chemistry of Plant Products, Dr. P. Haas and T. G. Hill, 524; Liquid Air as a Fixative, Prof. H. H. Dixon, F.R.S., 609; Chemical Inter- pretation of Mendelian Factors for Flower Colour, M. Wheldale and H. L. Bassett, 623 _ Practical: Prof. J. Campbell Brown, Dr. G. D. Ben- — gough, 655 _ of Rubber: B. D. Porritt, 524 Service, Prof. V. B. Lewes and J. S. S. Brame, 125 Technical: Allen’s Commercial Organic Analysis, W. A. Davis and S. S. Sadtler, 125; Liquid Air, G. Claude, H. E. P. Cottrell; le Froid industriel, L. Marchis, both F. Soddy, F.R.S., 134; Chemistry of Dyeing, Dr. J. K. Wood, 261; Traité Complet d’Analyse Chimique Appliquée aux Essais Industriels, Profs. J. Post and B. Neumann, G. Chenu and M. Pellet, 262; Traité de Chimie Minérale, H. Erdmann, Prof. A. Corvisy, 262 ; Research Chemists in Works, W. P. Dreaper, 301, 410; British Chemistry and Manufactures, W. Caspari, 353; General and Industrial Organic Chemistry, Dr. E. Molinari, T. H. Pope, 446; Chemical Technology and Analysis of Oils, Fats, and Waxes, Dr. J. Lewkowitsch, 449; the Volatile Oils, E. Gildemeister and Fr. Hoffmann, E. Kremers, 498 ; New Etching Reagent for Steel, Dr. W. Rosenhain, F.R.S., 529; Oxygen Content of Gases from Roasting Pyrites, L. T. Wright, 572; Fermentation of Cacao, H. H. Smith, 628; Chemistry and its Relations to Daily Life, Profs. Kahlenberg and Hart, 628; In- dustrial Poisoning, Dr. J. Rambousek, Dr. T. M. Legge, 628; Application of Physico-chemical Theory to Technical Processes, Prof. R. Kremann, H. E. Potts, Dr. A. Mond, 628 _ Miscellaneous: Isomeric Change of Acids, J. Bougault, 56; Death of Dr. Julius Lewkowitsch, 104; Conversion of Cellulose into Dextrose by means of Cold, Prof. Willstatter and L. Zechmeister, 107; Death of Prof. Hugh Marshall, F.R.S., Dr. L. Dobbin, 138; Alkyla- tion by Sodium Acids, A. Haller, 336; Heat of Forma- tion and Composition of Binary Mixtures, E. Baud, 365; Displacement of Potassium in Felspar by Manure, G. André, 365; Bust of Sir Henry Roscoe for the Chemical Society, 377; Neutralisation of Chromic Acid, L. Margaillan, 417; an Anthocyanine identical with that formed in Autumn Red Leaves, R. Combes, 417; Gases from Kilauea Crater, A. L. Day and E. S. Shepherd, 417; Optimum Temperature of Salicin Hydrolysis by Enzyme Action, A. Compton, 440; Cata- lytic Esterification in the Wet Way, F. Bodroux, 521; Columbium v. Niobium, Prof. F. W. Clarke, 528; Dr. J. F. Thorpe’s “Caged” Compound, W. W. Reed, J. F. T., 529; Benzhydrol, P. Sabatier and M. Murat, 546; Ferrous Sulphate and its Hydrates, R. de Forcrand, 573; Relation of Covolume and Critical Con- stants, L. Gay, 573: Compounds with 606 and Silver Bromide, &c.,- J.. Danysz, 625; Epicamphor, 642; Alkylation of Cyclopentanones, A. Haller, 678; Cata- lytic Preparation of Decahydroquinoline, P. Sabatier and M. Murat, 679; Properties of Purified Substances, . Prof. H. B. Baker and L. H. Parker, 698; Acid Salts of Dibasic Acids, E. Jungfleisch and P. Landrieu, 730; Hoffmann, E. Kremers, 498; Organic Chemistry for | Velocity of Hydrogenation in presence of Platinum Black, G. Wavon, 730; Cyanogen Chlorides, V. Grignard, 731; Heat of Fusion of Hydrates, C. Leen- hardt, 731; Heat of Formation of Manganese Sulphide, S. Wolagdine, 731; Syntheses by Zinc Organo-metallic Derivatives, E. E. Blaise, 731; See British Association Chloride of Lime in Sanitation, A. H. Hooker, 93 Chromosomes, Dimensions in Relation to Phylogeny, Prof. J. B. Farmer and L. Digby, 440 Chronograph Reading Aid, Prof. E. Grossmann, 512 Chronography, Indian, R. Sewell, R. J. Pocock, 159 Circle: French Mnemonic Verses for Ratio of Circum- ference to Diameter, 458 Circle, Stone, near Matlock, J. Simpson, 555 Cirripede Remains from Chalk Marl, T. H. Withers, 440 Civil Service, How to Enter, E. A. Carr, 398 Clare Island Survey, 458, 625; Geology, J. R. Kilroe and T. Hallissy, 678 - Climate: Climatic Effect of the Great Lakes, C. H. Eshleman, 51; Climate and Weather of San Diego, California, F. A. Carpenter, 196; Place of Climatology in Medicine, Dr. W. Gordon, 448; No Change in Climate of Europe after rooo z.c., E. H. L. Krause, 456; Origin of Climatic Changes, Prof. W. J. Humphreys, 479 Clots, S. B. Schryver, 729 Coal: Distillation under Reduced Pressure, MM. Pictet and Bouvier, 336; Gas Testing and Air Measurement in Coal Mines, C. Chandley, 448; Boring in Lorraine, R. Nicklés, 651; a Possible Cause of Explosions in Coal Mines, Prof. W. A. D. Rudge, 660; Coalfields of India, Prof. V. Ball, F.R.S., R. R. Simpson, iii Coast Erosion and Protection, E. R. Matthews, 164; Coast Erosion in Brittany, F. La Porte, 442 Coin of King Offa for British Museum, 508 Cold: le Froid industriel, L. Marchis, F. Soddy, F.R.S., 134; Technical Production and Utilisation of Cold, G. Claude, H. E. P. Cottrell, L. Marchis, F. Soddy, F.R.S., 134; Death in Destitution of Ch. Tellier, the Inventor of Cold Storage, 236; Cold Storage of Fish, 642 Colloids, Zonal Structure, Prof. E. Kiister, 532; G. Abbott, 607, 687; Dr. H. J. Johnston-Lavis, 687 Colour Vision among Crustacea, 726 Se eee on Sea-sand, Prof. W. A. Herdman, ~RS., 5 Columbia University, New York, 545 Columbium versus Niobium, Prof. F. W. Clarke, 528 Comets : Comet 1913b (Metcalf), 32, 86, 108, 143, 224, 240, 276; Comet r1913c (Neujmin), 52, 86, 108, 143, 240; Unusually Star-like Aspect, Prof. Barnard, 302 ; Comet 1913d (Westphal), 143, 177, 240, 276, 302, 328; Comet 1913e (Zinner), 276, 302; Orbit, Miss Anna R. Kidder, 354; Comet 1913f (Delavan), 486, 512, 566, 670; Comet seen at Perth, W.A., 177; Various, 206 Commercial Geography of the World, O. J. R. Howarth, Prof. G. A. J. Cole, 471 Concrete: Continuous Beams in Reinforced Concrete, B. Geen, 92; London County Council Regulations, 205 ; Electrolysis in Concrete, 697 Conferences: International, on Structure of Matter, Prof. E. Rutherford, F.R.S., 347; on Safety of Life at Sea, 355, 616; Educational, 567; Meteorological, in Edin- burgh on September 8, 667 Congresses: Twelfth International Geological at Toronto, 7; Ninth International Physiological, Dr. C. Lovatt Evans, 61; International, of Pharmacy at the Hague, 174, 304; Botanical, London, 1914, 203 ; Irish Technical Instruction, 415; Tropical Agriculture at Paris, 461; Association of Economic Biologists at Liverpool, 541; Americanists, London, 1912, 562; Proceedings of the Fifth International Congress of Mathematicians at Cambridge, Profs. Hobson and Love, Prof. Bryan, F.R.S., 575; Morning Post Card List for 1914, 594; Phytopathological at Rome, 613; Botanical in London, 1915, 667; First Indian Science Congress, 727° ° G. Archdall Consciousness, Physiological Factors of, Reid, 6 : : ee Continuity: British ‘Association Address, Sir Oliver J. Lodge, F.R.S., 33, 606 Xxil Convergence in the Mammalia, 411 Cooperation in Agriculture, G. H. Powell, 229 Copepoda, British Parasitic, Dr. T. Scott and A. Scott, 193, 239; Copepoda from West of Ireland, G. P. Farran, 650 Copper-wire Circular, 723 \ Coral Atolls, Darwinian Theory of, Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S., 712 Corrosion Committee, 52 Cotton Spinning, W. S. Taggart, 231; Effect of Water on Cotton Cultivation, Messrs. Hughes and Hurst, 722 Couples consisting of Two Flames, G. Moreau, 442 Crete, Minoan, K. T. Frost, 614 Crops in Different Countries, Relative Productivity, B. C. Wallis, 165 Crossley Reflector, 566 Crustacea from Madagascar, Hon. Paul A. Methuen, Dr. W. T. Calman, 416; Colour Vision in Crustacea, 726 Crystals: Reflection of y Rays from Crystals, Prof. E. Rutherford, F.R.S., Dr. Andrade, 267; Crystals and the X-Ray Spectrometer, Prof. W. H. Bragg, 416; W. L. Bragg, 416; Crystallising Properties of Electro- deposited Iron, Prof. H. C. H. Carpenter, 442; Chemie: Allgemeine Kristallographie und Mineralogie, E. v. Meyer, Fr. Rinne, and others, 446; X-Ray Spectra of Sulphur and Quartz, Prof. W. H. Bragg, 649; X-Rays and Metallic Crystals, E. A. Owen and G. G. Blake, 686; Uniaxial Augite from Mull, A. F. Hallimond, 703 ; Apparatus for Grinding Crystal Plates and Prisms, H. H. Thomas and W. C. Smith, 703-4 Cupellation Experiments, C. O. Bannister and G. Patchin, 545 Daghistan, G. Kennan, 380 Dairy: British and Colonial Dairying, G. S. Thomson, vii; Farm and Creamery Butter-making and Student’s Reference Book, C. W. Walker-Tisdale and T. R. Robinson, vii Dark Regions in the Sky, Prof. Barnard, 670 Darwinism 100 Years Ago, Dr. Hans Gadow, F.R.S., 320; Prof. A. Dendy, F.R.S., 372; Anticipation of Darwin by G. W. Sleeper, Prof. E. S. Poulton, 588; Darwinian Theory of Atolls, Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S., 712 Deaths: Ansorge (Dr. W. J.), 351; Ball (Sir Robert Stawell, F.R.S.), 378, 403; Barrett-Hamilton (Major G. E. H.), 667; Bertillon (Alphonse), 693 ; Bevan (Prof. P. V.), 455, 481; Bloxam (W. Popplewell), 507, 535; Bowles (Dr. R. L.), 350; Chandler (Dr. S. C.), 590, 611; Clarke (Col, Alexander Ross, C.B., F.R.S.), 692; Cocchi (Prof. Igino), 378; Cock (Dr. Julia), 694; Cole (A. H.), 590; Diesel (Rudolph), 173; Eastman (Rear- Admiral John R.), 202; Fritsch (Dr. Anton), 379; Gilfillas (Rev. J. A.), 406; Gill (Sir David, K.C.B., F.R.S.), 612, 635; Gore (Col. St. George C.), 350; Greaves (John), 105; Gunning (Dr. J. W. B.), 483; Giinther (Dr. Albert, F.R.S.), 638; Hartley (Sir Walter Noel, F.R.S.), 81, 102; Hunting (William), 272; Jentink (Dr. Fredericus Anna), 326; Kimball (Dr. J. P.), 325; Knight (Dr. Ora W.), 378; Kolthoff (G. I.), 299; Lawrence (Sir Trevor, Bart.), 506; Ledger (Rev. Edmund), 482 ; Lewkowitsch (Dr. Julius), 104; Lynch (H. F. B.), 378; Macfarlane (Dr. Alex- ander), (Dr. C. G. Knott), 81, 103; Marks (W. D.), 590; Marshall (Prof. Hugh, F.R.S.), (Dr. L. Dobbin), 48, 138; Marvin (Dr. Joseph Benson), 82; Merck (Dr. Louis), 104; Mitchell (Dr. Silas Weir), (Sir Lauder Brunton, Bart., ERS), 534; Mitchell (Mrs. Weir), 612; Morris (E. L.), 140; Ogier (Dr. Jules), 139; Omond (Dr. R. T.), (Dr. C. G. Knott), 638; Parsons (Dr. H. F.), 298; Peckham (Dr. G. W.), 612; Peirce (Dr. B. O.), 612; Phin (John), 561; Poncet (Prof. Antonin), 105; Potonié (Henry), 380; Preece (Sir William. Henry, K.C.B., F.R.S.), 322; Reuter (Dr. Odo Morannal), 105; Roberts (Samuel, F.R.S.), 105; Robinson (C. B.), 536; Rosenbusch (Prof. H. F.), 694; Smith (H. Herbert), 236; Spitzka (Dr. E. C.), 612; Strathcona (Lord), 590, 612; Sutton (Martin Lebel 456; Tellier (Charles), 236; Tuke (Sir John Batty), 202; Uhler (Dr. P. R.), 297; Upton (Prof. Winslow), Index Nature, March 26, 1914 =) a 590; Wait (Prof. Lucien A.), 104; Wallis (A. J.), 350; Wilkins (J. W.), 482; Wormell (Dr. R.), 535 Decimal Association, 384 - Deep-sea Hydraulic Engine, Prof. J. Joly, 704-5 - Design of Alternating Current Machinery, J. R, Barr and R. D. Archibald, M. Solomon, 126 2 | Development: Kausale und konditionale Weltanschauung, — und Entwicklungsmechanik, W. Roux, 4 7 Dewlish Elephant Trench, Rev. O. Fisher, 6, 166; C. Reid, — F.R.S., 96; G. W. B. McTurk, 166; H. T. Ferrar, 371 Diabetic Foods, 143 ’ Dictionary, British Empire Universities Modern English Illustrated, E. D. Price and Dr. H. T. Peck, 449 Dicynodont Vomer, Dr. R, Broom, 6; Igerna B. rs Sollas and Prof. W. J. Sollas, F.R.S., 61 Dielectric Circuit, F. W. Peek, jun., 593 Diesel Engine, Locomotive with, 85 , Diet, Health through, K. G. Haig, 93 } £h Diffraction of Light by Particles comparable with the Wave-length, B. A. Keen and A. W. Porter, 416 a's Diphtheria, Bacteriology of, Drs. Loeffler and others, 370 Diptera nematocera of India, E. Brunetti, 683 Disease: Pancreatic Treatment, Dr. J. Beard, 165; Com- © parison of Vigorous and Feeble Organisms in Com- — bating Infection, A. Chauveau, 192; Prevention and Control, Prof. F. Ramaley and Dr. C. E. Giffin, 193; Practical Bacteriology and Serum Therapy, Dr. A. Besson, Prof. Hutchens, D.S.O., 193; Johne’s Disease (Enteritis Bovis), F. W. Twort and G. L. Y. Ingram, 193; Comparison of Human and Bovine Aptitude for Tuberculosis, A. Chauveau, 224; Prof. Noguchi’s Re- searches on Infective Diseases, S. Paget, 295; (1) Malaria; (2) Parasitology, Prof. W. B. Herms, 316; Infection of Mammals by Flagelle of Ctenocephalus and Anopheles, A. Laveran, 336; Bacteriology of Diphtheria, Drs. Loeffler and others, 370; Non- bloodsucking Flies, Dr. G. S. Graham-Smith, 421; Anticipation of Work on Evolution of Germ Theory, G. W. Sleeper, Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S.. 588; ‘Handbuch der Hygiene, III., 3: Pathogene tierische Parasiten, Prof. von Wasielewski, G. H. F. Nuttall, 629; Game Animals and Disease in Africa, R. B. Woosnam, 722 Plants: Disease of Potato in Australia, D. McAlpine, 27; Potato Fungus, Dr. Pethybridge, 598; Congress at Rome, 613; Hollyhock, J. Eriksson, 730 Distance of the Visible Horizon, T. W. Backhouse; Capt. T. H. Tizard, C.B., F.R.S., 96 Distemper, Dr. M’Gowan, 318 Dog, the Under, S. Trist and others, 94 Dolmen, Origin of, Prof. Elliot Smith, 537 Domestic: Household Bacteriology, Estelle D. and Prof. R. E. Buchanan, Prof. R. T. Hewlett, 28 Dosage of Animal Drugs, Prof. Dreyer and Dr. Walker, 623 Dragonflies of Tasmania, R. J. Tillyard, 547; Giant Dragon-fly in Coal, H. Bolton, 729 Drawing : Theory and Design of Structures, E. S. Andrews, 4, 341; Elementary Workshop Drawing, H. A. Darling, 92; Machine Construction and. Drawing, A. E. Ingham, 92 Durham Magnesium Limestone, C. T. Trechmann, 729 Dyeing, Chemistry of, Dr. J. K. Wood, 261 Dynamics, Elementary Experimental, for Schools, C. E. | Ashford, 195 Ear: Mammalian Auditory Ossicles, R. W. Palmer, 204 Earth, the: Distribution of Radio-elements and Origin of the Earth, G. Craig, 29; Earth’s Age, H. S. Shelton, 274; Secular Desiccation of the Earth, Prof. J. W. Gregory and others, 435; Ice Sheet and Desiccation of the Globe, C. E. P. Brooks, 520; the Earth, A. T. Swain, 550; Constitution of the Interior of the Earth as revealed by Earthquakes, R. D. Oldham, F.R.S., 68. rarthinelieas Messina After-shocks and Omori’s Law, 51; Earthquake at Abancay in Peru, November 7, 350; House Architecture in Italy, 408; Records in North America on February 10, 666; Constitution of the Nature, ] March 26, 19¢4. Interior of the Earth as revealed by Earthquakes, R. D. Oldham, F.R.S., 684; Japanese Earthquake and a a Seismogram, Prof, Belar, Dr. C. Davison, oa farthwork Haul and Overhaul, Prof. J. C. L. Fish, 92 Earwig, Sex Proportions in Scilly, H. H. Brindley, 441 East, the Fringe of the, H. C., Lukach, 234 East Anglia, Prehistoric Society of, 201, 2338, 273 Easter, Date of, Fr. Burckhardt, 84 Ebullioscope, 670 ‘Echinus, Characters of Hybrid Larve of, H. G. Newth, ~ 98; Prof. MacBride, F.R.S., 33 Economic: Economic Ornithology, W. =. Collinge, 228; Further Parasite of the large Larch Saw-fly, R. A. Wardle, 320; Congress of Association of Economic Biologists, 541 Edinburgh: Reports from Laboratory of Royal College of 4 Physicians, Dr. Gardner, 317 Education: Physical Training, Lieut. G, Hébert, Dr. Mina : L. Dobbie, 27; Honours Students and Post-graduate Scholarships in Chemistry, Prof. Wynne, 81; Higher Education and the State, 270; Future Grants, J. A. Pease, 309; University Education in London, J. A. Pease, 356; Curricula of Secondary Schools, G. F. Daniell, 383; a National System, J. H. Whitehouse, 475; Place of Study in College Curriculum, Dr. P. H. Churchman, 494; Highest University Education in Germany and France, Sir J. Donaldson, 517; Fatigue and Educational Work, W. H. Winch, T. H. Pear, &c., 542; Educational Conferences, 567; the Purpose of Education, St. G. L. Fox Pitt, 578; Association of Public School Science Masters, 596; Address, Prof. H. B. Baker, F.R.S., 596; Education of German Artisan, H. S. Rowell, 598; Educational Legislation in New South Wales, J. H. Reynolds, 663 ; Continuation Schools in England and Germany, 677; History of University Reform from 1800 a.p. and Suggestions for Cambridge, A. I. Tillyard, 707; Indian Administration, Prof. V. G. Kale, 711; Pedagogical Anthropology, ] Maria Montessori, iii; see British Association Eels, Dr. Joh. Schmidt, 16 _ Egypt, 141; Manual Flora, Dr. R. Muschler, 162; Earliest Perfect Tombs, Prof. Flinders Petrie, 204; Egyptian Blue, Dr. A. P. Laurie and others, 440; Journal Ancient Egypt, 562; Egyptian Phosphate Beds, 641; New Journal of Egyptian Archaeology, 694 Elastic Hysteresis in Steel, F. E. Rowett, 495 Electric Charge, Elementary, and Avogadro Constant, __ Prof. Millikan, 458 Engineering: Design. of Alternating Current Machinery, J. R. Barr and Archibald M. Solomon, 126; Laboratory Manual of Alternating Currents, Prof. J. H. Morecroft, M. Solomon, 126; Death of Sir W. H. Preece, K.C.B., F.R.S.), 322; Dielectric Circuit in High-voltage Engineering, F. W. Peek, jun., 593; High-tension Overhead Transmission Lines, B. Wel- bourn, 669 Field, Separation of Spectral Lines by an, Prof. J. Stark, 401 q Measuring Machine, Dr. P. E. Shaw, 593 Photometry and Illumination, Prof. H. Bohle, M. Solomon, 126 Resistance: Absolute Measures by Method based on Lorenz’s, F. E. Smith, 49s; Characteristics of Insula- tion Resistance, S. Evershed, 510 Rheostats, Messrs. Isenthal and Co. Le sO7, Solar Phenomena, Dr. J. A. Harker, F.R.S., 131 Standards : Reports of British Association Committee, 91 Theory, Modern, Dr. N. R. Campbell, 339 Traction, 353 Waves, Atmospheric Refraction of, F. Kiebitz, 615; Transmission of Electric Waves along the Earth’s Surface, Prof. H. M. Macdonald, 703 _ Electricity, ‘Atmospheric, Potential Gradient at Simla, Dr. q G. C. Simpson, 511 a Roper Positive, Rays of, and their Application, Sir J. J. Thomson, O.M., F.R.S., 549 ¥ Electrocardiogram, Interpretation of. W. A. Jolly, 258 _ Electrochemistry, Principles of Applied, Dr. A. J. Allmand, % M. Solomon, 126; Chemical Action stimulated by Alternating Currents, S. G. Brown, 703 Lndex XXill Electrodes, Influence of Diameter of Neon Tubes on P.D. of, G. Claude, 731; Electrodeless Spectra of Hydrogen, I. Masson, 503 Electrolysis of Lead and Iron in the Soil, M. Girousse, 311 Electro-magnetic Theory : I Fenomeni Magnetici nelle Varie. Teorie, S. Magrini, 164; Paul Drude’s Physik des ABthers, Dr. W. K6nig, 473 Electrometers, Modern, Dr. E. N. da C. Andrade, 132 Electromotive Force of Normal Weston Cell, A. N. Shaw and Prof. Callendar, 495; under Ultra-violet Light, J. Pougnet, 546 Electrons, Radiation of, Prof. F.R.S., 339 Electroplating, W. R. Barclay and C, H. Hainsworth, . Solomon, 126 : Electrostatic Oscillograph, H. Ho and S. Koto, 335 Electrotechnical Commission, Berlin Meeting of the Inter- national, 109 Elephant Trench at Dewlish, Rev. O. Fisher, 6, 166; C. Reid, F.R‘S:, 96; G. W. B. McTurk, 166; H.: T. Ferrar, 371 Elodea, Dr. W. H. Brown, 54 Empires, the Fate of, Dr. A. J. Hubbard, A. E. Crawley, 396 Encyclopzedia, New, H. C. O'Neill, 266 Engineering : Hydraulic Machinery, E. Butler, 2; Theory and Design of Structures, E. S. Andrews, 4; Course of Elementary Workshop Drawing, H. A. Darling, 92; Field Fortification, Col. G, J. Fiebeger, 92; Machine Construction and Drawing, A. E. Ingham, 92; Earth- work Haul and Overhaul, Prof. J. C. L. Fish, 92; Continuous Beams in Reinforced Concrete, B. Geen, 92; Death of Dr. Rudolph Diesel, 173; Model Engineer Exhibition, 203; Laboratories at Dundee, 224; Engineering Research and its Coordination, Sir F. Donaldson, G. H. Roberts, 268; Death of Sir William Henry Preece, K.C.B., F.R.S., 322; Specific Heat of Superheated Steam, Prof. O. Knoblauch, 382; Motor Ship Arum, 434; Strength of Wire Ropes, Prof. G. Benoit and Mr. Woernle, 511; Improvement of Rivers, B. F. Thomas and D. A. Watt, 525; the Motor Ship Fionia, 565; see British Association Engines: les Moteurs Thermiques, F. Moritz, 95; Deep-sea Hydraulic, Prof. J. Joly, 704-5 England, a Leisurely Tour in, J. J. Hissey, 498; Early Wars of Wessex, A. F. Major, Rev. J. Griffith, 499 Englishwoman’s Year-book and Directory, 1914, 526 Entomology: Life-history of a Water-beetle, F. Balfour- R. W. Wood, F. Soddy, Browne, 20; Entomological Notes, 180; Flies in Relation to Disease: Non-bloodsuckers, Dr. G. S. Graham-Smith, 421; Entomologist’s Log-book, and Dictionary of Life Histories and Food Plants of British Macro-Lepidoptera, A. G. Scorer, 683; Fauna of British India, Dr. Shipley, G. A. K. Marshall, E. Brunetti, 683; Handbuch der Entomologie, Prof. C. Schroder, 683; see Insects Enzymes, Prof. J. Wohlgemuth, 524 Epicamphor, 642 Etching Reagent for Steel, New, Dr. W. Rosenhain, F.R.S:, 529; 594 Ether, see Aither Ethnography: Aborigines of South America, the late Colonel G. E. Church, Sir Clements R. Markham, K-C:B.,) x Ethnology: Philippine Myths, H. O. Beyer, 15; Exogamy and’ Totemism, the late Andrew Lang, 83; Hausa Folk-lore and Customs, R. S. Rattray, 159; the Golden Bough, Prof. J. G. Frazer, A. E. Crawley, 317; Ulster Folklore, Elizabeth Andrews, Rev. J. Griffith, 343: Japan’s Inheritance, E. B. Mitford, 367; Staves ‘used in West Africa in the Cult of Shongo, J. W. S. Macfie, 431; Japanese Magic connected with Birth of Children, Dr. W. Hildburgh, 441; the Touareg, Fr. de Zeltner, 441; Bismarck Archipelago and Peopling of Melanesia, Dr. G. Friederici, S. H. Ray, 471; Silent Bargaining in India, T. C. Hodson, 482 Eucalyptus. J. H. Maiden, W. B. Hemsley, F.R.S., 12 Eugenics Record Office, 204; Eugenics of War, 273; Eugenics Education Society, Prof. Karl Pearson, 606; Major Leonard Darwin, 633; E. Schuster, 660 Euglena, H. A. Wager, 96 XXIV Europe, Continent of, Prof. L. W. Lyde, 709 Evaporation and Haze, L. J. Briggs and J. O. Belz, 107; Evaporation of Water, Y. Horiguti, 176 Evolution: Development and Purpose: Philosophy of Evolution, Prof. L. T. Hobhouse, 2; By-products of Evolution, Prof. Dendy, 17; Anticipations of Darwin, 320, 372, 588; Evolution and Genetics, W. Bateson, 497 : Exhibition, Gas, 178; Physical Society’s, 460 “Experience Teaches,” Ivon Trinda, 578 Explosions in Coal Mines, Possible Cause of, Prof. W. A. D. Rudge, 660; Explosives, Method of Measur- ing Pressure in Detonation, Prof. B. Hopkinson, 416 Eye: Arthropod Eye, Dr. Trojan, 54; Eye-preserving Glass for Spectacles, Sir W. Crookes, O.M., F.R.S., 357 Falmouth Magnetic Work, 298 Farm Crops, B. C. Wallis, 165; Farmer of To-morrow, F. I. Anderson, 229 Fate of Empires, Dr. A. J. Hubbard, A. E. Crawley, 396 Fatigue and Educational Work, 542 Fats, Dr. J. Lewkowitsch, -449 Fauna of the Sandwich Islands, D. Sharp, F.R.S., Prof. J. S. Gardiner, F.R.S., 101 Feet of the Furtive, C. G. D. Roberts, 294 Fermat’s Theorem, J. E. Rowe, 176 Ferments: Synthesis by Ferments, Prof. Bourquelot, 304; Synthesis by means of Ferments, Sir Lauder Brunton, 399; Reversibility of Ferment Action, Dr. A. C. Hill, 479; Grundriss der Fermentmethoden, Prof. J. Wohlgemuth, 524; Ferment in Waters causing Dehydration of Glycerol, E. Voisenet, 625; Fermenta- tion of Cacao, H. H. Smith, 628 Fionia Motor Ship, 565 Fiords and other Inlets, Prof. J. Prof. T. G. Bonney, F.R.S., 662 Fire: (1) Luxfer Electro-glazing; (2) Safe Doors, 177; Specification for Chemical Extinguishers, 697 Fish : Food of Canadian Fishes, Dr. G. Hewitt, 16; Fish Refuge off California, 173; British Parasitic Copepoda, Dr. T. Scott and A. Scott, 193; Cyprinodont of Sub- family Poeciliine, C. T. Regan, 416; Deep-sea Fishes on the Paris Market, J. Pellegrin, 496; Bathypelagic Angler-fish containing Scopeloid Fish three times its Length, C. T. Regan, 650; Port Erin Hatching Season, W. Gregory, F.R.S., 6 Fisheres: Pilchards in the Eastern Half of the English Channel, H. Swithinbank and G. E. Bullen, 452; Report of Advisory Committee on Research, 614; Cornish Pilchards’ Food, H. Swithinbank and G. E. Bullen, 695; Der Fischerbote, 696 Flies : in Relation to Disease : Non-bloodsucking Flies, Dr. i Graham-Smith, 421; Hzmatophagous Flies, Capt. Patton and Capt. Craig, 432; Flight of House- fly, E. Hindle, 441; Artificial Flies, Sir H. Maxwell, Bart., 562 Flight: Flight of Birds, F. W. Headley, 368; Mechanics of the Aéroplane: Principles of Flight, Capt. Duchéne, J. H. Ledeboer and T. O’B. Hubbard, 368; .Flight of Gulls behind Ships, P. Idrac, 495 Flint: Pygmy Flints from Cape Colony, W. J. L. Abbott, 83; Striation, J. Reid Moir, 363; Fractured Flints from Selsey, Sir E. Ray Lankester, K.C.B., F.R.S.; Prof. W. J. Sollas, F.R.S., 452 : Flora, Freshwater, of Germany, &c., Prof. Pascher, 60; Flora of Egypt, Dr. R. Muschler, 162; Flora of Bristol, J. W. White, 162 Flower Preservation, Wild, May Coley, 397 Flowing Road, C. Whitney, 294 Fluids, Similarity of Motion and Surface Friction of, Dr. Stanton and J. R. Pannell, 650 Fluorine in Fumerolle from Vesuvius, A. Gautier, 364 Fly-fishing, Sir H. Maxwell, 562 Follx-lore: Hausa Folk-lore, R. S. Rattray, 15q; Ulster, Folk-lore, Elizabeth Andrews, Rev. J. Griffith, 343 Food of British Wild Birds, W. E. Collinge, 228 Foraminifera: Clare Island Survey, E. Heron-Allen and A. Earland, 458 Forestry: Theory and Practice of Working Plans, Prof. A. B. Recknagel, 289; Important Timber Trees of the In@ex ———— ae er Nature, March 26, 1914 =! United States, S. B. Elliott; 289; Handbook of Forestry, W. F. A. Hudson, 289; Forest Resources, Major de Lotbiniére, 432% Forestry Exhibition in London, 508; Position of Forestry, Major de Lot- biniére, 508 ie Forthcoming Books of Science, 180 ene, : Fortification, Text-book on Field, Col. G. J. Fiebeger, 92 Fossil Crinoids, Dr. F. A. Bather, 335; Fossil Floras of Kent Coalfield, Dr. Arber, 468 ; Fourier Series, Methods for determining Terms to represent any Periodic Function, F. W. Grover, 696 Fox-breeding, Black or Silver, C. H. Miihlberg, 614 France: the Seine, Sir E. Thorpe, 234 Frauenfeld Meeting of Swiss Society for Advancement of Science, 240 Free-martin a Hermaphrodite Male, Messrs. Geddes and Thompson, 537 5 Fringe of the East, H. C. Lukach, 234 Fruit-growers, Appeal of Board of Agriculture to, 455 Fuel, 407 Fungus -Phytophthora erythroseptica, Dr. G. H. Pethy- bridge, 598 Galactic Coordinates, 566 Game: Protection in Egypt, 455; Our Vanishing Dr. W. T. Hornaday, 504. Gamma Rays and Crystals, Prof. Rutherford and Dr. Andrade, 267 Gardening, School, A. Logan; G. W. S. Brewer, 604 Gas: Determination of Sulphur in Illuminating Gas, R. S. McBride and E. R. Weaver, 177; National Gas Exhibition, 178; Gaseous Pressure and Radiation Pressure combined, T. Bialobjeski, 205; Physical Chemistry of Gas Reactions, Dr. K. Jellinek, 419; Residual Ionisation, Prof. J. C. McLennan, 424; Gas Testing and Air Measurement, C. Chandley, 448; Micro-balance, F. W. Aston, 495; Gas Analysis, Prof. L. M. Dennis, 524 Gazelles without Water Supply, 695 Genetics: Journal of Genetics, 352; Problems of Genetics, W. Bateson, F.R.S., 497; see Heredity Geodesy : Geodetic Observations and their Value: R.S.A. Address, Sir T. H. Holdich, K.C.M.G., 464; Death cf Col. A. R. Clarke, C.B., F.R.S., 692; Effect of the Ganges Alluvium on the Plumb Line, R. D. Oldham, Wild Life, 793 Geographical Distribution of Phreatoicus, 98 Geography: Brazil in 1912, J. C. Oalenfull, 4; South Brazil, Dr. W. Breitenbach, 29; the Duab of Turkestan, W. R. Rickmers, 64; Central Asia, 105; Trans-Himalaya: Tibet, Sven Hedin, 167; the Seine, Sir E. Thorpe, 234; Fringe of the East, H. C. Lulsach, 234; a Naturalist in Cannibal Land, A. S. Meek, 234; Japan’s Inheritance, E. B. Mitford, 367; Scott’s Last Expedition, 373; Daghistan, G. Kennan, 380; Relief — in Cartography, Capt. Lyons, 380; Karakoram Hima- layas, Dr. and Mrs. B. Workman, 380; Russian Arctic Exploration, 456; Tirol, &c., Prof. v. D. Torre; Mittelmeerbilder, Dr. T. Fischer, Dr. Riihl; Haut Tell en Tunisie, Dr. C. Monchicourt; Animal Geo- graphy, Dr. M. I. Newbigin; Commercial Geography, O. J. R. Howarth, all: Prof. G. A. J. Cole, 471; Text- book of Geography, A. W. Andrews, 498; New British Antarctic Expedition, 506; Shackleton’s Transantarctic Expedition, Dr. W. S. Bruce, 533; Yamal Peninsula, M. Zhitkof, 564; a Review of Geographical Reviews, 671; Antarctic Problems, Prof. E. David, C.M.G., F.R.S., 700; the Continent of Europe, Prof. L. W. Lyde, 709; Industrial and Commercial Geography, Prof. J. Russell Smith, 709; Discovery of Australia, W. B. Alexander, 715; Maps and Survey, A. R. Hinks, F.R.S., v; British Empire, W. L. Bunting and H. Le Collen, ix; Preliminary Geography, E. G. Hodgkison, — ix; History of Geography, Dr. J. Scott Keltie and — O. J. R. Howarth, ix; Principles and Methods of Teaching, F: L. Holtz, ix; das Mittelmeergebiet, A. Philippson, ix , of Britain: Upper Thames Country and Severn-Avon Plain, N. E. MacMunn, 498; a Leisurely Tour in . Nature, March 26, 1914 [ndex XXV —— England, J. J. Bunting and H. L. Collen, ix _ See British Association, also Antarctic, Geographical Society Physical: le Monde Polaire, O. Nordenskjéld, G. Par- __ -mentier, M. Zimmermann, 164 Geological Society : Officers, 720 Geology: Twelfth International Geological Congress in ; Toronto: Monograph on Coal Resources of the World: Differentiation of Rock Magmas: Sedimentation and Correlation of the Precambrian: Lecture on the Geological Map of the World, E. de Margerie: Lecture on Egyptian Deserts, Dr. W. F. Hume, 7; Geological Survey of India: Oil-fields of Burma, E. H. Pascoe, 9 ; United States Geological Survey, 16, 505, 538, 618; Use of Geology to the Forester, Dr. C. B. Crampton, 84; Coast Erosion and Protection, E. R. Matthews, 164; Petrography of Polzen, Bohemia, K. H. Scheu- mann, 196; Great Serpentine Belt of New South Wales, W. N. Benson, 225, 336, 547; Practical Stone Quarry- ing, A. Greenwell and Dr. J. V. Elsden, 290; Work of Natural Forces in Relation to Time, Dr. G. F. Wright, 346; Geological Sections through the Andes of Peru and Bolivia, J. A. Douglas, 363; Is the Earth Drying Up? Prof. J. W. Gregory, 435; Economic Geology of Papua, J. E. Carne, 436; Limestone Caves of Burma, Dr. N. Annandale and others, 443; Outlines of Mineralogy, for Geological Students, Prof. G. A. J. Cole, 475; Garnet as a Geological Barometer and an Infra-plutonic Zone, Dr. L. L. Fermor, 485; Mineral Resources of the United States, 505; Mountains: their Origin, Growth, and Decay, Prof. J. Geikie, F.R.S., 530; the Earth, A. T. Swaine, 550; Grundziige der geologischen Formations- und Gebirgskunde, Prof. A. Tornquist, 550; Determinative Mineralogy, with Tables, Prof. J. V. Lewis, 551; Geology in North America, 618; Petrology of the Igneous Rocks, Dr. F. H. Hatch, 659; Nature and Origin of Fiords, Prof. J. W. Gregory, F.R.S., Prof. T. G. Bonney, F.R.S., 662 of Britain: Elephant Trench at Dewlish, Rev. O. Fisher, 6, 166; C. Reid, F.R.S., 96; G. W. B. McTurk, 166; H. T. Ferrar, 371; Hampstead Heath, 137; Oil Shale in Skye, 169; Traces of supposed Post-glacial Lake in Mouth of Tyne, S. R. Hazelhurst, 327; Geology at the British Association, 358; Fractured Flints from Selsey, Sir E. Ray Lankester, K.C.B., F.R.S.; Prof. W. J. Sollas, F.R.S., 452; Geology of Kent Coalfield, Dr. E. A. N. Arber, 467; Rocks of Lough Nafooey, Co. Galway, C. I. Gardiner and Prof. Reynolds, 623; St. Tudwal’s Peninsula, Carnarvonshire, T. C. Nicholas, 624; Geology of Huntly, W. R. Watt, 678; Glacial Geology of East Lancashire, Dr. Jowett, 678; Clare Island, J. R. Kilroe and T. Hallissy, 678; Lithology of Durham Magnesium Limestones, C. T. Trechmann, 729 See British Association Geometry: Principles of Projective Geometry Applied to the Straight Line and Conic, J. L. S. Hatton, 195; First Course in Projective Geometry, E. Howard Smart, 657; Semi-regular Polytopes in Hyperspace, 722 Germany: Fresh-water Flora, Prof. Pascher, 60; Fresh- water Fauna, Prof. Brauer, 60; German School Chemistry, Dr. K. Scheid, Prof. A. Smithells, F.R.S., 287; University Education in Germany, Sir J. Donald- son, 517; Preservation of Nature, 672 Gibraltar, Eddy Winds of, H. Harries, 440 Gifts and Grants: Paris Pasteur Institute, for a work on Treatment of Meningitis, 90,000 francs bequest, 48; Leeds University School of Agriculture, 10,000l., 223 ; Science (International), 5,000,000 francs, from E. Solvay, 298; London School of Tropical Medicine, 71,444l., from Malay States, Otto Beit, and Collections, -3250; Royal Society, soool. for Physical Research from Sir James Caird, Bart., 405; Cancer Research, soool. bequest from A. Friedlander, 482; Reading University College, roool. from L. G. Sutton, 648; Agricultural Development Fund, 649; Medical Department of Washington University, St. Louis, 150,000]. from the U.S. Education Board, 702 and Royal Hissey, 498; British Empire, W. L. | Glaciers of Alps and Pyrenees, 641 Glanders, 272 Glasgow Memorial to Lord Kelvin, 200 Glass: New Optical “Spectros,” 327; Eye-preserving Glasses, Sir W. Crookes, O.M., 357; Museum Glass, F. J. Cole, 373; Coloration in Glasses containing Copper, A. Granger, 391; Errors in Biochemical Ex- periments due to Zinc in Glass Vessels, M. Javillier, 599; Temperature Variation of Photo-elastic Effect in Strained Glass, Prof. L. N. G. Filon, 649 Glucosides, Synthesis of, by means of Ferments, Prof. E. Bourquelot, 304 Glycosuria. Origin of Sugar secreted Lépine, 224 Gold Deposit at Bereozovsk, in Urals, C. W. Purington, 678 in Phlorizic, R. 7 Golden Bough : Part vi., the Scapegoat, Prof. J. G. Frazer, A. E. Crawley, 317 Graphic Representation of Formulz, Capt. R. K. Hezlet, 195 Gravitational Instability and the Nebular Hypothesis, J. H. Jeans, 416 Greece, Ancient, and Slaves, Prof. Zaborowski, 493 Greek Ceramics, 274 Group-origin of Species, Prof. Hugo de Vries, 395 Gum Trees, T. H. Maiden, W. B. Hemsley, F.R.S., 12 Gypsy Lore Society, 238; Gypsies in Tudor Times, 640 Habitats of a Marine Amoeba, J. H. Orton, 371, 607; Prof. Dendy, F.R.S., 399, 479; G. P. Bidder, 479 Hzmolymph of Insects, K. Geyer, 16 Hampstead Heath, 137 Harmsworth Popular Science, 230 Hausa Folk-lore and Customs, R. S. Rattray, 159 Haut Tell, see Tunis Hawaii, United States Territory, Dr. W. T. Brigham, Prof. J. S. Gardiner, F.R.S., 346; Hawaiian Vol- canoes, T. A. Jaggar, jun., 639 Hazell’s Annual for 1914, 500 ; Health through Diet, K. G. Haig, 93; Health in India, Sir Ronald Ross, K.C.B., F.R.S., 454 Heart: Interpretation of the Electrocardiogram, W. A. Jolly, 258; Nervo-muscular Structures, Prof. A. F. S. Kent, 390 Heat: Specific Heats at Low Temperatures, Drs. Eucken and Schwers, 51; les Moteurs Thermiques, F. Moritz, 95; Vorlesungen iiber die Theorie der Warmestrahlung, Dr. Max Planck, 261; Introduction to the Mathe- matical Theory of Heat Conduction, Prof. L. R. Ingersoll and O. J. Zobel, 265; Thermal Conductivity of Mercury, H. R. Nettleton, 390; Expansion of Silica, Prof. H. L. Callendar, 467; Thermal Expansions of Mercury and Fused Silica, F. J. Harlow, 467; Systematic Course of Practical Science: II., A. W. Mason, 473; Pressure of Radiation and Carnot’s Prin- ciple, 500, 527, 553; C. G. Darwin, 585; Modern Methods of Measuring Temperatures, R. S. Whipple, 569; Influence of Thermal Environment on Body-heat, E. R. Lyth, 577; Specific Heats and the Periodic Law, Dr. H. Lewkowitsch, 661; Specific Heats—Analogy from Sound, R. G. Durrant, 686; Principles of Thermo- dynamics, Prof. G. A. Goodenough, 682 Heating and Ventilation, Prof. A. M. Greene, jun., 93 Helium : Spectra of Helium and Hydrogen, E. J. Evans, 5; Prof. A. Fowler, F.R.S., 95, 231; Dr. N. Bohr, 231; Helium and Neon, Dr. N. Campbell, 239; Kathode Spectrum of Helium, Prof. P. G. Nutting, 401 Hens’ Spurs developed by Ovariotomy, A. Pézard, 731 Heredity : Hybrid Larve of Genus Echinus, H. G. Newth, 98; Hybrids of Sea-urchins, Prof. E. W. MacBride, 334; Gruppenweise Artbildung, Prof. H. de Vries, 395; Connection between Abnormal Sex-limited Transmission and Sterility, Dr. Doncaster, 441; Problems of Genetics, W. Bateson, F.R.S., 497; Pedigree of Split- foot or Lobster Claw, Dr. G. McMullan and Prof, K. Pearson, 537; Skin-colour in Negro-White Crosses, Dr. C. B. Davenport, 696 High School Agriculture, Prof. W. G. Hummel and Bertha R. Hummel, 658 ’ XXVI Higher Education and the State, 270 Hills, Charm of the, S. Gordon, 294 Himalayas: Karakoram, Dr, and Mrs. Workman, 380; Gravimetric, &c., Work of Italian Expedition, 431; Travels of Sir Joseph Hooker in Sikkim, H. J. Elwes, 440 History: Early Wars of Wessex, A, F. Major, Rev. J. Griffith, 499 Hollyhock, Attempt to Immunise, J. Eriksson and C. Hammarlund, 730 Holothurians, 300 Horizon, Distance of the Visible, T. W. Backhouse, 96; Dr. J. Ball; Capt. Tizard, C.B., F.R.S., 344; R. L. Cole, 425 Horses: Board of Agriculture: Transit Order, 175; Inheritance of Coat-colour, Prof. W. S. Anderson, 352; Horse of Charles I., 379; Origin of Argentine Horses, 435; Dr. W. D. Matthew, 661 Household Bacteriology, Estelle D. Buchanan and Prof. R. E. Buchanan, 28 Hull Museum, 15 Human Behaviour, Dr. M. Parmelee, A. E. Crawley, 396 Hutchinson Museums, 237 Hybrids: Hybrid Larvae of Echinus, H. G. Newth, 98; Sea Urchins, Prof. MacBride, F.R.S., 334; Natural Hybridism in Genus Grevillea, J. J. Fletcher, 157 Hydraulic Machinery: a Practical Handbook, E. Butler, 2 Hydrocyanic Acid in Plants, Dr. J. M. Petrie, 469 Hydrogen: Spectra of Helium and Hydrogen, E. J. Evans, 5; Prof. A. Fowler, F.R-S., 95, 231; Dr. N. Bohr, 231; Electrodeless Spectra of Hydrogen, Irvine Masson, 503 Hydrography: Danish Expedition to the Mediterranean, J. Schmidt, 10; Scientific Papers, J. Y. Buchanan, Betsy, a550 Hydrology, Medical, Dr. R. F. Fox, 708 Hydromechanics: Kinetic Energy of Viscous Flow through a Tube, Prof. A. H. Gibson, 521 Hygiene: Social Hygiene, H. Ellis, 59; Handbuch der Hygiene, Profs. Rubner, v. Gruber, and Ficker, Prof. Th. von Wasielewski, G, H. F. Nuttall, 629 Ice: Ice Calorimeter, Ezer Griffiths, 335; Ice Patrol in North Atlantic, 408 ; Ocean Temperatures near Icebergs, C. W. Waidner and others, 414; First U.S. Patent for Ice Manufacture, 511; Meteorological Conditions of an Ice Sheet, C, E. P. Brooks, 520 Ido: (Weltsprache), 398 Illumination: Electrical Photometry and _ Illumination, Prof. H. Bohle, M. Solomon, 126; Gas, Radiation, and Illumination, P. Hégner, J. Eck, 448; Illumination Committee, 456 Incandescent Lamps, 722-3 India: Malarial Committee at Madras, 14; Nor’-westers and Monsoon Prediction, E. Digby, 25 Visvakarma, 141, 536; Indian Chronography, R. Sewell, R. Pocock, 159; Bakshali MS. and Hindu Mathematics, 176; Calcutta University, 257; Chemical Research in Bengal, 410; Health in India, Sir Ronald Ross, K.C.B., F.R.S., 454; Indian Museum, 457; Indian Tobaccos, Gabrielle L. C. Howard, 457; Silent Bar- gaining, 482; Lepidoptera Indica, 483; Geological Survey, Dr. L. L. Fermor, 485; Chank Bangle Industry, J. Hornell, 487; Atmospheric Electricity at Simla, Dr. G. C, Simpson, 511; Indian Survey, Col. Burrard, F.R.S., 645; Fauna of British India: Diptera, E. Brunetti, 683; Rajapur Intermittent Springs, H. H. Mann and S. R. Paranjpye, 705; Indian Administration, Prof. Vaman G, Kale, 711; Calcutta School of Tropical Medicine, 720; Indian Museum and Science Congress: Proposed Indian Association for Advancement of Science, 727; Coal- fields of India, Prof. V. Ball, F.R.S., R, R. Simp- son, lll Indigo: Behar Planters’ Report, 509 Industrial. Poisoning from Manufacturing Processes, Dr. J. Rambousek, 628; Industrial and Commercial graphy, Prof. J. Russell Smith, 709 Inertia, Mass as Measure of, Prof. W. C. Baker, 268 Geo- Index Nature, March 26, 1914 Infective Diseases, Prof. Noguchi’s Researches, S. Paget, 295 Insects: Hamolymph of Insects; and Sex, K. Death-feigning Stick Insects, P. Schmidt, 145; Insect Workers, W. J. Claxton, 294; a Further Parasite of the large Larch Saw-fly, R. A. Wardle, 320; Dwellings constructed by Freshwater Insects, Dr. C. Wesenberg- Lund, 326; Wine Traps for Capturing Moths of Cochylis, L. Moreau and E. Vinet, 495; Phromnia marginella in India, Dr. A. D. Imms, 704; Injurious — Insects, Prof. W. O’Kane, viii; see Entomology ee Instinct and Experience, Prof. C. LI. Morgan, F.R.S., 627 Institute of Chemistry, 410 7 Institute of Metals, 52 Institution of Civil Engineers: James Forrest Lecture, A. Gracie, 275; Address on Port Authorities, A. G, Lyster, © 328 Institution of Mechanical Engineers, 569; Tests for Internal Combustion Engines, W. A. Tookey, 594 International Association of Chemical Societies, Sir Wm. Ramsay, K.C.B., F.R.S., 45 7 International Union for Solar Research, Prof. A. Fowler, F.R.S., 30 Intra-atomic Charge, A. Soddy, F.R.S., 399 Inventions : Scientific American Prizes for Essays on, 351 Ionisation: TIonisation by Collision, Lecture Experiment, F. J. Harlow, 390; Residual Ionisation in Gases, Prof. J. C. McLennan, 424; Thermal Ionisation from Carbon, Prof. O. W. Richardson, 649 Ionomagnetic Rotation, 142 Irish Lights, 507 Iron: Iron Making in Alabama, W. B. Phillips, 3; Iron and Steel, O. F. Hudson and Dr. G. D. Bengough, 3; Carnegie Scholarship Memoirs, 179; Influence of Silicon on Solubility of Carbon in Iron, G. Charpy and A. Cornu, 390; Crystallising Properties of Electro- deposited Iron, Prof. H. C. H. Carpenter, 442; Are Spectrum of Iron, K. Burns, 566; Iron and Steel Institute: Brussels Meeting: Metallurgy of Iron in Belgium, Baron de Laveleye; Coke, Baron Coppée; Utilisation of Blast-furnace Gases in Metallurgy, M. Houbaer; Artificial Enrichment with Oxygen of Air for Blast-furnace, M. Trasenster; Open-hearth Steel Furnaces, Mr. Talbot; Electric Refining of Steel in an Induction Furnace, O. Frick, 89 Irritability, Prof. Max Verworn, 577 Geyer, 16 - van den Broek, 372, 476; F. Japan: Japanese and Formosan Mammals, B. Aoki, 175; Japan’s Inheritance, E. Bruce Mitford, 367; Japanese Magic connected with Children, Dr. W. Hildburgh, 441; Recent Volcanic Eruptions, 589; Earthquake, Dr. «C. Davison, 716 Java Fishes and Reptiles, 721 Johne’s Disease, F. W. Twort and G. L. Y. Ingram, 193 Kala-azar, A. Laveran, 390 Kathode Spectrum of Helium, Prof. P. G. Nutting, 4o1 Kelps, Giant, of Pacific, F. K. Cameron, 510 Kelvin Memorial, Glasgow, 200 Kent Coalfield, Dr. E. A. N. Arber, 467, 468 Ketones, Selective Absorption of, Prof. G. and I. M. Heilbron, 495 : Kew, Palzobotanical Institute for, Prof. A. G. Nathorst, 502; Kew Gardens, 507 Kinematograph, Child and: Report, 439 Kinetic Energy of Viscous Flow through a Tube, Prof. A. H. Gibson, 521 King’s College Memorial to Lord Lister, 595 Koutchino, Research in Aérodynamics at, 233 G. Henderson Lacteal Glands, Elimination of Dyestuffs by, P. Sisley and Ch. Porcher, 311 Lammermoors, In the Lap of the, W. McConachie, Prof. J. A. Thomson, 340 Lancashire, Glacial Geology of East, Dr. A. Jowett, 678 Language: Weltsprache und Wissenschaft, Prof. Couturat and others, 398 Nature, _ March.26, 1914 Larch Saw-fly, a Further Parasite of the Large, R. A. _ Wardle, 320 Latitude Variation and Radial Refraction from the Sun, P. F, E. Ross, 459. ‘Learning Process, Prof. S. S. Colvin, 129 Lecithins, 410 Leeches, New European, Dr. M. v. Gedroyé, 145 Left-handedness, 563 Lepidoptera Indica, Dr. F. Moore, Col. Swinhoe, 483 eprosy, Dr. H. Bayon, 379 Level with Damped Mercury, A. Broca and C, Florian, 442 Licences for Wireless, 320, 719 Lichens, Marine, of Howth, Miss M. C. Knowles, 142 Light: Electrical Photometry and Illumination, Prof. H. Bohle, M. Solomon, 126; Light Energy required to produce the Photographic Latent Image, P. G. Nutting, 293; Magneto-optics, P. Zeeman, 313; New Glass “Spectros” absorbing Ultra-violet Rays, 327; Multiple Vision with a Single Eye, Prof. A. M. Worthington, 328; Researches in Physical Optics: Radiation of Electrons, Prof. R. W. Wood, 339; Pre- paration of Eye-preserving Glass for Spectacles, Sir W. Crookes, O.M., F.R.S., 357; Negative After-images and Successive Contrast, Prof. A. W. Porter and Dr. F. W. Edridge-Green, 363; Diffraction by Particles comparable to Wave-length, B. A. Keen and A. W. Porter, 416; Mathematical Representation of a Wave-pulse, Dr. R. A. Houstoun, 416; Light, Radiation, and Illumination, P. Hégner, J. Eck, 448; Reflection of Light at the Confines of a Diffusing Medium, Lord Rayleigh, O.M., F.R.S., 450; Scatter- ing in Reflection from Grating, Prof. Barus, 451; Inter- mittent Vision, A. Mallock, 494; Standard Wave-length Determinations, Messrs. St. John and Ware, 512; “Davon” Micro-telescope, Prof. C. V. Boys, 595; Path of Ray in Rotating Solid, E. M. Anderson, 730 Lightning Conductors, Franklin’s, at St. Paul’s, 13 ' Lime Manufacture, U.S. Bureau of Standards, 697 ' Lip-reading, E. B. Nitchie, 422 Liquid: Liquid Air, G. Claude, H. E. P. Cottrell, F. Soddy, F.R.S., 134; Slipping of Liquids over Solids, R. Détrait, 433; Liquid Air as a Fixative, Prof. H. H. Dixon, 609 “Lobster-claw ” Deformity, 537 Locomotive, Sulzer-Diesel, 85 Locust Extermination in Sudan, 614 Logarithms: Four-figure Tables, C. Godfrey and A. W. Siddons, 195 London: London Waters: Report, 49; Problem of the University of London, 426, 455; London County Council Conference of Teachers, 542; London Natural History Society, 590 Loose-leaf-Book, Vesterling Org. Co., 643 Machine Construction and Drawing, A. E. Ingham, 92 Madrid Observatory Annual, 594 Magnesium, Organometallic Compounds of Zinc and, Dr. H. Wren, 261 Magnetism: I Fenomeni Magnetici nelle Varie Teorie, S. Magrini, 164; Magnetic Properties of Ferro-, Para-, and Dia-magnetic Substances, Prof. Honda and pupils, 409; Realisation of High Magnetic Fields, H. Deslandres and A. Perot, 650; Subsidence of Torsional Oscillations of Nickel Wires in Alternating Fields, Prof. W. Brown and J. Smith, 704 Magnetism of the Sun, Hale’s Attempt to determine the General, Kr. Birkeland, 55 Magnetism, Terrestrial: Magnetic Storms and_ Solar Phenomena, J. Bosler, Dr. C. Chree, F.R.S., 19; Variations in the Earth’s Magnetic Field, Prof. Nipher, 240; Diurnal Variation, G. W. Walker, 363; Declination on Atlantic (Carnegie), 669 _ Magnetometers, Tungsten Wire Suspensions for, S. Chap- J man and W. W. Bryant, 585 Magneton and Planck’s Constant, Dr. H. S. Allen (Atomic Models), 630, 713; S. D. Chalmers, 687 Magneto-optics: Magnetic Resolution of Spectrum Lines, _ Prof. P. Zeeman, 313 Malaria: Malarial Committee of India, 14; Nature and Treatment of Cancer and Malaria, Dr. J. Beard; Dr. Lndex XXxvli C, W.. Saleeby, 60; Pancreatic Treatment, Dr. J. Beard, 165; Cause and Control, Prof. W. B. Herms, 316; New Malarial Parasite (Plasmodium tenue) of Man, Dr. J. W. W. Stephens, 729 Malta, Prehistoric Sites, 49 Mammals: Japanese, B. Aoki, 175; Ungulate Mammals, British Museum Catalogue, R, Lydekker, F.R.S., 288; Convergence in Mammalia, 411; Evolution of Limbs, Dr. Broom, 640 Man: Antiquity in S. America, A. Hrdlitka, Dr. Haddon, F.R.S., 144; Man and his Forerunners, Prof. H. v. Buttel-Reepen, A. G. Thacker, 160; Origin and Antiquity of Man, Dr. G, F, Wright, 160; L’Uomo Attuale una Specie Collettiva, V. Giuffrida-Ruggeri, 160; die Rehobother Bastards, Dr, E. Fischer, 160; Man and his Future: the Anglo-Saxon, Lieut.-Col. W. Sedgwick, A. E. Crawley, 396 Manchester: Old Natural History Society, F. Nicholson, 335 Maps: Relief in Cartography, Capt. H. G. Lyons, 380; Maps and Survey, A. R. Hinks, F.R.S., v Marine Amceba, Habitats, J. H. Orton, 371, 606; 399, 479 Mars: Canals seen with 4o-inch, Prof. Lowell, 643 Mass as a Measure of Inertia, Prof. W. C. Baker, 268 Mathematics: Place of Pure Mathematics, H. F. Baker, F.R.S., 69; Death of Dr. A. Macfarlane, Dr. C. G. Knott, 103; Hindu Mathematics, 176; (1) Elementary Algebra; (2) Four-figure Tables, C. Godfrey and A. W. Siddons, 195; Papers Set in the Mathematical Tripos, Part I., Cambridge, 1908-12, 195; Elementary Experimental Dynamics for Schools, C. E. Ashford, 195; Mathematics, Science, and Drawing for the Pre- liminary Technical Course, L. J. Castle, 195; Nomo- graphy, Capt. R. K. Hezlet, 195; Principles of Projec- tive Geometry Applied to Straight Line and Conic, J. L. S. Hatton, 195; Scientific Papers, Lord Ray- leigh, O.M., F-.R.S., 227; Mathematical Theory of Heat Conduction, Prof. Ingersoll and O. J. Zobel, 265; Practical Mathematics: First Year, A. E, Young, 341; Elementary Treatise on Calculus, Messrs. Franklin, MacNutt, and Charles, 341; Problémes de Mécanique et Cours de Cinématique, Prof. C. Guichard, MM. Dautry et Deschamps, 341; Further Problems in the Theory and Design of Structures, E. S. Andrews, 341; Mathematical Representation of a Light Pulse, Dr. R. A. Houstoun, 416; Principia Mathe- matica, Dr. A. N. Whitehead, F.R.S., and B. Russell, F.R.S., 445; Mnemonic Verse for 7, 458; Note, 510; Projective Geometry, H. Piaggio; “The Writer of the Note on p. 510,” 607; Marsh’s Mathematics Work- book, H. W. Marsh, 552; Proceedings of the Fifth International Congress of Mathematicians at Cam- bridge, Prof. E. W. Hobson and Prof. A. E. H. Love, Prof. G. H. Bryan, F.R.S., 575; Need for News, General and Personal, 592; Matter and Some of its Dimensions, W. K. Carr, 605; Continuity: B.A.A. Address, Sir O. Lodge, 606; Vectorial Mechanics, Dr. L. Silberstein, 657; Introduction to the Mathematical Theory of Attraction, Dr. F. A. Tarleton, 657; First Course in Projective Geometry, 657; Catalogue of Mathematical Journals, 669; Theory of Chance applied to Radio-activity, Prof. L. v. Bortlkiewicz, 684; Semi- regular Polytopes, 722; see British Association Matter: Les Idées Modernes, E. Bauer, Mme. Curie, and others, F. Soddy, F.R.S., 339; International. Con- ference on Structure of Matter, 347; Matter and Some of its Dimensions, W. K. Carr, 605 Mechanics: Mechanics of Development: Causal and Con- ditional Outlook, W. Roux, 4; Machine Construction and Drawing, A. E. Ingham, 92; Mass as Measure of Inertia, Prof. Baker, 268; Problémes de Mécanique, Prof. Guichard, MM. Dautry et Deschamps, 341; Theory and Design of Structures, E. S. Andrews, 4, 341; Mechanics of the Aéroplane, Capt. Duchéne, J. H. Ledeboer and T. O’B. Hubbard, 368; Pressure in Explosions, Prof. B. WHopkinson, 416; Vectorial Mechanics, Dr. L. Silberstein, 657; Strength of Stayed Flat Plates, C. E. Stromeyer, 670 Medicine: the People’s Medical Guide, Dr. J. Grimshaw, 59; Medical School Addresses, 171; Death of Dr. Lucas-Championniére, 271; Infective Diseases, Prof. XXVIII Noguchi, S. Paget, 295; Death of Edward. Nettleship, F.R.S., 297; Reports from the Laboratory of the Royal College of Physicians, Edinburgh, 317; Ideals and Organisation of a Medical Society, Dr. J. B. Hurry, 422; Place of Climatology in Medicine, Dr. W. Gordon, 448; Health in India, Sir R. Ross, K.C.B., “.R.S., 454; Beit Memorial Fellowships, 492; Lord Lister: his Life and Work, Dr. G. T. Wrench, Dr. C. J. Martin, F.R.S., 523; Death of Dr. Weir Mitchell, Sir L. Brunton, Bart., F.R.S., 534; Organic Chemistry for Students of Medicine, Prof. J. Walker, F.R.S., 655; New Type of Anaphylaxis, Prof. C. Richet, 678; Medizinische Physik, Prof. O. Fischer, 682; Medical Hydrology, Dr. R. Fortescue Fox, 708 ; Examination of School Children, 711; Anaphylaxis, Prof. Richet, J. M. Bligh, iv Mediterranean : Oceanography of the Mediterranean, Joh. Schmidt, 10; Mediterranean Cloud and Sunshine, J. Friedemann, 352; Mittelmeerbilder, Dr. T. Fischer, Dr. Riihl, Prof. Cole, 471; das Mittelmeergebiet, A. Philippson, ix Medley of Weather Lore, M. E. S. Wright, 398 Melanesia, Peopling of, Dr. G. Friederici, S. H. Ray, 471 Mendelian Factors for Flower Colour, M. Wheldale and H. L. Bassett, 623 Mental Defect, Mendelism and, Dr. D. Heron, 327 Mercury: Thermal Conductivity, H. R. Nettleton, 390; New. Arrangement of Mercury Lamp, M. Billon- Daguerre and others, 390; Phosphorescence of Mercury Vapour, F. S. Phillips, 401; Localities, J. E. Carne, 433; Expansions of Mercury and Silica, F. J. Harlow, 467; Alternating Arc in Mercury Vapour, E. Darmois, 650 Mercury, Planet, Transit of, May 6, 1707, 622 Mesothorium Emanations, 105 Metallography, Dr. C: H. Desch, 197 Metallurgy: Institute of Metals: Meeting at Ghent: Corrosion Committee’s Report, Dr. Bengough and R. M. Jones; Intercrystalline Cohesion, Dr. W. Rosen- hain, F.R.S., and D. Ewen, &c., 52; Electroplating, W. R. Barclay and C. H. Hainsworth, M. Solomon, 126; Carnegie Scholarship Memoirs, 179; Organo- metallic Compounds of Zinc and Magnesium, Dr. H. Wren, 261; Passivity of Metals, Dr. Grube, Dr. Reichenstein, D. Allen, Prob. Leblanc, Prof. Schoch, Prof. G. Schmidt, 356; Mineral Resources of the United States, 505; Cupellation Experiments, C. O. Bannister and G. Patchin, 545; Influence of Shaking on Solution of Copper in Nitric Acid, M. Drapier, 679 ; Liquid Steel: its Manufacture and Cost, D. Carnegie, S. G. Gladwin, Prof: J. O. Arnold, F.R.S., 681; Pocket-book for Miners and Metallurgists, F. D. Power, 684; X-Rays and Metallic Crystals, E. A. Owen and G. G. Blake, 686; Transparence of the Surface Film in Polishing Metals, Dr. G. T. Beilby, F.R.S., 691 ; Density of Liquid Metals, P. Pascal, 730 Metaphysics : Contre la Métaphysique, F. Le Dantec, 263 Meteorology : Southern Hemisphere Seasonal Correlations, R. C. Mossman, 17, 300, 538, 669; North-westers and Monsoon Prediction, E. Digby, 25; Monsoon Fore- casting, Dr. C. Braak, 510; the Past Summer, C. Harding, 53; Structure of the Atmosphere in Clear Weather, C. J. P. Cave, Dr. W. N. Shaw, F.R.S., 57; Climate and Weather of San Diego, California, F. A. Carpenter, 196; Meteorological Committee’s Report, 205; Netherlands, 274; Barometric Variability in South Africa, J. R. Sutton, 391; National Antarctic Expedition, 1901-4: Meteorology, M. W. C. Campbell Hepworth, Prof. W. Meinardus, 393; a Medley of Weather Lore, M. E. S. Wright, 398; Nile Flood of 1913, H. E. Hurst, 424; Nile Rains and Flood of 19011, 484; Daily Temperature Change at Great Heights, W. H. Dines, 440; Eddy Winds of Gibraltar, H. Harries, 440; Wind Provinces, R. M. Deeley, 478; Origin of Climatic Changes, 479; Great Rain Storm at Doncaster, September 17, 1913, R. C. Mossman, 520; Snow in the United States, Dr. J. E. Church, jun., 520 ;.- Meteorological! Conditions of an Ice Sheet, C. E. P. Brooks, 520; Principia atmospherica, Dr. W. N. Shaw, 520; Meteorological Office Reports, 536; Weather Forecasting, R. M. Deeley, 608; W. H. Index [ Nature, March 26, 1914 Dines, F.R.S., 659; Weather Forecasts in England, A. Mallock, F.R.S., 711; Recent Temperatures in Europe, 617; Upper Air Research, C. J. P. Cave, 624 Meteorological Office: the Observer’s Handbook, 1913, 629; Conference in Edinburgh on September 8, 667 3 Daily Synoptic Charts of Northern Hemisphere and Absolute Units, 715; Snowfall in Train Shed, Dr. L. Bell, 720; Two-hourly Barometric Variations, M. M’C. Fairgrieve, 722 L Meteoric Stone of Wittekrantz, South Africa, Dr. G. T. Prior, 364 ‘ " Meteors: Curious Meteoric Display in America, 875 Remarkable Meteor on November 24, Dr. A. A. Rambaut, F.R.S., 372, 402; J. S. Dines, aa Detohating Fireball on January 19, W. F. Denning, 670; Rumanian Superstition ve January and Novem-- ber, 720 va Metric: Carat, Order in Council, 271, 723; Spread of the Metric System, 384 Micro-balance for Densities of Gases, F. W. Aston, 495 Micrometer, Coincidence, free from Personality, A. Claude and L. Driencourt, 311 4 Micro-organisms, Transport MM. Trillat and Fornassier, 365 Microscope Stands and Objectives, Swift’s, 329 Microscopical Examination of Skin and Leather, G. Abt, 206 Micro-telescope, “Davon,” Prof. C. V. Boys, F.R.S., Microtomist’s Vade-Mecum, A. B. Lee, 290 Migration Routes, Horace Darwin, F.R.S., 370 Milk : Untreated Milk best for Infants, R. Mond, 537, 590; Electrical Conductivity of Milk during Concentration, L. C. Jackson and others, 573 Mimicry, G. D. H. Carpenter, 237; Prof. Poulton, 300; New Mimicry Plant, R. Marloth, 391; Mimikry und Verwandte Erscheinungen, Dr. A. Jacobi, 653 Mind: the Game of Mind, Percy M. Campbell, 2; Mind © and Health: Systems of Divine Healing, Dr. E. E. ~ Weaver, 2; Development and Purpose, Prof. L. T. Hobhouse, 2 5 Mineralogy: Spodumene from Namaqualand, A. R. E. Walker, 123; Traité de Chimie Minérale, H. Erdmann, Prof. A. Corvisy, 262; the Mineral Kingdom, Dr. R. Brauns, L. J. Spencer, 316; Minerals of Meldon in Devon, A. Russell, 364; Crystalline Basic Copper ~ Phosphate from Rhodesia, A. Hutchinson and A. M. : MacGregor, 364; Chemie: Allgemeine Kristallographie und Mineralogie, E. v. Meyer, Fr. Rinne, and others, 446; Outlines of Mineralogy for Geological Students, Prof. G. A. J. Cole, 475; Mineral Resources of the United States, 505; Determinative Mineralogy, Prof. J. V. Lewis, 550; Effects of Temperature, F. E. Wright, 565; Mineral Industry in Canada, J. M. Bell, 678 ; Genetic Classification of Rocks and Ore Deposits, T. Crook, 703 Mines: Gas Testing, C. Chandley, 448; Mines of the Ottoman Empire, G. M. Edwards, 546; Life of Alex. Agassiz, G. R. Agassiz, Sir E. Ray Lankester, K.C.B., F.R.S., 601; Pocket-book for Miners and Metallurgists, F. D. Power, 684; Output of British Mines and Quarries, 721 Mirrors, Silvered: Protection from Tarnishing, 52 Mississippi Archeology, C. B. Moore, Dr. A. C. Haddon, F.R.S., 18 Model Engineer Exhibition, 203 Modern Electrical Theory, Dr. N. R. Campbell, F. Soddy, F.R.S., 339 Molecule: die Existenz der Molkule: Studien, Prof. The Svedberg, 367 Mollusca from Sudan, Jane Longstaff and others, 468 Monazite from New Localities, S. J. Johnstone. 573 Monsoon Prediction, E. Digby, 25; Monsoon Forecast for Java, Dr. C. Braak, 510 Monte Rosa Expedition, 677 Moon: New Poet of Nature, 166; a Day in the Moon, Abbé Th. Moreux, 422; Systems of Rays on the Moon’s Surface, C. H. Plant, 556; Dr. H. J. Johnston- Lavis, 631 ; Origin of Structures on the Moon’s Surface, Rev. O. Fisher, C. Hubert Plant, 714; Change in Crater Eimmart, Prof. W. H. Pickering, 594 Moorlands of North-Eastern Yorkshire, F. Elgee, viii by Air, 595 Experimentelle ‘Nature, March 26, 1914 Motor Ship Arum, 434; Fionia, 565 Mount Wilson: Standard Wave-lengths, Messrs. St. John and Ware, 512 fountains, Prof. J. Geikie, F.R.S., 530 Museums: Museums Association’ Conference, 351; Museum Glass, F. J. Cole, 373; Museum Guides, C. Hallett, 537 : N Bo toms, Ed. Step, 397 Music: Pianoforte Touch, Prof. G. H. Bryan, F.R.S., 292 Mycology: Fungus Diseases of Potato in Australia, D. McAlpine, 27; Soil Mycology, Prof. A. Kossowicz, 131 Nantucket Observatory, 411 Napier Tercentenary, 639 National Physical Laboratory, Researches, 239 Natural Forces, Work of, in relation.to Time, Dr. G. F. Nature Protection: International, E. Perrier, 417; in Italy, 590; in Germany, 672; Nature Reserve in Tunis, 40 Nature Study: Fresh-water Flora and Fauna of Germany, 60; Bodley Head: British Birds: Passeres, E. D. Cuming, J. A. Shepherd, 228; Terns, W. Bickerton, 294; Charm of the Hills, S. Gordon, 294; the Flowing Road (South American Rivers), C. Whitney, 294; Wild Life and the Camera, A. R. Dugmore, 294; Feet of the Furtive, C. G. D. Roberts, 294; Insect Workers, W. J. Claxton, 294; Letters from Nature’s Workshop, W. J. Claxton, 294; Some Secrets of Nature, Anon ; the Romance of Nature, Anon., In the Lap of the Lammermoors, W. McConachie, all Prof. J. A. Thom- son, 340; Animal Geography, Dr. M. I. Newbigin, Prof. Cole, 471; British Birds’ Nests, R. and C. Kearton, 504; Our Vanishing Wild Life, Dr. W. T. Hornaday, 504; Trees in Winter, Dr. M. F. Blakeslee and Dr. C. D. Jarvis, 504; Messmates, E. Step, viii; Infancy of Animals, W. P. Pycraft, viii; Moorlands of __. N.E. Yorkshire, F. Elgee, viii Naval Architecture: James Forrest Lecture, A. Gracie, 275; Death of Dr. Thearle, 349; Ship Resistance, Dr. T. H. Havelock, 416 Naval Education, Sir A. Ewing, 520 ' Nebula: Hind’s Variable Nebula at Maximum, 87, 108; Statistics, Prof. Charlier, 178; Radial Velocity of Andromeda Nebula, V. M. Slipher, 411; New Nebule, C. R. D’Esterre, 434; Tuttle’s Nebula, M. Borrelly, 540; Nebulz and the Crossley Reflector, 566 - Nebular Hypothesis, J. H. Jeans, 416 ae Crosses, Skin-colour in, Dr. Davenport, ‘Neon, Attempts to Observe Production of Neon by Electric Discharge, Hon. R. J. Strutt, F.R.S., 494; a Second a Spectrum, T. R. Merton, 495 _ Nephelometer, Dr. Kober, 485 i ‘New Guinea, A. S. Meek, 234; (Dutch), A. F. R. 5 Wollaston, 668 New South Wales: Educational Legislation, J. H. Reynolds, 663 -Newton’s House in St. Martin’s Street, W.C., 456 _ Nickel Deposition on Aluminium, J. Canac and E. Tassilly, ; 599 Nile Flood of 1913, H. E. Hurst, 424; of rgr1, 484 Nitrogen: Industrial Fixation of Atmospheric Nitrogen, Prof. C. Matignon, 177; Second Group of Bands in Magnetic Field, H. Deslandres and L, d’Azambuja, 625; Active Nitrogen, Prof. H. B. Baker, F.R.S., and Hon. R. J. Strutt, F.R.S., 659; Proof that the Three Valencies of the Nitrogen Atom are not in one Plane, Dr. Mills and Miss Bain, 724 : Noctuide, Catalogue of British Museum Collection, Sir _ G. F. Hampson, 288 omography, Captain R. K. Hezlet, 195 orfolk : Azolla, W. E. Palmer, 233; Norfollk and Norwich _____ Naturalists’ Society, 641 : North Sea Weather, Dr. N. Ekholm, 85; North Sea Fauna, Bo) 407 umerals, Greek, M. N. Tod, 266 Index XxXiX Ocean Temperatures near Icebergs, 414 Oceanography of the Mediterranean: Report on Danish Expedition, J. Schmidt, 10; Oceanographic Researches, J. Y. Buchanan, F.R.S., 551 _CEnothera, Prof. H. de Vries, 395 Oil: Oil-fields of Burma, E. H. Pascoe, 9; Oil Shale in Skye, 13, 169; Chemical Technology and Analysis of Oils, Fats, and Waxes, Dr. J. Lewkowitsch, 449; Volatile Oils, E. Gildemeister and F. Hoffmann, E. Kremers, 498; Waning Petroleum Supply, 566 Opium Poppy in Yunnan, F. K. Ward, 168 Oransay Island Excavations, A. H. Bishop, 482 Orchid Conference, 50 Ornithology: Scottish Ornithology in 1912, Leonora J. Rintoul and Evelyn V. Baxter, 171; Ornithological Notes, 303, 726; see Birds Orrery, Messrs. G. Philip and Son, Ltd., 615 Osmotic Pressure, Prof. A. Findlay, 261; W. R. Bousfield, 703; in Plants, Prof. H. H. Dixon and Ww. R. G. Atkins, 538 Oxford, Things Seen in, N. J. Davidson, 711 Oxydases and their Inhibitors in Plant Tissues, W. eS Atkins, 495 Oxygen, Revision of Density, F. O. Germann, 390 ; Oxygen Content of Gases from Roasting Pyrites, L. T. Wright, 572 Ozone and Hydrogen Peroxide, Method for Estimation, 565 ‘Palzobotany : Inaugural Lecture at University College, Dr. Marie C. Stopes, 237, 360; Medullosa pusilla, Dr. D. H. Scott, 390; Flora of South Staffordshire Coal- field, Dr. F. Kidston, 442; Sphaerostoma ovale, Prof. Margaret J. Benson, 442; Ginkgophyllum kiltorkense, Prof. T. Johnson, 495; Palzobotanical Institute at Kew, Prof. A. G. Nathorst, 502; Bothrodendron kiltorkense, Prof. T. Johnson, 599 Palzontology: the Dicynodont Vomer, Dr. R. Broom, 6; Igerna B. . Sollas and Prof. W.. J. Sollas, F.R.S., 61; Anthodon, Dr. R. Broom, 51; dentate and Zalamdodont Mammals, Dr. Matthew, 106; Death of Dr. A. Fritsch, 379; Death of H. Potonié, 380; Vertebrates of New Mexico, Messrs. Case, Williston, and Mehl, 432; Vertebrates found in Asphalt-springs, California, W. D. Matthew, 457; Papers on Vertebrate Paleontology, 514; Plesio- saurian Leurospondylus ultimus, 563; Tertiary Mammals, 592; Limbs and Evolution of Mammals, 640; Sharks’ Teeth, 640; Mosasaurian Reptiles, C. W. Gilmore, Prof. L. Dollo, 695; Giant Dragon-fly in Radstock Coal, H. Bolton, 729 Panama Canal and Earthquakes, 174; D. F. MacDonald, 300; 408, 508; Panama Locks Control, 724 Pancreatic Treatment of Tuberculosis, Dr. J. Beard, 165 Papers, New Device for Filing, 643 ‘ Papua: Coal, Petroleum, and Copper in Papua, J. E. Carne, 436; see New Guinea Parasites : Gregarine Porospora, 106; British Parasitic Copepoda, Dr. T. Scott and A. Scott, 193; (Corrected Price), 239; Laboratory Guide to Parasitology, Prof. W. B. Herms, 316; Handbuch der Hygiene, Profs. Rubner, v. Gruber, and Ficker, Prof.. von Wasielewski, G. H. F. Nuttall, 629; New Malarial Parasite of Man, Dr. J. W. W. Stephens, 729 Paris Academy of Sciences: Prize Awards, 512; Prize Subjects, 540 Paris, Turbines of the s.s., 434 Paviland Cave, Prof. Sollas, 351 Peas, Gametic Reduplication, Pellew, 352 “ae Pedagogical Anthropology, Maria Montessori, iii Pelargonium, Dr. R. Knuth, 163 Pellagra in the Colne Valley, Dr. Blandy, 84; Pellagra, 611 Penguin, King-, R. C. Murphy, 381 Perfumery, J. C. Umney, 593 Periodic Law, Specific Heats and the, 661; R. G. Durrant, 686 3 Petrography’ of Polzen District, Bohemia, K. mann, 196 MM. Léger and Duboscq, Prof. Punnett and Miss Dr. H. Lewkowitsch, H. ‘Schevu- ., Nat: XXX L, UHACX Maree ae ee ee er Oe ee a ow Petroleum: Institution of Petroleum Technologists, 561; | Conductivity of Fluids of the Organism, A. Jayal, 7303 Waning Supply of Petroleum, 566 Petrology of the Igneous Rocks, Dr. F. H. Hatch, 659 Pharmacological Action of Tetra-alkyl Ammonium Com- pounds, Prof. C. R. Marshall, 442, 520 Pharmacy, International Congress of, 174, 304 Philippine Myths, H. O. Beyer, 15; Colour Photographs of Philippine Races, Dean Worcester, 509 Philosophy: the Game of Mind, Percy M. Campbell, 2; Mind and Health, Dr. E. E. Weaver, 2; Development and Purpose, Prof. L. T. Hobhouse, 2; Essais de Synthése Scientifique, E. Rignano, 263; Contre la Métaphysique, F. Le Dantec, 263; Modern Science and Prof. Bergson, H. S. R. Elliot, 263; Wissenschaft und Wirklichkeit, Max Frischeisen-K6hler, 263; the Young Nietzsche, 263; Philosophy of Vitalism, Prof. E. W. MacBride, F.R.S., 290, 400; Prof, Hans Driesch, 400 Phosphate Beds of Safaga, Dr. J. Ball, 641 Phosphorescence of Mercury Vapour, F. S. Phillips, gor Photochemical Reactions, Non-influence of Oxygen, M. Boll and V. Henri, 573 Photo-electric Effect : Selective Action of Metals, G. Reboul, ion Photography: Exhibition of Royal Photographical Society, 18; Grand Canyon, A. L. Coburn, 174; Light Energy required to produce the Latent Image, P. G. Nutting, 293; “Wellcome” Photographic Exposure Record and Diary, 1914, 449; British Journal Photographic Almanac, 1914, 500; Wratten and Wainwright Plates, 723 Photometry, Electrical, Prof. H. Bohle, M. Solomon, 126 Phreatoicus, Geographical Distribution of, Dr. C. Chilton, 8 Phiomiia, Dr. A. D. Imms, 704 Physical Optics: Radiation of Electrons, Prof. R. W. Wood, 339 Physical Society: Exhibition, 460; Officers, 720 Physical Training, Lieut. G. Hébert, Dr. Mina L. Dobbie, 27 Physics: Continuity, Sir O. Lodge, F-.R.S., 33, 606; Scientific Papers, Lord Rayleigh, O.M., F.R S., 12275 Researches of the National Physical Laboratory, 239; Presentation of Bust of Lord Kelvin at Edinburgh, 303; Physics at the British Association, 304; les Idées Modernes sur la Constitution de la Matiére, E. Bauer, A. Blanc, E. Bloch, Mme. P. Curie, A. Debierne, and others, F. Soddy, F.R.S., 339; Conseil International Solvay, 347; die Existenz der Molkule Prof. The Svedberg, 367; Physics: an Elementary Text-book, Dr. C. G. Knott, 398; Recent Physical Research, D. Owen, 422; Mechanics and Heat: an Elementary Applied Course, J. Duncan, 473; Experimental Science, S. E. Brown, 473; Practical Physics for Secondary Schools, N. H. Black and Dr. H. N. Davis, 473; Text-book of Physics, A. W. Duff, 473 ; Systematic Course of Practical Science for Schools, A. W. Mason, 473; Paul Drude’s Physik des Aethers, Dr. W. Kénig, 473; “Semi-absolute,” “Enquirer,” 530; Energy of Atoms at Absolute Zero, 539; die Physik der bewegten Materie und die Relativitatstheorie, Dr. Max B. Weinstein, 577; Aristotle’s Physics, Capt. J. H. Hard- castle; Sir G. Greenhill, F.R.S., 584; Sir Wm. Ramsay, K.C.B., F.R.S.; Sir O. Lodge, F.R.S., 606; Matter and.Some of its Dimensions, W. K. Carr, 605 ; a_ Text-book of Physics, Dr. R. S. Willows, 682; Medizinische Physik, Prof. O. Fischer, 682; Inter- national Committee Symbols, 697; see British Associa- tion, also Atoms, Radiation, and other individual headings Physiology: Physiological Factors of Consciousness, G. Archdall Reid, 6; International Physiological Congress, Dr. C. Lovatt Evans, 61; New Function of Vascular Walls, MM. Lépine and Boulud, 285; Effects of High- frequency Currents, T. T. Baker, 509; Irritability, Prof. Max Verworn, 577; Influence of Thermal En- vironment on Circulation and Body-heat, E. R. Lyth, 577; Effects of Stimulants, Prof. H. E. Armstrong, 670; Monte Rosa Expedition of 1911, 677; Proportion of Lipoids in the Tissues, A. Mayer, 579; Electrical see British Association = ere Physiology, Animal: the Arthropod Lye, Dr. Trojan, 54; Laws of Absorption of Carbon Monoxide by the Blood, M. Nicloux, 679; Colour Vision among Crustacea, 726 Physiology, Veterinary, Major-Gen. F. Smith, C.B., C.M.G., 420 - : Pi, French Verses for 7, 458 F, Pianoforte Touch, Prof. G. H. Bryan, F.R.S., 292, 4253 Prof. S. Pickering, F.R.S., 425 Pictures, Scientific Methods of Identifying, Prof. A. P. Laurie, 558 Pilchards in the Eastern English Channel, H. Swithinbank and G. E. Bullen, 452; Pilchards’ Food, H. Swithin- bank and G. E. Bullen, 695 Piltdown Skull, 110; Prof. G. Elliot Smith, F:RS3 131, 267, 318, 468, 545, 729; Prof. A. Keith, F.R.S., 197, 292, 345; A. G. Thacker, 299; (Mandible), Prof. David Waterston, 319; A. S. Underwood, 407; C. Dawson and Dr. A. S. Woodward, 545 ‘ Pipes from Red River (illustration), 19 Planck’s Constant, the Magneton and, Dr. H. S. Allen, | 630; S. D. Chalmers, 687 Planets: Elements and Numbers of Minor Planets, Dr. Cohn, 276; the Ways of the Planets, M. E. Martin, W. E. Rolston, 420 ’ Plankton: Phytoplankton of Danish Seas, Dr. Ostenfeld, 16; Plankton Distribution, C. O. Esterly, 241; New Quantitative Tow-net, Dr. E. J. Allen, 335 Plant Diseases, Congress at Rome, 613; see Disease Plant Ecology, Dr. E. Riibel, 615 Plant-Geography of Bernina District, Dr. E. Riibel, 162 Plant Products, Introduction to Chemistry of, Dr. P. Haas and T. G. Hill, 524 Plant Protection, Dr. A. B. Rendle, F.R.S., 130 ‘ Plants: Pflanzenreich, A. Engler, R. Knuth, K. Krause, 162; Plant Life, Prof. J. B. Farmer, 397; Hydrocyaniec — Acid in Plants, Dr. J. M. Petrie, 469; Oxydases and their Inhibitors in Plant Tissues, W. R. G. Atkins, 495; Conversion of Red Pigment to a Yellow, R. Combes, 522 ; Spread of Morbid Changes from Branches killed by Heat, Prof. H. H. Dixon, 599; Sap, Prof. Dixon, 704 Plants, Aquatic: Biology of Elodea, Dr. W. H. Brown, 54 Plates, Strength of Stayed Flat, C. E. Stromeyer, 670 Plumage Bill, Sir H. H. Johnston, G.C.M.G., FAR Ss, 428, 501; Dr. H. O. Forbes, 476; L. Joseph, sor; “O. L.,” 685; Artificial Flies, Sir H. Maxwell, 562 ; United States Bill, 48, 105, 639; French Importation, 617 Poet of Nature, New, 166 Poisoning: Industrial Poisoning from Fumes, Gases, and Poisons, Dr. J. Rambousek, 628; Anaphylaxis, Prof. Ch. Richet, J. M. Bligh, 678, iv Polar: le Monde Polaire, O. Nordenskjéld, G. Parmentier . and M.. Zimmermann, 164; see Antarctic and Arctic Polarisation and Energy Losses in Dielectrics, Dr. A. W. Ashton, 390; Polarisation of Sky Light, A. Boutaric, 485 ; Polarisation Capacity of an Electrode, P. Vaillant, Polished Metals, Transparence of Surface Film, Dr. G. T. Beilby, F.R.S., 691 Pollination of Kaffir Bread Tree, R. Marloth, 259 Polychaeta, R. Southern, 624 Polzen Rocks, K. H. Scheumann, 196 Pompeii, Discovery of Buried Harbour, 83 Popular Science, Harmsworth’s, 230 Porcelain, Fritted or Soft, A. Granger, 381 Port Authorities, A. G. Lyster, 328 Positive Electricity, Ravs of, and their Application to Chemical Analysis, Sir J. J. Thomson, O.M., F.R.S., Boeck, Kelp and other Sources of, F. K. Cameron, 510 Potato: Fungus Diseases in Australia, D. McAlpine, 27; 573; Disease*produced by Phytophthora erythroseptica, Dr. G. H. Pethybridge, 598 Poultry and Egg Trade, British, E. Brown, 538 Prehistoric Society of East Anglia, 201 Pressure: Pressure in Detonation of Explosives, Prof. B. Hopkinson, 416; Pressure of Radiation, Prof. H. L. NV cture, Marc 26, 1914 ——— See Callendar, F.R.S., 450, 500, 553, 629; (and Carnot’s Principle), Lord Rayleigh, 527; C. G. Darwin, 585 Principia Mathematica, Dr. A. N. Whitehead, F.R.S., and P B. Russell, F.R.S., 445 Prize Awards of Paris Academy of Sciences for 1913, 512 Prizes Offered: by Pasteur Institute for Work on Treat- ment of Meningitis, 48; Beneden Prize of 2800 francs for Embryology or Cytology, 379; 100 Dollars for Paper on Availability of Pearson’s Formule for Psychophysics, 508; Paris Academy of Sciences, Prize Subjects for 1915, 540 Projective Geometry, H. % Note,” 607 5 Protozoa, Soil, K. R. Lewin and C. H. Martin, 632, 677 Psychiatry, Modern Problems in, Prof. E. Lugaro, Drs. Orr and Rows, 231 Psycho-analysis, Dr. W. Brown, 643 Psychology: Association and Inhibition, Prof. Shepard and H. M. Fogelsonge, 15; Continuity: British Association Address, Sir O. Lodge, F.R.S., 33; the Learning Process, Prof. S. S. Colvin, 129; Introduction to Psychology, Prof. R. M. Yerkes, 129 ; Experiments in Educational Psychology, Dr. D. Starch, 120; Man and his Future: the Anglo-Saxon, Lieut.-Col. Sedgwick ; the Fate of Empires, Dr. A. J. Hubbard; Science of Human Behaviour, Dr. M. Parmelee; all A. E. Crawley, 396; Instinct and Experience, Prof. C. LI. Morgan, F.R.S., 627; New Theory, Prof. S. Freud, Dr. W. Brown, 643; see British Association Psychology, Animal, G. Bohn, Dr. Rose Thesing, A. E. Crawley, 396 Pumping and Hydraulic Machinery, Modern, E. Butler, 2 Piaggio; “The Writer of the Quarrying, Practical Stone-, A. Greenwell and Dr. J. V. Elsden, 290 Rabies, Dr. Hideyo Manouélian, 365 Radiation : Theory of Radiation, Prof. G. B. McLaren, 165, 233; Prof. J. W. Nicholson, 199; Theorie der Warme- strahlung, Dr. Max Planck, 261; Pressure of Radiation and Carnot’s Principle, Prof. H. L. Callendar, F.R.S., 450, 500, 553, 629; Lord Rayleigh, O.M., F.R.S., 527; C. G. Darwin, 585; the Radiation Problem, Dr. E. E. Fournier d’Albe, 688 Radio-activity : Branch Product in Actinium C, E. Mars- den, R. H. Wilson, 29; Simple Method of Counting both a and 8 Particles, Dr. H. Geiger, 85; Reflection of y Rays from Crystals, Prof. Rutherford and Dr. Andrade, 267; les Idées Modernes sur la Constitution de la Matiére, E. Bauer, Mme. Curie, and others, F. Soddy, F.R.S., 339; Residual Ionisation in Gases, Prof. J. C. McLennan, 424; the End-product of Thorium, Prof. J. Joly, F.R.S., and J. R. Cotter, 632, 661; Search in Russia for Minerals, 666; Radio- activity, Prof. L. v. Bortkiewicz, 684; Work of the Vienna Radium Institute, 699 Radio-elements, Terrestrial Distribution of, and Origin of the Earth, George Craig, 29 Radiology : Emanations of Mesothorium, 105 Radio-telegraphy, see Wireless, 277 Radium: Radium Institute and Radium Emanation, 172; Science and the Lay Press, One of the Reporters, 199; Radium Resources, F. Soddy, F.R.S., 376; the British Radium Standard, Prof. E. Rutherford, F.R.S., 402; Phenomena of Solution of Radium Emanation, Dr. T. Godlewski, 409; Directions for sending Radium, Dr. Glazebrook, 430; Supposed Separation ot Radium D from Lead, C. Staehling, 521 Railways: Audible Signals for Locomotives and Electric Lighting of Trains in France, 539 Rain: British Rainfall in 1912, Dr. H. R. Mill, C. Salter, 60; in 1913, 696; Rain Storm at Doncaster, September 17, 1913, R. C. Mossman and C. Salter, 520 Rats and Danysz Virus, 274 Rays of Positive Electricity, Sir J. J. Thomson, O.M., F.R.S., 549 Reaction, Delayed, in Animals and Children, Dr. W. S. Hunter, 15 Reagents, Merck’s Index, 17 Red-water due to Euglena, H. A. Wager, 96 Noguchi, 173; Negri’s Corpuscles, Y. Index XXX1 Reflection of y Rays, 267; of X-Rays, M. de Broglie; E. Jacot, 423; of Light at the Confines of a Diffusing Medium, Lord Rayleigh, O.M., F.R.S., 450; Scatter- ing in Regular Reflection from a Transparent Grating : Analogy to Reflection of X-Rays, Prof. C. Barus, 451 Reflex Action, Prof. Verworn, E. R. Lyth, 577 Refraction of Electric Waves in the Atmosphere, Kiebitz, 615 Regeneration in Gunda ulvae, Dorothy J. Lloyd, 385, 729 Rehobother Bastards, Dr. E. Fischer, 160 Relativity, the Case against, Dr. Max B. Weinstein, 577 Be Religion: the Golden Bough, Prof. J. G. Frazer, A. E- Crawley, 317 Reptiles from Colombian Choco, G. A. Boulenger, 416 Resistance of Struts, &c., in an Air Current, A. P- Thurston, 642 Reversibility of Ferment Action, Dr. A. C. Hill, 479 REVIEWS AND Our BOOKSHELF. Agriculture : Anderson (F. I.), the Farmer of To-morrow, 229 Brewer (G. W. S.), Educational School Gardening and Handwork, 604 Case (Gerald O.), the Use of Vegetation for Reclaiming Tidal Lands, 578 Collinge (W. E.), Food of some British Wild Birds, 228 Elliott (S. B.), Important Timber Trees of the United States: a Manual of Practical Forestry, 289 French Hydrological Service: (a) Région des Alpes: (6) Région du Sud-Ouest, 436 Harper (Prof. M. W.), Animal Husbandry for Schools, 229 Hudson (W. F. A.), Handbool: of Forestry, 289 Hummel (Prof. W. G., and Bertha), Materials and Methods in High School Agriculture, 658 Johnson (W. H.), Elementary Tropical Agriculture, 229 Kossowicz (Prof. A.), Einftihrung in die Agrilultur- mykologie, 131 Logan (A.), Principles and Practice of School Gardening, 604 McAlpine (D.), Handbook of Fungus Diseases of the Potato in Australia and their Treatment, 27 Powell (G. H.),° Cooperation in Agriculture, G. H. Powell, 229 Recknagel (Prof. A. B.), Theory and Practice of Working Plans (Forest Organisation), 289 South-Eastern Agricultural College, Wye, Kent, Journal of the, 487 Thomson (G. S.), British and Colonial Dairying, Sup. vii U.S. Department of Agriculture: Bureau of Soils Bulletins, 560 Walker-Tisdale (C. W.) and T. R. Robinson, Farm and Creamery Butter-making and Student's Reference Book, Sup. vii Wieler (Prof. A.), Pflanzenwachsthum und Kalkmangel im Boden, 560 Anthropology : ‘ Andrews (Elizabeth), Ulster Folklore, Rev. J. Griffith, Batah School at Athens, Annual of the, 266 British School at Rome, Papers of the, Rev. J. Griffith, ary Bete Reeeen (Prof. H. v.), A. G. Thacker, Man and his Forerunners, 160 Church (the late Colonel G. E.), Clements R. Markham, K.C.B., Aborigines of South America, 1 Fischer (Dr. E.), Die Rehobother Bastards und das Bastardierungsproblem beim Menschen, 160 ‘ Frazer (Prof. J. G.), the Golden Bough: Part vi., the Scapegoat, A. E. Crawley, 317 : Friederici (Dr. G.), Forschungsreise nach dem Bismarck- Archipel, 1908: III., Eine melanesische Wanderstrasse, Sidney H. Ray, 471 Giuffrida-Ruggeri (V.), Collettiva, 160 : Hrdligka (Ales) and others, Early Man in South America, Dr. A. C. Haddon, F-.R.S., 144 Hubbard (Dr. A. J.), the Fate of Empires, A. E. Crawley, L’Uomo Attuale una Specie 6 Tats (E. Thurlow), Archeology of the Anglo-Saxon Settlements, 369 XXXII Lndex [ Nature, March 26, 1914 TS LL —__—————— —“swa—_——— Major (A. F.), C. W. Whistler, Rev. J. Griffith, 499 Montessori (Maria), I. C. Cooper, Pedagogical Anthropo- logy, Sup. iii Parmelee (Dr. M.), Science of Human Behaviour, A. E. Crawley, 396 Pearson (Prof. Karl, F.R.S.), E. Nettleship, F.R.S., and C. H. Usher, Monograph on Albinism in Man, 717 Pyle (Dr. W. H.), Examination of School Children, 711 Rattray (R. Sutherland), Hausa Folk-lore, Customs, Proverbs, &c., 1 . Sedgwick. (Lieut.-Col. W.), Man and his Future: the Anglo-Saxon, A. E. Crawley, 396 Whitney (C.), the Flowing Road (Venezuela), 294 Wright (Dr. G. F.), Origin and Antiquity of Man, 160 Biology: , Anon., The Romance of’ Nature, Thomson, 340 Anon., Some Secrets of Nature, Prof. J. A. Thomson, 340 Baker (R. T.), Cabinet Timbers of Australia, 552 Bateson (Wm., F.R.S.), Problems of Genetics, 497 Besson (Dr. A.), Prof. H. J. Hutchens, D.S.O., Practical Bacteriology, Microbiology, &c., 193 Bickerton (W.), Home-life of the Terns, 294 Blakeslee (Dr. M. F.) and Dr. C. D. Jarvis, Trees in Early Wars of Wessex, Prof. J. Arthur Winter, 50 Bohn (G.), Dr. Rose Thesing, Die Neue Tierpsychologie, 396 Brauer (Prof. Dr.), Die Siisswasserfauna Deutschlands, eine Exkursions-fauna, 60 British Museum (Natural History) Catalogues : (1) Books, Manuscripts, Maps, and Drawings: Vol. iv., 288; (2) Noctuide, by Sir G. F. Hampson, 288; (3) Ungu- late Mammals: Vol. i., Artiodactyla, Family Bovide, by R. Lydekker, F.R.S., 288 Brown (Dr. W. H.), Elodea, 54 Brucker (Prof. E.), Zoology, Prof. J. A. Thomson, 340 Buchanan (Estelle D. and Prof. R. E.), Household Bacteriology, Prof. Hewlett, 28 Case (G. O.), the Use of Vegetation for Reclaiming Tidal Lands, «78 Claxton (W. J.), Insect Workers, 294; Letters from Nature’s Workshop, 294 Coley (May), Wild Flower Preservation, 397 Collinge (W. E.), Food of some British Wild Birds, 228 Cuming (E. D.), J. A. Shepherd, the Bodley Head Natural History: British Birds: Passeres, 228 Dahl (Prof. F.), Vergleichende Physiologie und Morpho- logie der Spinnentiere, 605 Dugmore (A. R.), Wild Life and the Camera, 204 Elgee (F.), Moorlands of North-Eastern Yorkshire, Sup. viii Elliott (S. B.), Important Timber Trees of the United States: a Manual of Practical Forestry, 289 Engler (A.), R. Knuth, K. Krause, Das Pflanzenreich: Geraniacez : Goodeniaceze and Brunoniacez, 162 Esterly (C. O.), Occurrence and Vertical Distribution of the Copepoda of the San Diego Region, 241 Farmer (Prof. J. B.), Plant Life, 397 Gordon (S.), the Charm of the Hills, 294 Graham-Smith (Dr. G. S.), Flies in Relation to Disease : Non-bloodsucking Flies, 421 Hampson (Sir G. F.), Catalogue of Noctuide in the British Museum, 288 Hampstead Scientific Society, Hampstead Heath: its Geology and Natural History, 137 Haviland (M. D.), Wild Life on the Wing, 688 Headley (F. W.), the Flight of Birds, 368 Herms (Prof. W. B.), Laboratory Guide to the Study of Parasitology, 316 Hopkinson (John), a Bibliography of the Tunicata, 288 Hornaday (Dr. W. T.), Our Vanishing Wild Life, 504 Hudson (W. F. A.), a Handbook of Forestry, 289 Jacobi (Dr. A.), Mimikry und Verwandte Erscheinungen, 653 Joint Committee of the Royal Society and British Associa- tion, D. Sharp, F.R.S., Fauna Hawaiiensis, Prof. J. Stanley Gardiner, F.R.S., ror Kearton (R.), C. Kearton, British Birds’ Nests, so4 Kossowicz (Prof. A.), Einftthrung in die Agrikultur- mykologie, 131 Kiister (Prof. E.), Zonenbildung in kolloidalen Medien, 532 P Lee (A. B.), the Microtomist’s Vade-Mecum, 290 es Lowe (Percy R.), Our Common Sea-birds, 688 : Lydekker (R., F.R.S.), Catalogue of the Ungulate Mammals in the British Museum (Natural History), 288 Lyth (E. R.), Studies on the Influence of Thermal Environment on the Circulation and the Body-heat, 577 McConachie, In the Lap of the Lammermoors, Prof. J. A. Thomson, 340 Mack (Amy E.), J. Ramsay and L. Harrison, Bush Days, 162 Maiden (J. .H.), a Critical Eucalyptus, Dr. W. Morgan (Prof. C. LI., 627 Muschler (Dr. Reno), a Manual Flora of Egypt, 162 ; va (Dr. Marion I.), Animal Geography, Prof, ole, 471 O’Kane (Prof. W.), Injurious Insects: How to Recognise and Control Them, Sup. viii Parmelee (Dr. M.), the Science of Human Behaviour, A. E. Crawley, 396 Pascher (Prof. A.), Die Siisswasser-Flora Deutschlands, Osterreichs und der Schweiz, 60 Prescott (S. C.) and C. E. A. Winslow, Elements of Water Bacteriology, 197 Pycraft (W. P.), the Infancy of Animals, Sup. viii Recknagel (Prof. A. B.), Theory and Practice of Working Plans (Forest Organisation), 289 Richet (Prof. Ch.), J. Murray Bligh, . Anaphylaxis, Sup, iv ’ Rignano (E.), Essais de Synthése Scientifique, 263 Rintoul (Leonora J.) and Evelyn V. Baxter, Report on Scottish Ornithology in 1912, including Migration, 171 Roberts (C. G. D.), the Feet of the Furtive, 294 Roux (W.), Ueber kausale und konditionale Weltan- schauung und deren Stellung mechanik, 4 é Riibel (Dr. E.), Pflanzengeographische Monographie des Berninagebietes, 162 Rubner, v. Gruber, and Ficker (Profs.), Handbuch der — Hygiene, G. H. F. Nuttall, 629 A Salter (Dr. J. H.), Bird Life throughout the Year, 688 Schroder (Prof. Chr.), Handbuch der Entomologie, 683 Scorer (A. G.), the Entomologist’s Log-book, and Dictionary of the Life Histories and Food Plants of the British Macro-Lepidoptera, 683 Scott (Dr. T.) and A. Scott, British Parasitic Copepoda, Revision of the Genu Botting Hemsley, F.R.S., 12 ‘ F.R.S.), Instinct and Experience, zur Entwicklungs- 193 Shipley (Dr. A. E.), Guy A. K. Marshall, E. Brunetti, the Fauna of British India: Diptera nematocera, 683 Sleeper (G. W.), Evolution and the Germ Theory of Disease (printed 1849?), Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S., 88 Smith (Major-General F., C.B., C.M.G.), Manual of Veterinary Physiology, 420 Step (E.), Toadstools and Mushrooms of the Countryside, 397; Messmates: a Book of Strange Companion- ships in Nature, Sup. viii Thienemann (Prof. J.), XI. Jahresbericht (1911) der Vogelwarte Rossitten der Deutschen Ornithologischen Gesellschaft, 228 - Trist (S.), the Under Dog: Wrongs Suffered by Animals at the Hand of Man, 94 : Trojan (Dr. E.), Das Auge von Palaemon Squilla, 54 Verworn (Prof. Max), Irritability: a Physiological Analysis of the General Effect of Stimuli in Living Substance, 577 Vries (Prof. Hugo de), Cnothera, &c., 395 White (J. W.), Flora of Bristol, 162 Zwanziger (Dr.), G. K. Gude, the Animal Kingdom illustrated in 27 Coloured Plates, containing several Hundreds of Species, 710 Chemistry : : Fs Allen’s Commercial Organic Analysis, edited by W. A. Davis and S. S. Sadtler, 125 ~ Gruppenweise Artbildung: Nature March 26, 1414 Allmand (Dr. A. J.), Principles of Applied Electro- __ chemistry, M. Solomon, 126 : Bauer (E.), A. Blanc, E. Bloch, Mme. P. Curie, A. _ Debierne, and others, Les Idées Modernes sur la Con- __ stitution de la Matiére, F. Soddy, F.R.S., 339 -Bausor (H. W.), Preliminary Chemistry, 446 ‘Blake (Prof. J. C.), General Chemistry Laboratory Manual, 655 : Bloxam (C. L.), A. G. Bloxam and Dr. S. J. Lewis, _ Chemistry: Inorganic and Organic, with Experiments, Be 343. Bottger (Dr. W.), Qualitative Analyse vom Standpunkte __ der Tonenlehre, 446 _ Brown (Prof. J. Campbell), Dr. G. D. Bengough, Prac- tical Chemistry, 655 5 Bryant (V. S.), Laboratory Text-book of Chemistry, 262 Carnegie (D.), S. G. Gladwin, Liquid Steel, Prof. J. O. Arnold, F.R.S., 681 _ Carnegie Scholarship Memoirs (on Iron and Steel), 179 _Chandley (C.), Gas Testing and Air Measurement (in Mines), 448. _ Claude (G.), H. E. P. Cottrell, Liquid Air, Oxygen, _ _ Nitrogen, F. Soddy, F.R.S., 1 Cohen (Prof. J. B., F.R.S.), q Advanced Students, 498 _ Curie (Mme. P.), see Bauer _ Davis (W. A.) and S. S. Sadtler, Allen’s Commercial Organic Analysis, 125 Dennis (Prof. L. M.), Gas Analysis, 524 Erdmann (H.), Traité de Chimie Minérale, Prof. A. ‘ Corvisy, 262 _ Findlay (Prof. A.), Osmotic Pressure, 261 Gildemeister (E.) and Fr. Hoffmann, E. Kremers, the Volatile Oils, 498 ‘ - Haas (Dr. Paul) and T. G. Hill, Introduction to the ; Chemistry of Plant Products, 524 _ Hooker (A. H.), Chloride of Lime in Sanitation, 93 Hoyt (W. F.), Manual of Qualitative Analysis: Reagent _ _.and Combustion Methods, 446 Hudson (O. F.) and Dr. G. Steel, 3 - Jellinek (Dr. K.), Physikalische Chemie der homogenen |. und heterogenen Gasreaktionen, 419 _ Jones (Prof: H. C.), Freezing Point-lowering, &c., of Solutions, 461 Kahlenberg (Prof. L. and Prof. E. B.), Chemistry and its Relations to Daily Life, 628 Kremann (Prof. R.), H. E. Potts, Dr. A. Mond, Applica- tion of Physico-chemical Theory to Technical Processes and Manufacturing Methods, 628 ' Lewes (Prof. V. B.) and J. S. S. Brame, Service Chemistry: a Short Manual of Chemistry and Metal- lurgy, and their Application in the Naval and Military } Services, 125 Lewis (J. Volney), Determinative Mineralogy, 550 _ Lewkowitsch (Dr. J.), Chemical Technology and Analysis ‘ of Oils, Fats, and Waxes, 449 _~* McPherson (Prof. W.) and Prof. W. E. Henderson, a Course in General Chemistry, 446 Mellor (Dr. J. W.), Treatise on Quantitative Inorganic ae: Vol i. of Treatise on Ceramic Industries, up. Vi _ Meyer (E. v.), Fr. Rinne, G. Engler and others, Chemie : Allgemeine Kristallographie und Mineralogie, 446 _ Molinari (Dr. E.), T. H. Pope, Treatise on General and Industrial Organic Chemistry, 446 Partington (J.’R.), Text-book of Thermodynamics (with special reference to Chemistry), 265 Porritt (B. D.), Chemistry of Rubber, 524 Post (Prof. J.) and Prof. B. Neumann, G. Chenu and M. Pellet, Traité Complet d’Analyse Chimique Appliquée aux Essais Industriels, 262 34 5 ; Organic Chemistry for D. Bengough, Iron and 4 f - Rambousek (Dr. J.), Dr. T. M. Legge, Industrial v Poisoning from Fumes, Gases, and Poisons of Manu- facturing Processes, 623 Richter (V. v.), Dr. R. Anschutz, Dr. H. Meerwein, Chemie der Kohlenstoffverbindungen oder organische ' Chemie, 262 Sabatier (Paul), La Catalyse en Chimie Organique, 655 L[ndex | Power (F. D.), Pocket-book for Miners and Metallurgists, XXXill Scheid (Dr. Karl), Methodik des chemischen Unterrichts, Prof. A. Smithells, F.R.S., 287 ‘ Stahler (Dr. A.),, Handbuch der Arbeitsmethoden in der anorganischen Chemie, 125 _ Svedberg (Prof. The), Die Experimentelle Studien, 367 Swarts (Prof. F.), Cours de Chimie Organique, 125 Thomson (Sir J. J., O.M., F.R.S.), Rays of Positive Electricity and their Application to Chemical Analysis, Existenz der Molkule: 549 Waddell (Prof. J.), Quantitative Analysis in Practice, 655 Walker (Prof. J., F.R.S.), Organic Chemistry for Students of Medicine, 655 Wohlgemuth (Prof. J.), Grundriss.der Fermentmethoden, 524 Wood (Dr. J. K.), Chemistry of Dyeing, 261 Wren (Dr. H.), Organometallic Compounds. of Zinc and Magnesium, 261 Engineering : Andrews (E. S.), Theory and Design of Structures, 4; Further Problems in Theory and Design of Structures, 341 Barr (J. R.) and R. D. Archibald, Design of Alternating Current Machinery, M. Solomon, 126 Berger (K.), P. Le Normand, La Télégraphie et la Téléphonie Simultanée et la Téléphonie Multiple, M. Solomon, 126 Bohle (Prof. H.), Electrical Photometry and I!lumina- tion, M. Solomon, 126 British Association Committee, Reports on Electrical Standards, 91 Butler (E.), Modern Pumping and Hydraulic Machinery : a Practical Handbook, 2 Carnegie (D.), S. G. Gladwin, Liquid Steel, its Manu- facture and Cost, Prof. J. O. Arnold, F.R.S., 681 Darling (H. A.), Course of Elementary Workshop Drawing, 92 Duchéne (Capt.), J. H. Ledeboer and T. O’B. Hubbard, “Mechanics of the Aéroplane, 368 Eichhorn (Dr. G.), Jahrbuch der drahtlosen Telegraphie und Telephonie, 672 Eiffel (G.), J. C. Hunsaker, the Resistance of the Air and Aviation, 342 Fiebeger (Col. G. J.), Text-book on Field Fortification, 2 Fish (Prof. J. C. L.), Earthwork Haul and Overhaul, including Economic Distribution, 92 Fleming (Prof. J. A., F.R.S.), Wonders of Wireless Telegraphy, 526 Gaston (R.), La Théorie de l’Aviation, 130 Geen (Burnard), Continuous Beams in Reinforced Con- crete, 92 Gibson (C. R.), Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony with- out Wires, 682 Greene (Prof. A. M., jun.), Elements of Heating and Ventilation, 93 : Hoégner (P.), Justus Eck, Light, Radiation, and Illumina- tion, 448 Wieisin (A. E.), Machine Construction and Drawing, 92 Marchis (L.), Le Froid industriel, F. Soddy, F.R.S., 134 Morecroft (Prof. J. H.), Laboratory Manual of Alternat- ing Currents, M. Solomon, 126 Moritz (F.), Les Moteurs Thermiques dans leur Rapports avec la Thermodynamique, 95 f Painlevé (Prof. P.), Prof. E. Borel, and Ch. Maurain, L’Aviation, 28 Pendry (H. W.), the Baudét Printing Telegraph System, M. Solomon, 126 Power (F. D.), Pocket-book for Miners and Metal- lurgists, 684 j i Thomas (B. F.) and D. A. Watt, Improvement of Rivers, 525 : Walicden (S. L.), Aéroplanes in Gusts, 130 ‘ Wireless Telegraph Operators Working Installations Licensed by H.M. Postmaster-General, Handbook for, 672 Geography : Andrews (A. W.), Text-book of Geography, 498 Breitenbach (Dr. W.), Aus Siid-Brasilien : Erinnerungen und Aufzeichnungen, 29 XXXIV MEI UN AW Buchanan (J. Y., F.R.S.), Scientific Papers [Oceano- graphic], 551 Bunting (W. L.) and H. L. Collen, Geography of the British Empire, Sup. ix Fischer (Dr. T.), Dr. A. Ril, Mittelmeerbilder, Prof. G. A. J. Cole, 471 Hedin (Sven), Trans-Himalaya: Discoveries and Adven- tures in Tibet, 167 Hinks (A. R., F.R.S.), Maps and Survey, Sup. v Hissey (J. J.), a Leisurely Tour in England, 498 Hodgkison (E. G.), Preliminary Geography, Sup. ix Holtz (F. L.), Principles and Methods of Teaching Geography, Sup. ix Howarth (O. J. R.), Commercial Geography of the World, Prof. G. A. J. Cole, 471 Indian Survey: (1) Report; (2) Records, Col. S. G. Burrard, F.R.S., 645 Kale (Prof. Vaman G.), Indian Administration, 711 Keltie (Dr. J. Scott) and O. J. R. Howarth, History of Geography, Sup. ix Lukach (H. C.), the Fringe of the East: a Journey through Past and Present Provinces of Turkey, 234 Lyde (Prof. L. W.), the Continent of Europe, 709 MacMunn (N. E.), Upper Thames Country and Severn- Avon Plain, 498 Meek (A. S.), a Naturalist in Cannibal Land, 234 Mitford (E. Bruce), Japan’s Inheritance, 367 Monchicourt (Dr. Ch.), La Région du Haut Tell en Tunisie, Prof. G. A. J. Cole, 471 Newbigin (Dr. Marion I.), Animal Geography, Prof. G. A. J. Cole, 471 Nordenskjo6ld (Otto), G. Parmentier and M. Zimmer- mann, Le Monde Polaire, 164 Oakenfull (J. C.), Brazil in 1912, 4 Philippson (A.), Das Mittelmeergebiet: seine graphische und Kulturelle Eigenart, Sup. ix Rickmers (W. Rickmer), the Duab of Turkestan, 64 Schmidt (Joh.), Report on the Danish Oceanographical Expeditions of 1908-10 to the Mediterranean, 10 Scott (Captain R. F., R.N., C.V.O.), Scott’s Last Expedition: Vol. i., Journals of Captain Scott; Vol. ii., Reports of Journeys and Scientific Work under- taken by Dr. E. A. Wilson and the Surviving Members, Leonard Huxley, 373 Smith (Prof. J. Russell), Industrial and Commercial Geography, 709 Thorpe (Sir Edward), the Seine from Havre to Paris, 234 Torre (Prof. K. W. von Dalla), Tirol, Vorarlberg und Liechtenstein, Prof. G. A. J. Cole, 471 Ward (F. Kingdon), the Land of the Blue Poppy : Travels of a Naturalist in Eastern Tibet, 167 Whitney (C.), the Flowing Road, Adventuring on the Great Rivers of South America, 294 Wilson (Dr. E. A.), see Scott (Capt. R. F.) Geology: Ball (Prof. V., F.R.S.), R. R. Simpson, Coalfields of India, Sup. iii Brauns (Dr. R.), the Mineral Kingdom, 316 Canada: Geological Survey Branch of Department of Mines, 618 Carne (J. E.), Coal, Petroleum, and Copper in Papua, 436 Cole (Prof. G. A. J.), Outlines of Mineralogy for Geological Students, 475 Desch (Dr. C. H.), Metallurgy, 197 Elgee (F.), the Moorlands of North-Eastern Yorkshire, Sup. viii Geikie (Prof. J., F.R.S.), Growth, and Decay, 530 Greenwell (A.) and Dr. J. V. Elsden, Practical Stone Quarrying, 290 Gregory (Prof. J. W., F.R.S.), Nature and Origin of Fiords, Prof. T. G. Bonney, F.R.S., 662 Hampstead Scientific Society, Hampstead Heath, 137 Hatch (Dr. F. H.), Petrology of the Igneous Rocks, 659 Hudson (O. F.) and Dr. G. D. Bengough, Iron and Steel: an Introductory Text-book for Engineers and Metallurgists, 3 Lewis (Prof. J. Volney), Determinative Mineralogy, with Tables, 550 Matthews (E. R.), Coast Erosion and Protection, 164 Pascoe (E. H.), the Oil-fields of Burma, 9 Geo- Mountains: their Origin, L[ndex » Phillips (W. B.), Iron Making in Alabama Mathematics and Physics: [ Nature, March 26, 1914 ’ Power (F. D.), Pocket-book for Miners and Netallurgi 68 edie (Dr. F. L.), Underground Waters for Commercial Purposes, 474 Scheumann (K. H.), Petrographische Untersuchungen ar Gesteinen des Polzengebietes in Nord-Béhmen, 196 Swaine (A. T.), the -Earth: its Genesis and Evolution considered in the Light of the most recent Scientific Research, 551 Tornquist (Prof. A.), Grundziige Formations- und Gebirgskunde, 550 United States Geological Survey, Mineral Resources of the United States, 1911, 505; Various Papers, 618 - der geologischen Allmand (Dr. A. J.), chemistry, M. Solomon, 126 5 Andrews (E. S.), Theory and Design of Structures, 4, 34 Ashford (C. E.), Elementary Experimental Dynamics for Schools, 195 i Bauer (E.), A. Blanc, E. Bloch, Mme. P. Curie, 4 : Debierne, and others, Les Idées Modernes sur la Con: stitution de la Matiére: Conférences faites en 1912, F, Soddy, F.R.S., 339 , Black (N. H.) and Dr. H. N. Davis, Practical Physics for Secondary Schools, 473 ‘ Bohle (Prof. H.), Electrical Photometry and Illumina: tion, M. Solomon, 126 - Bortkiewicz (Prof. L. v.), die Radioaktive Strahlung als Gegenstand wahrscheinlichkeitstheoretischer Untersuch- ungen, 684 British Association Committee, Standards, 91 Brown (S. E.), Experimental Science: I., Physics, 473 Cambridge University, Papers Set in the Mathematical Tripos, Part I., 195 Campbell (Dr. N. R.), Modern Electrical Theory, F. Soddy, F.R.S., 339 Carpenter (F. A.), Climate and Weather of San Diego, California, 196 Carr (W. K.), Matter and Some of its Dimensions, 605 Castle (L. J.), Mathematics, Science, and Drawing for the Preliminary Technical Course, 195 Cave (C. J. P.), the Structure of the Atmosphere in Clear Weather: a Study of Soundings with Pilot Balloons, Dr. W. N. Shaw, F.R.S., 57 Chambers (G. F.), Astronomy, W. E. Rolston, 420, =” Congress of Mathematicians, Proceedings of the Fifth, Prof. E. W. Hobson and Prof. A. E. H. Love, Editors, Prof. G. H. Bryan, F.R.S., 575 , } Drude (Paul), Dr. W. Kénig, Physik des thers auf — Elektro-magnetischer Grundlage, 473 Duchéne (Capt.), J. H. Ledeboer and T. O’B. Hubbard, Mechanics of the Aéroplane, 368 Duff (A. W.), Text-book of Physics, 473 Duncan (J.), Mechanics and Heat: Course of Applied Physics, 473 ae Eiffel (G.), J. C. Hunsaker, Resistance of the Air and Aviation, 342 ; Fischer (Prof. Otto), Medizinische Physik, 682 Fleming (Prof. J. A., F.R.S.), Wonders of Wireless Telegraphy, 526 Franklin (W. S.), B. MacNutt, and R. L. Charles, Elementary Treatise on Calculus, 341 rk Gaston (R.), M. Farman, La Théorie de 1’Aviation: son’ Application a 1’Aéroplane, 130 = Gibson (C. R.), Wireless Telegraphy and Telephony, 682 Gill (Sir David, K.C.B., F.R.S.), History and Deserip- tion of the Royal Observatory, Cape of Good Hope, — Dr. F. W. Dyson, 556 a Godfrey (C.) and A. W. Siddons, Elementary Algebra, 195; Four-figure Tables, 195 ‘ Goodenough (Prof. G. A.), Principles of Thermodynamics, — 68 Principles of Applied Electro- Reports on Electrical an Elementary 2 Guichard (Prof. C.), MM. Dautry et Deschamps, — Problémes de Mécanique et cours de Cinématique, 341 Hatton (J. L. S.), Principles of Projective Geometry Applied to the Straight Line and Conic, 195 Hawkins (Mrs. H. Periam), the A.B.C. Guide to © Astronomy, 578 Hawks (Ellison), Astronomy, 658 "Headley (F. W.), - Henderson (Rev. A. C.), March 20, Nature, J 1914, the Flight of Birds, 368 Astronomy Simplified, 290 C., C.B.), National Antarctic Expedi- Hepworth (M. W. Prof. W. Meinardus, 393 tion, 1901-4: Meteorology ii., Hezlet (Captain R. K.), Nomography, or the Graphic Representation of Formula, 195 Héfler (Dr. Alois), Didaktik der Himmelskunde und der Astronomischer Geographie, 130 : Ingersoll (Prof. L. R.) and O. J. Zobel, Introduction to the Mathematical Theory of Heat Conduction, 265 Knott (Dr. C. G.), Physics : an Elementary Text-book for University Classes, 398 Koutchino, Researches of the Institut Aerodynamique de, ' 233 Lodge {Sir O., F.R.S.), Continuity, 606 Macaulay (W. H.), Laws of Thermodynamics, 265 Magrini (Silvio), I Fenomeni Magnetici Nelle Varie Teorie Elettri-Magnetiche : Note Storico-Critiche, 164 { Marsh (H. W.), Marsh’s Mathematics Work-book, 552 Martin (M. E.), the Ways of the Planets, W. E. Rolston, 420 Mason (A. W.), a Systematic Course of Practical Science for Secondary and other Schools: Book II., Experi- mental Heat, 473 Meteorological Office : the Observer’s Handbook, 629 Mill (Dr. H. R.), C. Salter, British Rainfall, 1912, 60 Moreux (Abbé Th.), a Day in the Moon, 422 National Antarctic Expedition, 1901-4: M. W. Campbell Hepworth, C.B., Meteorology, Prof. W. Meinardus, 393 Owen (D.), Recent Physical Research, 422 Partington (J. R.), Text-book of Thermodynamics (with special reference to Chemistry), 265 Planck (Dr. Max), Vorlesungen iiber die Theorie der Warmestrahlung, 261; R. Chevassus, Legons de ‘Thermodynamique, 265 Rayleigh (John William Strutt, Baron, O.M., F.R.S.), Scientific Papers, 227 Romer (Ole), G. van Biesbroek and A. Tiberghien, Adversaria, 621 Schoy (Dr. Carl), Arabische Gnomonik, 231 Silberstein (Dr. L.), Vectorial Mechanics, 657 Smart (E. Howard), First Course in Projective Geometry, 657 Svedberg (Prof. The), Die Existenz der Mollcule, 367 Tancock (E. O.), Elements of Descriptive Astronomy, 475 Tarleton (Dr. F. A.), Introduction to the Mathematical Theory of Attraction, 657 Thomson (Sir J. J., O.M., F.R.S.), Rays of Positive Electricity and their Application to Chemical Analysis, 549 United States Weather Bureau, Daily Weather Maps ct the Northern Hemisphere, 715 Waals (Dr. J. D. v. d.), Dr. Ph. Kohnstamm, Lehrbuch der. Thermodynamik, 265 Walkden (S. L.), Aéroplanes in Gusts, 130, 268 Weinstein (Dr. Max B.), die Physik der bewegten Materie und die Relativitatstheorie, 577 Whitehead (Dr. A. N., F.R.S.) and B. Russell, F.R.S., Principia Mathematica, 445 Whiting (Dr. Sarah F.), Daytime and Evening Exercises in Astronomy, W. E. Rolston, 420 Willows (Dr. R. S.), a Text-book of Physics, 682 Wood (Prof. R. W.), Researches in Physical Optics, with especial reference to Radiation of Electrons, F. Soddy, F.R.S., 339 Wright (M. E. S.), a Medley of Weather Lore, 398 Young (A. E.), Practical Mathematics: First Year, 341 Zeeman (Prof. P.), Researches in Magneto-optics: with special reference to the Magnetic Resolution of Spec- trum Lines, 313 _ Medicine: Besson (Dr. A.), Prof. H. J. Hutchens, D.S.O., Pra:- tical Bacteriology, Microbiology, and Serum Therapy (Medical and Veterinary), 193 ; Buchanan (Estelle D.) and Prof. R. E.° Buchanan, Household Bacteriology: for Students in [umestic Science, 28 . Ellis (Havelock), the Task of Social Hygiene, 5¢ Fischer (Prof. Otto), Medizinische Physik, 682 Lndex XAXV Fox Medical Hydrology, 708 Gordon (Dr. W.), the Place of Climatology in Medicine : Samuel Hyde Memorial Lectures, 1913, 448 Grimshaw (Dr. John), the People’s Medical Guide, 59 Haig (K. G.), Dr. A. Haig, Practical Guide to the Uric- Acid-Free Diet, 93 (Dr. R. Fortescue), Principles and Practice of Hébert (Lieut. G.), Ma Lecon-Type d’Entrainement complet et utilitaire, Dr. Mina L. Dobbie, 27 Herms (Prof. W. B.), a Laboratory Guide to the Study of Parasitology, 316; Malaria: Cause and Control, 316 Hurry (Dr. J. B.), Ideals and Organisation of a Medical Society, 422 Lister, see Wrench Loeffler (Dr. A.) and others, Bacteriology of Diphtheria, 370 Lyth (E. R.), Studies of the Influence of Thermal Environment on the Circulation and the Body-heat, 577 Pearson (Karl, F.R.S.), E. Nettleship, F.R.S., and C. H. Usher, a Monograph on Albinism in Man, 717 Pyle (Dr. W. H.), Examination of School Children, 711 Ramaley (Prof. F.) and Dr. C. E. Giffin, Prevention and Control of Disease, 193 Royal College of Physicians, Edinburgh, Reports from the Laboratory of the, edited by Dr. G. L. Gulland and Dr. J. Ritchie, 317 Prescott (S. C.) and C. E. A. Winslow, Elements of Water Bacteriology, with special reference to Sanitary Water Analysis, 197 Rambousek (Dr. J.), Tenis Poisoning, 628 Richet (Prof. C.), J. M. Bligh, Anaphylaxis, Sup. iv Rubner (Prof. M.), Prof. M. v. Gruber, and Prof. M. Ficker, Handbuch der Hygiene, G. H. F. Nuttall, 629 Smith (Major-General F., C.B., C.M.G.), Manual of Veterinary Physiology, 420 Twort (F. W.) and G. L. Y. Ingram, Monograph on Johne’s Disease (Enteritis Chronica Pseudotuberculosa Dr. Legge, Industrial Bovis), 193 Verworn (Prof. Max), Irritability, 577 Weaver (Dr. E. E.), Mind and Health: with an Examination of some Systems of Divine Healing, 2 Wrench (Dr. G. T.), Lord Lister: his Life and Work, Dr. C. J. Martin, F.R.S., 523 Philosophy and Psychology: Bohn (G.), Dr. Rose Thesing, Die Neue Tierpsychologic, A. E. Crawley, 396 Campbell (Percy M.), the Game of Mind: a Study in Psychological Disillusionment, 2 Colvin (Prof. S. S.), the Learning Process, 129 Elliot (H. S. R.), Modern Science and the Illusions of Prof. Bergson, 263 Férster-Nietzsche (Frau), the Young Nietzsche, 263 Frischeisen-Kohler (Max), Wissenschaft und Wirklich- keit, 263 Hobhouse (Prof. L. T.), Development and Purpose, 2 Hubbard (Dr. A. J.), the Fate of Empires, Ave Ee Crawley, 396 Kyle (Dr. M. G.), the Deciding Voice of the Monuments in Biblical Criticism, 658 Le Dantec (F.), Contre la Métaphysique, 263 Lugaro (Prof. E.), Drs. D. Orr and R. G. Rows, Modern Problems in Psychiatry, 231 Parmelee (Dr. M.), the Science of Human Behaviour, A. E. Crawley, 396 Pitt (St. G. L. Fox), the Purpose of Education, 578 Rignano (E.), Essais de Synthése Scientifique, 263 Sedgwick (Lieut.-Col. W.), Man and his Future: ii., the Anglo-Saxon, A. E. Crawley, 396 Starch (Dr. D.), Experiments in Educational Psychology, 129 Weaver (Dr. E. E.), Mind and Health: Systems of Divine Healing, 2 Yerkes (Prof. R. M.), Introduction to Psycholegy, 129 Technology: Baker (R. T.), Cabinet Timbers of Australia, 552. Barclay (W. R.) and C. H. Hainsworth, Electroplating : with a chapter on Metal-colouring and Bronzing, M Solomon, 126 XXXVI British Journal Photographic Album, G. E. Brown, Ed., 500 Carnegie (David), S. G. Gladwin, Liquid Steel, its Manufacture and Cost, Prof. J. O. Arnold, F.R.S., 681 Chandley (C.), Gas Testing and Air Measurement (in Mines), 448 Claude (G.), H. E. P. Cottrell, Nitrogen, F. Soddy, F.R.S., 134 Desch (Dr. C, H.), Metallography, 197 Greenwell (A.) and Dr. J. V. Elsden, Practical Stone Quarrying, 290 Kremann (Prof. R.), H. E, Potts, Dr. A. Mond, Appli- cation of Physico-chemical Theory to Technical Pro- cesses and Manufacturing Methods, 628 Marchis (L.), Le Froid industriel, F. Soddy, F.R.S., 134 Phillips (W. B.), Iron Making in Alabama, 3 Rector (Dr. F. L.), Underground Waters for Commercial Purposes, 474 Smith (H. H.), Fermentation of Cacao, 628 Taggart (W. S.), Cotton Spinning, 231 “Wellcome” Photographic Exposure Record and Diary, 1914, 449 Wilson (Dr. H. Maclean) and Dr. H. T. Calvert, Text- book on Trade Waste Waters: their Nature and Disposal, 91 Miscellaneous : Agassiz (Alexander), Letters and Recollections of, edited by G. R. Agassiz, Sir E. Ray Lankester, K.C.B., F.R.S., 601 Caius (Dr. John), the Words of John Caius, M.D., Second Founder of Gonville and Caius College: with a Memoir by Dr. J. Venn, E. S. Roberts, Sup. vi Carr (E. A.), How to Enter the Civil Service, 398 Couturat (Prof. L.), Profs. Jespersen, Lorenz, Ostwald, and von Pfaundler, Weltsprache und Wissenschaft, 398 Davidson (Norman J.), Things Seen in Oxford, 711 Englishwoman’s Year-book and Directory, 1914, edited by G. E. Mitton, 526 Gibson (C. R.), the Romance of Scientific Discovery, 369 Harmsworth Popular Science, edited by Arthur Mee, 230 Hazell’s Annual for 1914, T. A. Ingram, Ed., 500 Hébert (Lieut. G.), Lecon-Type d’Entrainement, Dr. Mina L. Dobbie, 27 Kale (Prof. Vaman G.), Indian Administration, 711 McClelland (E. H.), Bibliography of Smoke and Smoke Prevention, 699 McConachie (W.), in the Lap of the Lammermoors, 340 Mitford (E. Bruce), Japan’s Inheritance, 367 Nitchie (Ed. B.), Lip-reading, 422 O'Neill (H. C.), the New Encyclopzedia, 266 Price (E. D.) and Dr. H. T. Peck, the British Empire Universities Modern English Illustrated Dictionary, 449 Roberts (C. G. D.), the Feet of the Furtive, 294 Royal Society of London: Celebration of the Hundred and Fiftieth Anniversary of the, 553 Sewell (R.), Indian Chronography: an Extension of the “Indian Calendar,” R. J. Pocock, 159 Smithsonian Report for 1912, Scientific Papers in the, Liquid Air, Oxygen, Two 49 Tillyard (A. I.), History of University Reform from 1800 A.D. to the Present Time, with suggestions towards a Complete Scheme for the University of Cambridge, 707 Trinda (Ivon), Experience Teaches: Youths as to their Careers, 578 Trist (S.), the Under Dog, 94 Whitehouse (J. H., M.P.), a National System of Educa- tion, 475 Who's Who, 1914, 526 Who’s Who Year-book for 1914-15, 526 Who’s Who in Science: International, 1914: edited by H. H. Stephenson, 553 Wright (M. E. S.), a Medley of Weather Lore, 398 Writers’ and Artists’ Year-book, 1914, edited by G. E. Mitton, 526 Rheostats, Messrs. Isenthal and Co., 567 Rhinoceros, Lado-Enclave white, E. Heller, 457 Rhone Valley, C. Depéret, 258 Rice: Analysis of Asiatic Rice, 409; Rice Soils, W.-H. Harrison and Aiyer, 564 Rio Grande, 106 Some Advice to L[hdex ‘Scott Antarctic Expedition: Specimens on View at South [ Nature, March .6, 1914 Rivers, Improvement of, B. F. Thomas and D. A. Watt, ae “ at Road Dangers, 17 Roman City at Corbridge, 141 Romance of Scientific Discovery, C. R. Gibson, 369 Rome: Papers of the British School, 527; Excavations at Palatine Hill: the Mundus, Comm. Boni, 562 7 Rotatory Power, Optical, in Homologous Series, Messrs. Pickard and Kenyon, 539 7 Rothamsted: New Laboratory, 172; Centenary, 562 Royal Astronomical Society : Royal College of Science, 649 Royal Geographical Society: the Northern Party on Ga Scott’s Antarctic Expedition, R. Priestley, 325; Re in Cartography, Capt. H. G. Lyons, 380; the Kara- koram Himalayas, Dr. and Mrs. B. Workman, 380; the Australian Federal Territory, Griffith Taylor, 561; Transantarctic Project, Sir E. Shackleton, 666 ; Dutch New Guinea, A. F. R. Wollaston, 668; Antarctic Problems, Prof. Edgeworth David, C.M.G., F.R.S., Lawes and Gilbert Council Elections, 694 700 Royal Institution Discourse: Life-history of a Water- beetle, F. Balfour Browne, 20 A Royal Microscopical Society's Conversazione, 237 - Royal Observatory, Cape of Good Hope, Sir D. Gill, K.C.B., F.R.S., Dr. F. W. Dyson, F.R.S., 556 Royal Photographical Society’s Exhibition, 18 Royal Society : Council Elections, 324; Medals, 350; Anni-— versary Meeting, 404; the Royal Society and the Government, Sir J. Larmor, 481; Celebration of the — 25oth Anniversary, July 15-19, 1912, 553 ’ Rubber, Chemistry of, B. D. Porritt, 524 Rural Text-book : Animal Husbandry, Prof. M. W. Harper, 229 Rust-fungi of Nova Scotia, W. P. Fraser, 564 Sahara, Botany of, Dr. W. A. Cannon, 509 Sakurashima Eruption, 561 Salmon: Relation of Reproduction and Migrations, L. Roule, 547; Wye Salmon, J. A. Hutton, 563 San Diego, Climate and Weather of, F. A. Carpenter, 196 San Francisco Water Supply from Hetch-Hetchy Valley, 6 Sait Wedceatian for Arresting Drifting, G. O. Case, 578 Sandwich Islands Zoology, Prof. J. S. Gardiner, F.R.S., 101 Sanitation, Chloride of Lime in, A. H. Hooker, 93 Sap: Enzymic Activity of Sap of Vegetables, T. Tadokoro, 301; (1) Changes in Sap caused by Heating a Branch; (2) Tensile Strength of Sap of Trees, Prof. H. H. q Dixon, 704 ; Satellites, Formula for, F. Ollive, 724 Saturn, Satellites of, P. Lowell, 643 Scattering in the case of Regular Reflection from a Trans- parent Grating, Prof. C. Barus, 451 ; Schools: Curricula of Secondary Schools, G. F. Daniell, 383 ; Public Schools, 596; School Gardening, A. Logan, G. W. S. Brewer, 604; Examination of School Children, Dr, W. H. Pyle, 711 Science: Urania Gesellschaft, Berlin, 99; South African Association, 174; Forthcoming Books of Science, 180; Science and the Lay Press, “One of the Reporters,” 199; Harmsworth Popular Science, 230; Swiss Society for Advancement of Science, 240; Applied Science in Sheffield University, 277; Stock-taking in Business of Science, 326; the Threshold of Science—and Beyond, Prof. J. A. Thompson, 340; Romance of Scientific Discovery, C. R. Gibson, 369; Science of Human Behaviour, Dr. M. Parmelee, A. E. Crawley, 396;. International Language, Prof. Couturat and others, 398; Scientific Identification of Pictures, Prof. A. P. Laurie, 558; Science in the Public Schools, Prof. H. B. Baker, F.R.S., 596; Atlanta Meeting of the American Association, 610; Scientific Papers, J. W. Strutt, Baron Rayleigh, O.M., F.R.S., 227; Scientific Papers in the Smithsonian Report, 1912, 493; Scientific Papers, J. Y. Buchanan, F.R.S., 551 Nature, March 26, 1914 a Kensington, 350; Scott’s Last Expedition, 373 Scottish Meteorological Society, 565 Scottish Ornithology in 1912, Leonora J. Rintoul and Evelyn V. Baxter, 171 _ Sea, International Conference on Safety of Life at, 355, 616 Sea-birds, Our Common, P. R. Lowe, 688 Sea-elephants, Prospects, R. C. Murphy, 381 Sea-sand, Coloured Organisms on, Prof. FRiSs5& Sea-weeds, Cultivation in Japan, Prof. K. Yendo, 598 Seine from Havre to Paris, Sir E. Thorpe, 234 Seismology: the Undagraph, Dr. O. Klotz, 97; Italian Seismological Society, 106; Laibach Seismogram and the Earthquake in Japan, Prof. Belar, Dr. C. Davison, 716; see Earthquakes Selection: Darwinism roo Years Ago, Dr. H. Gadow, F.R.S., 320 _ Semi-absolute, “Enquirer,” 530 _ Series, New Theory of, F. Tavani, 538 Serum Therapy, Dr. Besson, Prof. Hutchens, 193 _ Service Chemistry, Prof. V. B. Lewes and J. S. S. Brame, Herdman, 125 Severn-Avon Plain, N. E. MacMunn, 498 Sex Proportions of Earwig in. Scilly, H. H. Brindley, 441 Sharks’ Teeth from Southern Tertiaries, 640 Sheffield, Applied Science in University of, 277 Shells: Aldrich Collection, 202 Ship Resistance, Dr. T. H. Havelock, 416 Silica, Expansion of, Prof. H. L. Callendar, 467; F. J. Harlow, 467 Six : Bromine and other Compounds of 606; J. Danysz, 625 Skin, Microscopical Examination of, G. Abt, 206 Skye, Oil Shale in, 169 Sleeping Sickness: New Mild Form, Dr. Macfie, 14; Report of Luangwa Commission, Dr. Kinghorn, Dr. Yorke, and Mr. Lloyd, 49; 139; Sleeping Sickness in Island of Principe, Surgeon-Capt. da Costa, Lieut.-Col. Wyllie, 509 Smithsonian Report for 1912, 493 Smoke and Smoke Prevention: McClelland, 699 Snow in United States, Dr. J. E. Church, jun., 520 Scaps and the Skin, Dr. Gardner, 317 Société Helvétique des Sciences Naturelles, 240 Societies : Asiatic Society of Bengal, 25, 443, 705 Cambridge: Philosophical Society, 310, 441, 468 Challenger Society, 335, 650 Faraday Society, 441 Geological Society, 363, 467, 545, 623, 678, 729 Gottingen, 259 Institution of Mining and Metallurgy, 545, 678 Linnean Society, 364, 440, 468, 546, 624 Linnean Society of New South Wales, 157, 225, 336, 469, Bibliography, E. H. 547 Manchester Literary and Philosophical Society, 335, 442, 468, 546, 650, 704 Mathematical Society, 364, 468, 624, 704 Mineralogical Society, 364, 703 Physical Society, 335, 390, 467, 703 Royal Anthropological Institute, 363, 411, 624 », Dublin Society, 495, 598, 704 » Irish Academy, 624, 678 1, Meteorological Society, 440, 520, 624 » Society, 334, 363, 390, 416, 440, 494, 623, 649, 677 7931 729 »» Society of Edinburgh, 442, 520, 730 1, Society of South Africa, 123, 258, 391 Society of Chemical Industry, 441, 572 Zoological Society, 335. 416, 440, 704 Sociology: the Task of Social Hygiene, Havelock Ellis, 59 Sodium, Temperature Variation of Latent Heat, E. Griffiths, 650 Soil: Soil Mycology, Prof. A. Kossowicz, 131; Lime Chlorosis of Green Plants, P. Mazé and others, 192; Insect Fauna of the Soil, A. E. Cameron, 352; Use of Antiseptics in Soil, Dr. E. J. Russel and W. Buddin, 441; Soil-fertility, Dr. R. Greig-Smith, 547; Nitro- genous Constituents, O. Schreiner and J. J. Skinner; Carbonised Material, O. Schreiner and B. E. Brown; Soil Catalysis, M. X. Sullivan and F. R. Reid, 560; Index XXXVil Effect on Plant Growth of Removal of Calcium Car- bonate, A. Wieler, 560; Swamp Rice Soils, W. H. Harrison and S. Aiyer, 564; Soil Protozoa, K. R. Lewin and C. H. Martin, 632, 677; Illinois System of Permanent Fertility, Prof. Hopkins, 642 Solar Electrical Phenomena, K. Birkeland, Dr. ‘J... eas Harker, F.R.S., 131 Solutions of Radio-active Products, Dr. T. Godlewski, 409; Physical Chemistry of Solutions, Prof. H. C. Jones, 461; Preparing Aqueous Colloidal Solutions of Metals, H. Morris-Airey and J. H. Long, 511 Soot, Products Isolated from, Prof. E. E. Hibbert, 442 Sound: Aural Illusion, N. Alliston, 61; an Aural Illusion, T. B. Blathwayt, 293; Sound Effects at Contacts with Alternating Current, R. Dongier and C. E. Brazier, 258; Pianoforte Touch, Prof. S. Pickering, F.R.S.; Prof. G. H. Bryan, F.R.S., 425; Abnormal Propaga- tion of Sound-waves in Atmosphere, S. Fujiwhara, 592 South African Association for the Advancement of Science, 174; Astronomy in South Africa, Dr. A. W. Roberts, Knecht and Miss 435 South America, Antiquity of Man in, A. Hrdlitka and others, Dr. A. C. Haddon, F.R.S., 144 South Georgia, Birds and Seals, 381 South London Entomological Society, 175 Southern Hemisphere Seasonal Correlations, R. C. Moss- man, 17, 300, 538, 669 7 Species, Group-origin of, Prof. H. de Vries, 395 Specific Heats and the Periodic Law, Dr. H. Lewkowitsch, 661; Analogy from Sound, R. G. Durrant, 686 Spectacles, Eye-preserving Glass for, Sir W. Crookes, O.M., F.R.S., 357 Spectra: Spectra of Helium and Hydrogen, E. J. Evans, 5; Prof. A. Fowler, F.R.S., 95, 231; Dr. N. Bohr, 231; Kathode Spectrum of Helium, Prof. P. G. Nutting, 401; Watt’s Index, 435; Second Spectrum of Neon, T. R. Merton, 495; Electrodeless Spectra of Hydrogen, Irvine Masson, 503; Mount Wilson Standard Wave- lengths, 512; Band Spectrum of Aluminium, A. de Gramont, 521; Arc Spectrum of Iron, K. Burns, 566; see Stars, Sun, and X-Ray Spectra Spectroheliographic Results from Meudon, H. Deslandres and L, d’Azambuja, 178 Spectroscopy: New Laboratory Results, 86; Death of Sir W. N. Hartley, F.R.S., 102; Magneto-optics, P. Zeeman, 313; Action of Magnetic Field on Ultra-violet in Water-vapour, H. Deslandres and L. d’Azambuja, 364; Observation of Separation of Spectral Lines by an Electric Field, Prof. J. Stark, 401; Action of Magnetic Field on Lines of Lighting Gas, H. Deslandres and V. Burson, 495; Mt. Wilson Standard Wave-lengths, 512; Stark-Zeeman Effect in an Electric Field, A. Lo Surdo, 536; Measurement of Small Displacements of Lines, J. Evershed, 540 Spinning, Cotton, W. S. Taggart, 231 Sponges, Amcebe in, J. H. Orton, 371, 606; Prof. Dendy, F.R.S., 399, 479; G. P. Bidder, 479 Spontaneous Generation, Prof. R. T. Hewlett, 579; Dr. H. C. Bastian, F.R.S., 579, 685; Prof. J. B. Farmer, F.R.S., and Prof. V. H. Blackman, F.R.S., 660 Springs, Intermittent, at Rajapur, H. H. Mann and S. R. Paranjpye, 705 Stability of Aéroplanes, Dr. G. A. Shakespear, 165 Stars: Summary of Stellar Spectra, G. Abetti, 18; Spec- trum of a Wolf-Rayet Star, P. W. Merrill, 109; Europium in Stellar Spectra, F. E. Baxandall, 329; Radial Velocities with the Objective Prism, Dr. Schlesinger, 329; M. Hamy, 599, 616; with Objective Grating, M. Hamy, 383; Classification of Spectra, P. W. Merrill; Miss E. Phoebe Waterman, 354; Photo- graphic Magnitudes of Comparison Stars, C. H. Gingrich, 411; Distribution in Relation to Spectral Type, Prof. A. S. Eddington, 468; Magnesium Lines in Stellar Spectra, F. E. Baxandall, 468; Spectra of Stars near North Pole, Miss Cannon, 594; the Study of the Stars: Address, Prof. E. C. Pickering, 673 Double : Orbits of Eclipsing Binaries, Dr. H. Shapley, 240; Magnifying Powers used, T. Lewis, 354; RZ Cassiopeiz, K. Graff, 411; Faint Companion to Capella, Dr. R. Furuhjelm, 724 XXXVIil L[ndex Nature, March 26, 1914 Variable: Rotating Ellipsoid, 86; Light Curve of o Ceti, G. B. Lacchini, 240; New Nove, 434-5; Bright Hydrogen Lines in Stellar Spectra, and P Cygni, P. W. Merrill, 540 Star-streams: Lucretius or Kapteyn? 530 State, Higher Education and the, 270; Practical Guide to State Employment, E. A. Carr, 398 Steam, Specific Heat of Superheated, Prof. O. Knoblauch, 382 Steel : Elastic Hysteresis, F. E. Rowett, 495; New Etching Reagent for Steel, Dr. W. Rosenhain, F.R.S., 529; Rosenhain’s Method, 594; Liquid Steel, its Manufac- ture and Cost, D. Carnegie, S. G. Gladwin, Prof. J. O. Arnold, F.R.S., 681; Thermomagnetic Study of the Eutectoid Transmission Point of Carbon Steels, Dr. S. W. J. Smith and J. Guild, 703 Stereoscopic Method, New, for Naked Eye, 141 Sterility and Abnormal Sex-limited Transmission, Doncaster, 441 Stone: Practical Stone Quarrying, A. Greenwell and Dr. J. V. Elsden, 290; Stone Implements of Tasmanians, J. P. Johnson, 320; R. A. Smith, 373; Stone Circle Discovered near Matlock, Derbyshire, J. Simpson, 555 ; Stone Hammers from Assam, J. C. Brown, 705 Structure of the Atom and Intra-atomic Charge, A. van den Broek, 372, 476; F. Soddy, F.R.S., 399, 452; Prof. E. Rutherford, F.R.S., 423; Dr. N. Campbell, 586 Structure of Matter, International Conference on, Prof. E. Rutherford, F.R.S., 347 Structures, the Theory and Design of, E. S. Andrews, 4, Dr. I Sescutcine: Dr. J. M. Petrie, 547 Suez Canal: Tablet to Alois Negrelli, the Surveyor, 13 Sugar: Sugar-cane Frog-hopper, F. W. Urich, 180; Sugar School, 299 ; Sugar-cane Stomata, W. R. Dunlop, 722 Sulphuric Acid in Leaden Chambers, E. Briner and A. Kuhne, 123 Summer of 1913, Ch. Harding, 53 Sun: Magnetic Storms and Solar Phenomena, J. Bosler, Dr. C. Chree, F.R.S., 19; International Union for Solar Research, Prof. A. Fowler, F.R.S., 30; Re- searches, 52; Diminution of Solar Radiation in 1912, L. Gorezynski, 86; Photographic Study of Photo- sphere, S. Chevalier, 178; Spectroheliographic Results from Meudon, H. Deslandres and L. d’Azambuja, 178 ; Sols ivity and Cyclones, Rev. S. Sarasola, S.J., nv ical Matter and the Solar Constant, E. Belot, - Radiation and Polarisation of Sky Light, suu ‘ic, 485; Measurement of Small Displacements ot Spectrum Lines, J. Evershed, 540; Wave-lengths of Chromospheric Lines, 643 Sun-spots: Radial Velocities, C. Saint-John, 123 ; Sun-spot Areas for 1912, Dr. Dyson, 383; Periodicities in Pro- minences and Spots compared, T. Royd, 724 Sundial, Arabian, Dr. C. Schoy, 231 Sunset-glows, 640 Surface Tension Influence on Removal of Micro-organisms, A. Trillat, 547 Surgery: Lord Lister: his Life and Work, Dr. G. ale Wrench, Dr. Martin, F.R.S., 523; Memorial Tablet, 595; Trepanning among Ancient Peoples, K. Minakata, 555 Sieeene Accuracy of Principal Triangulation of United Kingdom, Capt. H. S. L. Winterbotham, R.E., 438, 713; T. L. Bennett, 713; Geodetic Observations and their Value, Sir T. Holdich, K.C.M.G., 464; Survey of India, 645; Maps and Survey, A. R. Hinks, v Swine : Size of Litters and Number of Nipples, 238 Swiss Society for Advancement of Science, 240 Synthesis: Essais de Synthése Scientifique, E. Rignano, 263; Synthesis by means of Ferments, Prof. E. Bourquelot, 304; Sir L. Brunton, Bart., 399 Syphilis in Nature in Rabbits, 593 Tables: ~Four-figure Tables, C. Godfrey and A. W. Siddons, 195; Determinative Mineralogy, with Tables, J. V. Lewis, 550-1 Tar, Vacuum, A. Pictet and M. Bouvier, 521 Tasmanians, Stone Implements of, J. P. Johnson, 320;, Reg. A. Smith, 373; Place in Nature of the Tasmanian — Aboriginal, Prof. R. J. A. Berry and Dr. A. W. D. Robertson, 730; Cranium, L. W. G. Buchner, 730 Technical: Mathematics, Science, and Drawing for the Preliminary Technical Course, L. J. Castle, Application of Physico-chemical Theory to Technical Processes, Prof. R. Kremann, H. E. Potts, Dr. A. Mond, 628; Association of Technical Institutions, 645 Teeth : Process of Calcification in Enamel, J. H. Mummery, 440 Telegraphy: la Télégraphie et la Téléphonie Simultanées, K. Berger, P. Le Normand, M. Solomon, 126; the 1055 Baudot Printing Telegraph System, H. W. Pendry, — M. Solomon, 126; Committee on High-speed Tele- graphy, 638; Inter-Imperial Telegraphy, C. 642; Wireless Telegraphy, see Wireless Telephone Cables, Use of Distributed Inductance in, 508 Telescope: Regulation for Autocollimation, G. Lippmann, 599; Thermometric Coefficient of Wire-micrometer, G. Bigourdan, 650 Temperature: Ocean Temperatures near Icebergs, C. W. Waidner and others, 414; Tests of Apparatus at Bureau of Standards, 485 ; Energy of Atoms at Absolute Zero, 539; Modern Methods of Measuring Tempera- ture, R. S. Whipple, 569; Recent Temperatures in Europe, 617 Terns, Home-life of, W. Bickerton, 294 Terrestrial, see Earth Thames Country, Upper, N. E. MacMunn, 498 Theology : the Monuments in Biblical Criticism, Dr. M. G. Kyle, 658 Thermodynamics: Thermodynamic Properties of Liquids, Dr. P. W. Bridgman, 142; Laws of Thermodynamics, W. H. Macaulay, 265; Text-book of Thermodynamics (with special reference to Chemistry), J. R. Partington, 265; Lehrbuch der Thermodynamik, Dr. V. D. Waals, Dr. Ph. Kohnstamm, 265; Lecons de Thermo- dynamique, Dr. Max Planck, R. Chevassus, 265; Eemnoipits of Thermodynamics, Prof. G. A. Goodenough, 682 Thorium, End-product of, Prof. Joly and J. R. Cotter, 632, 661 Tiberias, Lake of: Molluscan Fauna, &c., H. B. Preston and others, 443; Biology of, Prof. T. Barrois, Dr. N. Annandale, Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, F.R.S., 480 Tibet: Trans-Himalaya, Sven Hedin, 167; Land of the Blue Poppy, F. K.- Ward, 167 Tidal Lands, Use of Vegetation for Reclaiming, G. O. Case, 578 Time: Extension of Zone Time, 87; Theory of Time and Space, Dr. A. A. Robb, 485 Tin, Bibliography, 641 Toadstools and Mushrooms, E. Step, 397 Tonga Islands, 83 Touareg, Fr. de Zeltner, 441 Trade Waste Waters, Dr. H. T. Calvert, 91 Transit Circle Chronograph Aid, 512 Transmutation of the Elements, Dr. N. Campbell, 239 Transparence of Surface Film in Polishing Metals, Dr. Beilby, F.R.S., 691 Transpiration : (1) Method of Studying, (2) Effect of Light on, Sir F. Darwin, 440 Travel: Tibet, 167; the Seine, Sir E. Thorpe, 234; the Fringe of the East, H. C. Lukach, 234; a Naturalist in Cannibal Land, A. S. Meek, 234; Things Seen in Oxford, N. J. Davidson, 711 Trees: Trees in Winter, Dr. M. F. Blakeslee and Dr. C. D. Jarvis, 504; (1) Changes in Sap caused by Heating; (2) Tensile Strength of Sap, Prof. H. H. Dixon, 599, 704 Trepanning, Prehistoric, 273; Trepanning among Ancient Peoples, Kumagusu Minakata, 555 Triangulation of the United Kingdom, Accuracy of, Capt. H. S. L.. Winterbotham, R.E., 438, 713; T. Bennett, 713 Tricarboxylic Acid, Formula for, W. W. Reed, Dr. J. F. Thorpe, 529 Tropical: Elementary Tropical Agriculture, W. H. John- son, 229; Third International Congress of Tropical H. Maclean Wilson and Dr. Bright, _ Nature, } March 26, 1914 _. Agriculture, 461; New School of Tropical Medicine at : Calcutta, 720 Trypanosomes : New Human Species, Dr. J. W. S. Macfie, ; 14; Use of New Medical Combinations for Trypano- somiasis, J. Danysz, 285; Trypanosoma soudanense as cause of Debab, A. Laveran, 599 _ Trypsin and Poison of Calotropis procera, C. Gerber and P. Flourens, 258 Tsetse-flies, 50 Tuberculosis : Bovine Tuberculosis in Man, Dr. S. Williams, ] 105; Pancreatic Treatment, Dr. J. Beard, 165; Com- parison of Human and Bovine Aptitude, A. Chauveau, 224; Path of Penetration of Virus in Calf, P. Chaussé, 285; Tuberculosis of Bone and Joint, Dr. J. Fraser, 318; Generalised Lymphatic Stage, A. Calmette and V. Grysez, 417; Tuberculosis and Milk, 590; Infection by Air-currents, P. Chaussé, 599 Tungsten Wire Suspensions for Chapman and W. W. Bryant, 585 : Tunicata, Bibliography of, J. Hopkinson, 288 Tunis: la Région du Haut Tell, Dr. C. Monchicourt, Prof. G. A. J. Cole, 471 - Turbines: Geared Turbines of the Channel Steamer Paris, 434; Kénigin Luise Trials, and Fottinger Transformer, Magnetometers, S. ten: the Duab of, W. R. Rickmers, 64 Turkey, H. C. Lukach, 234 Tyrol, Vorarlberg, und Liechtenstein, Prof. Torre, Prof. G. A. J. Cole, 471 Ulster Folklore, Elizabeth Andrews, Rev. J. Griffith, 343 _ Ultra-violet Rays and New Glass “Spectros,” 327; New Glasses for Spectacles, Sir W. Crookes, O.M., F.R.S., 357 Undagraph, Dr. O. Klotz, 96 Under Dog, S. Trist and others, 94 Underground Waters, Dr. F. L. Rector, 474 Unit of Angular Momentum, Natural, Prof. G. B. McLaren, 165; Prof. J. W. Nicholson, 199; Dr. Allen, 630, 713; S. D. Chalmers, 687 United States: Mineral Resources, 505; Bureau of Soils, 560; U.S. Geological Survey, 16, 538, 618; University Statistics, Prof. R. Tombo, jun., 702 Universe, Structure of, Prof. Kapteyn, 434 Universities: Budgets, 110; University Education in London, Joseph A. Pease, 356; the Problem of the University of London, 426; Highest University Educa- tion in Germany and France, Sir James Donaldson, 517; National University for Washington, U.S.A., 598; History of University Reform from 1800 a.p. and Suggestions for Cambridge, A. I. Tillyard, 707; Things Seen in Oxford, N. J. Davidson, 711; Teaching of Anthropology : Joint Committee, 725 Urania Gesellschaft, Berlin, 99 Uranium, Nuclear Degeneration of Plant Cells due to, C. Acqua, 539 : Urea, Identification and Precipitation in very dilute Solu- tions of, R. Fosse, 391 Vaccination, Dr. Millard, 668 Vaccine, an Atoxic Antigonococcic, C. Nicolle and L. Blaizot, 224 Vacuum Tar, A. Pictet and M. Bouvier, 521 Vapour Pressure Formula of van der Waals, Modification, J. P. Dalton, 391 Vector Notations, Prof. E. B. Wilson, Mechanics, Dr. L. Silberstein, 657 Venereal Diseases Commission, 271 Ventilation, Prof. A. M. Greene, jun., 93 Vertebrate Palzontology, Papers, 514 _ Vesuvius: Observations at the Bottom of the Crater, 591; Prof. J. W. Judd, C.B., F.R.S., F. Burlingham, 633 Veterinary Science: Practical Bacteriology, and Serum Therapy, Dr. Besson, Prof. H. J. Hutchens, D.S.O., 193; Johne’s Disease, F. W. Twort and G. L. Y. Ingram, 193; Death of Wm. Hunting, 272; Manual of Veterinary Physiology, Major-Gen. F. Smith, C.B., C.M.G., 420 ‘ Vibrations on Strings, Method for Production, Prof. J. A. Fleming, 467 176; Vectorial Index XXXiX Vienna Radium Institute, 699 Vine, Manuring with Manganese Sulphate, 275 Vision: Multiple Vision with a Single Eye, Prof. A. M. Worthington, 328; Intermittent Vision, A. Mallock, 494; Colour Vision of Crustacea, Dr. von Fritsch and Herr Rupelwieser, 726 Vitalism, Philosophy of, Prof. E. W. MacBride, F.R.S., 291, 400; Prof. Hans Driesch, 400; Prof. E. du Bois- Reymond, 483 Volcanoes: Eruption on Ambryn Island, New Hebrides, 455; Volcanic Dust, Prof. W. J. Humphreys, 479; Eruption of Mt. Sakurashima, 561; Recent Eruptions in Japan, 589; Inside Vesuvius, F. Burlingham, 591; Observations at the Bottom of the Crater of Vesuvius, Prof. J. W. Judd, F.R.S., F. Burlingham, 633 ; Sound- waves due to Eruptions, S. Fujiwhara, 592; Origin of Structures on the Moon’s Surface, C. H. Plant, 556, 714; Dr. Johnston-Lavis, 631; Rev. O. Fisher, 714 Volturno Fire and Wireless, 202 Wallaby, Capt. Pelsart, 715 Wasp, Queen, seen January 22, 613 Water: Modern Pumping and Hydraulic Machinery, E. Butler, 2; Trade Waste Waters, Drs. H. M. Wilson and H. T. Calvert, 91; Elements of Water Bacterio- logy, S. C. Prescott and C. E. A. Winslow, 197; Water and Volcanic Gases, A. L. Day and E. S. Shepherd, 391; Spongilla lacustris in Cardiff Waterworks, Prof. W. N. Parker, 416; Underground Waters for Com- mercial Purposes, Dr. F. L. Rector, 474; Improvement of Rivers, B. F. Thomas and D. A. Watt, 524; Fouling of Water Supply by Oscillatoria, Prof. T. Johnson, 704; Medical Hydrology, Dr. R. F. Fox, 708; Removal of Micro-organisms by Air-current, A. Trillat, 73% Water-beetle, Life-history of a: Royal Institution Dis- course, F. Balfour Browne, 20 Water-lilies, Sir F. W. Moore, 17 Waterplanes: Daily Mail soool. Prize Race, 12 Wave-counter : the Undagraph, Dr. O. Klotz, 97 Weather: a Medley of Weather Lore, M. E. S. Wright, 398; Weather Fallacies, A. O. Walker, 433; Daily Weather Maps of U.S. Weather Bureau, 641, 717; Weather Forecasting, R. M. Deeley, 608; W. | Dines, F.R.S., 680; Weather Forecasts" Englanu, A. Mallock, F.R.S., 711; see MeteorologyiboN - Weevils, Australian, A. M. Lea, 225 walo2 Wessex, Early Wars of, A. F. Major, C. \»*~Wihistler, Rev. J. Griffith, 499 i Who’s Who, 1914, 526; Who’s Who Year-book for 1914-15, 526; Who’s Who in Science: International, 1914, 553 ; Corrected Price, 594 Wild: Wild Life and the Camera, A. R. Dugmore, 294; Wild Birds Protection Acts: Committee, 378; Wild Flower Preservation, May Coley, 397; Our Vanishing Wild Life, Dr. W. T. Hornaday, 504; Wild Life on the Wing, M. D. Haviland, 688 Willow-titmouse in Lancashire and Cheshire, T. A. Coward, 70. Wind 4Storm in Wales, 273; Wind Provinces, R. M. Deeley, 47: Wire Ropes, Prof. G. Benoit and Mr. Woernle, 511 Wireless: London Wireless Club, 140; Installation at Florence Cathedral, 173 ; Sound Effects at Contacts, MM. Dongier and Brazier, 258; Committees on Radio-tele- graphic Investigations, 277; Licences for Wireless Tele- graphy, 320; British Science Guild and the Post-Office Tax, 719; Death of Sir W. H. Preece, K.C.B., F.R.S., 323 ; Committee appointed by Postmaster-General, 325 ; Wireless in Himalayas, 431; Wonders of Wireless Telegraphy, Prof. J. A. Fleming, F.R.S., 526; “ Atmospherics,” Prof. J. Perry, F.R.S., 528; W. Hall and H. Morris-Airey, 554; R. F. Durrant, 585; Atmo- spheric Electricity and Day and Night Difference, ie Dember, 723; Inter-Imperial Telegraphy, C. Bright, 642; Address to Wireless Society of London, A. A. C. Swinton, 647; Jahrbuch, Dr. G. Eichhorn, 672; Hand- book for Wireless Telegraph Operators Working Licensed Installations, 672; Wireless Telegraphy and xl Index ea Zoological Gardens, Dr. Chalmers Mitchell, 432; Zoological -— Telephony, C. R. Gibson, 682; Curve for Plates of Rotating Sector Condenser, W. Duddell, 697 . Wireless Telephony, C. R. Gibson, 682; in a Yorkshire Coal Mine, 49 Wood : Cabinet Timbers of Australia, R. T. Baker, 552 Worm, New Deep-sea Nemertine, Dr. Brinkmann, 145 Writers’ and Artists’. Year-book, 1914, 526 X-Rays and Crystals, M. de Broglie, 327; Influence of Crystal on Spectrum in X-Ray Spectrometer, Prof. W. H. Bragg, F.R.S., 416; Analysis of Crystals by X-Ray Spectrometer, W. L. Bragg, 416; Reflection of X-Rays, M. de Broglie; E. Jacot, 423; Analogy to Reflection of X-Rays from Crystals, Prof. C. Barus, 451; Atomic Models and X-Ray Spectra, Dr. F. A. Lindemann, 500, 630; Dr. N. Bohr; Dr. H. G. J. Moseley, 553; Prof. J. W. Nicholson, 583, 630; Sir O. Lodge, F-.R.S., 609; Dr. H. S. Allen, 630, 713; New X-Ray Tube, W. Coolidge, 613 ; X-Ray Spectra given by Crystals of Sulphur and Quartz, Prof. W. H. Bragg, 649; X-Rays and Metallic Crystals, E. A. Owen and G. G. Blake, 686 ; the Radiation Problem, E. E. F. d’Albe, 689 Yamal Peninsula, M. Zhitkof, 564 Year-books : Year-book of the Scientific Societies of Great Britain, 434; Who’s Who, 526; Englishwoman’s Year- book and Directory, 526; Writers’ and Artists’ Year- book, 526 Yorkshire, Moorlands of, F. Elgee, viii Young’s Modulus: Demonstration, G. Chatterji, 705 Zeeman Effect: Abnormal Effect with Sodium, R. Fortrat, 285; Researches in Magneto-optics, Prof. P. Zeeman, 313; Zeeman-Stark Effect, A. Lo Surdo, 536 Zinc: Organometallic Compounds of Zine and Magnesium, Dr. H. Wren, 261; Comparative Influence of Zinc on Growth of Hypomycetes, M. Javillier and Mme. Tchernoroutsky, 496 Zircon, Prof. Strutt, 416 Zodiacal Matter, E. Belot, 460 Zonal Structure in Plants and Animals, Prof. E. Kiister, 532; Zonal Structure in Colloids, G. Abbott, 607, 687; Dr. H. J. Johnston-Lavis, 687 Zoological Catalogues: Catalogue of Books, MSS., Drawings, in the British Museum (Natural History), 288; Bibliography of Tunicata, J. Hopkinson, 288; Catalogue of Noctuide in the British Museum, Sir G. F. Hampson, 288; Catalogue of Ungulate Mammals in the British Museum, R. Lydekker, F.R.S., 288 [ Nature, March 26, 1914 Park of Scotland, 379; Giza Zoological Gardens, 668-9 Zoology : 7 3 General: Fresh-water Fauna of Germany, Prof. Brauer, 60; Zoology of the Sandwich Islands, D. Sharp, - F.R.S., Prof. J. S. Gardiner, F.R.S., ro1; Philosophy of Vitalism, Prof. E. W. MacBride, F.R.S., 291, 400; Prof. Hans Driesch, 400; Zoology, Prof. E. Brucker, 340; Dimensions of Chromosomes in relation to Phylogeny, Prof. J. B. Farmer and L. Digby, 440 ; Life of Alexander Agassiz, G. R. Agassiz, Sir E. R. Lankester, 601; Mimikry und Verwandte Erschein- ungen, Dr. A. Jacobi, 653; Death of Dr. Albert Ginther, F.R.S., 664; the Animal Kingdom illus- trated, Dr. Zwanziger, G. K. Gude, 710; Infancy of Animals, W. P. Pycraft, viii Invertebrate : Hybrid Larve of Echinus, H. G. Newth, 98; (1) Genital Apertures in Hirudinea; (2) New Phreodrilid, E. J. Goddard, 123; Papers on Inverte- brates, 145; das Tierreich, 204; das Tierreich: Cumacea or Sympoda, Rev. T. R. R. Stebbing, 407; Revision of Australian, Curculionidz of Sub-family Cryptorhynchides, A. M. Lea, 225; Copepoda of San Diego, C. O. Esterly, 241; Changes in Branchial Lamellz of Ligia oceanica in Fresh and Salt Water, Miss D. A. Stewart, 335; Marine Amcebe in Sponges, ~ &c., J. H. Orton, 371, 606; Prof. A. Dendy, F.R.S. 399, 479; G. P. Bidder, 479; Freshwater Decapod Crustacea from Madagascar, Dr. W. T. Calman, 416; New Species of Trematodes, Miss Marie V. Lebour, 440; Molluscan Fauna of Lake of Tiberias, H. B. Preston, 443; Crustacea Stomatopoda, S. W. Kemp, - 483; Ehrlich’s Intra-vitam Staining with Methylene- blue applied to Nervous System of Polyzoa, A. Gerwerzhagen, 537; Flagellate Protozoa in Larval Crane-fly, Miss Doris Mackinnon, 563; Invertebrates and Botanic Gardens, 592; Physiologie und Morpho- logie der Spinnentiere, Prof. F. Dahl, 605; New Remarkable Ascidian, Dr. A. Oka, 640; Darwinian Theory of Atolls, Prof. E. B. Poulton, F.R.S., wia* Influence of Position of Cut upon Regeneration of Gunda ulvae, Dorothy J. Lloyd, 729; New Antarctic Bathydorus with Two Gills, T. J. Evans, 730; Genus Porponia (Antarctic), Prof. Carlgren, 730; Messmates, E. Step, viii Vertebrate: Possible Unknown Animals in Africa, C, W. Hobley, 15; New British Shrew- and Field-mice, 84; Anatomy of the Chameleon, P. A. Methuen and Le Hewitt, 259; Reptiles and Batrachians from the Colombian Choco, G. A. Boulenger, 416; Origin of Argentine Horses, 435; Dr. W. D. Matthew, 661; Gazelles Existing without Water, 695 See also British Association, Birds, Fish, Insects RK» CLAY AND SONS, LTD., BRUNSWICK ST., STAMFORD ST., S.E., AND BUNGAY, SUFFOLK. ll iesilieg oOo A WEEKLY ILLUSTRATED JOURN AL OF SCIENCE. “To the solid ground Of Nature trusts the mind which builds for ie cas DEPS WORTH, No. 2288, VOL. 92] THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 4, 1913 [Price SIXPENCE Registered as a Newspaper at the General Post Office. ] STAM Rights Reserved, NEWTON & C0.'S *“ ACADEMY ” SCIENCE LANTERN A Marvel of Value. Illustrated Catalogue Post Free on request, THE HANDLE — LONDON MODEL. This is a new model, in which the limb is made so as to form a convenient handle for lifting the microscope. Otherwise it is similar to the ordinary London model. No. 1325. Stand, in case, £3 5 6 No. 1329, Stand, in case, with spiral focussing substage ~400 No. 364A, Eye- : piece ... 5 OO No. 801. ards Object Glass No. 803. ath Object Glass 110 O Futt ParticuLars OF R. & J. BECK, 68 Cornhill, E.C. b» London: H. K. LEWIS, 136 Gower Street, W.C. LEWIS’S CIRCULATING “4 MEDICAL AND SCIENTIFIC LIBRARY. Astronomy, Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Electricity, Engineering, Geography, Geology, Microscopy, Mining, Philosophy, Physics, Physiology, Sociology, Technology, Travels, Zoology, &c. In addition to Every Branch of Medical Science. The LIBRARY READING AND WRITING ROOM: is open daily for the use of Subscribers. New Works and New Editions are added to the Library immediately on publication. 3 Subscription, Town or Country, from 21s. Prospectus, with Quarterly List of Additions, post free. The RECORDING RAIN GAUGE +The ‘FERNLEY’ Latest = Write for descriptive NEGRETTI & ZAMBRA 38 Holborn Viaduct, London, E.C. City Branch: 45 Cornhill, E.C. West End: 122 Regent St, W. pamphlet ! il NATURE COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY SOUTH KENSINGTON, LONDON, S.W. VISITOR—H.M. The KING. ROYAL COLLEGE OF SCIENCE. The Royal College of Science forms an integral part of the Imperial College and provides the highest specialised instruction in Science and Technology for Day Students. The courses are designed (a) as a prepar- ation for positions of importance in the industrial world either as Chemists, Physicists, Economic Botanists, Entomologists, Zoologists, Geologists or Experts and Scientific Investigators generally ; and (4) to meet the needs of those already following a professional career but who desire to take up more advanced training and research in Science or Technology, especially in relation to the particular industry or industries concerned. BIOLOGY The departments are as follows: GENERAL BoTany ... ry «. Prof. FARMER, F.R.S. Plant Physiology and Pathology .... Prof. BLackMAN, F.R.S. The Technology of Woods end) ProkGroom! Fibres ay GENERAL ZOOLOGY Prof. MacBripeg, F.R.S. Entomology Prof. MAxwELt LEFROV. CHEMISTRY f Prof. H. Brereton Baker, at oi) RS. Prof. Bonz, F.R.S. CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY (Fuel f Rrof Bos Pio. eDr UaIGe and Refractory Materials) ... Gaieiee GEOLOGY (including the Technology Prof, Warts, F.R.S. of Oil) ... 38 aie Fa xt MATHEMATICS & MECHANICS Prof. Forsytu, F.R.S. ‘ Prof. CALLENDAR, F.R.S. PITYSICS®... «4 Prof. pe Hon. R. J. Strutt, PLR On satisfactorily completing courses of study extending over two, three or four years the Governing Body awards (a) The Diploma of the Imperial College (D.1.C.); and (4) The Associateship of the Royal College of Science (A.R.C.S.). For further information the Prospectus of the College should be con- sulted, which may be obtained on application to the SECRETARY, Imperial College, South Kensington, S.W COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY SOUTH KENSINGTON, LONDON, S.W. AERONAUTICS SCHOLARSHIPS. The Governors are prepared to AWARD TWO RESEARCH SCHOLARSHIPS to advanced students desirous of undertaking research work in scientific problems connected with Aeronautics. The Scholarships will consist of exemption from fees, together with a maintenance allowance at rates fixed with regard to the circumstances of the case. In suitable cases provision will be made for part of the work to be undertaken at the National Physical Laboratory, Teddington. Full particulars may be had on application to the SECRETARY. SESSION OPENS 29th SEPTEMBER, 1913. EAST LONDON COLLEGE (UNIVERSITY OF LONDON). FACULTIES OF ARTS, SCIENCE, AND ENGINEERING. FEES: TEN GUINEAS PER ANNUM. NO ENTRY FEE AND NO REGISTRATION CHARGES. Special fees and facilities for Post Graduate and Research Students in all Faculties. M.A. CLASSES FOR MATHEMATICS. =\ Calendar, with lists of Graduates, University and College Scholarships, Academic and other distinctions, post free on application to the Registrar, or the Principal, J. L. S. HATTON, M.A, Telephone No.: East 3384. [SEPTEMBER 4, I913 UNIVERSITY OF LONDON, UNIVERSITY COLLEGE. (University Centre for Medical Sciences.) Provost T. Grecory Foster, Ph.D. FACULTY OF MEDICAL SCIENCES. The SESSION 1913-14 begins on TUESDAY, SEPTEMBER 320, 1913. (TERS COLLIE, LL.D., Ph.D., 4 F. G. DONNAN, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S. eae Ce: a H. PLIMMER, D.Sc. W. B. TUCK, D.Sc. PAUL HAAS, Ph.D. F. T. TROUTON, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S. F. W. OLIVER, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. j.. P. HILL; DSey ERS: a G. DB. THANE, LL.D., Sc.D., F.R.C.S. fe. H. STARLING, M.D., B.S., Sc.D., ay = BUR GC.P Reese _” lw. M. BAYLISS, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. fA. R. CUSHNY, M.A., M.D., LL.D. Pharmacology +5 “-\ F.R.S. (Vice-Dean), : ? JH. R. KENWOOD, M.B., D.P.H., ‘\ ECS. FiRISsES ‘ VAUGHAN HARLEY, M.D., M.R.C.P. Courses of instruction are arranged for the First Medical and the Second Medical Examination of the University, as well as for the corresponding Examinations of the Examining Board of the Royal Colleges of Physicians and Surgeons and other Licensing Bodies. Post-graduate and Research Work is provided for in all Departments. Fees: For the First Medical Course, 26 guineas, and for the Second Medical Course, 58 guineas, both including subscription to the Union oy which entitles to the use of the Gymnasium and of the Athletic round. Physics Botany ate a Zoology and Biology Physiology ... Hygiene .. ase Pathological Chemistry ... University College Hall, Ealing (Warden; Walter W. Seton, M.A.) provides residence for Students. For Prospectus and other information apply to the undersigned. WALTER W. SETON, M.A., Secretary. University College, London (Gower Street). THE SIR JOHN CASS TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, JEWRY STREET, ALDGATE, E.C. Principal—Cuar.es A. Keane, D.Sc., Ph.D., F.I.C. EVENING CLASSES in CHEMISTRY, PHYSICS, and MATHE- MATICS designed to meet the requirements of those engaged in CHEMICAL and ELECTRICAL INDUSTRIES and in trades associated therewith. Also preparation for the B,Sc., Examination of London University and for Honours B.Sc., in Physics. [ CHARLES A. Keane, D.Sc., Ph.D., F.1.C. Chemistry af as + H. Burrows, A.R.C.S., Ph.D., F.1.C. \G! F. Morrett, B.Sc., Ph.D. (&. S. Wi.tows, M.A., D.Sc. = F. J. Hartow, A.R.C.S, B.Sc. \s. E. Hitt, B.Sc. Mathematics ... E. C. Snow, M.A., D.Sc. Every facility for Advanced Practical Work and Research in well-equipped Laboratories both in-the afternoon and evening. NEW SESSION BEGINS MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 22. For details of the Courses apply at the Office of the Institute, or by letter to the Principal. CITY OF LONDON COLLEGE. ACTING IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE LONDON CHAMBER OF COMMERCE. WHITE ST., and ROPEMAKER S8T., MOORFIELDS, E.C, (Near Moorgate and Liverpool Street Stations). PrincipaL: SIDNEY HUMPHRIES, B.A., LL.B. (Cantab.) Michaelmas Term begins Monday, September 29th. EVENING CLASSES in SCIENCE. Well-equipped LABORATORIES for Practical Work in CHEMISTRY, BOTANY, GEOLOGY. Special Courses for Pharmaceutical and other examinations. Classes are also held in all Commercial Subjects, in Languages, and Literature, Art Studio. All Classes are open to both sexes. DAY SCHOOL OF COMMERCE. Preparation fora COMMERCIAL or BUSINESS career. Prospectuses, and all other information, gratis on application. DAVID SAVAGE, Secretary. Physics ... For other Official Advertisements, see pages ili, iv, and vy. A WEEKLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. ‘“ To the solid ground Of Nature trusts the mind which builds for aye.’-—Worpsworth. THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 4, 1913. NOTES ON THE ABORIGINES OF SOUTH AMERICA. Aborigines of South America. By the late Colonel Ge. Church. Edited by an Old Friend, Clements R. Markham, K.C.B. Pp. xix+314. (London: Chapman & Hall, Ltd., 1912.) Price tos. 6d. net. _“Y°HE author of this posthumous work was a : descendant of the earliest New England colonists. Born in 1835, he became a surveying engineer, and his first introduction to South ‘America was of a kind sufficient to shape his whole career. As a member of an expedition sent out by the Government of Buenos Aires in 1859 to _ explore the south-western frontiers, he partook of severe fighting with the then still unsubdued Araucanians and Patagones. Then. he served through the whole of the Civil War in the United States, and next he joined the General Staff of Juarez against Maximilian. After that , episode we find him in Bolivia, which he reached once by Buenos Aires, another time by Peru, busy with concessions of the navigation of Bolivian and Brazilian rivers. A political mission to Ecuador, the building of an Argentine railway, business in Panama, Costa Rica, and elsewhere afforded him well-nigh unrivalled opportunities of studying land and peoples of South America before he settled down in London, where he devoted much time ‘to his favourite geographical and_ ethnological Studies. The author’s intention to write a comprehensive "work on the aborigines of South America was frustrated by his death in 1910, and only the less incomplete chapters have been edited by his friend, ‘Sir C. R. Markham, himself a traveller in those -parts of the world. They are apparently not so NO. 2288. vot. a2l much notes by the experienced, observant traveller as critical, carefully sifted extracts from the | numerous accounts of previous explorers, whose | dominant race made its accounts alone can bear upon the “history ” of these wild, roaming, barbaric tribes. In many cases the bewildering number of names, mostly nicknames bestowed upon each other by the various clans and muddled by the Europeans, have been reduced to synonymic order. Presumably all the aborigines of the whole continent are of one stock, but time and separation and environ- ment have diversified them. One of the most vigorous were the Caraios, Caraibes, Guaranis, or Tupis, with their origin in Paraguay, whence this influence felt from La Plata to Orinoco and spread even to the Antilles. Several chapters are devoted to the unravelling | of the resulting dislodgment of the coast-tribes of Brazil and those of Amazonia, and to the troubles brought upon them by the Portuguese and Spaniards. The scanty notes made by the white man, not always well educated, be he soldier, trader, or missionary, about customs, arms, and ornaments, are often the only facts known about many a so-called tribe. Within late Tertiary periods the whole continent seems to have been divided into an eastern and a western half, from Uruguay to the Orinoco, by a system of enormous lakes. Our author evidently believed that such a division still existed when man already inhabited South America, before the Pampean and Amazonian inland seas and other lakes, of which Titicaca is a remnant, had yet been drained by the present great river systems. This somewhat rash idea is on a par with the suggestion that South America may have been connected with Africa or Australia via Antarctica at a period when climatic conditions made these dreamlands a pleasant abode for man and thus account for the puzzling origin of the Patagonians. B bo NATURE [SEPTEMBER 4, 1913 HYDRAULIC MACHINERY. Modern Pumping and Hydraulic Machinery: Being a Practical Handbook for Engineers, Designers, and Others. +473. (London: C. Griffin and Co., 1913.) Price r8s. net. N examination of this important work brings home to the reader some idea of the enor- mous extent and ever-increasing variety of machinery that is used in connection with hydraulics; for, although this treatise is devoted to the consideration of the wide range of machinery and appliances connected with almost every known type used in pumping operations, the amount of other classes of hydraulic machinery which the exigencies of space excluded would well fill the pages of another volume. For this reason the subtitle is too comprehensive and rather mislead- ing, as the book does not deal with hydraulic machinery ‘‘as applied to all purposes ”; but, it is fair to say, the author has wisely restricted its scope to enable him to deal comprehensively with the sections selected, and in a broad way included in the title “pumping machinery.” The ground chosen has been covered in an exhaustive and systematic way, and a glance at the contents shows how varied is the machinery dealt with, for it embraces machinery used for water-supply, wells, mines, drainage, irrigation, dredging, re- clamation work, and for raising petroleum from deep wells, and a chapter is devoted to hydraulic power wheels and turbines. There is no lack of admirable’ books on the theory of hydraulics and of hydraulic machines, but the many important developments and im- provements made in hydraulic machinery in recent years have doubtless created a demand for just such a book as Mr. Butler has so ably produced, and the information it contains cannot fail to be of use to the practical engineer and others engaged either in the construction or application of hydraulic machinery, to say nothing of its educa- tional value to the engineering student. The designer will also appreciate the book, as it con- tains a wealth of detail and descriptive matter, but his requirements as to the proportioning of parts have not received the attention they might with advantage have had given to them here and there in a treatise of this type. No better work than Seaton’s ‘“‘ Marine Engineering ” can be cited as an example of what can be done in this direc- tion to help the designer. The Humphrey gas-dis- placement pump, the most important invention in pumping machinery made in recent years, is fully described, and the author gives some par- ticulars of previous inventions of this type, but omits to mention that the first-known internal com- 2288, VOL. 92] Ltd., By E. Butler, Pp. xvi | | bustion pump was Tatham’s, patented about 1894, and referred to in the discussion on the Humphrey pump at the Institution of Mechanical Engineers. — The illustrations are extremely well reproduced, with few exceptions; for instance, the longitudinal _ sections on p. 387 look rather too confusing to be easily read, owing to their coarse section lining. ; On the other hand, the diagram on p. 377, showing — development of vane curvature in an impeller wheel, is admirable. q The book is a notable addition to the literature of the subject, and should be well received. H. Jo MIND, HEALTH AND PURPOSE. (1) The Game of Mind: A Study in Psychological Disillusionment. By Percy M. Campbell. Pp. iii+80. (New York: Baker and Taylor Co., 1913.) Price 75 cents net. ; (2) Mind and Health. With an Examination of some Systems of Divine Healing. By Dr. E. E. Weaver. With an Introduction by Dr. G. Stanley Hall. Pp. xv+500. (New York: The Macmillan Company; London: Macmillan & Co., Ltd., 1913.) Price 8s. 6d. net. : (3) Devalopiient and Purpose: An Essay ‘oman a Philosophy of Evolution. By Prof. L. T. Hobhouse. Pp. xxix+383. (London: Mac- © millan & Co., Ltd., 1913.) Price ros. net. 5 “The Game of Mind” Mr. Campbell N I puts the question: “To what extent does the mere reiteration, by the possessor of a tooth- ache, of the complaint that he is indeed feeling pain, influence or constitute that pain? In other words, If the victim were so organised that he — need not perforce tell himself each instant that he is being hurt, would the hurt exist as such at all?” And Mr. Campbell replies: “We are convinced that it would not.” Mr. Campbell, of course, discusses many other questions; but his method of argument displays the same degree of cogency throughout. , (2) In “Mind and Health” Mr. Weaver dis- — cusses ‘‘some of the distinctive religious and philosophical systems of healing,” and lays down “the plan of a valid system of healing on re- ligious ground.” The first element of “a valid religious psychotherapy” he declares to be that — “sickness comes from want of goodness.” “Goodness ” is, of course, an ambiguous term; and Mr. Weaver very properly describes the sense in which he uses it: ““A goodness that starts © in the spiritual and will be allowed to work un- fettered and unhindered in the intellectual, emo- - tional, and physical life will not be sick. It knows no sickness.”” If goodness of this kind—a good- ness which knows no. sickness—is to be pro- SEPTEMBER 4, I91 3] NATURE ios) uced in the patient, then it must first be pos- essed by the practitioner : “The power of healing eleased through a religious psychotherapy should mediated by the minister of religion.” If so, hen, Mr. Weaver argues, the Christian Church lust carry on the ministry of religious psycho- herapy. Mr. Weaver’s fundamental assumption, hen, is: Be good (or get someone to make you food) and you won’t be ill. It is a defect of his ook, however, that he does not convince the eader of the truth of the assumption. (3) Mr. Hobhouse’s ‘Development and Pur- jose” is a contribution to philosophy, serious, olid, and certainly heavy. ‘‘The book completes | scheme which has occupied the writer for twenty- ix years, and has been carried through successive ages in three previous works.” But the scheme has come to be completed in a way which a quarter bf a century ago Mr. Hobhouse did not foresee x intend. He has come to hold that in the pro- tess of evolution both mechanical causation and eleological causation are at work; and, what is nore, that mechanical causation involves teleo- Intelligent action is truly purposive, that is to Say it is teleological causation and is not resolv- able into mechanical laws. The actual order of reality, he tells us, is determined by the impulse ‘realise the future: what we do now is deter- /mined by what we want to be or do in e future. But, if that is so, it seems to the reader as though no place were left for mechanical causation, no need for causes prior in time to their effects. Mr. Hobhouse, however, holds that mechanical causation involves teleo- logical causation, i.e. apparently that there could be no cause prior in time to the effects unless there were causes which, being teleological, are not prior in time to their effects. From this it would seem that the source of the trouble lies in the assumption that causes must be in time; on that assumption causes must both be and not be prior in time to their effects. _ Mr. Hobhouse, though he sees and says that in the more ultimate sense Reality is not in time, but time is in Reality, does not devote more than this single sentence to the way in which, as it seems to us, the notion of time refracts causation into mechanical and teleological causes. How- ever, Mr. Hobhouse’s services to the cause of Philosophy are recognised by all interested in philosophy ; and all will be glad that the Univer- of Durham has, in recognition of those ervices, conferred upon him the honorary degree f D.Litt. B NO. 2288, VoL. 92] IRON AND STEEL METALLURGY. (1) Iron Making in Alabama. Third Edition. W. B. Phillips. Pp. 254+xxxi plates. bama: The University, 1912.) (2) Iron and Steel: An Introductory Text-book for Engineers and Metallurgists. By O. F. Hudson and Dr. G. D. Bengough. Pp. x +173. (London: Constable and Co., Ltd. 1913.) Price 6s. net. T would be difficult to find a better illustra- tion of the wide range of subjects involved in the study of iron and steel than these two books. Whereas one deals mainly with the ex- traction of iron from its ores, the other is largely concerned with the properties of the recovered metal, and the subjects range from the mining of the ore and the washing of coal on the one hand, to the constitution of steel and the electro- lytic theory of corrosion on the other. (1) The book by Mr. Phillips is published by the Geological Survey of Alabama, and is of necessity somewhat statistical. It is seldom, however, that one finds statistics dealt with in such an interest- ing manner. The title of the book might more accurately and with advantage be described as “Tron and Steel Making in Alabama,” for it includes an excellent account of the steel-works of the State, which are responsible for an annual output of nearly half a million tons of steel in all sections, from rails to wire. The first part of the book deals exhaustively with the iron ores of Alabama, and a chapter is devoted to experimental work on concentration. Fluxes and fuels are then considered, and much useful information is given on coking practice and the employment of by-product coke ovens. Blast- furnace practice, as regards both coke and char- coal furnaces, is considered in detail, and the growth and development of the modern Dlast- furnace is traced from the year 1894 to 1Igio. This is followed by an excellent account of the steel-works and rolling-mills of the State, and finally there is a chapter on coal-washing. Not the least useful feature of the book is the large number of tables of statistics, and some reference must be made to the excellent series of illustra- tions, thirty in number, which are reproduced from photographs. The extent of the iron and steel industry in Alabama may be gauged from the fact that in the year 1910 nearly five million tons of ore were mined and sixteen million tons of coal, of which five million tons were converted into coke. The production of pig-iron amounted to two million tons, and of steel half a million tons. Such an industry is of more than local importance, and By (Ala- 4 NATURE Mr. Phillips’s volume will be greatly appreciated not only by those who are connected with Alabama, but by all who are interested in the manufacture of iron and steel wherever it may be carried on. (2) Mr. Hudson’s book is one of a series of text- books which are described as “introductory to the chemistry of the national industries.” It is written in a clear and concise manner, and deals very ably with recent scientific investigations and theories regarding the constitution of iron and steel. The principles underlying the smelting of iron, the manufacture of wrought iron and steel, foundry practice, and such processes as case- hardening, welding, &c., are reviewed very briefly, but no attempt is made to treat these subjects from the manufacturing point of view, and this part of the book can scarcely be regarded as an intro- duction to the metallurgy of iron and steel, except for very elementary students. The book is in- tended primarily for those interested in the physico-chemical rather than the practical aspects of the subject, and this is clearly the intention of the author, who states in his preface that “practical details of the methods of production have been avoided almost entirely, in order that more attention may be devoted to such matters as an explanation of the constitution of steel and cast-iron, and the effects of mechanical and heat treatment on the properties of these alloys.” In the later chapters these subjects have been very completely dealt with, and, together with. the chapter on corrosion by Dr. Bengough, will be welcomed by many students of metallurgy. OUR BOOKSHELF. Ueber kausale und konditionale. Weltanschauung und deren Stellung sur Entwicklungsmechanik. By Wilhelm Roux, Pp. 66. (Leipzig: W. Engelmann, 1913.) Price 1.50 marks. Pror. Roux makes game of Prof. Verworn’s recent essay on the causal and the conditional out- look on the world, which was, we think, reviewed some months ago in Nature. What is true in Verworn’s essay is not new, and what is new is not true. The causal outlook, which has been in vogue “from the Stone age down to Verworn,”’ is not to be superseded by a crude ‘“conditionism.” What is sound in Verworn’s emphasis that the scientific task is to inquire into all the antecedent conditions is recognised by all investigators. The change proposed is verbal, for as soon as a process is set a-going, its conditions become active factors The complete conditions are the com- plete causes. Verworn lays great stress on what he calls the “effective equivalence” of the con- ditions of any process or result, but Roux cannot accept the phrase. Equally necessary the factors are, but certainly not equivalent. NO. 2288, VOL. 92| Or causes. [SEPTEMBER 4, I913 In the study of development the specifitas potentiae of each of the various factors is well known. In vital processes the internal and the external conditions cannot be spoken of as equi- valent, as Verworn proposes. The constitution of an ovum includes factors which determine a certain, within limits, typical result; the external conditions of oxygen, warmth, moisture, and so on, activate and sustain the development. Thus Roux distinguishes between “determining” and “realising” factors, and says that it is nonsense to speak of their ‘‘ equivalence.” From time to time in his brilliant series of studies in “developmental mechanics’ Roux has given a causal analysis of the known factors in- volved, distinguishing, for instance, between in- ternal and external, determining and realising, necessary and “ is entirely opposed to the false simplicity which Verworn’s ‘‘conditionism” would suggest. There has been hard hitting on both sides, but perhaps it is instructive to remember that Ver- worn’s life has been largely spent in the study of metabolism, and Roux’s in the study of develop- ment—which is for him an “autopheenesis,” “a becoming-visible of ,manifoldness by the proper activity of the germ.’ J. °AGRES Brazil in 1912. By J. C. Oakenfull. Pp. viii+ 498. (London: Robert Atkinson, Ltd., 1913.) Price 5s. = Tuis is the fourth annual edition of an excellent handbook on Brazil. As usual, it is well and pro- fusely illustrated, the large map of the country and the coloured frontispiece showing the precious stones of Brazil being especially good. The book deals in an interesting manner with the history and geography of Brazil; but the chapters on the anthropology and ethnography, the geology and paleontology, the mineralogy, and the agriculture of Brazil will appeal more directly to scientific readers. The book is intended for free distribution, but duplicate and trade copies can be obtained at aS : price stated. Teachers of geography will find it an interest- ing and valuable work of reference in the school — library. The Theory and Design of Structures. book for the Use of Students, Draughtsmen, and Engineers engaged in Constructional Work. By E. S. Andrews. Third edition. Pp. xii+ 618. (London: Chapman and Hall, Ltd., 1913.) Price 9s. net. Tue first edition of this book was reviewed at some length in the issue of Nature for March 18, 1909 (vol. Ixxx., p. 64). The additions made to the present edition are incorporated in an appendix of some twenty-seven pages, and these include a note on Dr. Stanton’s experiments on wind pressure. The notation in the chapter on re- inforced. concrete has been made to agree with that proposed by the Concrete Institute, and numerous exercises have been added to the volume. not necessary” factors; and he A Text- | fj | SEPTEMBER 4, 1913] NATURE 5 LEITERS TO THE EDITOR. [The Bsitor does not hold himself responsible for epinions expressed by his correspondents. Neither can he undertaxe to return, or to correspond with the writers of, rejected manuscripts intended for taken of anonymous communications. | The Spectra of Helium and Hydrogen. Tue spectra of helium and hydrogen have acquired considerable importance in view of the recent experi- -mental researches of Prof. Fowler and the theoretical investigations of Dr. Bohr. Before the appearance of Fowler’s investigation the only hydrogen series known terrestrially were the diffuse series, consisting of the He, HB, &c., lines, and the infra-red series predicted by Ritz, two members of which (18751-3 and 12817-6) were observed by Paschen. However, by passing a strong condensed discharge through mixtures of helium and hydrogen, Fowler was able to photograph four members of the principal series, the strongest line of which is at 4686. It should be noted that the 4686 line appeared on the oo so won S ~ “1 © Ee) on © rr) at | | I] E 2 3 ge i ? aa: II. photograph of the spectrum of a helium tube, which had been taken at the Solar Physics Observatory at South Kensington several years ago. Sir Norman Lockyer and Baxandall in their paper pointed out that the terrestrial line was very probably identical in origin with the chromospheric line of nearly the same wave- length photographed Curing the eclipse of January, 1898. They also noticed that the 4685-90 chromo- spheric line is of the same nature as the helium eclipse lines, being long and sharply defined. They concluded that the line is probably due to a gas, which is associated in some way with helium. The 4686 line has also been observed in the spectra of stars of the fifth type, and in the spectra of certain nebule, and had been attributed to hydrogen in accordance with Rydberg’s calculations, which depend on the numerical relations existing between the different series. __ In addition to the series having the 4686 line as first member, Fowler was able to photograph three members of the sharp series, which are found in the spectrum of & Puppis, and three members of a new ultra-violet series, which he calls the second principal series of hydrogen. According to the theory put for- ward by Dr. Bohr, the two principal series _and the NO. 2288, VOL. 92] this cr eny other part cf Naturr. No notice is —4713 — 4686 — 3889 sharp series are given by helium. Also it should be possible to obtain the diffuse series from helium con- taining no hydrogen when the sharp series appears. For some time I have been investigating the origin of the 4686 line, and the experiments already carried out support Bohr’s theory. The chief difficulty con- sisted in driving out hydrogen from the poles of the helium spectrum tube, but this was accomplished so far as spectroscopic evidence goes. No hydrogen could be detected in the bulbs and capillary when heavy discharges from a coil capable of giving a 20-in. spark were passed through the tube. The 4686 line was strong in the capillary and fairly strong in the bulbs. The pressure of helium employed in these experiments varied from about 0-25 mm. to 1 mm. The capillary, in addition to the helium spectrum and the 4686 line, showed impurity lines due to oxygen. Photographs I. and II. show the spectra obtained when a strong condensed discharge is passed through helium at pressures of t mm. and 0-3 mm. respectively. In the first photograph the 4686 line is of nearly the same intensity as the 4713 helium line, and the two are scarcely separated in the reproduction. The low-pressure photograph (Fig. 2) shows the 4686 line much stronger than the 4713 line. In both cases the hydrogen lines at 6563 and 4861 are not seen. The 4686 line could not be obtained from an ordinary hydrogen tube, nor from a neon tube containing a small amount of hydrogen as impurity. A tube containing a mix- ture of hydrogen and purified argon was also prepared, but the line was not visible when heavy condensed discharges were passed through the mixture. E. J. Evans. The University, Manchester, August 11 3889 Coloured Organisms on Sea-Sand. A variED and interesting field of investigation awaits the microscopist who will make a detailed examination of the minute fauna and flora of ap- parently barren sands on the seashore. To-day, on landing at the island of Oronsay at low tide, the otherwise pure white sand was seen to be coloured pink in one area, for an extent of several yards, green a little further up the beach, and golden-brown in small patches here and there. On examining samples with the microscope the brown colour was found to be due to living diatoms (not dinoflagellates in this case), naviculoid forms like Caloneis; the pink is formed of amorphous masses of fine granules in a jelly loosely adhering to the sand-grains, and may perhaps prove to be bacteria in a zoogloea state, while the green is caused by patches of a very simple alga (? a Cocco- phycid) made up of groups of rounded green cells in a single layer on the sand-grains. I have kept samples of all the organisms and will submit them to a botanist for more precise identification. _No Amphidinium patches were present so far as I could see. The variety of organisms present in the one little bay, the extraordinary abundance in each patch, and the bright- ness of the colour produced on the white sand were very striking, and seemed worthy of note. The colour was not in any of these cases due to the sand-grains themselves, which are mostly clear quartz with, as usual, a few black specks and some white shell fragments. Nor was there apparently any fresh- water on the beach, and certainly not any sewage or other source of impurity. It is a lonely, sandy bay, 6 NATURE [SEPTEMBER 4, 1913 inhabited only by sea-birds and seals, and the nearest house is on the opposite side of the island at least four miles away by the coast. The sea-water seemed very clear, of salinity 26-5, and the sandy bottom could be seen from the yacht anchored in five fathoms. Diatom patches are no doubt abundant in many places; probably the simple green alga encrusting the sand-grains is known to botanists, and I have cer- tainly seen the pink organism elsewhere. Probably other coloured patches due to micro-organisms are present on many beaches. It would be interesting to have them more thoroughly investigated—biochemic- ally, if possible—by someone living on the spot, and able to study their changes day by day. W. A. HeERpMaN. S.Y. Runa, Sound of Islay, August 27. Physiological Factors of Consciousness. ‘ Mr. Asput Majin (Nature, August 28) asks ; ‘* What is the true explanation of the fact that stimuli sufficiently strong to arouse vivid sensations in a subject while he is wide awake apparently fail to arouse any sensations at all in a state of unconscious- ness?”’ But is there any evidence that stimuli do not arouse identical sensations in the waking and the | sleeping states? As a medical man, I am frequently “rung up.’’ As far as I am able to judge, I am invariably awakened out of a dream. I am_ never dreamless. My consciousness never sleeps. But, in proportion to the depth of slumber, memory uppears to be abolished. Memory is ample in propor- tion as it is clear and coherent—in proportion as it links the present with the past and so fulfils its func- tion of affording a guide for the future. In dreams, since it is so much in abeyance, we live almost wholly ; examine ' between this and the Crag period? | we have. | parently referred to, are worked flints. Upon their testimony Mr. Moir, and those who agree with him, would carry man’s work back to the Pliocen€ period of the Suffollx Crag. Mr. Moir kindly allowed me to see a few of his specimens, and I am inclined to think that some of them show artificial chipping. The deposit in which the Piltdown skull was found is said to be early Pleistocene. Have we any indication of man’s worl: In my opinion I refer to the remarkable trench at Dew- lish, Dorset,’ which before it was excavated contained abundant remains of Elephas meridionalis and no other fossils, though Mr. Grist has found eoliths.* It is difficult to account for the formation of this peculiar trench in challk by any natural — process. Mr. Clement Reid, who spent four days to it, tells us that ‘tthe fissure, or rather trough, ended abruptly without any trace of a con- tinuing joint. It was not a fault, for the lines of flint nodules corresponded on each side.’ * Mr. Reid, at the British Association at Cambridge, described the: termination of the trench as “‘apse-like.’’ It opened out diagonally at one end on to the steep slope of the side of a valley. It was 103 ft. long and 12 ft. deep. The width, as the photographs show, was not quite uniform, and Mr. Reid said that in the narrow place he could just get along. It is remarkable that here the walls approach from each side—a feature ap- incompatible with any natural causation. After the trench had been refilled, I met with a description and photograph of a pitfall for elephants ‘in Africa; and that led me to believe that this trench was artificial, and dug out for the same purpose. If this view is correct, it shows that man existed im , Pliocene times, and was already a social being capable | in the ‘immediate present,” taking little thought of | ings do not then surprise us; for these do not then contradict stored experience. On that account, also, we seldom remember our dreams unless they occur in light slumber (half-wakefulness), or unless our attention is called to them immediately on waking while our minds are still tingling ‘with them. I am sure, if anyone tries the experiment of having himself awakened for a few occasions by the insistent question, “What are you dreaming about? "—if his attention is immediately fixed on his dream—he will soon be convinced that there is no such thing as dreamless sleep. By way of illustration ; I remember a terrible dream. An enemy had his hand on my mouth and was suf- focating me. I awoke to find the tail of my friend the cat, who had come on his morning visit, laid across my lips. The dreams of ill-health, and especially of indigestion, are usually unpleasant and sometimes fearful. I take it, then, that sensations are the stuff that dreams are made of. They are the same sensations that we feel in our waking states, but; when woven into our dreams, they are wrongly interpreted. G. ArcHDALL Rep. Netherby, Victoria Road, S. Southsea, August 209. The Elephant Trench at Dewlish—Was it Dug? THE question of the brain capacity of the Piltdown and other fossil skulls must be decided by anatomists ; but a sidelight may be thrown on the subject of the intelligence of early man by a consideration of the works of which*he was capable. The most indestruc- the past or the future. Absurd or improbable happen- | the express purpose of testing this questions of a great undertaking, for no one individual could have effected such a work. My hope is that this trench may be reopened for ‘ It has / never been bottomed except at the end where it | opened on the valley. tible of these, and consequently the most frequently / NO. 2288, VOL. 92] Elsewhere two or three feet remain undisturbed. If it was artificial, some indica- tion of the tools used might possibly be found at the bottom. The expense could not be great, and my object in writing this is to endeavour to excite such interest in the subject as may perhaps lead to a proper investigation. But a competent geologist, whose | verdict would carry weight, ought to undertake it. Graveley, Huntingdon. O. Fisuer. Note on the Dicynodont Vomer. In 1898 I directed attention to the fact that the paired elements in the front of the palate of lizards and snakes seem in all their relations to agree with the pair of bones in Ornithorhynchus, which afterwards fuse to form the dumb-bell bone, and that they cannot be homologous with the median unpaired vomer of mammals, and must have another name, and I pro- posed to call them prevomers. While the embryo- logical evidence seems conclusive, the palzeontological testimony has not hitherto been so satisfactory as one could desire. Cynodont reptiles appear to have a single median vomer, very like that of the mammal, and one specimen of Gomphognathus shows what appear to be a pair of elements in front.. Dicynodon appears to have also a single median vomer, and no paired elements. The Therocephalians, on the other hand, have a pair of large anterior elements, and apparently no median element. With the palzontological 1 See paper by the writer with two photographic views, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., 1905. % Journ. Roy. Anthropological Institute, vol. x1., toto. * See ‘Geological Survey Memoirs," 1899, p. 34- ' oat SEPTEMBER 4, 1913] evidence in this condition, it is not surprising that the theory, though fully accepted by a few, and hesitat- ingly by others, has failed so far to be generally adopted. For the last ten or twelve years I have constantly been on the look-out for a specimen which, while possessing a large median true vomer has also a pair of large distinct paired prevomers. Mr. D. M. S. Watson believes he has discovered in the British Museum a specimen of Lycosuchus showing a median vomer between the pterygoids, and certainly a pair of large prevomers in front. Unfortunately, though the specimen is satisfactory enough for those who believe the median vomer to be quite a different element from the reptilian paired ‘“‘vomers,”’ it is not convincing enough for the doubter. In two species of the small Upper Permian Thero- cephalian genus Ictidognathus, I find a peculiarly complicated but single median vomerine bone, but in a third species, closely allied, I find clear evidence that the apparently single bone is composed of the paired prevomers anchylosed. Further, the anchylosed pre- vomers have exactly similar relations to the palatines and pterygoids that the median bone in Dicynodon has, and at first it looked as though the theory had received a severe blow. Fortunately a specimen of a large species of Dicynodon has just been discovered that clears up all the confusion. The median bone, which lies between the posterior pairs in Dicynodon is the anchylosed prevomers. Above it, and completely concealed by it, is a large, well-developed, typically mammalian median vomer extending from the basisphenoid behind to the premaxilla in front. Along its upper side the vomer is grooved for the large basal and ethmoidal cartilages. Posteriorly it is closely united to the basi- sphenoid. The bone completely confirms the view I expressed in 1898 that the mammalian vomer is the reptilian parasphenoid, and quite a different element from the prevomers. R. Broom. American Museum of Natural! History, New York, August 10. THE TWELFTH INTERNATIONAL GEOLOGICAL CONGRESS. “| Meee first meeting of the International Geologi- cal Congress in Canada, and the third in the western continent, held its session in Toronto from August 7 to August 14, under the presidency of Dr. F. D. Adams, of McGill University. Alto- gether 1152 members were enrolled, about half of whom attended the meeting; and forty-six coun- tries were represented by their leading geologists. Probably never before had Canada entertained a gathering so distinctively international, and great interest was manifested in the work of the con- gress, not only in Toronto, but throughout the Dominion. The honorary president of the con- gress, H.R.H. the Duke of Connaught, who was unable to attend, was represented at the opening session by the Right Hon. Sir Charles Fitzpatrick, Chief Justice of the Supreme Court of Canada, and by him a warm welcome to the Dominion was extended to the visiting delegates in a graceful speech in French, the official language of the congress, Ontario was represented by the Hon. -W. H. Hearst, Minister of Mines for that pro- vince, Toronto by Alderman Church, and the University of Toronto by President Falconer, to whom the congress was indebted for the use of NO. 2288, VOL. 92] NATURE 7 several of the university buildings during the meet- ings. The chief work delegated to the twelfth congress | had been the preparation of a monograph on the | coal resources of the world, to serve as a com- panion work to the iron resources of the world, prepared for the eleventh congress at Stockholm. The general secretary of the congress, Director Brock, of the Canadian Geological Survey, pre- sented the monograph, and summarised its main features. It consists of three quarto volumes, accompanied by a 68-page atlas, and contains reports from sixty-four different countries. The editing has been in the hands of a committee of the Geological Survey of Canada, consisting of Messrs. McInnes, Leach, and Dowling. Mr. Brock contributes the preface, Mr. Dowling an introduction summarising the main reports, while contributions by experts from the various coun- tries of the world form the major part of the work. The total coal resources of the world are estimated at 7,397,533 million tons, of which 4,000,000 million tons are bituminous, 3,000,000 million tons brown coal, and the remainder anthracite. As the world’s production in 1910 was 1,145 million tons, the exhaustion of our coal supplies is by no means an immediate problem. Approximate reserves of some of the chief countries are as follows :— Canada, 1,234,269 million tons; United States, 3,214,174 million tons; United Kingdom, 189,535 million tons; France, 17,585 million tons; Ger- many, 85,551 million tons; Russia, 233,997 million tons. . In Switzerland only 4500 tons of coal remain. The preparation of the monograph in- volved a large amount of special investigation in several of the countries from which reports were submitted; and the three volumes, with the atlas of beautifully executed maps, will serve as a fitting companion volume to the iron resources of the world. In order to facilitate business, the congress resolved itself into three sections, which met con- currently. Over eighty papers were presented, the majority of which had direct bearing on the topics which had been suggested for the consideration of the congress. On the subject of the differentiation of rock magmas the session was interesting, rather because of the variety of hypotheses than because of any distinct contribution to views already propounded elsewhere. Daly advocated stoping and gravitational movement, Harker frac- tional crystallisation, Loewinson-Lessing differen- tiation in liquid state, Evans immiscible liquid phases, while Bergent emphasised recurrent basic and acid succession in its bearing on the problem, Iddings and Washington pointed out from differ- ent points of view the necessity of sufficient ana- lyses within petrographical provinces. Hobbs referred to the relationship between certain petro- graphical provinces and clay states, and Cross discussed Hawaiian lavas from the point of view of the Atlantic-Pacific classification. Bdckstrém, in summing up the discussion, advocated the con- servative attitude until experimental work was sufficiently advanced to justify broad conclusions. '. The theme “The Influence. of Depth on the 8 NATURE ’ Character of Metalliferous Deposits” was of special interest to economic geologists and mining engineers. Kemp dealt generally with primary and secondary precipitation; Krusch with colloidal precipitation of primary and secondary ores; Emmons with experimental evidence bearing on the precipitation of gold, silver, and copper, and the effect of the primary ores; Fermor with the action of oxygen and carbonic acid at considerable depths; Fanning with ore occurrences in the Phil- lipines. In the general discussion, in which Lindgren, Winchell, Lawson, Kitson, and others took part, the question of the formation of veins consequent on mineral crystallisation, and that of secondary gold deposition from placers, were taken up. What were perhaps the most interesting dis- cussions to the majority of the members of the congress were those on the sedimentation and the correlation of the Precambrian. The excursions provided to the vast Precambrian areas of Ganada had attracted to the congress authorities from the Precambrian fields in all other countries; and the discussions were illuminating in that they focussed the experience of work in many fields on the intri- cate problems presented. The succession in Fin- land was given by Sederholm, who also illustrated by slides some clear instances of granitisation on a regional scale. Cole explained the intrusive relationships in north-west Ireland. The difficul- ties encountered by Scottish geologists in correlat- ing the Precambrian of the Highlands were ex- plained by Horne. An outline of the Precambrian of the British Isles was given by Strahan. Holland pointed out the broad similarities between the series in India and in North America. Coleman and Collins dealt more particularly with the area east of Lake Superior. A rather keen discussion took place when the classification submitted by Lawson as based on work in the Rainy Lake area was questioned by Leith and Lane. Altogether the session was illuminative of the difficulties in the way of any attempt to correlate the Precam- brian in widely separated areas. Other topics considered can only be mentioned in brief. On the physical and faunal character- istics of Paleozoic seas papers were presented by Chamberlin, Schuchert, Ulrich, Frech, and Holtedahl. To the topic of interglacial periods Lamplugh, Coleman, Upham, Alden, Tyrrell, Wolff, and Holst contributed; while at a special session on tectonics papers were given by Paulcke, Dahlbiom, Mess, and Smith, McDonald, Howe and Hovey. Numerous miscellaneous papers were also submitted dealing with subjects of geological and mineralogical interest. During the session of the congress two popular lectures were delivered, to which the Toronto public were invited. The first was by M. Em- manuel de Margerie on the geological map of the world. The lecturer gave some very practical 1 The discussion had at least one permanent result. A resolution proposed by Dr. Sederholm was passed by the Congress to the effect that geological surveys of countries which have contiguous areas of Precambrian rocks form international committees to include representatives of the geological surveys of all the countries concerned, for the purpose of correlating the Precambrian formations in the different countries. NO. 2288, VOL. 92] [SEPTEMBER 4, 1913 suggestions to the committee in charge of the preparation of the map. He advocated the con- tinental as opposed to the World map, and the discrimination by colour between marine and lacustrine sediments, and between folded and un- folded areas. The continental areas were dis- cussed seriatim, with practical hints as to map- construction. Of more interest to the general public was a lecture by Dr. W. F. Hume on desert phenomena in Egypt. The lecture, which was illustrated by slides, presented a clear picture of the geological conditions, and in particular of the effects of sand erosion on the exposed rocks. Much could be inferred from the slides as to the actual conditions under which work is carried on in desert countries. Notwithstanding the interest evinced in papers and discussions, the value of the twelfth congress to the visiting delegates lay mainly in the excur- sions which they were enabled to undertake to many points of geological and mining interest throughout the Dominion. Elaborate preparations had been made by the Geological Survey of Canada to ensure the success of this feature of the meeting, and the total length of line covered by the guide books considerably exceeded 20,000 miles. From July 13 to September 23 excursions practically without a break were arranged for —frequently three, or even more, concurrently. The maritime provinces were visited, before the session, under the guidance of Dr. G. A. Young; Sudbury, Cobalt, and Porcupine before and after the session, the excursions being led by Dr. W. G. Miller; while two transcontinental excursions, the first of more particular interest to petrologists and stratigraphers, the second to economic geologists and mining engineers, had as leaders Dr. Adams and Mr. Brock respectively. An excursion of particular interest, of which many would have gladly availed themselves had time permitted, was that to the Yukon and Alaska boundary, led by Mr. McConnell. Besides these longer excursions numerous field-trips were made, both before and during the session in Toronto. To the localities in the vicinity of Toronto Dr. Coleman and Dr. Parks acted as guides. For the excursions a series of guide-books was prepared by the Geological Survey of Canada, which contained besides the reading matter numer- ous coloured maps, topographical maps, and photographs. Apart from the immediate value to the members of the congress, the guide-books represent an important contribution to Canadian geology. They summarise a large amount of investigation accessible only in the reports of the survey, and contribute as well a considerable proportion of new material. They cover the main routes of travel, and will prove valuable books of reference, not only to geologists and engineers, but also to any travellers who may be interested in the resources and rock formations of the country. The interest which the excursions had aroused in Canadian geology was shown by the eagerness with which the literature supplied by the Geological Survey and mines branches was sought after. From this point of view the con- SEPTEMBER 4, 1913] NATURE 9 gress has served as an excellent distributing agency for the literature on the geology and mineral resources of the Dominion. While the delegates were in Ottawa occasion was taken to do honour to the memory of the first director of the Geological Survey of Canada. Affixed to a block of Laurentian rock, in which formation Sir William Logan did pioneer work, a tablet has been placed in the Victoria Memorial Museum. The tablet, which was unveiled in the presence of the visiting delegates, bears the fol- lowing inscription :—‘‘ William Logan, K.T., LL.D., F.R.S., 1798-1875, the Father of Cana- dian Geology, Founder and First Director Geolo- gical Survey of Canada, 1842-1869. Erected by the International Geological Congress (Canada), 1913.” Two of the Canadian universities took advantage of the opportunity afforded them to honour some of the visiting members of the con- gress. On August 1, McGill University conferred the degree of LL.D. on J. F. Kemp, U.S.A.; H. Backstrém, Sweden; A. Lacroix, France; A. Bergent, Germany; and A. Harker, England. On August 14, the last day of the congress, the University of Toronto paid a similar honour to P. M. Termier, France; T. C. Chamberlin, U.S.A.; R. Beck, Germany; J. J. Sederholm, Finland; T. Tschermyschev, Russia; A. Strahan, England; and W. G. Miller, Canada. A ceremony very different in character—though no less digni- fied—was performed when the delegates visited Montreal. At the old Indian reservation of Caughnawga the visitors were treated to a short exhibition of the Indian national game, to an Indian play depicting the courtship of former times, and finally four of the party were selected to become chiefs of the tribe. They were:—I. P. Tolmatchew, Russia; W. Paulcke, Germany; H. M. Cadell, Scotland; and F. D. Adams, Canada. After going through the dance of adop- tion they were given Indian names, and were received as full members of the tribe. No account of the twelfth congress would be complete without reference to the kindnesses showered on the delegates during their visit to Toronto. The local committee and ladies’ com- mittee, aided by the executive committee of the congress, had made very extensive and thorough arrangements, and the people of Toronto re- sponded in a most whole-hearted manner. Recep- tions, banquets, garden-parties, and afternoon teas were prominent features in the proceedings; automobiles were at the disposal of the members; and several of the clubs in town were thrown open while the congress was in session. If one may judge from the appreciative remarks to be heard on every side, the visiting delegates carried away with them very pleasant memories of Toronto and its people. On the invitation of M. A. Renier, who repre- sented the Government of Belgium, it was decided to hold the thirteenth congress in Belgium four years hence. The subject on which a_ special monograph shall be issued by the executive com- mittee of the congress of 1917 was left to the discretion of the new committee. REC. W. NO. 2288, VOL. 92] THE OIL-FIELDS OF BURMA. ee appearance of this memoir will be wel- comed equally by those who are engaged in the study of petroleum from a purely scientific point of view, and by those who are merely con- cerned with its profitable exploitation in Burma and other parts of the Indian Empire; not only because the author possesses a special knowledge of the subject in both aspects, but also because he has brought together, and arranged in a con- cise and readable manner, a mass of information that has hitherto been scattered through the pages of a voluminous literature, not always readily accessible. For close upon a century after Michael Symes and Hiram Cox, in the course of their journeys up the “ Erai-Wuddey ” to the court of Ava, had visited the earth-oil wells of “‘ Yanangheoum,” the great oil-belt of Burma remained almost un- explored by Europeans. The virtues of ‘“‘ Rangoon oil” as a lubricant, especially for small arms, be- came well known; and following on Dr. Christi- son’s discovery, in 1836, that it contained a large proportion of solid paraffin, considerable quanti- ties of the crude oil were imported into this country for the manufacture of candles. But nv further developments took place until, within a year of the aanexation of Upper Burma, in 1886, exploitation on modern lines began to supersede the antiquated methods of the Burmese, and a systematic investigation of the conditions under which the oil occurred was taken in hand. As a result of these investigations, carried on not only by officers of the Geological Survey, but also by geologists employed by the several oil companies, it has become apparent that the petrol- eum is practically confined to certain horizons— whether one or more has not yet been definitely ascertained—in the upper portion of the enormous accumulation of clays and incoherent sandstones known as the Pegu system, corresponding: fairly closely with the Miocene of Europe. These beds, according to Mr. Pascoe, were deposited in a great gulf some 4oo miles in length, occupying the greater portion of the present Irrawaddy valley. Orogenic folding, proceeding, in part, simultaneously with the deposition of the beds, has thrown them into a series of elongated domes, beneath which the oil has accumulated. The second and third parts of the memoir are devoted to a discussion of the structure of each of the anticlines so far examined, and of its capabilities as a producery of oil. The most productive of these anticlines as yet discovered is that of Yenangyaung, where Dr. Oldham first recognised, in 1855, the connection between anticlinal structure and the accumulation of petroleum. Here the oil is confined within an area of less than one-and-a-half square miles, and yet, since the year 1888, this little field has pro- duced more than a thousand million gallons. No- thing like this has been discovered elsewhere in 1 “The Oil-fields of Burma.” By E. H. Pascoe. Pp. xxxix-+269+54 plates. Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India. (Calcutta: Geological Paes 3 London : Kegan Paul, Trench, Triibner and Co., Ltd., 1912.) Price 6s. 8a. 10 Burma, though many an anticline, apparently as well fitted for the storage of petroleum, has been examined and tested. Meanwhile no fewer than nine companies are engaged in a race for the deeper and richer oil-sands in the Yenangyaung field, and it would appear that the end cannot be far off. One may, perhaps, be allowed to express regret that steps were not taken by Government to regulate this competition until it had seriously affected the resources of the field; especially in view of the fact that Burma is the only country - directly under Imperial control which is known to possess large stores of petroleum, and that an adequate supply of fuel oil may become, in the near future, of vital importance to the national existence. 1 Pivad. tr Naty 2 ve ee ag OS NATURE [SEPTEMBER 4, I9I3 suggestive, as well as the affinity shown to exist between petroleum gas and such admittedly organic products as marsh-g’as and firedamp, in respect of the proportion of methane that they contain. The solution of the problem is one of great practical importance, for upon it depends the question whether an oil-sand, once drained of its petroleum, might ever recover its productive- ness. 1. A. eee OCEANOGRAPHY OF THE MEDITER- RANEAN.1 THE Mediterranean Sea has always been an attractive field for oceanographical investiga- tion, since it presents many features which con- Yenangyaung—Native well-digger in diving dress. (The man on his right is holding the mirror used to illuminate the bottom of the wel.) From Memoirs of the Geological Survey of India, vol. xl., parti., “* Ihe Oil-fields of Burma.” In the final chapters of the work will be found an able discussion of the origin of petroleum, and of its relations to geotectonic structure. The difficulty of accounting for the presence of oil- sands above a water-bearing stratum (a by no means uncommon occurrence at Yenangyaung) on any theory of inorganic origin, which would entail an upward migration of the oil from a deep- seated source, seems to be insuperable; while, on the other hand, the arguments brought forward in favour of an organic origin, at least in Burma, Assam, and other similar areas, seem no less con- vincing. Though any direct geneti¢ relation be- tween coal and oil is expressly disclaimed, their close juxtaposition in those countries is highly NO. 2288, VOL. 92] trast strongly with those of the other enclosed seas. Italy, Sicily, and a submarine ridge over which the greatest depth of water is about 400 metres, separate the whole area into two sea- basins. The western one, comprising the Balearic and Tyrrhenian Seas, is, for the most part, about 2000-3000 metres in depth; while the eastern basin, which includes all the seas to the east of Italy and Sicily, is rather deeper on the average, and soundings of more than 4000 metres have ~ been made. Large coastal areas, like the North Sea, with depths of less than 200 metres do not 1 Report on the Danish Oceanographical Expeditions of 1909-10 to the Mediterranean and Adjacent Seas. Edited by Joh. Schmidt. Vol. i., Intro- duction, Hydrography, and Se1-bottom Deposits. (Copenhagen, 1912.) Pp. 270+xx plates. SEPTEMBER 4, 1913] NATURE ; II exist, and because of this absence of extensive tracts of sea-bottom of moderate depth, fisheries on the scale of those of the North Atlantic enclosed seas are non-existent. Because of this relative unimportance of the sea-fisheries, the fauna of the Mediterranean is not nearly so well known as, for instance, that of the North Sea and Baltic; and the remainder of the reports of the Danish expeditions, dealing with the biological investiga- tions, promise to be of exceptional interest on this account. The sea-bottom deposits are of relatively little interest. Over by far the greater part of the Mediterranean the bottom is covered by ter- rigenous materials. These contain far less volcanic débris than might have been suspected. Siliceous materials are also relatively rare, and the chief calcareous deposits are to be found over relatively small areas, and contain Pteropod shells. The hydrographic conditions*in the Mediter- ranean depend mainly on the fact that this water area is one of high concentration. The amount of water received from the rainfall over the land area which it drains is far less (less than a quarter, it is said) than the amount of water removed by evaporation. The temperature of the superficial strata of water is relatively high: even at a depth of 1000 metres it is uniformly 13°C., while the salinity is also relatively high, being everywhere about 38 per mille in the bottom and intermediate strata. This excess of evaporation over precipita- tion would lead, of course, to a reduction of water- level, were it not compensated by the strong inflow from the Atlantic through the Straits of Gibraltar. But this inflow tends, of course, to raise the hydro- static pressure of the water in the sea, and there- fore a counter-current sets out from the Mediter- ranean into the open Atlantic Ocean. The inflow- ing current is superficial, has a velocity of from one to three knots, a temperature which is that of the Atlantic water in the Spanish Bay, and a salinity of about 36 per mille. The outflowing current is a deep one, its velocity varies from one- half to about five knots, its temperature is uni- formly about 13° C., and its salinity is about 38 per mille. The variations in velocity are due to the tidal streams in the straits. The volume of relatively warm and dense water flowing out from the Mediterranean is very con- siderable. This water is so highly saline that it flows on as a bottom or intermediate current in spite of its high temperature. Although its direc- tion is nearly east to west as it emerges from the straits, it soon becomes deflected to the north and east as the result of the earth’s rotation, and it approaches the coasts of the British Islands. Normally it flows to the west of Ireland, and Dickson has shown that it may be present even so far north as the channel between Rockall and Scotland, but as a rule the current must flow along deep depressions of the sea-bottom. If, however, it is unusually strong it may enter the shallower sea-basins, and Bassett has recently suggested that unusually high salinities in such enclosed sea areas as the English Channel or Irish NO. 2288, VOL. 92] | Sea may be due, not to an unusually strong Gulf Stream drift, but more probably to the presence of this highly saline Mediterranean water. This indeed, appears to have been the case in the summer of 1912 in the Irish Sea and adjacent waters. Precisely the opposite conditions exist in re- | lation to the Black Sea and the Sea of Marmora. The latter basin has a depth of 1000 to 2000 metres, and the Black Sea has a maximum depth of about 2200 metres. The Black Sea is an area of excess of precipitation over evaporation, so that the superficial strata of water are of low salinity. From the surface down to about 20 metres the salinity is about 17°5 per mille, and it is nearly constant at this limiting depth, increasing towards the bottom. The temperature appears to be nearly constant at about 80 metres depth, and also in- creases slightly towards the bottom. Because of the excess of precipitation over evaporation the water-level of the Black Sea tends to rise, but this is prevented, of course, by an outflow of relatively light water through the Bosporus into the Sea of Marmora, and from the latter basin through the Dardanelles into the Mediterranean. | But since this outflow reduces the hydrostatic pressure of the communicating water masses, a counter-current of relatively dense Mediterranean water enters the Sea of Marmora, and then the Black Sea through the Bosporus. The water flowing out from the Black Sea is a surface current, that flowing in a deep one. The depth of water at the entrance to the Black Sea is, how- ever, very small, and the existence of this “sill” prevents the complete renewal or ventilation of the deeper strata of water, a condition which also exists, on a much smaller scale, in some of the Norwegian fjords. The absence of renewal of water leads to the stagnation of most of the water of the Black Sea: not only is oxygen absent in the deeper layers, but its place is actually taken by sulphuretted hydrogen, and except for some forms of bacteria this water-mass is lifeless. The horizontal water circulation in the Mediter- ranean depends on the Atlantic inflow. This is at first west to east in direction, but, becoming deflected to the right in consequence of the rota- tion of the earth, it flows along the coast of Africa. The direction of flow of surface-water then follows the general scheme of that in the northern hemi- sphere. Two cyclonic circulations are set up in the western basin—one in the Balearic Sea to the west of Sardinia and Corsica, and another in the Tyrrhenian Sea. The main stream enters the eastern basin through the channel between Sicily and Tunis, and then becomes deflected, forming another cyclonic circulation. There is also an intermediate level water circulation which depends for its direction on a complex resultant of super- ficial horizontal circulation and vertical circula- tions due to concentration and cooling of super- ficial waters. This intermediate circulation is difficult to explain, and, indeed, is still imperfectly known. It is, of course, the origin of the westerly flowing deep current in the straits, and seems to 12 NATURE result from the junction of two main streams flow- ing to the south of Sardinia and the north of Corsica respectively. Many disputed questions are discussed by the authors of the papers in this report, and we await with interest the results of the biological investi- gations. There is no doubt that the fishes and other groups of animals inhabiting the Mediter- ranean area are still imperfectly known; while the investigation of the pelagic microscopic life of these seas is one which is full of interest. A good deal of such work has, of course, already been done, but the results of investigators thoroughly familiar with deep-sea work of this kind in the northern seas are sure to be interesting, and the comparisons which we may expect they will at- tempt ought to throw new light on many questions of general biological interest. Pllc [SEPTEMBER 4, 1913 ies : in existence, and a very wide personal experience in the forests of all parts of the country. Up- wards of one-third of these nfnety-four species are of later date than Bentham’s “Flora Australi- ensis,”’ or were not given specific rank by Bentham. From a rough calculation the number of valid species of Eucalyptus will not be fewer than 150; some generally dispersed, though the western species are mostly different from the eastern, and many of them bear more conspicuous flowers than the eastern. Others are very rare and near extinction, notably the very large- flowered, shrubby E. macrocarpa. It is to be hoped that Mr. Maiden’s health and official duties will permit him to bring this valuable monograph to a relatively early conclusion, as it is only in the complete form that it can be fully useful. W. Bortinc HEMSLEY. THE GUM TREES OF AUSTRALIA.} R. T. H. MAIDEN, the director of the I Botanic Gardens, Sydney, N.S.W., pub- lished the first part of his great work on the characteristic Australian genus Eucalyptus in 1903, and it has now reached the seventeenth part. There is no other country of the same extent as Australia in which one genus of trees largely pre- dominates throughout and, at the same time, has few extensions beyond. It has been estimated that three-fourths of the forest vegetation of Australia consists of gum trees and bushes, yet the genus is not represented in, the native flora of New Zealand, New Caledonia, Lord Howe Island, and other contiguous countries, including, I believe, New Guinea, though E. alba is a native of Timor. But, like Baeckia and Melaleuca, other myrta- ceous genera, Eucalyptus has a considerable north- ward extension in eastern Asia, limited, however, to one species the present distribution of which is peculiar. Mr. Maiden has succeeded in showing that this species, E. naudiniana, abundant in Neu Pommern (New Britain), is the same as that discovered in Mindanao, Philippines, by the United States Exploring Expedition (1838-42), and described under the name multiflora—a name pre- viously occupied. These two localities are separ- ated by about 13° of latitude and 25° of longi- tude, or, approximately, 1500 miles, and hitherto E. naudiniana has not been recorded from any intermediate locality. Its presence in the Philip- pines is an interesting fact in phytogeography, and the question arises, Is it a straggler of a southern migration, or is it, and similar outliers, a northward extension of a type of southern origin? But this is not the place to discuss the point. So far Mr. Maiden has described and figured ninety-four species of Eucalyptus, and given all details available of their distribution, based on practically all the important herbarium material 1 "A Critical Revision of the Genus Eucalyptus” By J. H. Maiden, Government Botanist of New South Wales, Parts xii-xvii. Plates 50-76, with descriptive letterpress. - (Published by Authority of the Government of the State of New Sonth Wales, rg10-13.) Price 25. 6a. each part. NO. 2288, VOL. 92] NOTES. We are informed by Dr. H. Mohn that he has resigned the professorship of meteorology in the Uni- versity of Christiania and the directorship of the Meteorological Institute of Norway. Mr. Aksel S. Steen has been appointed to succeed him in these positions. Ar the time of going to press with our issue of last week, the race by Mr. H. G. Hawker in an all-British waterplane for the 5oool. prize offered by The Daily Mail was in progress. The distance to be covered was 1540 miles, and of this 1043 had been accomplished on Wednesday when, according to the aviator, his foot slipping off the rudder bar, he lost control of the machine, which fell into the water of Lough Shinny, Ireland, and was wrecked. Mr. Hawker and his com- panion, Mr. Kauper, were rescued, the first-named un- injured, but the latter with a broken arm and other injuries. Although the task set him to accom~ plish was not fulfilled, the aviator must be con- gratulated upon having made a very satisfactory series of flights. The machine, fitted with a Green engine, was built by the Sopwith Aviation Company, and was a biplane with a span between the wing tips of 50 ft., and a length of 31 ft. 6 in. It had two main floats, with single hydroplane step, each weighing 170 Ib., and also a small torpedo float under the tail. The total weight-of the machine and passengers was esti- mated at 2400 Ib. Tue next International Conference on Cancer (the fourth) is to be held at Copenhagen in 1916. AccoRDING to the New York Medical Journal, an International Exposition of Safety and Sanitation will take place in New York in December next. It will include exhibits devoted to safety, health, sanitation, the prevention of accidents, the welfare of the public and the individual, and the advancement of the science of industry. Exhibits from foreign countries will, by a special Act of Congress, be admitted free of duty. 5 A REPORT from Vienna states that a ship has been purchased for an Austrian expedition to the South Polar regions, and that funds are being collected in SEPTEMBER 4, 1913] aid of the object. The expedition is to be under the leadership of Dr. F. Kénig, of Graz, and the proposal is that it shall leave Trieste in May next. A large donation to the funds has been given by the Austrian Academy of Science, and the Austrian Geographical Society has promised an annual subsidy towards the cost of the undertaking. Mr. D. A. BaNNERMAN has returned from a zoo- logical mission to the eastern islands of the Canary group, undertaken with the object of procuring examples of the birds of these islands for the Natural History Museum. The islands visited were Fuerte- ventura, Lanzarote, Graciosa, Montana Clara, Roque de I’Oueste, and Alegranza, several of which had not previously been visited by a collector. Mr. Banner- man succeeded in obtaining a number of rare and interesting species peculiar to the islands, while the fact that the birds were collected in their breeding plumage renders them of special value to the museum bird room. On Alegranza a new species of chat was discovered. REFERENCE was made in our last issue to the three educational museums which were founded and equipped by the late Sir Jonathan Hutchinson. We * regret to learn from The Times that the future of these institutions is in an uncertain state and causing anxiety to those who have been privileged to make use of them. So far as the museum of Haslemere is concerned, there is a strong feeling in the town that everything should be done to retain the institution, and it is understood that the family are willing to hand it over to a responsible committee or body of trustees so that the museum may be placed on a per. manent and public basis. The*annual cost of main- tenance on the present lines is about 4ool:, and an appeal will shortly be issued with the hove of securing this sum for five years at least, it being thought that by that time those who are interested in the matter will have had an opportunity of deciding what are the best steps to be taken for the permanent control and maintenance of the museum. As was stated in our issue of July 3 last, plans are being prepared for the new buildings to be erected at the Rothamsted experiment station in commemora- tion of the centenary of the birth of Sir John Lawes and Sir Henry Gilbert. We now learn from the Journal of the Royal Society of Arts that strong com- mittees are being formed to raise the necessary funds ‘or the memorial. It is stated that the sum of 12,000. is required, and of this amount half will have to be raised by public subscription, the remaining half being obtainable from the development fund. A TABLET was unveiled on Sunday last at Primiero, Southern Tyrol, on the house in which Alois Negrelli was born, to commemorate Negrelli’s work as sur- veyor of the Suez Canal. He began his investigations in 1847, completed his plans in 1855-6, and in 1858 was appointed inspector-general of the Suez Canal works. He died on October 1 ef the latter year. WE note, with regret, the death, at the age of sixty-six, from typhoid fever, while on his voyage home from the Philippines, of Dr. Tem- NO. 2288, VOL. 92] NATURE 13 o pest Anderson, who for a time lectured on volcanoes at the Royal Institution. He was joint author of the report to the Royal Society on the seismic dis- turbances in the West Indies in 1902 and 1907, and had filled, among other positions, those of president of the Yorkshire Philosophical Society and the Museums Association. Tue death is announced, at the age of sixty-six, of Col. Andrew Clark, a gold medallist of the British Medical Association, lecturer on surgery at the Middle- sex Hospital Medical School, and author of the “Middlesex Hospital Surgical Reports, 1872-4,’’ and of ‘‘Ambulance Lectures.’’ He also edited the fourth edition of ‘‘ Fairlie Clark’s Manual of Surgery.” Ir is stated in The Allahabad Pioneer Mail that the Maharaja Scindia of Gwalior is giving special atten- tion to the valuable archeological relics and treasures in his State, and is taking steps to create an archzo- logical department in Gwalior. In furtherance of this object he has sought the advice and cooperation of the Director-General of Archaeology in India. AccoRDING to The Scientific American, a large naval radio station is shortly to be constructed by the United States at Caimeto, Panama, to be known as the Darien Radio Station. It will consist of three towers, each 600 ft. in height. The bases of the towers will be 180 ft. above sea-level, and they will be arranged in a triangle measuring goo ft. on each side. The sending and receiving radius will be about 3000 miles direct reach to the Arlington Station, to San Francisco, and to Valdivia, 420 miles south of Valparaiso, on the Pacific, and Buenos Aires on the Atlantic. It will cover a vessel anywhere on the east coast of the United States, and communicate with St. Vincent. The system to be used is the Poulsen. New lightning conductors have been installed on St. Paul’s Cathedral. In the course of the operations part of one of the original iron bar conductors erected more than 140 years ago under the supervision of Ben- jamin Franklin was discovered. This bar, having been inside one of the towers and so not exposed to the weather, was still in a good state of preservation. The Times recalls that the fixing of these ‘ Franklin rods,” as they were called, led to a heated controversy as to whether lightning conductors should have points or balls as terminals. The president of the Royal Society, who advocated points, had to resign. King George III. was a strong adherent to ball terminals. Ir is announced in The Times that a discovery of oil shale has been made in the island of Skye by Dr. G. W. Lee, a member of the scientific staff of the Scottish Geological Survey and Museum, Edinburgh, who was examining the geological structure of the east coast of Skye. The extent and value of the deposits are not yet fully known, but it is stated that the seam discovered is about 11 ft. in thickness, that it extends over a considerable area, and that, although not of first-class quality or so good as the seams worked in the Lothians, it is likely to prove sufficiently good to be worked successfully, in view of the improved methods of operation now followed by the leading shale oil firms. 14 NATURE [SEPTEMBER 4, 1913 Tue droughty summer has closed with some excep- | tains important investigations dealing chiefly with tionally heavy rainfalls over the south-eastern portion of England, where the rains for the last two or three days of August have materially modified the aggregate measurements for the season. At Greenwich the rain- fall for the three days, August 29 to 31, was 1-22 in., which is more than the total for the preceding part of the month. Without the rainfall for the last three days of summer the total for the three months at Greenwich would have been more than an inch less than for the corresponding season in the abnormally fine year 1911. The total rainfall for the summer at Greenwich is 4-69 in., whilst in 1912 it was 7-86 in., and in 1911 it was 3-72 in. The driest summer of the last seventy years occurred in 1864 with 2-50 in., and in the last fifty years there have been fourteen summers drier than the one which has just closed. At Green- wich the summer rains this year are 7o per cent. of the average. In places the recent rains have not had much influence on the total for the summer. At Jersey the summer rains, June, July, and August, are only 28 per cent. of the average; at Leith, 4o per cent., where until August 28 they were only 28 per cent. ; at Valencia, 51 per cent.; and at Liverpool, 66 per cent. The mean temperature for the three months at Greenwich was 61°, which is in precise agreement with 1912, and 5° cooler than 1911. The sunshine this summer was 442 hours, in 1912 it was 497 hours, and in 1911 it was 819 hours. Tue proceedings of the third meeting of the General Malarial Committee of the Government of India, held at Madras during November, 1912, have been pub- lished recently as a substantial volume, which contains much interesting reading and affords evidence of a great deal of energetic and enthusiastic research upon the etiology of disease in India. The papers and discussions reported cover a wider field than the title indicates. Several papers deal with the question of Stegomyia fasciata, the mosquito known to be the carrier of yellow fever in the New World; in view of the approaching opening of the Panama Canal, when the endemic home of yellow fever will be brought into closer communication with the Far East than it is at present, the degree of prevalence of this mosquito in the ports of India is likely to become a matter of urgent practical sanitary importance. Other papers read dealt with the vexed question of the transmission of Kala Azar. Capt. Patton, who regards the parasite causing this disease as a member of a group of Flagellates primarily parasitic in insects, has observed developmental stages of the parasite in the common bed-bug, but as yet no satisfactory experimental proof that the bed-bug transmits Kala Azar has been brought forward, nor has the existence of any “ reser- voir "’ of the disease in domestic or wild animals be demonstrated. The problem of Kala Azar is, how- ever, under investigation by a number of competent workers, and its solution in the near future may be confidently expected. Tue Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine has issued its report for the year 1911 (more correctly for the year ending March, 1912). The bulk of the report is written by the director, Dr. Anton Breinl, and con- NO, 2288, VOL. 92] parasitic worms and Protozoa, illustrated by eleven excellent lithographed plates. “Especially notewerthy amongst these researches is an investigation into the morphology and life-history of Onchocerca gibsoni, the nematode parasite which causes the so-called worm-nodules in Australian cattle. A number of experiments were recorded which were directed to- wards solving the problem of the transmission of this parasite, but up to the present these experiments have not led to any conclusive results as to the intermediary host of the worm. Appended to the director’s report is that of the entomologist, Mr. Frank H. Taylor, and a report on the Cestoda and Acanthocephala of North Queensland, by Dr. T. Harvey Johnston. The entire report makes a quarto volume of 96 pp. and 17 plates, neatly bound in cloth, but having one defect from the point of view of the bibliographer, namely, that there is nowhere any indication to be found of the date of publication, whether 1912 or 1913. This is an unfortunate omission in a work which describes numerous new species of animals, including even a new species of Cyclops. In a recent number of the Annals of Tropical Medicine and Parasitology (vol. vii., No. 3A), Dr. J. W. Scott Macfie gives an account of a new species of trypanosome observed in human beings in Nigeria. It occurs most commonly in young people, and pro- duces a mild form of sleeping sickness in which the trypanosomes cannot be found in the peripheral blood, but are present in the lymphatic glands. To the smaller experimental animals of the laboratory the trypanosome appears to be but slightly pathogenic. — In the blood of the guinea-pig the trypanosome is smaller than Trypanosoma gambiense; like that species it is polymorphic, with long and slender, short and stumpy, and intermediate forms, and a few minute trypanosomes, measuring as little as 8 mu in length, appear constantly in the blood-films. Some of the short, stumpy forms have the principal nucleus situated far forwards at the anterior (flagellar) end of the body. Forms in which the flagellum appears to be free from the body for its whole length are also found. The Nigerian trypanosome is regarded by Dr. Macfie as a species distinct from T. gambiense, and is given the name T. nigeriense. In part 6, vol. iii., of the Journal of the East Africa and Uganda Natural History Society, Mr. C. W. Hobley discusses, from an examination of weapons used by the Pygmy and other neighbouring tribes, the question of the evolution of the arrow. He comes to the conclusion that the use of the stone point is later than that of the thorn; hence, that the use of poison applied to the tip is probably older than is commonly supposed; the lateral barbs were suggested by some of the many thorny-stemmed plants which flourish in the bush in which the hunter lived. He suggests that the aboriginal tribes of the centre of the continent passed direct from the use of natural thorns to the use of iron points, but the people east of Lake Victoria began with natural thorn points, passed through an age in which stone arrow-points were used, and eventually passed into anironage, the | SEPTEMBER 4, 1913] “variation in development depending on the absence or presence of suitable stone for making arrow-points. The wooden point still survives, but only sporadically ; the stone point has disappeared, but the leaf-shaped iron point used by some of the Kavirondo, Nandi, and also found among the Tharaka, is undoubtedly a copy of the leaf-shaped stone arrow-head, of which good examples are now coming to light. Tue possibility of the existence of some hitherto unidentified animals in Central Africa is again raised in a communication by Mr. C. W. Hobley, published in part 6, vol. iii., of the Journal of the East Africa and Uganda Natural History Society. One of them is described as possessing ‘thick, reddish-brown hair, with a slight streak of white down the hindquarters, rather long from hock to foot, rather bigger than a hyena, with largish ears.’ Some naturalists are in- clined to identify it with the hairy ant-bear, Orycteropus; but most of those who have seen it are well acquainted with the ant-bear, and it is an almost unique phenomenon for an ant-bear to be seen abroad in daylight. The natives, again, have tales of a lake monster which the Baganda call Lukwata. Europeans have seen a strange beast swimming in the Napoleon Gulf, which was apparently not a crocodile. An American sportsman, E. B. Bronson, saw on the Gori River, Lake Victoria, a beast ‘“‘14 to 15 feet long, head as big as a lioness but shaped and marked as a leopard, two long white fangs sticking down straight out of his upper jaw, scaled like an armadillo, back broad as a hippo, spotted like a leopard, and a broad, fine tail; the imprints of its feet were as large as that of a hippo but clawed like a reptile.’’ Another monster has been seen by natives ‘‘as large as a man, sometimes going on four legs, sometimes on two, in general appearance like a huge baboon, and very fierce.’’ Naturalists will await with interest the discovery of specimens of these strange animals. Berore the publication, in The Philippine Journal of Science for April last, of Mr. H. O. Beyer’s paper on origin myths among the mountain peoples of the Philippines, no representative collection of Philippine myths had been made. Until recent years it was believed that all ancient records written in the syllabic alphabets which the Filipinos possessed at the time of the Spanish conquest had been lost; but two of these alphabets are now found in use by wild tribes of Palawan and Mindoro, and ancient manu- scripts written in the old Bisaya character have re- cently been discovered in a cave in the island of Negros. These still await publication. Mr. Beyer’s paper is based on oral tradition and gives a large collection of interesting legends, including an under- ground death-land, a story of the Atlas type, in which the world is supported by a post created by the chief deity and near which he dwells, and a remarkable flood myth current among the Central Ifugaos. It may be hoped that Mr. Beyer will continue his researches in the new folklore area. Mr. T. SueprparD, curator of the Municipal Museum, Hull, has issued a fourth edition of his catalogue of the collections under his charge. This is rendered necessary by the process of rearrange- NO. 2288, VOL. 92] NATURE 15 ment which followed important additions to the collec- tions, and the establishment of the new Wilberforce House Museum and the Pickering Museum of Fisheries and Shipping, which has done much to re- move the pressure on the original buildings. Wilber- force House, built for the Lister family, about the end of Queen Elizabeth’s reign, a beautiful olduresi- dence with numerous relics, was the birthplace of the philanthropist, William Wilberforce, born here in 1759, and has now become the repository of collections illus- trating his life, and of the general history of Kingston-upon-Hull. The Pickering Museum is largely devoted to collections illustrating the whaling, fishing, and shipping industries, the nucleus being the specimens collected by a public-spirited citizen, Mr. C. Pickering. Hull is to be congratulated on the activity displayed by its municipality and residents on the establishment of these museums, and the curator, Mr. T. Sheppard, on the valuable series of catalogues issued’ at a nominal price. Dr. W. S. Huntsr’s ‘‘The Delayed Reaction in Animals and Children,” affords an interesting con- tribution to the ‘Behavior Monograph Series.” A release box is employed leading to three different compartments, any one of which can be illuminated by the experimenter. The compartment which is illuminated can be opened and entered by the sub- ject, whereas the other compartments are closed. Food is obtained by entering the illuminated compart- ment. Rats, dogs, raccoons, and children were used as subjects. After a clear association had been estab- lished between the movements leading to food and the light which might appear in any one of the three boxes, experiments were begun in which the light was turned off before the subject had made the appropriate reaction. The research consisted in determining the maximal length of this delay-period which is com- patible with a correct response, and in ascertaining the psychological factors at work permitting of the correct response after the delay-period. The atithor lays stress on the importance of what he terms “sensory thought.” THE current number of The Psychological Review contains an important paper on association and inhi- bition, by Prof. J. F. Shepard and Mr. H. M. Fogel- songe, based on the learning of nonsense-syllables. In the first series of experiments these were learnt in pairs, and subsequently the subject was tested by being shown the first syllable of a pair either alone or in different combinations. These combinations of first syllables were either shown successively or simul- taneously. Where two first syllables were shown suc- cessively, the second was shown at such an interval that the association set up by the former was not . already completed in the subject. In a second series of experiments, three, instead of two, syllables were learnt together, and, in testing, the first two of the three syllables were shown simultaneously ; these might belong to the same or to different three-syllable groups. In other series of experiments two different syllables were each separately learnt in conjunction with one and the same syllable; the two syllables were subse- quently presented successively to the subject when tested. The resulting reproduction-times, as measured 16 NATURE by the chronoscope, convince the authors that the inhibition or facilitation thus experimentally produced is one “which cannot be. . . explained neurologic- ally as a division of energy, or drainage.’ They be- lieve that ‘‘an association cannot be explained as a mere path of lowered resistance,” but that it ‘*in- volvgs other processes which prevent any other stimulus from using the same neuroses af the same time . . . and which block any other association that is tending to operate at the same time, even though both will lead to the same end result.” In vol. viii., Section D, No. 3. of The Philippine Journal of Science, Mr. A. E. W. Salt gives an elaborate account of the endowment provided by Fran- cisco de Carriedo y Peredo, the greatest benefactor of the city of Manila, who died in 1743. From the funds received under his will, a water supply was provided for the city until the American occupation. A new system to supplement the ancient supply was opened in 1908. Water is now brought from an almost virgin watershed of one hundred square miles in area, and thence carried to a storage reservoir with a capacity of 210,000,000 gallons. The city, however, is so rapidly developing that this system is barely adequate to the needs of the population. Mr. Salt has done good service in directing attention to the benevolence of a citizen who, at a time when sanita- tion occupied little public attention, devoted his wealth to this excellent purpose. In Professional Paper No. 79 of the United States Geological Survey, Mr. H. S. Williams discusses the recurrent Tropidoleptus zones of thé Upper Devonian in New York. In preparing the data for the Watkins Glen-Catatonk folio (No. 169 Geol. Atlas USUS, Geol. Survey, 1909) the occasional discovery of Tripodolpetus carinatus (Conrad) in strata far above the supposed range of the species or of the fauna with which the species is normally associated led the writer to undertake an examination of the sections and sequence of fauna where they appeared. The result throws important light upon the regional geography. The departure and return of the fauna must have been due to diastrophic changes which produced re- curring favourable or unfavourable conditions for the existence of the fauna. Those changes of conditions may have resulted from the alternate closing and reopening of an actual passage-way which obstructed or admitted the access of the fauna and of waters favourable to them, or from changes that affected the direction, character, or volume of the existing ocean currents. THe insect food of Canadian fresh-water fishes forms the subject of an article by Dr. Gordon Hewitt, the Dominion entomologist, published in the fourth annual report of the Commision of [Fish] Conservation of Ottawa. Attention is directed by the author to the futility of attempting to restock depleted rivers, or to introduce new kinds of fish into Canadian rivers, without taking measures to ensure an abundant supply of suitable insect food. In Europe it has been demon- strated that the artificial cultivation of many kinds of insects constituting ‘the chief food of fishes is per- practicable; and in many rivers an insect NO. 2288, VOL. 92] fectly [SEPTEMBER 4, 1913 hatchery is almost as necessary and important as a fish-hatchery. Before such insectaria can be introduced with satisfactory results in Canada, a close investiga-_ tion into the nature of the food of native or intro- duced fishes is absolutely essential. A RECENT number of the Zeitschrift fiir wissen- schaftliche Zoologie (Bd. cv., Heft 3) is entirely de- voted to a memoir on the chemical composition of the hemolymph of insects and its significance as regards sexual differentiation. According to the author, Herr Kurt Geyer, the haemolymph in caterpillars and pup of Lepidoptera is usually green in females and pale yellow or colourless in males. The green pigment is, as Poulton has already shown, slightly altered chlorophyll in solution, derived from the food-plant ; it constitutes a protective coloration, and it is improb- able that it has any assimilatory function. The yellow colour of the male haemolymph is due to the yellow constituents of chlorophyll (xanthophyll). The hamo- lymph of non-phytophagous insects shows no such colour difference. When the male and female hemo- lymph are mixed a heavy precipitate is at once formed, and this reaction can only be distinguished quantita- tively from that which takes place between different species. The author concludes that in insects the entire soma is sexually differentiated in male and female. Dr. C. H. Ostenretp’s account of the biology and distribution of the phytoplankton of Danish seas (De Danske Farvandes Plankton i aarene 1898-1901. Phytoplankton og Protozoer. D. Kgl. Danske, Vidensk. Selsk. Skrifter. 7. Raekke, Naturvidensk og Mathem. Afd. ix. 2. 1913) is of more than local interest. The main work is written in the Danish language, but there is a résumé in French, extending to 65 pp., which in itself constitutes one of the best summary accounts which we possess of the present state of our knowledge of the general problems of the biology of plankton organisms. The Danish seas, extending as they do from the Baltic through the deep waters of the Skager Rak to the North Sea, furnish such wide variations in salinity, temperature, and chemical constitution, that they offer exceptional opportunities for studying the effects of physical con- ditions on the distribution of the plankton, and this aspect of the subject receives a full consideration in the report. A good bibliography will be found on Pp- 346-352. From the Kommissionen for Havundersogelser in Copenhagen we have received three further reports dealing with the investigations which have been carried out under the direction of Dr. Johs. Schmidt- into the life-histories of eels. These are: Danish re- searches in the Atlantic and Mediterranean on the life-history of the freshwater-eel (Anguilla vulgaris, Turt.), with notes on other species, by Johs. Schmidt (Internat. Revue Hydrobiologie und Hydrographie, 1912); on the identification of murznoid larvee in their early (preleptocephaline) stages, by Johs. Schmidt (Meddel. Komm. Havunders. Fiskeri Bd. iv. 2); and the metamorphosis of elvers as influenced by outward conditions—some experiments, by A. Strubberg (Meddel. Komm. Havunders. Fiskeri Bd. iv. 3). In Narvre, vol. Ixxxix., pp. 633-636, Dr. Schmidt himself : SEPTEMBER 4, 1913]| gave a brief account of these researches, and those interested in the subject will no doubt welcome the more detailed reports. Ix his presidential address to the Quekett Micro- scopical Club for this year, Prof. Dendy dealt with the subject of ‘‘ By-products of Evolution,” illustrating his theme by the spicules, more particularly the microscleres of siliceous sponges. After pointing out that these minute spicules exhibit constant specific characters, and have undoubtedly arisen by some pro- cess of evolution, since one form leads on to another, just as in the case of any other characters, it is argued that natural selection cannot be directly responsible for their origin, on the ground that the minute differ- ences in the form of the microscleres cannot be of any importance to the sponge in the soft tissues of which they are scattered without order or arrangement. By the principle of correlation non-adaptive characters of this kind may be linked inseparably with other cha- racters which being adaptive, are directly influenced by natural selection, in such a way that any variation in the one must be accompanied by a corresponding variation in the other. Thus, a _non-adaptive character may undergo a progressive evolution in- directly controlled by the action of natural selection. The principle of correlation cannot, however, be invoked to explain the specific forms assumed by the microscleres; it can only help to explain why such characters exist at all and why they should undergo progressive evolution. The specific form of the micro- sclere must be produced by chemical and physical causes involved in, and controlled by, the hereditary constitution of the mother-cell. Str F. W. Moore contributes a useful paper on hardy water-lilies to Irish Gardening (vol. viii. May, 1913), including not merely cultural hints and lists of species suitable for ponds of different depths, but also some interesting remarks on the general biology and mode of growth of these plants. For instance, the author lays stress on the importance of the study of roots to the gardener; observation of water-lilies shows that from early April to June new roots are developed rapidly as the new leaves and flower-buds are formed and the rhizome elongates, while the older roots largely die away after having served as collectors of food reserves during previous years and as anchors during the winter. It is also noted that while, as a rule, the flowers close on bright days between three and four o’clock in the afternoon, if after noon the day becomes wet and gloomy the flowers usually remain open until dark. ; In continuation of his investigations into ‘‘ Southern Hemisphere Seasonal Correlations ” (Nature, August 7), Mr. R. C. Mossman contributed a fourth article to Symons’s Meteorological Magazine for August. He pointed out an interesting instance of the temporary character of many correlations. The example chosen was the comparison of April to September rainfall at Trinidad (West Indies) with that at Azo (Argentine Republic) for the following six months. Dealing with the fifty years, 1862-1911, it was found that from 1862 to 1877 and from 1895 to 1911 there was no relation between the rainfall of the six-monthly periods; but during the seventeen years 1878-94 the curves showing NO. 2288, VOL. 92] NATURE 17 the rainfall departure from normal are the reverse of each other. The author observes that these results are of importance, as they show that the physical processes that produced a given precipitation at Trini- dad during the period under discussion were associatéd during the six months following by an opposite effect in the south temperate zone, some 2850 geographical miles distant. Mr. Mossman also refers to one or two interesting correlations in other regions, especially one between the rainfall of Java and Trinidad. Tue Meteorological Office chart of the North Atlan- tic and Mediterranean for September (first issue) shows that the last report from the scout-ship Scotia was dated August 7 in 54° 45’ N., 49° 30’ W.; no ice in sight. It is pointed out that the full scope and value of the work accomplished cannot be estimated until the reports of the captain and scientific staff have been submitted. The ice notices which may prove to have been of most value are those relating to the compara- tively small quantities that have been seen drifting south in the polar current. An important feature this year is the fact that the ice has been held up, for the most part, north of latitude 43°. The special reports above mentioned will, it is thought, no doubt decide whether this was due to abnormal strength of the Gulf Stream, to unusual weakness of the Labrador current, or to both causes. A circuLar headed ‘*Road Dangers’ has been widely circulated by the editor of The Automotor Journal, It suggests that the dangers both of vehicular and foot-passenger traffic might be greatly minimised if at crossings the traffic of one street were arbitrarily given a right of way and the traffic of the other street which crosses it were made to go dead slow by a sign that must be obeyed. The writer of the circular considers that not only would the accidents that occur from collisions of vehicles at crossings be greatly reduced, but the noisy use of the horn would be no longer necessary. It is difficult to see how the suggestion can be carried out without some enactment giving to a street authority a power to make bye-laws controlling the traffic in the less important streets and which can be enforced by the police. It would be easy for the Chief Commissioner, through his advisers in Scotland Yard, to decide which streets are to be of primary and which are to be of secondary importance, but short of keeping a constable on traffic duty at every crossing it is difficult to see how, with his existing powers, he can instruct them to summon drivers disobeying notices informing them that they must give way to traffic in the preferred streets. WE have received a copy of the third edition of Merck’s ‘‘ Reagenzien-Verzeichnis.”” It is a volume of 446 pages, and all the commoner reagents, tests, hardening and preservative fluids, and the like are given alphabetically under authors’ names, some 5000 formula being thus detailed, with references to the literature. There is further a valuable list of the sub- stances for which the tests are employed, and a similar one for those used in microscopic work. Finally, there is an index of the preparations employed for the various tests, with authors’ names attached; thus ’ we find that ‘‘arbutin ’ was recommended by Reichard 18 NATURE as a test for nitric acid. The lists are most complete, and so far as we have been able to refer to them are accurate, and are not confined to recent work; e.g. Beale’s carmine stain and injection fluids are given. The volume will be of the greatest service in the chemical and the biological laboratory. OUR ASTRONOMICAL COLUMN. ASTRONOMICAL OCCURRENCES FOR SEPTEMBER :— Sept. 8. 20h. 46m. Jupiter in conjunction with the Moon (Jupiter 4° 56’ N.). ro. 17h. om. Saturn at quadrature to the Sun (go° distant). » 20h. om. Venus in the ascending node. » 22h. 14m. Uranus in conjunction with the Moon (Uranus 3° 35’ N.). 14. 20h. om. Juno in conjunction with the Moon (Juno 0° 20’ N.). 15. oh. 48m. Moon eclipsed, Greenwich. 16. 3h. om. Mercury in superior conjunction with the Sun. 22. gh. 2m. Saturn in conjunction with the Moon (Saturn 6° 59’ S.) 23. 3h. 53m. Sun enters Sign of Libra; autumn commences. ,, 8h. 22m. Mars in conjunction with the Moon (Mars 5° 6’ S.). 25. oh. 7m. Neptune in conjunction with the Moon (Neptune 5° o’ S.). 8h. 34m. Venus in conjunction with the Moon (Venus 1° 21’ S.). 29. 16h. 46m. Sun eclipsed, invisible at Greenwich. 30. 12h. om. Saturn stationary. 5» 13h. 2m. Mercury in conjunction with the Moon (Mercury 2° 36’ N.). Tue SPECTRA OF THE Stars.—After many years of patient labour by such pioneers as Rutherfurd, Secchi, Huggins, Vogel, Pickering and his co-workers, Lockyer and McClean, the subject of stellar spectra has at- tracted during the last decade the attention of an ever-increasing number of students in astronomy, astrophysics, physics, and chemistry. This is no doubt thanks in a great measure to the enormous number of spectra classified in connection with the Draper catalogue, but also largely to the simple nomenclature developed by Miss A. J. Cannon, further simplified by the suggestions of Dr. Hertzsprung. Although classification merely has received a great amount of attention of recent years, perhaps partly due to the prominence given to the matter by the Solar Union making it the work of a special committee, yet many important pieces of work have been accom- plished beyond. Such are Campbell’s and Kapteyn’s work on the relations between radial velocities and type of spectrum, the similar work of Lewis Boss on the relation between proper motion and type, the work of Pickering and others on the distribution of stars of particular type of spectrum with reference to the Milky Way, &c. It is perhaps fitting that the import- ance of the subject should have led to the publication of a summary in the Memoirs of the Society of Italian Spectroscopists, No. 6, from the pen of Signor G. Abetti. It is, however, passing strange that this writer makes no mention of the work of Rutherfurd, Huggins, Lockyer, or McClean, except perhaps that some of them may be referred to in an ‘&c.”" Signor Abetti does not deal at all adequately with the litera- ture on the chemical constitution of the stars. He does state, however, that titanium stars are on a level nearer to the helium stars than are the iron stars— a statement for which we know no justification. NO. 2288, VOL. 92] invisible at [SEPTEMBER 4, 1913 EXHIBITION OF THE ROYAL PHOTO- GRAPHIC SOCIETY. ‘THE Royal Photographic Sociéty’s annual exhibi- tion at the Gallery of the Royal Society of British Artists, Suffolk Street, Haymarket, is well worth a visit by anyone interested in photography and its applications before it closes on October 4. Besides an excellent collection of works that are notable for their pictorial quality, and that will be examined by technicians as illustrations of the possibilities of the processes that they represent, there is a larger than usual number of colour transparencies, and also exhibits that are of specially scientific interest. The colour trans- parencies are chiefly autochromes, but there are many on the new Paget plate and a few ‘‘ Dufays,’’ both of which latter will quite well bear comparison with the autochromes for the quality of their colour and detail. In the scientific section, Lt.-Col. J. W. Gifford shows a large number of original photographs of spectra of the metals taken with a quartz optical train of large aperture. Mr. G. Reboul shows that cuprous chloride, produced by exposing a polished copper plate to chlorine gas, will furnish photographs by treatment somewhat similar to that employed in the production of daguerreotypes. The. insecurity of intaglio plate printing for monetary documents is again demon- strated by Mr. A. E. Bawtree in his copies of stamps, the genuine stamp and the forgeries being indistin- guishable. The photo-micrographic séction is par- ticularly strong. ‘The method of discovering a differ- ence in the colloids present in jams, and of detecting various adulterations, is excellently shown in a series of low-power photo-micrographs by Mr. E. Marriage. Of other series, the ‘‘ Histology of the Optic Nerve of Sheep,’ by Mr. J. T. Holder; the ‘‘Corpuscular Elements of Human Blood,” by Dr. D. H. Hutchin- son; and Mr. J. M. Offord’s ‘‘Diatoms under High Power,” deserve special notice. There is a fine col- lection of radiographs by Dr. Bela Alexander, Dr. G. H. Rodman, Dr. Gilbert Scott, Dr. Robert Knox, and Dr. Thurstan Holland, some taken in a small fraction of a second. In this direction the most novel work is by M. Pierre Goby, who by the use of ultra- soft rays secures quite full details in the most delicate transparent membranes, such as insects’ wings, at the same time as showing the internal structure of the insect. But more wonderful are his micro-radio- graphs, made by using the fine pencil of Réntgen rays that passes through a small hole in a lead screen. The detail in parts of small vertebrates only a fraction of an inch in length, is so well reproduced that a fifteen or seventeen times enlargement would be considered excellently sharp for a direct radiograph. M. Goby applies his method to foraminifera and other minute objects with similar success. Among the other ex- hibits there are a process with examples of a method of producing colour transparencies by the absorption of dyes in fish-glue, by Mr. Bawtree, and good col- lections of natural history photographs, lantern slides, and stereoscopic transparencies. THE ARCHAOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS IN THE MISSISSIPPI REGION. | the publication referred to below Mr. Clarence B. Moore gives us another of his very careful de- scriptions of the systematic excavations he is under- taking in the Mississippi valley, and, as usual, it is profusely illustrated with most excellent photographs and coloured plates. By these investigations and the superb way in which he publishes his results, Mr. Moore is laying a sure foundation for future general- 1 ‘*Some Aboriginal Sites on Red River."’ By Clarence B. Moore. Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, xiv., 1912. ee SEPTEMBER 4, 1913] isations. The last year’s work covered 519 miles of the Red River from its confluence with the Mississippi. Few burial places were found in Louisiana, as these were mainly in the often flooded level ground, and the artificial were erected for places of residence; since most of the finds are obtained from graves the spoil was not very large, and as many of the mounds are now utilised they could not be satisfactorily investigated. Along the Red River in Arkansas the conditions in the main are different; mounds containing burials, some of them richly endowed with artifacts, are fairly abundant, and further northward the lavish use of pottery with burials has often been described. It seems probable that the Arkansas mound burials were those of people of consequence. The pottery of Arkan- sas is as a rule tempered with fine gravel or sand, or with small bits of pottery, though kitchen vessels are often shell-tempered. The ware is thin and carefully modelled. There are few unusual shapes, grotesque or life forms were very rarely attempted, though they occur in the region to the north. Many vessels bear a high polish, and nearly all have incised designs filled in with red or white pigment. Circles, often series of concentric circles (probably sun-symbols), form a frequently recurring design. Decoration in polychrome was very exceptional, though common A remarkable feature—indeed, it is unique—in connection with some of the mounds is the depth of the grave-pits; one reached 15-5 ft. in two | more to the north. depth. Among several interesting pipes, types have not been met with hitherto. One form, from Haley Place, is of earthenware, the truncate conical bowl of which occurs at some distance from the end, the terminal continua- | | protuberances, tion of the stem being hollow; one is nearly 23 in. long. The other, from Gahagan, is moulded to repre- sent a kneeling man; there is a communication be- tween the bowl and the open mouth of the figure, so that smoke can be made to emerge from it when the pipe is in use (Fig. 1). A number of beautiful useful and ceremonial stone implements were found, and various interesting pendants, some of which have the form of a lizard; one was tormerly coated with sheet copper, as were also the large circular ear- plugs of limestone. It is, however, impossible to point out all the items of interest in this memoir. Dr. Hrdli¢ka adds a notice on the human remains. He says the skeletons from Haley Place and the McClure mounds probably may be safely ascribed to an extension of the Natchez people; the skulls ex- hibited deformation of the ‘* Flathead” variety. A. C. Happon. NO. 2288, VOL. 92} mounds | NATURE 19 MAGNETIC STORMS AND SOLAR PHENOMENA.1 [‘ the publication referred to below only the first thesis is printed. It deals with the relations between magnetic storms and solar phenomena. The thesis shows the nimbleness of mind one hopes to see in those who have taken high mathematical degrees at Cambridge, accompanied by a knowledge of terres- trial magnetism most unusual] in British seats of learn- ing. There are, it is true, researches bearing on the subjects investigated of which the author seems un- aware, but his knowledge of foreign writings, includ- in theoretical work by Kelvin, Larmor, Birkeland, Stérmer, and Schuster, and observational work by Walker, Airy, Ellis, Maunder, Hale, and many others, is highly commendable. Also the attitude he adopts towards the work he criticises is generally philo- sophical. Thus, taking Kelvin’s attempted demon- stration that solar action cannot be the proximate cause of magnetic storms, Bosler points out that there are possibilities not considered by Kelvin making much smaller demands on the sun’s stores-of energy, and that in the light of modern knowledge no one can say what is a reasonable limit to solar expenditure. On the other hand, he recognises that Kelvin’s work directed attention to a point apt to be overlooked. Dr. Bosler regards his countryman Marchand (1887) as the first to claim a connection between the occur- rence of magnetic storms and the presence of individual sun-spots or faculae near the sun’s central meridian, but he regards Maunder’s observations on the recur- rence of storms in the solar rotation period as the strongest evidence yet advanced in favour of this view. He seems to be unaware of Broun’s early work. He | apparently accepts Sabine’s deduction of an eleven- | year period—corresponding to the solar period—in magnetic disturbances, but while recognising the strength of the evidence adduced—especially that of Maunder—in favour of solar jet theories, he considers Dr. Schuster to have demonstrated the impossibility of swarms of any kind of electrified particles sticking together all the way from the sun to the earth. The view he inclines to is that earth currents are the imme- diate cause of most, if not all, magnetic disturbances. The evidence he advances in favour of this view is derived from comparisons of records of magnetic storms at Pare St. Maur and Greenwich—especially those known as ‘‘sudden commencements '"'—with cor- responding records of earth currents. This from an observational point of view is probably the most important part of the thesis, though only partly novel. The author thinks earth currents may be produced by movements of electrified matter—associated with r spots, or facula—on the sun. Taking the case of a cable of 0-25 cm.? section, made of copper of resistivity 1600, enclosing a circle 8000 km. in perimeter, he calculates that the current induced in the cable by a magnetic field of amplitude roy and period ro sec., normal to the plane of the circle, would at a distance 6f one metre from the wire produce an alternating magnetic field of amplitude 12507. This is adduced as an illustration of how a small field originating in the sun might be amplified on the earth. The idea may be worth considering, but the problem treated seems somewhat too remote from actuality. The magnetician will find a variety of other interest- ing matter in the thesis. C. CHREE. 1 ‘© Theses rrésentées A la Faculté des Sciences de Paris pour obtenir le grade de Docteur és Sciences Mathématiques." By M. J. Bosler. Pp. 96. ‘Paris : Gauthier-Villars, 1912.) 20 NATURE THE LIFE-HISTORY OF A WATER- BEETLE. ‘THE life-history of a water-beetle can be outlined in a very few words. An egg is laid by the mother-beetle: an aquatic larva hatches out which feeds and grows, and, during the process of growth, moults several times. When full grown it leaves the water and burrows into the earth, forming a ‘‘ cell,” in which it changes to a pupa. After a time the pupal skin is cast off, and the perfect insect makes its way out of the cell and resumes its life in the water. There are, however, all sorts of interesting details in the life-history, and these details often differ con- siderably in different types. There are differences in the egg-laying habits; differences in the method of development of the embryo; differences in the way the larva gets out of the egg; differences in the way it feeds and in the nature of its food, and so on; and it is these differences which are of importance to each species in enabling it to fit in among other species in the life of the community. Although there are a number of widely separated species of beetles which inhabit the water, there are two groups which are usually referred to as ‘‘ water- beetles,” and these may be broadly distinguished as the swimming carnivorous group—the Hydradephaga —and the creeping herbivorous group—the Palpi- cornia, or Hydrophilide. The description of this second group is not strictly accurate, as the larve are, apparently without exception, carnivorous, and the perfect insects, although capable of subsisting upon a vegetable diet, in at least many cases enjoy animal food; and although they are somewhat differ- ently constructed from the swimming water-beetles, some of them are very fair swimmers. I propose to outline the life-history of a type of the Hydradephaga, and then to compare with it a type of the Palpicornia; and as a type of the former group I will describe a species of Dytiscus, D. lapponicus, the life-history of which I worked out during last summer. The male and female differ in general appearance, the former having smooth wing-cases, the latter having these grooved or fluted. The male has also a pad on each of the front legs, while the female has quite simple front legs. The slide also shows a full-grown larva, and thus gives an idea of the rela- tive sizes of these two stages of the species. This species is extremely local in. the British Islands, only having been found in a few localities in Scot- land, and in one in north-west Ireland. It inhabits lochs, usually mere lochans, at altitudes of from 800 ft. upward, and there are certain characteristics about its habitat which make it possible generally to tell at a glance whether a particular lochan is or is not likely to hold the species. As a rule the habitat is a bare stony lochan, with very little vegetation; it has no stream flowing into or out of it, and trout and lapponicus are mutually exclusive. There are usually newts and fresh-water shrimps (gammarus), but otherwise there is always a marked scarcity of animal life. Very few other water- beetles are associated with lapponicus, which usually is abundant where it occurs. . The only place I have found the species in great abundance is in a lochan aso ft. above sea-level on the island of Eigg. Along its eastern side this lochan 4s strewn with large stones, and under these the heetle is to be found, often as many as four or five under one stone. It occurs in other lochans on Eigg, 1 Discourse delivered at the Royal Institution on Friday, Mey o, by F. Falfonr Browne. 4 NO. 2288, VoL. 92] [SEPTEMBER 4, 1913 and has been found also in Rhum, Skye, Mull, and , Arran, but otherwise it is only known from Inverness- | shire, ° One place in Mull where it used to occur abundantly is a peculiar loch, situated in the top of a hill, about 800 ft. behind Tobermory. The place looks like the crater of a volcano, but I believe is not so described by geologists. The species has apparently quite dis- appeared from this loch; it is probably slowly dis- appearing from our islands, being a remnant of the fauna which abounded when our climate was much colder than it is at present. All my specimens came from the one lochan on Eigg, and they were placed in large tubs in my garden in the north of Ireland. The tubs are filled with water, but the bottom is covered by a thick layer of soil, and in the soil a few species of water plants thrive, chiefly the common water-grass, Glyceria aquatica. The tubs are covered with wire-gauze to prevent the beetles escaping. Now the Dytiscus possesses a small apparatus capable of piercing the tissues of the water-plants, and each time this borer makes a hole in the water- plant one egg is deposited. In my tubs the lapponicus chose the water-grass as the receptacle for its eggs. In its native home this grass does not grow, the only water-plants being a common rush, a species of juncus, and the club rush eleocharis, both possessing round stems. Now, the grass possesses a round stem surrounded by leaves, each leaf consisting of a long sheathing base and a free lamina or blade. The sheath is keeled, and in every case the mother-beetle pierced the leaf-sheath, and always in the line of the keel, depositing the egg in the tissues of the sheath, and this shows the peculiar instinct possessed by the mother in the deposition of her eggs and the extreme sensitiveness of the borer or ovipositor. Although I examined very carefully the plants in the tubs, only twice did I find that the ovipositor had passed right through the sheath and dropped the egg between that and the stem. Lapponicus, unlike our other species of Dytiscus has a very definite egg-laying period, commencing in March and ending in June. From two of the, British species I have had eggs in October, December, and February, as well as in the summer months. I collected a number of the eggs, dissecting them out of the leaf-sheaths, and placed them on wet cotton wool in tumblers and watched their development. I do not intend to weary you with the details of the development of the embryo, but I wish to point out that the embryo first appears on a part of one side of the mass of yolk—it does not at first occupy the whole length of the egg—and it then extends first backwards and then forwards, and the sides grow up around the yolk until the embryo ultimately encloses it. The nerve-chord does not increase in length with the embryo, and consequently appears to shorten as the embryo extends in the egg. The development of the embryo occupies about three weeks in June, but temperature affects the length of this embryonic period. In the case of another species, an egg laid in April matured in three weeks, while one laid in winter took six weeks to hatch. Towards the end of the embryonic period the pressure of the embryo in the shell is very great. T accidentally punctured an egg with a needle when turning it over, and immediately a portion of the embryo bulged through, just as the inner tube of a pneumatic tyre tends to bulge through a tear in the outer cover. The pressure is also indicated by the changed shape of the egg during the final stages. During the latter part of the egg-period, there are various slight movements of the embryo, but during | the last few hours certain very definite movements a SEPTEMBER 4, 1913] NATURE 21 become noticeable. In the first place, inside the head a spasmodic pulsation is visible, at first at long in- tervals, but later more or less continuously. I have observed this pulsation in eggs of other water-beetles, and also in those of the dragon-fly, and although I am not sure that the interpretation is the same in dragon- fly and water-beetle, 1 am satisfied in the latter case the pulsation is really a swallowing process. The larve of all the water-beetles I have examined possess a special sucking apparatus known as a “pharyngeal pump,”’ the use of which I shall describe directly, and in the embryo this pump apparently comes into use to absorb the fluid which surrounds the embryo in the shell; the embryo merely drinks this up. After this sucking-pump begins to work, various other movements of the internal organs can be ob- served, including peristalsis, and also at infrequent intervals the whole body moves slightly in the shell, the tendency being to push the head into the end. One other movement is to be noted, and that is an up-and-down motion of the head, at first very slight, but later becoming very marked. On either side of the head is a small papilla, at the apex of which is a minute, slightly curved spine. When the embryo is at rest, this papilla lies in a slight depression, but when the sucking-pump is at work the papilla bulges outward, so that the spine touches the shell. Thus when the head moves up and down and the sucking-pump works at the same time, the two spines scrape along the inside of the shell and ultimately burst it open. They are, therefore, ‘‘ hatch- ing spines,” and similar instruments differently situated have been observed in a few insect embryos of other orders. You see, therefore, that the shell bursts open at the head end; immediately it bursts the compressed larva bulges out, and by slight writhing movements works its way clear of the shell, the whole operation taking less than two minutes. As soon as the larva is clear of the shell the tail straightens out, and the legs and mouth parts assume their natural position. In the embryo there is a peculiar fold in the upper part of each jaw, but within two or three minutes of the larva’s escape this fold has completely disappeared. From the moment the larva escapes it begins to grow in length and breadth. The long air-tubes in the body are flat, but have a bright silvery appearance, suggesting that some gas has been secreted in them; but the larva is heavier than the water, and therefore sinks to the bottom. For a time, half an hour or more, it rests quietly and shows no desire to get to the surface, but sooner or later it gets restless and swims to the surface, using its feathered legs as oars, and raises its tail to the surface film and remains suspended for a few minutes. After this the newly hatched larva is buoyant, and cannot remain away from the surface without holding on to the submerged vegetation. The buoyancy is, however, only tem- porary, as older larve frequently require to swim to the surface to renew their air-supply. In the insect, breathing and blood-circulation are normally not intimately associated as in other animals. In a human being or a fish, or even in a snail, air is taken into special organs—lungs or gills —where the blood takes up the oxygen and carries it through the whole body. In the insect the blood has usually nothing to do with the aération of the different organs, the whole body being permeated by innumerable air-tubes. y In all the water-beetle larva which come to the surface to obtain their air, these innumerable air- tubes communicate with two large air-tubes which run the length of the body, one on each side, and these open on the last segment. Hence, when a larva NO. 2288, VOL. 92] requires to renew its air-supply it comes up tail first, bringing the openings of the two lateral trachez into communication with the air, and by contracting and expanding the body it exhales the used-up air and inhales fresh air. For a day or so after hatching the larva is sott and is not hungry, but once its skin and jaws have . hardened it begins to look about for food. I found that tadpoles and pieces of chopped worm were suit- able food, but under natural conditions small newts, water-shrimps, and insect larvag—including brothers and sisters—constitute the normal diet. It is impos- sible to keep two larva together in one small vessel, as one invariably attacks and kills the other within a few hours. Even when I gave a tub to four speci- mens only one survived after a few weeks, so that in a small loch, where at least some thousands of these larve hatch out, the death-rate must be enormous. The method of feeding of the larva is peculiar. The two long sharply pointed jaws are each pierced with a fine tube, of which one end opens on the inner side just below the apex, and the other end opens on the upper side just near the base. When the jaws are closed the inner ends of these tubes communicate with the corners of the mouth, but when the jaws are open the inner ends of these tubes do not communicate with the mouth at all. The mouth itself is also peculiar. In a front view of the head it is visible as a long narrow slit between the bases of the jaws, but if this slit is examined it is found that across the lower side of it is a raised ridge which fits into a groove running across the upper side of it. When the jaws are wide apart the ridge and groove are separated, and the mouth is open, but as soon as the jaws come together the ridge fits into the groove, and the mouth is closed. As soon, there- fore, as the larva seizes its prey its mouth is closed, and the only communication into it is through the tubes in the jaws, the basal ends of which now open into the corners of the mouth. Immediately behind the mouth is the powerful suck- ing-pump, the pharynx, which I mentioned in connec- tion with the embryo. By expansion and contraction of its muscles it sucks in the juices of the prey through the tubes in the jaws. But if this were the whole process of feeding there would be a consider- able waste, as a worm or a tadpole consists of a large amount of solid material; and yet, if one watches one of these larva feeding, one will find that almost nothing is left of the prey except the skin, This is due to the fact that at short intervals the sucking-pump stops working and saliva is poured into the prey. This saliva digests and dissolves away the solid parts of the food, which are then sucked in by the larva. The process of digestion, which in most animals takes place internally, is carried on in these larvz outside the body. With regard to the duration of the larval period, in my examples this varied from six to nine weeks. This period is divided into three stages, there being two moults prior to the final one which produces the pupa. Each of the first two stages only lasts about ten days. so that the last stage is a very long one, as it is in all other insects. This last stage is also divisible into two parts, the first occupying four or five weeks, during which the larva feeds and grows as in the previous stages, the second occupying two to four weeks, being spent out of the water making a cell in the earth, and resting preparatory to becoming a pupa. In the few cases which I had the opportunity of observing, the full-grown larva always left the water in the morning between eight and ten o’clock; but whether this is the rule with this species, or whether 22 NATURE it was connected with the artificial conditions in which my larve were reared, I do not know. ‘Once the larva leaves the water it crawls about very actively, seeking a suitable place to enter the earth. If left to itself it usually selected a stone and burrowed underneath it, but I found that if I made an artificial burrow—with a pencil, for instance—the larva could be made to crawl into this, and as a rule would make its “cell” in it. By making such a burrow against the glass side of a box filled with earth, I was able to watch the process of the forma- tion of the pupal cell. Once the larva has entered and adopted the burrow, it straightway begins to prepare its cell, and this is done by enlarging part of the burrow. The jaws are now used for transporting pellets of soil from one position to another, and for breaking up the pellets into their separate particles. | Very little earth is actually pushed into the unused part of the burrow, the cell being formed almost entirely by breaking up the pellets of soil and battering the fine particles against the sides. The vertex of the head is the main battering-ram, but the larva, which during the whole precess of making the cell lies with its tail bent over its head, also flattens out the earth with its body. The actual making of the cell occupies about twelve hours, and during that time the larva does not rest for a moment. At the end of that time it is appar- ently tired out, and rests in any position, often stretched across the cell, its head pressed against one side and its curved body against the other. It thus rests for about twenty-four hours, after which it bends its tail underneath it and usually adopts a sitting-up position—reminding one of Tenniel’s illustration in “Alice in Wonderland” of the caterpillar sitting on the mushroom. It is, however, very restless, and frequently changes its position, tossing from side to side. The pupa appears, after the larva has been thus resting for a fortnight or more, by the larval skin splitting along the back and being cast off at the tail end. On its back are to be seen a number of short projecting spines, and Lyonnet suggested in the case of another pupa, similarly though better equipped, that these are for the purpose of raising it off the damp soil of the cell. This may be true, but in my experience the pupa most usually lies, so to speak, on its face rather than on its back. The pupal stage lasts about three weeks, and the only change noticeable during that time is a slight pigmentation of what is at first a perfectly white pupa. At the end of the pupal stage the skin ruptures along the back, and the perfect insect comes forth at first white and soft, but in the course of two or three days it assumes its normal coloration, and after a longer period its normal hardness. After a week or so it makes its way out of the punal cell by biting and scraping, and at once goes to the water. In its native haunts it spends most of its time amongst the stones and mud at the bottom, occasion- ally coming up to renew its air-supply, and in my tubs also it was seldom to be seen. With regard to its winter habits, it apparently buries itself at the bottom of the loch as soon as the cold weather begins, and sleeps until the following spring. In my tubs it disappeared completely in October or November, burrowing deep into the soft oozy mud at the bottom, and there it remained until the following March. During all this time the meta- bolic processes must be practically at a standstill, as otherwise the insect would require to renew its air- suvnly at frequent intervals. Having now outlined the life-history of this type of the swimming carnivorous water-beetles, I will take No, 2288, VOL. a2] [SEPTEMBER 4, 1913 an example of the other group, and the one I have chosen goes by the name of Hydrocharis carabéides. There is only one species of Hydrogharis in the British Islands, and it is practically confined to the south- east of England, only very occasionally having been found anywhere else in the country. It inhabits stag- nant ponds and drains, and is not uncommon in a few . places in Surrey, Essex, and Middlesex. I began to experiment with it five years ago in the north-east of Ireland, having obtained my specimens from Surrey. Each year I obtained eggs, reared the larvee, and renewed and increased my stock, so that it is obviously not the climate of north-eastern Ireland which prevents this species from being a native there. The conditions in my tubs were just such as are to be found in any pond or drain in the country, and apparently the only reason why this species is con- fined to the south-east of England is that competing species prevent it from extending its range. Whereas Dytiscus lays its eggs singly in holes pierced by it in the living vegetation, Hydrocharis builds an elaborate silken cocoon which floats in the water, and in which about fifty eggs are deposited. The spinning of the cocoon is a wonderful process. The beetle carries on its underside a film of air, which is part of its supply for breathing. The cocoon is actually spun on a part of this film of air, which is then detached from the rest of the film as a bubble enclosed in silk. The egg-laying commences soon after the cocoon is begun, and the eggs are arranged side by side in the cocoon standing upon one end, being fastened in position by silken threads. A space above the eggs is filled with very loosely woven silk. In closing up the cocoon a peculiar plate-like struc- ture is formed of very closely woven silk, and this ends in an upward projection known as the “mast.” The purpose of this ‘‘mast’’ is not known. It is not a tubular structure, but merely a band of silk. It has been stated that if it is cut off the eggs die, but in the case of another species I have hatched eggs removed from the cocoon and submerged, so that the suggestion that the mast is necessary for keeping up the air-supply is without foundation. I shall not weary you with details of the develop- ment of the embryo beyond mentioning that, unlike Dytiscus, the embryo from the first occupies the whole length of the egg, and that the nerve chord, again unlike Dytiscus, grows with the embryo as it develops. The only other point I need mention is that in the cocoon all the embryos develop head downwards. The egg-laying period of Hydrocharis extends from about the middle of May until about the middle of Tuly in my tubs, but it may perhaps be rather longer in the south-eastern parts of England. The incuba- tion of the egg occupies nine or ten days, and, as in the case of Dytiscus, towards the end the embryo is very tightly packed within the shell. There is, however, no special hatching apparatus that I have been able to find. The pulsating organ or sucking- pump in the head is visible, and there are also move- ments of the embrvo, but at the end the skin splits_ along the back and the larva treads it off, giving a peculiar backward wriggle. . Now, under normal conditions the newly hatched larva does not at once leave the cocoon; in fact, it does not appear for one or even two days after hatch- ing. As soon as it bursts the egg-shell it wriggles backwards out of the egg into the space above all the eggs, and it is interesting to note that the hairs on the body of the newly hatched larva all point forwards. As the larve hatch, the empty shell and the silk bindings become broken down—I think they are chewed by the larve—and the whole cocoon ulti- mately becomes filled with the larve. In those cases where I dissected the eggs out of ee Crewe ———— eo SEPTEMBER 4, 1913]| the cocoon and allowed them to develop on the wet cotton wool, the newly hatched larve congregated into a mass and remained so for a day or two, after which they became active in search of food. You will notice that the larva possesses on each body segment a pair of lateral processes, and on the last segment a pair of ventrally placed processes of a different kind. These latter, which are possessed by all water-beetle larvee which come to the surface tor their air, have probably some connection with raising the tail to the surface for breathing, but the hairy lateral processes have been called gills. Many larvee of the Palpicornia have lateral processes, usually smaller than those of Hydrocharis, but in no case are they really gills, and the larve quickly drown if prevented from bringing their tails to the surface to renew their air-supply. The larve of Hydrocharis, like those of Dytis- cus, will eat almost any kind of animal matter, and hence they are easily supplied. I fed them mostly upon chopped worms, but their method of feeding is very different from that of Dytiscus. They seize their food with the jaws, antennz, and the other mouth parts, and they then come to the surface, and raising their heads and part of the body out of the water, they proceed to chew up the food by opening and closing the jaws, turning it from time to time with the other mouth parts. The jaws are not per- forated, nor is there any mouth-lock as in Dytiscus, and they suck in the juices of the prey by the mouth, spitting up saliva at intervals, which actually froths over the food and digests it, the dissolved material then being sucked down. The external digestion is so complete that in the case of a thick piece of worm all that is ultimately rejected is the thin transparent outer nellicle. In the mouth parts of the larva I want to direct your attention to a curious want of bilateral sym- metry, noticeable not only in the jaws—one of which, the left, has a small extra tooth near its base—but also in the upper lip. In many species there is an absence of bilateral symmetry where a pair of organs are complementary. Thus in the jaws of the beetle itself, the base of the left one is hollowed out to receive the base of the right one, which is convex, the two being related as pestle and mortar for grind- ing up the food. The larva of another species of the same group also shows asymmetry of the jaws, but here again it is definitely associated with the method of feeding. This species feeds upon pond snails, and the left jaw holds the shell while the right jaw with its large double tooth cuts through it. The asymmetry of the upper lip, however, is at present inexplicable, and, curiously enough, it occurs in several other species. - The larva of Hydrocharis, like that of Dytiscus, passes through three stages, the first two of which occupy from five to eight days, and the third stage, up to the time the larva is full grown, occupies about four weeks. It then leaves the water and burrows into the earth, forming a cell, just as the Dytiscus larva did. I had many specimens of these larva, and so made many experiments with them, and one curious fact about them is that the instinct which leads them to burrow into the ground and make a pupal cell only lasts for one or, at most, two days. In no case, where I removed a larva even imme- diately after the completion of its cell, did it make any attempt to form another one, and if left on the surface of the soil it moved about listlessly and ulti- mately died, apparently of drought, since if placed in _a damp position, for instance, in an artificial cell, it survived and pupated. If a cell was damaged before completion the larva often completely destroyed it, NO. 2288, vor. 92] NATURE 23 apparently in the attempt to repair the damage, and would be found sitting amongst the ruins. Once the cell is completed the larva rests for about three weeks, at the ena of which time the skin is cast otf and a greenish-white pupa appears. This is more spinose than that of Dytiscus; but it also prefers to lie upon its face, resting upon the two small tail projections and upon the “‘collar’’ of the prothorax. The perfect insect appears after about ten days, so that the whole life-cycle occupies about nine or ten weeks from the laying of the egg to the appearance of the perfect insect. This time, however, may be greatly prolonged under less favourable conditions. Thus, the later egg-cocoons produce larve which take twelve or fourteen weeks to grow up, and the cocoons built in July produce beetles which do not leave the pupal cell for six or seven months. The larve leave the water in September and even in October, and after three or four weeks turn into pupe. These pupz turn into beetles in late October or November, but the beetles remain, apparently torpid, until the following March or April, when they make their way out and to the water. I have mentioned that the larve of both Dytiscus and Hydrocharis breathe in the same manner by rais- ing the tail to the surface. The perfect insects, how- ever, assume very different positions when taking in their air-supply. Dytiscus floats up to the surface tail first, taking in air between the body and the great wing-cases which cover it, and it is in this cavity under the wing-cases that the whole reserve of air is carried. On either side of the body under the wing-cases is a row of pits, spiracles; the last pair of these are much larger than the others. When the insect rises tail first to the surface, the tubes connected with this last pair contract and expand, just as in the larva, renewing the air-supply in the whole tube system, while at the same time the body contracts and ex- pands, renewing the reserve supply under the wing- cases, Hydrocharis, on the other hand, comes to the sur- face head first, turns its head on one side, and pushes its short, club-like antenna through the surface-film. Now a large part of the under side of this beetle is covered with fine velvety hair, which retains a thin film of air upon it, just as a piece of velvet does when gently pushed under water. When the beetle raises its antenna above the water it brings this film of air into communication with the air above the water. It also has a reserve supply under its wing-cases, and this communicates at the sides with the ventral film, and by expansion and contraction of the body the used-up air is expelled above the water and fresh air is taken in. In Hydrocharis the most important spiracles are situated well forward, and thus the used air from the air-tubes is expelled and fresh air taken in at the front end of the body instead of the tail end. Anyone who examines Hydrocharis and compares it with Dytiscus will at once see great structural differences. In a ventral view of the two types, com- paring the heads, the most noticeable difference is in the antennz, which are filamentous in the former and clubbed in the latter, and the maxillary palpi, which are short in the former and long in the latter, in which they are used under water as feelers, just as are the antennz of Dytiscus. Passing over other less remarkable differences in the heads of the two types and coming to the body, one at once notices the different disposition of the legs : in Dytiscus the first two pairs are close together, in Hydrocharis the three pairs are about equidistant. In Dytiscus the basal segment of each hind leg—the 24 NATORE coxa marked 3*—on the sereen is large, and the two coxz are fused into a single piece which is firmly fixed into the body. In Hydrocharis the coxa is long and narrow; the two coxz are separate, and each is hinged on to the body. The firm fixing in Dytiscus gives it a much more powerful leg-drive than the hinging gives to Hydrocharis, and hence Dytiscus is a more efficient swimmer. These differences between the two types are there- fore connected with differences in function. The antennz of Dytiscus are feelers, while those of Hydro- charis are connected with breathing, and the disposi- tion of the legs and their methods of attachment to the body are connected with differences in mode of progression, Dytiscus being a ‘“‘swimmer,”’ and Hydro- charis chiefly a ‘“‘creeper’’ on the submerged vegeta- tion. In these two groups of water-beetles, the Hydra- dephaga represented by Dytiscus and the Palpicornia represented by Hydrocharis, we have two types of adaptation to an aquatic existence. Each type has originated independently of the other—that is, they are not descended from a common aquatic ancestor, Each represents a part of a large terrestrial family, and each has probably developed an aquatic habit as a result of competition, stronger land forms having driven the weaker off the land and into the water. Just as each group has originated under the stimulus of competition, so, within each group, com- petition has moulded the different forms, and the peculiar details in the life-history of any one form are just those which enable it to retain its place in the community to which it belongs, and to hold its own in the great struggle for existence. UNIVERSITY AND EDUCATIONAL INTELLIGENCE. THE announcement is made of the resignation of Dr. A. L. Bowley of the professorship of mathematics and economics at University College, Reading. Pror. J. S. Kinastey, of Tufts College, has been appointed professor of zoology, in charge of verte- brates, in the University of [linois. Dr. K. F. Meyer, director of the laboratories of the Pennsylvania State Livestock Sanitary Board, has vacated that position to fill the chair of bacteriology at the University of California. Dr. J. B. Harden- bergh has been appointed to succeed Dr. Meyer in the first-named post. Pror. Hersert V. Neat, who has held the chair of biology at Knox College, Illinois, since 1897, has accepted an appointment to a similar post at Tufts College, Massachusetts. He has already had some acquaintance with the work of that college, having been for the last five years an associate director of the Tufts biological laboratory at S. Harpswell, Maine. Ir is announced in The Indian Medical Gazette that the scheme for the establishment of a School of Tropical Medicine in Calcutta is now so far advanced towards fulfilment that there is everv reason to hope that it will be opened in the autumn of next year. Already valuable work on cholera, epidemic dropsy, dysentery, and other diseases has been done by a few workers in Calcutta. What is now wanted is money. Our Indian contemporary asks for substantial endow- ments of three or four lakhs for several additional research chairs, or annual subscriptions of 20,000 rupees for each. An effort is about to be made to raise a fund of 20,0001. for the foundation of a chair of engineering chemistry at Princeton University. This campaign will be undertaken mainly by members of the federation of Pinceton clubs of New Jersey, with the object of the NO. 2288, VOL. 92] [SEPTEMBER 4, 1913 advancement of chemical industries in that State. The course of instruction to be given by the occupant of the proposed chair will supply engineering students with a knowledge of the commonest construction materials of the chemical industries, and of various materials that now take the place of the direct products of the soil. A course of lectures on tuberculosis, for general practitioners and especially for candidates as tuber- culosis officers, has been arranged by the Royal Inst:- tute of Public Health. The introductory lecture will be delivered by Prof. G. Sims Woodhead on October 10. Subsequent discourses will be given by Dr. C. Porter (* The problem of Tuberculosis in relation to Insurance and Public Health’), by Prof. Woodhead (‘* The Spread of Tuberculosis"), by Dr. J. E. Squire (* Diagnosis ”’), by Dr. T. N. Kelynack (‘* Tuberculosis in Childhood ”), by Dr. C. Wall (** General Treatment”), by Dr. C, Riviere (*‘S»ecific Treatment,” &c.), by Dr. T. D- Lister (** Sanatorium Treatment”), by Dr. A. Green- wood (‘The Prevention of Tuberculosis’), and Dr. H. O. West will outline a co-ordinated scheme for dealing with the malady. Tue medical schools of London and the provinces are beginning to announce the opening functions of their winter session. Prof. Sir William Osler, Bart., F.R.S., is to distribute the prizes and deliver an address at, St. George’s Hospital on October 1; at St. Mary’s Hospital, Paddington, the prizes will be presented and an address given by Sir John Prescott Hewett, K.C.S.I., on the same date; Mr. W. Samp- son Handley will deliver an address and Sir Squire Bancroft distribute the prizes at the Middlesex Hos- pital on October 1, on which date also Sir Charles Pardey Lukis, K.C.S.I., will give an address at the London School of Medicine for Women. On October 7 a lecture will be delivered at the University of Birming- ham by Prof. Arthur Keith, F.R.S., on “The Present Problems relating to the Antiquity of Man’ Mvcu interesting information as to the progress of secondary education in England is contained in the recently published Blue-book (Cd. 6934), “ Statistics of Public Education in England and Wales, Part ip Educational Statistics, 1911-12."’ During the school year dealt with, there were in England 885 efficient secondary schools receiving grants from the Board of Education; of these 358 were for boys, 311 for girls, and 216 admitted both boys and girls. The teaching in these schools was in the hands of 9126 full-time teachers, of whom 4584 were men and 4542 women; and they were assisted by 3082 part-time instructors. The schools were attended by 150,605 pupils—81,383 boys and 69,222 girls. Of the total number of pupils 39,427 were under twelve years of age, 98,623 were between twelve and sixteen years of age, 11,559 between sixteen and eighteen years of age, and a°6 more than eighteen years of age. As regards the management of the schools, it may be pointed out that 325 were prov ided by local education authorities, 427 were foundation and other schools, 48 were Roman Catholic schools, and 28 Girls’ Public Day School Trust schools. THE prospectus for the session 1913-14 of the Day and Evening College for Men and Women at the South-Western Polytechnic Institute, Chelsea, has been received. The day college is intended for students above the age of sixteen, and the courses of study are suited for ‘technological and university pur- poses. The prospectus, we observe, points out that those who enter for technical instruction should have received previously a sound English education and should have acouired an elementary knowledge of mathematics and, if possible, of physics and chem- istry. The courses are arranged to occupy three years. ~ SEPTEMBER 4, 1913] On entering the student is asked to state whether he wishes to be trained as a mechanical or electrical engineer, or as a consulting or industrial chemist. In any of these cases he will find mapped out for him a complete course of study, involving laboratory in- struction, tutorial work, attendance at lectures, exer- cises in mathematics, geometrical, mechanical, and architectural drawing, and instruction in the. work- shops. pure and applied science have been arranged at very moderate fees, and in their anxiety that no properly qualified person should be debarred from attending classes through inability to pay fees, the governors have arranged that apprentices, learners, and im- provers, under the age of twenty-one years, may be admitted to all classes and courses at half-fees, on production of their employer’s certificate. Tue prospectus of the Belfast Municipal Technical Institute for next session has been received. The object of the institute is to provide instruction in the principles of those arts and sciences which bear upon the industries of Belfast, and to show by experiment how these principles may be applied to their advance- ment. A day technical course has been established to give instruction in mechanical engineering, electrical engineering, the textile industries, and pure and applied chemistry. The course provides a sound training for youths who aim at filling positions of responsibility in various industries. A trade prepara- tory school, which constitutes a junior section of the day technical department, provides a_ specialised training for boys who are intended for industrial occupations. The evening classes are suitable for per- sons engaged during the day who desire to supplement the knowledge and experience gained in the workshop or warehouse. The needs of women are catered for in the same complete manner as those for men. It is not possible here to enumerate all the interesting ways in which the technical instruction committee has endeavoured to assist local industries, but mention may be made of the public textile testing and condi- tioning house which has been opened in the institute. It undertakes the examination of textile materials with the view of ascertaining their true weight, length, strength, and so on; and it carries out such other investigations as manufacturers and others may desire. . PAMPHLETs giving full particulars in connection with the faculty of medical sciences and with the faculty of engineering for the coming session have been pub- lished by University College, London. The college faculty of medical sciences comprises the departments of physics, chemistry, botany, and zoology (the pre- liminary medical sciences), also the departments of anatomy, physiology, and pharmacology (the inter- mediate medical sciences), and the departments of hygiene and public health, and of pathological chem- istry (post-graduate study). Full preliminary and intermediate courses of study are provided for students desirous of obtaining the medical degrees of the Uni- versity of London, as well as for students seeking the qualifications of other universities and licensing bodies. Each of the departments is also equipped for more advanced work, and provides facilities for research. The faculty of engineering, including the departments of mechanical, heating and ventilating, electrical, civil and municipal engineering, is intended to provide for students wishing to devote themselves to engineering a systematic training in the application of scientific principles to industrial purposes. The courses are also suited to the requirements of students who intend to enter for appointments in the Indian Public Works Department, Engineering Department of the General Post Office, Department of the Direc- NO. 2288, VOL. 92] Evening courses in almost every branch of. NATURE 25 tor of Engineering and Architectural Works in the Admiralty, Patent Office, and other similar services, or of those who intend to become patent agents, tech- nical teachers, and chemical engineers. The engineer- ing departments have been recognised by the Board of Trade as providing suitable technical training for marine engineers. Facilities are provided for post- graduate and research work in all the subjects. Tue Yorkshire Summer School of Geography, organised this year by the University of Leeds, com- pleted a successful inaugural session on August 23. More than a hundred students were in residence for three weeks at and near Whitby, the headquarters being in the new buildings of the County School, which were kindly lent for the purpose by the gover- nors. Systematic instruction in the methods of modern geographical study was aimed at by choosing Yorkshire as a representative area, and studying as exhaustively as possible all the factors and relationships connected with its structure and location. A course of five lectures on the physical geography an@ special geological features of the district was given by Prof. P. F. Kendall, together with lectures on the North Sea, and on meteorology by Mr. A. Gilligan. This led to the study of special topics of industrial or his- torical character, including plant distribution and agriculture (Dr. W. G. Smith), metalliferous and coal mining (Mr. A. Gilligan), the textile and metallurgical industries, ports, fisheries and communications (Mr. Ll. Rodwell Jones), prehistoric Yorkshire (Prof. P. F. Kendall), the Roman occupation (Mr. P. W. Dodd), Saxon and Danish Yorkshire (Mr. W. G. Colling- wood), medieval Yorkshire (Mr. H. B. McCall), archi- tecture (Mr. S. D. Kitson), place-names and language (Prof. Moorman), Old Whitby as a port (Mr. E. H. Chapman), and river development (Prof. Kendall). The course concluded with two lectures on the teaching of geography by Mr. W. P. Welpton. The practical work included the reading and enlargement of topo- graphical maps, the examination of typical rocks, the making of models and microscope sections, field surveys, and the reading and construction of meteoro- logical charts. Frequent excursions were made to places of geological and industrial interest in the neighbourhood, and an afternoon was devoted to the study of a typical Yorkshire farm, with large-scale plans showing the rotation of crops on each field for the past four years. SOCIETIES AND ACADEMIES. CaLcurra. Asiatic Society of Bengal, August Nor’-westers and monsoon prediction. Nor’-westers have hitherto received little scientific attention. The entire literature is covered by a monograph by Sir John Eliot in 1876 and certain observations in a paper of his in 1910 on the anemographic records of Saugor Island. His observations and deductions are sum- marised. The structure of a typical nor’-wester is analysed. Its form and motion appear to show it is not a cyclonic eddy but a rectilinear splitting of. the still-air layer between the lower southerly and upper northerly wind, which takes place transversely to the direction of motion of the storm mass. The absence of hail and the rapidity of the motion support this theory. A typically complete nor’-wester indicates a strong northerly upper current, and therefore the probability that the advance of the monsoon will be delayed. Weak or ill-formed nor’-westers indicate a weak upper current and little opposition to the mon- soon. The factors that require study are briefly enumerated and divided into those which can be noted by individual observers and those which require co- 6.—E. Digby. : ordinated effort. 26 BOOKS RECEIVED. Michigan Agricultural College. Experiment Station. Division of Soils. Technical Bulletin No. 17: An Investigation of Soil Temperature and some of the most Important Factors Influencing it. By G. J. Bouyoucos. Pp. 196. (East Lansing, Michigan.) Animals of the Past. An Account of some of the Creatures of the Ancient World. By F. A. Lucas. Pp. xxi+266. (New York: American Museum of Natural History.) (Handbook Series No. 4.) The Climate and Weather of San Diego, Cali- fornia. By Ford A. Carpenter. Pp. xii+118. (San Diego: Chamber of Commerce.) New South Wales. Department of Mines. Geo- logical Survey. on the Cobar Part i. Pp, x+207. 4s. 6d. Lord Lister: his Life and Work. Wrench. Pp. 384. Unwin.) 15s. net. Mineral Resources, No. 17: Report Gold-field. By E. C. Andrews. (Also Maps to above.) (Sydney.) By Dr. Gia (London and Leipzig: T. Fisher Fabre, Poet of Science. By Dr. C. V. Legros. Translated by B. Miall. Pp. 352. (London and Leipzig: T. Fisher Unwin.) tos, 6d. net. Die Garungsgewerbe und ihre naturwissenschaft- lichen Grundlagen. By Prof. W. Henneberg and Dr. G. Bode. Pp. v+128. (Leipzig: Quelle and Meyer.) 1.25 marks. Wie ernahrt sich die Pflanze? Naturbeobach- tungen draussen und im Hause. Pp. v+188. (Leipzig: marks. Geschichte des naturwissenschaftlichen und mathe- matischen Unterrichts. By Prof. F. Paul. Pp. ix+ By Otto Krieger. Quelle and Meyer.) 1.80 308. (Leipzig: Quelle and Meyer.) 8.60 marks. Note sur une Illusion de Relativité. By M. Gandillot. Pp. 88. (Paris: Gauthier-Villars.) 6 francs. Chemistry and its Relations to Daily Life. By Prof. L. Kahlenberg and Prof. E. B. Hart. Pp. vii+ 593- (New York: The Macmillan Co.; London: Macmillan and Co., Ltd.) 5s. 6d. net. Board of Education. Reports for the Year 1911-12 from those Universities and University Colleges in Great Britain which are in Receipt of Grant from the Board of Education. Vol. I. Pp. xxxi+465. (Cd. 7008.) 2s. Vol. II. Pp. iit+454. (Cd. 7009.) 1s. tod. bay H.M. Stationery Office; Wyman and Sons, Ltd. The Peregrine Falcon at the Eyrie. By F. Heatherly. Pp. x+78. (London: ‘Country Life” Offices; G. Newnes, Ltd.) 5s. net. Einfuhrung in die Allgemeine Biologie. By Prof. W. T. Sedgwick and Prof. E. B. Wilson. Autorisierte iibersetzung nach der Zweiten auflage by Dr. R. Thesing. Pp. x+302. (Leipzig and Berlin: B. G. Teubner.) 6 marks. Himmelsglobus aus Modelliernetzen die Sterne durchzustechen und von innen heraus zu betrachten. By Prof. A. Héfler. (In drei Ausgaben.) Ausgabe i. (Leipzig and Berlin: B. G. Teubner.) 1.50 marks. A Laboratory Manual of Invertebrate Zoology. By Dr. G. A. Drew. Second edition, revised. Pp. ix+213. (Philadelphia and London: W. B. Saunders Co.) 6s. net, Ergebnisse der Zweiten Deutschen Zentral-Afrika- Expedition, IQIO-IQII. Unter Fiihrung Adolf Friedrichs, Herzogs zu Mecklenberg. Band i.: Zoo- logie; Teil i., Hamogregarinen. Byars oi Schubotz. Pp. 22+4 plates. (Leipzig :~ Klinkhardt | 1.60 marks. and Air Measurement. By C. Pp. vit+77. (London: Methuen and Co., 6d. ; 7 NO. 2288, VOL. 92} and Biermann.) Gas Testing Chandley. I.td.) 1s, NATURE [SEPTEMBER 4, 1913 f A Text-Book of Geography. By A. W. Andrews. Pp. xii+655. (London: E. Arnold.) 55. A Text-Book of Physics. By@Dr. R. S. Willows. Pp. viii+471. University of Pennsylvania. tions of the Babylonian Section, Vol. iii. : Incantation Texts from Nippur. By Prof. J. A. Mont- gomery. Pp. 326+xli plates. (Philadelphia: Uni- versity Museum.) Yorkshire Type Ammonites. Edited by S. S. Buckman. Part x. Pp. v, vit+g9 plates+ descriptions. Nos. 75-83. (London: W. Wesley and Son.) 3s. 6d. net. The Differentiation and Specificity of Starches in Relation to Genera, Species, &c. Stereochemistry applied to Protoplasmic Processes and Products, and as a Strictly Scientific Basis for the Classification of Plants and Animals. By Prof. E. T. Reichert. Part i. Pp. xvii+342+21+102 plates. Part il. Xvii+343-900+18. (Washington, U.S.A.: Carnegie Institution.) (London: E. Arnold.) 7s. 6d. net. The Museum Publica- Aramaic CONTENTS. Notes on the Aborigines of South America. ... 1 Hydraulic ‘Machinery. By Haj. Sin... yo. seen = Mind, Health and Purpose . <.'.).) si.) .0:s- eee 2 Ironvand: Steel Metallurgy. .:. . =o. ).)u)2 ee 3° Our Bookshelf... 9: 2 . .0. 9) sce 4 Letters to the Editor :— The Spectra of Helium and Hydrogen, (Z//ustrated.) —E.J; Evans . ... :..0 2.) ae Coloured Organisms on Sea-Sand.—Prof: W. A. Herdman, F.R.S. .. er ene 5 Physiological Factors of Consciousness. —G, Archdall e Rei ny ps! 9, Laie Sake poumagl eee oar The Elephant Trench at Dewlish—Was it Dug?— Rev, OF Bisher. 9.) .).c desi see oe 6 Note on the Dicynodont Vomer.—Dr. R. Broom. . 6 The Twelfth International Geological Congress, By SA CH\ | AOMORI Ss 5 oar The Oil-Fields of Burma. (///ustrated.) By T.H.D.L. 9 Oceanography of the Mediterranean, ByJ.J.... 10 The Gum Trees of Australia, By Dr. W. Botting Hemsley, FUR.S: .9ay. .. oie ue cee ne 12 NC a Se MEE Sel pea 12 Our Astronomical Column :— Astronomical Occurrences for September. . ... . 18. The Spectra of the Stars. .. 2. sgn > eee 18. Exhibition of the Royal Photographic Society. . . 18 The Archzological Investigations in the Mississippi Region, (///ustrated.) By Dr, A.C. Haddon, F.R.S. 18 Magnetic Storms and Solar Phenomena. By Dr. Cai@hree, E.R.S. \:ocay .. i saeieecs seen ae 19 The Life-History of a Water-Beetle. By F. Balfour BrOWDE fir.6. .. 62 pals ly ee sara + 20: University and Educational Intelligence ..... + 24 Societies and Academies... Gabe.) = ses 3 ne . 25. Books Received). ~ i. 1's hc senineen se eae, ti Editorial and Publishing Offices: MACMILLAN & CO., Lrtp., ST. MARTIN’S STREET, LONDON, W.C. Advertisements and business letters to be addressed to the Publishers. Editorial Communications to the Editor. Telegraphic Address: Puusts, LONDON. Telephone Number: GERRARD 8830. Pp. ; — SEPTEMBER 4, 1913] [GLASS TOP BOXES 20 STOCK SIZES. | Any size to order. Card or Wood Sides. Sample Card-side Box and List post free, 1d. stamp. FLATTERS & GARNETT, Ltd., 309 OXFORD ROAD (°pEitrsty’), MANCHESTER. . ; 7 Sales by #uction. q STEVENS’ AUCTION ROOMS. Estp. 1760. _ A Sale by Auction is held EVERY FRIDAY a: at 12.30, which affords first-class opportunities for the disposal or urchase of SCIENTIFIC AND ELECTRICAL APPARATUS, . icroscopes and Accessories, Surveying Instruments, Photographic Cameras and Lenses, Lathes and Tools, Cinematographs and Film:, and Miscellaneous Property. AA _ Catalogues and terms for selling will be forwarded on application to Mx. J. C. STEVENS, . 38 KING STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON, W.C. LIST OF BRITISH FOSSILS. JAMES R. GREGORY & CO. have reprinted their FOSSIL LIST, representing about one-fifth of their Stock of Fossils. Copies may be had from JAMES R. GREGORY & CO., Mineralogists, &c., 139 FULHAM ROAD, SOUTH KENSINGTON, S.W. Telegrams : ‘‘ Meteorites, Rhone, London.” Telephone: 2841 Western. a LIVING SPECIMENS FOR THE MICROSCOPE. Volvox, Spirogyra, Desmids, Diatoms, Amoeba, Arcella, Actinospherium, Vorticella, Stentor, Hydra, Floscularia, Stephanoceros, Melicerta, and many other specimens of Pond Life. Price 1s. per Tube, Post Free. Helix pomatia, Astacus, Amphioxus, Rana, Anodon, &c., for Dissection purposes. HOMAS BOLTON, 25 BALSALL HEATH ROAD, BIRMINGHAM. MARINE BIOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION OF THE UNITED KINGDOM. THE LABORATORY, PLYMOUTH. The following animals can always be supplied, either living or preserved by the best methods :— Sycon; Clava, Obelia, Sertularia; Actinia, Tealia, Caryopbyllia, Alcy- onium; Hormiphora (preserved); Leptoplana; Lineus, Amphiporus, Nereis, Aphrodite, Arenicola, Lanice, Terebella; Lepas, Balanus, Gammarus, Ligia Mysis, Nebalia, Carcinus; Patella, Buccinum, Eledone, Pectens Bugula, Crisia, Pedicellina, Holothuria, Asterias, Echinus, Salpa (preserved), Scyllium, Raia, &c., &c. or prices and more detailed lists apply to Biological Laboratory, Plymouth. THE DIRECTOR. SEPTEMBER NO. NOW NATURE 1X WATKINS & DONCASTER, Naturalists and Manufacturers of CABINETS AND APPARATUS FOR COLLECTORS OF INSECTS, BIRDS’ EGGS AND SKINS. MINERALS, PLANTS, &c. N.B.—For Excellence and Superiority of Cabinets and Apparatus references are permitted to distinguished patrons, Museums, Colleges, &c. A LARGE STOCK OF INSECTs, BIRDS’ EGGS AND SKINS, SPECIALITY.—Objects for Nature Study, Drawing Classes, &c. Birds, Mammals, &e., Preserved and Mounted by First-class Workmen true to Nature. All Books and Publications (New and Second-hand) on Insects, Birds’ Eggs, &c., supplied. 386 STRAND, LONDON, W.C. (Five Doors from Charing Cross.) FULL OATALOGUE POST FREE. ALL KINDS OF BRITISH AND FOREIGN Mineral Specimens, COMMON MINERAL ORES, and CHOICE CRYSTALLIZED SPECIMENS at ALL PRICES on view at RICHARDS’ SHOW ROOMS. Note new Address :— Lists free. 48 Sydney Street, Fulham Road, South Kensington, London, S.W. SKELETONS® SKULLS 2 Specimens and Preparations for Teachinz BIOLOGY & ZOOLOGY and for Museums. Lists on Application. EDWARD GERRARD & SONS Osteologists and Taxidermists, NATURAL HISTORY STUDIOS 6I College Place, Camden Town, London. WEI NERALS. CHOICE AND RARE SPECIMENS FROM ALL PARTS of THE WORLD. Cheapest House in the line for Collections, Specimens, Blow- pipe Sets, Cabinets, Glass-Capped Boxes, Trays, &c., &c. We can fix you up with anything and everything in the way of Apparatus for Geological and Mineralogical Work. RUSSELL & SHAW, 38 Gt. James Street, Bedford Row, London, W.C. READY. THE SCHoOooL wWworRitubD. A MONTHLY MAGAZINE OF EDUCATIONAL WORK AND PROGRESS. Sixpence MONTHLY. YFARLY VOL., 7s. 6d. net. CONTENTS. The Congested Curriculum.—The Kinematograph in the Teaching of Natural Science. By H. O. Hale, M.A.—The Correction and Supervision of Written Work in Girls’ Secondary Schools. By Miss M. E. Wigg.—Parent-Teacher Associations. [y Miss Hilda Wilson, M.A. (Lond.).—A School Wire- By H. Matthews, B.Sc.—Shorthand and Typewriting in Secondary Schools. By By J. S. Thornton, B.A.—The Secondary Education of Girls in | less Installation. Fred Charles, B.A.—The State and the School. Prussia. II. By Mark P. Mayo, B.A.—Personal Paragraphs. By Onlooker.—The Kinematograph in Education.— Secondary Education in England in 1911-12.—History and Current Events.—Items of Interest : General ; Scottish ; Irish ; Welsh.—The Greek Mind and its Expression.—Gardening for School Children.—Reviews of Recent School Books and _ Apparatus.—Educational books published during July, 1913.—Correspondence : Construction for the Direction of a Magnetic Line of Force. By W. H. Scarborough, M.A., B.Sc.—Grammatical Reform. By Ll. M. Penn, M.A.—Philip’s Comparative Series of Wall Atlases. By J. F. Unstead, M.A., D.Sc. ; E. G. R. Taylor, B.Sc. ; The Reviewer. MACMILLAN AND CO., LTD., LONDON, Microscopes and Accessories Microtomes and Accessories Photomicrographic Apparatus Projection Apparatus Blood Counting Appliances Aplanatic Pocket Lenses For Field Prism Binoculars ang" Theatre ETC. NATURE [SEPTEMBER 4, I913 THE Gs “LORD BURY” Telescope. Supplied in large numbers for use by Travellers and Sportsmen. Fitted with pancratie tube varying the power from 25 to 35 diameters. Size closed, 10”; IMlastrated extended, 31”. PRS a! . ree. Will make out wild fowl at The 16 miles, will discern a > flagstaff at 22 miles, and - Lord Bury name of lightship at eae Telescope, in bronzed brass, POST FREE and fitted in Leather on Sling Case (weight of receipt of telescope 2 Ib. 3 02,). Remit- £4 4 0) tance. Ditto in bronzed light metab (weight of telescope 1 Ib. 8 0z.). £5 15 O Awarded Grand Prix at the Exhibition of the International Medical Congress. 18 BLOOMSBURY SQUARE, W.C. (A few doors from the British Opticians and Scientific Instrument ‘aribeat to the British & Foreign Govts.; Museum). LONDON. Established 1852, WATSON’S “SUNICA” PRISM BINOCULARS The embodiment of DAINTINESS and PERFECTION. To motor, walk, cycle, boat, climb, or make holiday without a Prism Glass means losing a cousidenghie’ amount of enjoyment. A Prism’ Glass reveals hosts of sights that would otherwise be invisible, and adds a new charm to everything ohserved. Watson’s “SUNICA” Prism Glass is the right magnification—the compact size—and is the always dependable companion that is so much desired. IT IS BRITISH- MADE ‘THROUGHOUT AT BARNET, HERTS, and that means sound workmanship and quality. i! It is waterproof and can be immersed in water, | It has wonderful steregsco ic effect. It will withstand rough usage. A very large angle of field of view—48’—enables It is covered with vulcanite of morocco leather a large surface to be embraced. pattern. The optical quality cannot be surpassed. Magnification, 6 diameters. Diameter of Objectives, 0':90in. Height,42in. Weight, 22 oz, PRICE (post free), with neck sling, and in best solid leather sling case ... £6 O O W. WATSON & SONS, Ltd. (7°9337""), 313 High Holborn, London, W.C. Optical Works :-HIGH BARNET, HERTS. Depots {2EASY ROW, BIRMINGHA {7s SWANSTON ST. MELBOURNE, AUSTRALIA. (16 FORREST ROAD, EDINBUR Branches | 184 GREAT PORTLAND STREST™ “LONDON, W.C. F; olay} View. SOLE AGENTS for Great Britain and Ireland (except London)— STANDLEY BELCHER & MASON, Ltd., Church Street, BIRMINGHAM. Printed by RicHarp Cray & Sons, Limirep, at Brunswick Street, Stamford Street, S.E., and published by MACMILLAN AND Co., Limitmp, at St. Martin's Street, London, W.C., and THe Macmitvan Co., 66 Fifth Avenue, New York.—Txuurspay, September a IOI. Back View. SPENCER DISSECTING MICROSCOPE, No. 86a. Plate Glass Ste age, mirror to reflect light to object _ Hollow Block for Dissecting Instruments and Lenses, | Witn 9x Doublet, 10/6 Price List on application. 406 STRAND & 457 WEST STRAND, © J. H. STEWARD, um, * a a an piiciemrecenieenae A WEEKLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL OF. SCIENC} “To the solid ground Of Nites trusts the mind which builds for aye. ”’_WorpDSworrtil. No. 2289, VoL. 92]. THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER _[Price SIXPENCE ttieSt 1913. 4 cE Registered as a Newspaper at the ‘veneral Post (fice. ' (All. Rights” Res iad. BUY DIRECT FROM F.E.BECKER & CO, HATTON WALL, (W.&J.GEORGE. LTD.,SUCC #2) : LONDON, E.G: JOHN J. GRIFFIN & Sons, L” KINGSWAY, LONDON, W.C. ‘Scientific Instrument Makers. ANB sBOW (C. V. Boys’; Patent.) e ge For Studying Liquid Films, op , _ Marvellous Unique Colour- Effects combinations of of Infinite Wonderful - Variety. Beauty. 2 Packi Price 2S/= Pitre, ea Garage Including 2 Bottles of special Soap Solution and Full Instructions, REYNOLDS & BRANSON, Ltd., Chemical and Scientific Instrument Makers to His Majesty’s Government (Indian, Home & Colonial). “ Rystos ’ Analytical Balance with Magnalium Beam. Improved vertical movement of rider hook, rider scale from end to end of beam, and plumb line. The bearings are agate throughout; the beam of hard magnalium. Base of black crystal. Mahogany case with counter- poised doors & brass levelling screws. Ditto, to Carry 300 gramines, very sensitive to r/1oth milligramme, extra large case i £10 10 O To carry 200 grammes, sensitive to 1/sth milligramme, or x/roth milli- gramme witha less load... £6 17 6 Ditto, Ditto, to carry 200 grammes, with straight beam, of cheaper con- struction .. New Catalogue of Balances, 24 pages, on epotentian Catalogues of Chemical and Physical Apparatus, Chemicals for Technical purposes and Research, Laboratory Fittings and Furniture, &c., &c., post free on application. Leeds. 14 Commercial Street, The latest Recording Rain Gauge is the ‘FERNLEY’ which embodies several new interesting. . features. Entirely automatic, it 1s the result of ; numerous tests and___ lengthy experiments. NEGRETTI & ZAMBRA ?38 Holborn Viaduct, London, E.C. Write for City Branch: 45 Cornhill, E.C. pamphlet! West End: 122 Regent St., W. Xii THE DAVY-FARADAY RESEARCH LABORATORY ROYAL INSTITUTION, No. 20 ALBEMARLE STREET, LONDON, W. DIRECTOR Professor Sir JAMES DEWAR, M.A: LDDs D:Se;, F.R.S. This Laboratory was founded by the late Dr. Ludwig Mond, D.Sc. F.R.S., as a Memorial of Davy and Faraday, for the purpose of enabling properly qualified persons to conduct Chemical and Physical Research. Workers admitted are entitled to the use of the extensive chemical and physical apparatus belonging to the Laboratory. The Director may, subject to the approval of the Laboratory Committee, supply special chemicals, or authorise the Mechanician to construct special apparatus for individual investigators. MICHAELMAS TERM.—Monday, December 20. LENT TERM.—Monday, January 12, to Saturday, April 4. EASTER TERM.—Monday, April 27, to Saturday, July 2s. Applications for admission to the Davy Faraday Research Laboratory to be addressed to the AssisTANT Secretary, Royal Institution, No. 21 Albemarle Street, London, W. October 6, to Saturday, UNIVERSITY OF LONDON, KING’S COLLEGE. DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCE. In this Division a Course of Study in Science is provided suitable for general education or for the Examinations of the London and other Universities, Students are admitted into the Matriculated Students. offered in this Division. The Laboratories of the College are open to post-Graduates and Research Students by special arrangement with the Heads of Departments. The following are the Departments under the charge of the various Professors, assisted by the Junior Staff :— Division either as Matriculated or non- Several valuable Scholarships and Prizes are : Prof. S. A. F. Wuits, M.A. Mathematics ay (Bror J. W. Nicuotson, M.A. Physics xn pee C. G. Barkra, D.Sc., F.R.S. - rof. Joun M. Tuomson, LL.D., F.R.S. Chemistry {Prof H. Jackson, F.I.C., F.C.S. Botany 4 Prof. W. B. Borromiey, Ph.D., F.L.S. Zoology ... Ay + Prof. ArrHuR Denny, D.Sc., F.R.S. Geology and Mineralogy T. Frankuin SiBty, D.Sc. Physiology See D. Hatiisurton, M.D., B.Sc., Psychology Dr. W. Brown. The next TERM commences WEDNESDAY, OCTOBER I, 1913. For further particulars apply to the SecrETARY, King’s College, Strand, London, W.C. SESSION OPENS 29th SEPTEMBER, 1913. EAST LONDON COLLEGE (UNIVERSITY OF LONDON). FACULTIES OF ARTS, SCIENCE, AND ENGINEERING. FEES: TEN GUINEAS PER ANNUM. NO ENTRY FEE AND NO REGISTRATION CHARGES. Special fees and facilities for Post Graduate and Research Students in all Faculties. M.A. CLASSES FOR MATHEMATICS. Calendar, with lists of Graduates, University and College Scholarships, Academic and other distinctions, post free on application to the Registrar, or the Principal, J. L. S. HATTON, M.A. Telephone No.: East 3384. ___ee THE NORTH of SCOTLAND COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE. SESSION 1913-14. Applications for the Calendar for Session 1913-14, showing complete Courses in Agriculture, suitable for Farmers, Land Agents, Managers and Teachers of Agricultural Science, should be made to the SECRETARY. The WINTER SESSION opens on Thursday, OCTOBER 9. GEO. HENDRY, Secretary, 414 Union Street, Aberdeen, September 5, rgr3. NATURE | [SEPTEMBER II, 1913 NEW SESSION BEGINS MONDAY, SEPTEMBER 29. BIRKBECK COLLEGE, BREAMS BUILDINGS, (™\NCERY LANE, E.C. Principal : G. Armitage-Smith, M.A., D.Lit. COURSES OF STUDY (Day and Evenin ) for the Degrees of the — e UNIVERSITY OF LONDON in th FACULTIES OF SCIENCE & ARTS (PASS AND HONOURS) under RECOGNISED TEACHERS of the University. SCIENCE.—Chemistry, Physies, Mathematics (Pure and Applied), Botany, Zoology, Geology and Mineralogy. ARTS.—Latin, Greek, English, French, German, Italian, History, Geography, Logie, Economies, Mathematies (Pure and Applied). Evening Courses for the Degrees in Economics and Law. Day: Science, £17 10s.; Arts, £10 10s. SESSIONAL FEES arcaaee Science, Arts, or Economics, £5 5s, POST-GRADUATE AND RESEARCH WORK. Particulars on application to the Secretary. IMPERIAL ¢ COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNCLOGY The Governors of the Imperial College are prepared to AWARD SIX ENTRANCE SCHOLARSHIPS in SCIENCE for SESSION 1913-14, tenable at the Royal College of Science. The Scholarships are of the value of £40 per annum (exclusive of tuition), are tenable for one year, but renewable for a second or third year on the recommendation of the Board of Studies of the College. Date of Scholar- ship Examination Tuesday, Thursday and Friday, September 23, 25 and 26, 1913, from 10 to 5. For particulars and forms apply to the SECRETARY OF THE CoL.EGeE, South Kensington, London, S.W. _—_——_——_—___—_——_- xr SOUTH-WESTERN POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE, CHELSEA, — SPECIAL EVENING COURSES. Bacteriology and Fungus Culture—HuGH MacLean. D.Sc, Ch.B., M.D. ; Biochemistry—HvuGcu MacLean, D.Sc., Ch.B., M.D. ; Crystallo- graphy and Mineralogy—*A. J. Masten, F.L.S., F.G.S. ; Electricity and Magnetism—*L. Lownps, B.Sc., Ph.D. ; Foods and Drugs Analysis— H. B. Stevens, F.1.C., Ph.C., F.C.S.; Heredity and Evolution—*J. T. Cunnincuam, ‘M.A. ; Human Physiology—F. O'B. ELuison, B.A., M.D. 3 Metallography & Pyrometry—W. A. Natsu, A.R.S.M., A I.M.M. : Optics —*F. W. Jorpan, B.Sc., A.R.C.S. ; Organic Chemistry—*J. C. Crocker, M.A., D.Sc. ; Physical Chemistry—*J. C. Crocker, M.A.. D.Sc. ; Plant Ecology—F. Cavers, D.Sc., F.L.S. ; Pure Mathematics, subsidiary sub- ject for B.Sc. Honours—*T. G. Srratn, M.A.; Recent Researches in Biochemistry—Hucu MacLean, D.Sc., Ch.B., M.D.; Stratigraphical Geology with special reference to foreign areas—T. C. Nicnoras, B.A. (Camb.); Vector Analysis. Complex Quantities with applications to Physics—*J. Lister, A.R.C.S. * Recognised Teachers of London University. Evening Courses commence for the Session 1913-14 on Monday, Septem- ber 22, 1913, and the Day Courses on Monday, September 29, 1913. The Examination for Day Studentships commences Monday, September 22, at toa.m. Further particulars on application to the SECRETARY. Telephone: 899 Western. SID NEY SKINNER, M.A., Principal. CITY OF LONDON COLLEGE. AOTING IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE LONDON GHAMBER OF COMMERCE. WHITE S8T., and ROPEMAKER ST., MOORFIELDS, E.G. (Near Moorgate and Liverpool Street Stations). = PRINCIPAL: SIDNEY HUMPHRIES, B.A., LL.B. (Cantab.) Michaelnas Term begins Monday, September 29th. EVENING CLASSES in SCIENCE. Well-equipped LABORATORIES for Practical Work in CHEMISTRY, BOTANY, GEOLOGY. Special Courses for Pharmaceutical and other examinations. Classes are also held in all Commercial Subjects, in Languages, and Literature, Art Studio. All Classes are open to both sexes. DAY SCHOOL OF COMMERCE. Preparation fora COMMERCIAL or BUSINESS career. Prospectuses, and all other information, gratis on application. DAVID SAVAGE, Secretary, ——— a .£o NATURE 27 COLONIES. Handbook of Fungus Diseases of the Potato in Australia and their Treatment. By) 1: McAlpine, Department of Agriculture, Victoria. Pp. iii+215+1 map. (Melbourne: J. Kemp, Government Printer, 1912.) HIS handbook records matters of scientific interest to economic mycologists in all countries, while, at the same time, it is written with the aim (which is certainly achieved) of giving valu- able information and assistance in practical matters to the Australian farmer. In the latter direction Dr. McAlpine has performed, indeed, a public service. The book deals in detail with Phytophthora infestans, Alternaria solani, Rhizoctonia, “scab,” Fusarium solani, and Bacillus solanacearum, and is illustrated with 158 excellent photographs. In a very instructive appendix are given the various legislative “orders” relating to potato diseases which have been put into force under the “ Vege- tation Diseases Acts” and “Quarantine Act” of Australia. The author states that in Australia the annual value of the crop is more than one-and-a-half million pounds sterling. He rightly insists on the economic importance of all steps being taken by the State, and by the individual, to safeguard the health of the crop, and remarks :—‘‘ Some of the worst diseases with which the [potato] grower has to contend in Britain and elsewhere are not known here, simply because the fungi causing them have not been introduced, and with a Quarantine Act in existence they are not likely to be.” The educational value of the legislation against plant-diseases is shown by the following observa- tion :— “There is a widespread desire on the part of growers to know more about the diseases of the potato, for the ignorance of the past can no _ longer be tolerated, since there is a rigid system of inspection to prevent diseased tubers. passing from one State to another.” With regard to all the diseases mentioned, a number of highly interesting experiments and observations are recorded. In the case of Phyto- phthora infestans it is shown that sporangia can infect the unbroken skin of healthy tubers; and that the mycelium can remain living in a dried-up tuber (“as dead as a mummy,” to quote the author’s words) for more than four months. Inter- esting facts are given as to the different character- istics the disease shows in Australia, as compared NO. 2289, VOL. 92] with Great Britain and particularly Ireland; while the tubers are attacked in Australia, there is, generally speaking—owing to the prevailing hotter weather—no sudden blackening and decay of the tops. This difference not unnaturally led potato- growers in Australia, particularly those who had had experience of the ‘“‘blight”’ in Ireland, to the error of supposing that the two diseases were distinct. (The speculation naturally suggests it- self whether a distinct form of P. infestans may not arise in Australia, specialised to these new conditions of temperature and humidity.) It is found that the “kangaroo apple” (Solanum aviculare) serves as a host-plant; while it is stated that S. nigrum, a common weed in Australia, appears to be immune. Another very interesting fact which has been ascertained is the undoubted connection of the severity of the disease with the rainfall in different districts. A full discussion is given of the life-history of P. infestans. Here, as with so many common fungous diseases, there are important gaps in our knowledge waiting to be filled; it is necessary to take every opportunity to point out that in no department of botany is research needed more than in economic mycology. The author remarks: “probably the mycelium remains dormant in the {potato} stalks ”; such statements are to be depre- cated—it is better to admit the absence of definite knowledge. A series of experiments showed that the Fusarium of the potato and tomato are transfer- able; excellent photomicrographs are given of the life-history and stages of development of this fungus. EB. S2Ss PHYSICAL TRAINING. Ma Lecon-Type d’entrainement complet et utili- taire. By Lieut. G. Hébert. Pp. 208. (Paris: Librairie Vuibert, 1913.) Price 1.75 francs. \,N reading this book most people interested () in physical training will agree that although the training it describes may be utilitaire, it is certainly not complet. The training aims at the acquirement of strength and endurance, as do all forms of physical training and many forms of sport. But M. Hébert’s system lacks the com- pleteness and variety of the Swedish system, which is the system now used in our Army and Navy and in an increasing number of schools in this country. There is nothing M. Hébert claims for his method which is not equally true of the Swedish method. M. Hébert divides exercises into seven classes : (1) marching; (2) running; (3) jumping; (4) climbing; (5) lifting; (6) throwing; (7) exercises Cc 28 of defence—boxing and wrestling. What are called balance movements in the Swedish system, as well as abdominal movements, are included in a truly “utilitarian” manner in climbing exer- cises. So far as abdominal movements are con- cerned, this does not allow graduation of resist- ance, which is a matter of importance. There is little variety of limb exercises, and the group of back exercises, so valuable for their corrective effect in regard to the faulty positions assumed in most occupations, are entirely omitted. Head and neck exercises are also omitted, while lateral trunk movements are only used as applied move- ments, and are therefore not graduated. The more definite grouping of movements in the Swedish system allows of a more graduated and equal training for each part of the muscular system, each group of muscles, and, therefore, of the body as a whole. Free trunk movements, lateral and otherwise, are obviously of value in acquiring strength, flexibility, ard complete coordination. Free arm movements are of greater value for the normal development of the arms and chest than movements of lifting and throwing. In a Swedish gymnastic lesson the hardest work is performed in the middle of the lesson, the amount of exertion being graduated throughout. M. Hébert also graduates the amount of work, but leaves the hardest work to be performed to- wards the end of the lesson. The effect of the former method on circulation and respiration, and on the distribution of blood in the body, is more desirable physiologically. M. Hébert lays due stress on the importance of deep breathing, and of complete expiration as well as inspiration. On the other hand, he recom- mends as an exercise slow matching, breathing in during four to six steps, breathing out during four to six steps, either with or without an intermediate respiratory pause with expanded chest for one or two steps. This method of breathing would undoubtedly tend to produce over-expansion of the chest, with loss of elasticity and accompanying emphysema. Marching with the hands crossed behind the back (Fig. 18) also tends to fix the chest and hinder complete expiration, besides pro- ducing a bad position of the shoulders and often hollow back. Sun and air baths and gymnastics in the open air are recommended, the body being uncovered except for a short pair of drawers, un- less the weather is specially inclement, or the sun very hot, when a protective covering for the head and back of the neck is added. The illustrations as a whole are excellent, although some of those which illustrate jumping appear to show that the height of the jump is NO. 2289, VOL. 92] NATURE [SEPTEMBER II, 1913 considered more than the correctness of the attitude in jumping (Fig. 94). The book is arranged clearly, and is much more readable than the more severe and “complete” gymnastic treatises. Mina L. Dossir. OUR BOOKSHELF, L’Aviation. By Prof. P. Painlevé, Prof. E. Borel, and Ch. Maurain. Sixiéme edition. Pp. viii+ 298. (Paris: Librairie Felix Alcan, 1913.) Price 3 francs 50 centimes. Written by well-known members of the French aeronautical professions, the book provides a simple and interesting account of the position of aviation at the present time. The text rarely deals quantitatively with the problems connected with the construction or motion of an aeroplane, cal- culations being left to notes at the end of the book; the notes occupy about one-third of the whole, and refer to investigations many of which are the original work of the authors. Only a very short historical portion is provided as introduction, but it is interesting to find that the work of Sir George Cayley, as a pioneer in the development of the theory of the aeroplane, is prominently referred to. The ‘coming of the aeroplane” is dated from the autumn of 1908, when the flights of Farman, Delagrange, Blériot, and the striking achievements of the Wright Brothers began to attract attention; the sub- sequent rapid development of aviation and its causes are referred to and illustrated by means of a record of the best results obtained at successive stages. A discussion of the flight of birds in winds, on the lines of Langley’s “Internal work of the Wind,” is used to illustrate the possibility of extracting energy from the wind, and so flying without the use “of an engine. Aeroplanes of various types, made in the period 1908-10, are illustrated, and the organs described in some detail. The use of the elevator and rudder in manceuvring is referred to under gliders, but stability, longitudinal and lateral, is referred to power-driven machines. Lateral stability is sub- divided into “stability of gyration,” that is, stability of direction relative to the wind and . in the limited sense of keeping ~ “lateral stability ” an even keel. Bryan has shown that the subdivi- sion may be misleading as the two are not inde- pendent, and should be treated together. The book has the advantage of a very complete index, which makes reference a simple matter. Household Bacteriology: For Students in Domestic Science. By Estelle D. Buchanan and Prof. R. E. Buchanan. Pp. xv+536. (New York: The Macmillan Company; London: Macmillan and Co., Ltd., 1913.) Price ros. net. “DomESTIC science ” is rightly coming to the fore, and in any course of instruction devoted to this subject, some amount of bacteriology, or ‘“ micro- biology,” as it may preferably be termed, must be included. The present volume practically covers the ground of such knowledge of micro- ee SEPTEMBER II, 1913] NAIURE 29 organisms as is desirable for the domestic science student. It is divided into five sections, dealing respectively with (a) morphology and classifica- tion; (b) cultivation and methods of investigation ; {c) physiology; (d) fermentation; and (e) micro- organisms in relation to health and disease. The bacteria, yeasts, and moulds are considered at some length, and a chapter on parasitic Protozoa is included. . The chapters on general morphology and classi- fication are particularly good, and a clear account is furnished of the distinguishing features of the various groups. In an appendix an illustrated key is given of the families and genera of the common moulds; this will be found most useful in the laboratory by other than domestic science students. The brief description of the optics of the im- mersion system of lenses is correct, so far as it goes, but a paragraph should have been inserted pointing out that the great advantage of this system is the increased resoluion obtained thereby. The chapter on food preservation is a useful summary of the subject, but might have been extended with advantage. The chapters on the nitrogen cycle in nature, alcoholic and other fermentations, enzyme action, and the ripening of certain foods are all satisfac- tory and convey a considerable amount of coordin- ated information on these important aspects of microbiology. Much space (140 pages) is devoted to a con- sideration of disease and disease-producing micro- organisms, vegetable and protozoal. We think this section could have been somewhat curtailed with advantage, having regard to the avowed limitation of the book; and the space so gained might then have been devoted to a fuller con- sideration of certain aspects of household micro- biology. Such criticisms as have been offered are those of detail, but the book as a whole is an excellent one. It is profusely and well illustrated, and can be strongly recommended not only to the domestic science student, but to a wider public. R. T. Hew err. Aus Siid-Brasilien. Erinnerungen und Auf- seichnungen. By Dr. W. Breitenbach. Pp. XVi+-251. (Brackwede i. W.: Dr. W. Breiten- bach, 1913.) Price 3 marks. THE author has lived in southern Brazil for several years in order to observe the land and the people, especially the German colonies, and be- ginning in the year 1884, he has since described his observations in more than thirty newspaper articles, essays, and separate pamphlets. Con- sidering the changes which have come about in Brazil within the last thirty years, this book does not pretend to deal with present-day questions of commerce, industry, and general development, or with the colonisation scheme, which, of course, has undergone complete modifications. His per- sonal experiences, narratives of various journeys, are also omitted, having been described elsewhere. It is, therefore, not very obvious why these “reminiscences and notes” should be published now. NO. 2289, VOL. 92] The fragmentary chapters on minerals, fauna, and flora are poor. Others, written in the easy, fluent style of feuilletons or causeries, deal with the life in towns, chiefly Porto Alegre, the capital of South Brazilian Germans, whose customs, modes of assimilation, ideals, and successes are compared with those of the Brazilians. LETTERS TO THE EDITOR. [Tke Editor does not hold himseif responsible for opinions expressed by his correspondents. Neither can he undertake to return, or to correspond with the writers of, rejected manuscripts intended for this or any other part of Nature. No notice is taken of anonymous communications.] Branch Product in Actinium C. Ir is now well established that the atoms of radium C and thorium C can break up in two distinct ways, 7.e., with the expulsion of either an a or a B particle. It is to be expected from the close analogy between the C products of the various radio-active families that actinium C should also show abnormal disintegration, and, further, it might be anticipated that one of the branch products would emit an « particle with great velocity and corresponding long range. We have made experiments to test this point. A source of actinium active deposit was covered with a sheet of mica equivalent to about 5 cm. air in stopping power of a particles, and the whole placed in an exhausted chamber with a zinc sulphide screen about 2 cm. from the source. The numbers of scintillations appearing on the screen per minute for different pressures of the air inside the apparatus were counted, and thus the falling off of the a particles with ‘“range’’ determined. The results showed that in addition to the « particles of actinium C with range 5.4 cm., a small number, about 1 in 600, can penetrate as far as about 6-45 cm. Special experiments showed that the long-range a particles could not be due to radium or thorium impurity, and they must therefore be attributed to the expected new branch product. In connection with this question, it should be noticed that Mme. Blanquies, in 1910, inferred the existence of two a-ray products in the active deposit of actinium from the shape of the Bragg ionisation curve. The small fraction of long-range « particles found in our experiments, viz., 1 in 600, is, however, quite insufficient to be reconciled with her results. We are therefore repeating her experiments. E. Marspen. R. H. Witson. University of Manchester, September 3. The Terrestrial Distribution of the Radio-elements and the Origin of the Earth. In Nature of June 19 and August 7, 1913, Mr. Holmes, in two interesting letters, shows on the basis of the planetesimal hypothesis how a concentration of the radio-elements might possibly take place in the earth’s crust with their absence at depth to satis- factorily account for the observed temperature gradient of the earth; and in his latest communication he indicates how the inhibition of radio-activity by pres- sure might bring about the same result. But the terrestrial distribution of these elements seems to be of further importance in that it may enable us to determine whether our earth had a stellar or a planetesimal origin. On the stellar hypothesis, the earth would be partly developed by a process of oxidation—practically the i same as that by which we manufacture steel from 30 impure cast-iron at the present day—and whereby all the impurities would be removed to the surface to form the primal crust. The first of this primal crust would be the most acidic, and the last the most basic; and in the metallic core left, even the oxygen which had been the means of removing all the impurities would itself be undetectable. Thorium is but a higher member of the silicon (carbon) family as uranium is of the oxygen family, and the conditions which remove the lower members should be effective in removing the higher ones also. So, too, it seems only natural that the most acidic rocks—that is, the rocks con- taining the greatest proportions of silicon and of oxygen—should at the same time be associated with the greatest proportions of thorium and of uranium, which are but the highest members of the silicon and oxygen families. On the planetesimal hypothesis a similar distribu- tion of the radio-elements can hardly be imagined. To get a metallic core that shall be free from thorium and uranium, we have to imagine the planetesimals undergoing individually the oxidation process which has just been sketched, unless the planetesimals hap- pened to be fragments of a preformed stellar mass. Provided all went well, when these planetesimals were piling themselves together to form the earth, the result would be a metallic core free from thorium and uranium, but surrounded by a crust in which these elements would be uniformly distributed. As the acidic rocks differ only in degree from the basic rocks, it would be impossible for the former to rise up through miles of a mixture of both to form an acidic layer, as happens in the case of a stellar earth. Sub- sequent aqueous action is relatively negligible in both cases. It is probably the exigencies, of the planetesimal hypothesis that constrain Mr. Holmes to state that there is ‘clearly a marked antipathy between the radio-elements and native iron, for in all the terrestrial examples which have been examined uranium and thorium are barely detectable.” As a matter of fact, these elements alloy with iron and nickel, which are the constituents of native iron; and their marked absence is a proof that native iron had undergone an oxidation process at one time in its history, and so had its thorium and uranium removed. 95 Bath Street, Glasgow. GEORGE CRAIG. THE INTERNATIONAL UNION FOR SOLAR RESEARCH. HE fifth conference of the International Union for Cooperation in Solar Research was held at Bonn, by invitation of Prof. Kayser, from July 31 to August 5. The attendance was about 100, including delegates from nearly every country in Europe, and a large contingent from America. In the absence of Prof. Hale and Dr. Schuster, through sickness, the executive committee was ably represented by Prof. Turner. As on former oceasions, the chief business at the general meet- ings was to receive and discuss the reports of the various committees appointed for the organisation of observations and methods of reduction. An important part of the work of the union has been that relating to standards of wave-length. At the last meeting, held at Mount Wilson, Cali- fornia, in-rgro, it was believed that a final set of standards was well within sight, but further in- vestigations liave revealed unexpected difficulties. It has, in fact, been found by Goos and others that the wave-lengths of many of the iron lines vary NO. 2289, VOL. 92| NATURE | [SEPTEMBER 11, 1913 slightly with the length of the arc and the portion of the are observed. Fortunately, most of the lines already adopted as secondary standards, from interferometer determinations, preserve their positions under a variety of circumstances, but they are not sufficient in number. Hence, it has become necessary to attempt the definition of a standard iron arc for determinations of further standards, and for the production of reference spectra to be used in the determination of wave- lengths by interpolation. The committee recom- mended the following specification for the iron arc: (1) Length of arc, 6 mm. (2) For lines of wave-length greater than 4000, current to be 6 amperes, and for lines of shorter wave-length 4 amperes, or possibly less. (3) Direct current, positive pole above negative, P.D. of 220 volts, electrodes being iron rods of 7 mm. diameter. (4) An axial portion of the arc, at its middle, about - 2 mm. in length, to be used as the source of light. Cooperation in the determination of tertiary standards is desired from all who possess concave gratings, plane gratings, or prisms of sufficient dispersion and resolving power, and to this end it is recommended that additional secondary standards be determined with the interformeter, so that the interpolation method may be used with greater exactness. : At the Mount Wilson meeting a committee on the determination of the solar rotation by means of the displacements of lines was formally organ- ised, and a programme of research agreed upon. Each cooperating observer undertook observa- tions, at specified latitudes, in a definite region of the spectrum, in addition to a control region common to all the observers, and lines were to be selected so as to include elements of widely dif- ferent atomic weights. It now appears that dif- ferent observers may obtain results differing sys- tematically by as much as 10 per cent. from one another, and that serious discrepancies have also been found in the results obtained by different observers from measurements of the same photo- graphs. The committee accordingly recommended that, before proceeding further, investigations of these sources of error should be made by deter- minations of velocity at the solar equator by as many different methods as possible. Satisfactory progress in work with the spectro- heliograph was reported, but the Committee hoped that additional observatories would install instru- ments of high dispersion, in order that filaments and alignments in the upper atmosphere might be more completely recorded. As the result of répre- sentations made by Prof. Ricco and by the Royal Astronomical Society, the title of the spectrohelio- graph committee was changed to “Committee on Solar Atmosphere,” so as to include and unify all the observations on the solar atmosphere, visual and photographic, except those associated with eclipses. The organisation directed by Prof. Ricco, and other observers of prominences, were thus given the opportunity of closer connection with the union. After some discussion, a. sub- committee for visual observations of prominences and related phenomena was appointed, with Prof. ‘SEPTEMBER II, 1913] Ricco as chairman and Father Cortie as secretary. The chief recommendations subsequently made by the sub-committee were that the limiting height of prominences for general statistical purposes should be 30”, and that results should be ex- pressed as profile areas, the conventional “ promin- ence unit” being defined as the area covered by an arc of 1 degree along the sun’s limb and 1 second of arc of the celestial sphere in height. It is hoped that by this means it may be possible to combine more successfully the records made at different observatories. I‘rom the report presented by the committee on the spectra of sun spots, it appears that spots observed during the recent minimum did not differ appreciably from those observed at maximum, so far as could be determined with instruments of moderate dispersion. It is, however, considered desirable that the systematic visual observations initiated by the committee should be continued at least until 1916, so as to include a complete cycle of eleven years, The organisation of photo- graphic investigations of spot spectra has been undertaken, and several observers have already agreed to cooperate in preparing a much-needed catalogue of lines affected in spots, and also in other investigations. An important outcome of the Mount Wilson meeting was the extension of the scope of the union so as to include astrophysics in general. The committee then appointed to consider the possibility of securing uniformity in the classifica- tion of stellar spectra has collected opinions from a great number of workers, and reports that a provisional preference for the Draper classification is nearly unanimous. At the same time, the general feeling is opposed to immediate committal to any system, and an effort will be made to secure the material necessary for the establishment of a classification that can’ be recommended for permanent and universal adoption. The formal proceedings were varied by ad- dresses and papers on subjects coming within the scope of the union, and by several interesting social gatherings. The receptions by the munici- palities of Bonn and Cologne, and by Prof. and Frau Kistner at the Bonn Observatory, will long remain a pleasant memory to those who were privileged to be present, as will also the excursion on the Rhine generously provided by Prof. Kayser. The success of the conference as a whole was largely due to the admirable arrangements made by Profs. Kayser and Pfliger. The next conference will be held at Rome in 1916. A. Fow ter. THE BRITISH ASSOCIATION. ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE BIRMINGHAM MEETING. “THE meeting, which began on September 10 in Birmingham under the presidency of Sir _ Oliver Lodge, F.R.S., promises to be a large and important one. The number, both of local and of _ visiting members and associates, amounts at the time of writing to about 2600. Among the corresponding and foreign repre- NO. 2289, VOL. 92] NATURE 31 sentatives are:—Sir H. Angst (Consul-General, Zurich); Prof. Svante Arrhenius (Stockholm) ; Prof. Bemmelen (Groningen); Prof. H. Braus (Heidelberg); Prof. Capitan (Paris); Prof. Chodat (Geneva); Madame Curie (Paris); Dr. Dollo (Brussels); Prof. Lorentz (Leiden); Prof. Reinke (Kiel); Prof. Keibel (Freiburg); Dr. Versluys (Giessen) ; Dr. Gregory (New York); Prof. Prings- heim (Breslau); Prof. Sorensen (Copenhagen) ; and Prof. R. W. Wood (Baltimore). It is hoped that others may be able to attend the meeting. A new procedure has been adopted this year with a view to reducing the pressure on the recep- tion room during the first day or two of the meeting. To each intending visitor a “Selection Circular” has been addressed, giving a list of the various functions (addresses, discourses, entertain- ments, and excursions), which have been ar- ranged, with a request that the functions selected should be indicated on the returned half of the circular. The response to this appeal has been very gratifying, as over fifteen hundred replies have already been received. Nevertheless, the work of the reception room officials has been very heavy. The usual business meetings were held on Wed- nesday last. At the general committee a deputa- tion from the Corporation and University of Man- chester invited the Association to visit that city in 1915. The representatives present were: the Deputy Lord Mayor of Manchester, the Town Clerk, the Vice-Chancellor, Prof. Horace Lamb, PRS.) erot.. He By Dixon; F.R:S., and: Mr: Maxwell Garnett. In the evening the President delivered his long-expected address, the contents of which will now have become known. On Thursday evening (September 11) the Lord Mayor and Lady Mayoress of Birmingham are holding a reception in the Council House Build- ings, in which the new art gallery and natural history museum are lodged. Special loan collec- tions have been deposited in the museum during the association week. The University Degree Congregation takes place on the afternoon of September 11, and a fuller account will be given in our next issue. The list of graduands has been limited to a few distinguished men of science from abroad, representative mainly of the chief European nations. The following is the list of recipients of honorary degrees:—Madame Curie (Sorbonne. Paris), Prof. H. A. Lorentz (Leyden), Prof. Keibel (Freiburg), Prof. R. W. Wood (Baltimore), Prof. Svante Arrhenius (Stockholm). In the unavoid- able absence of the chancellor, Mr. Joseph Cham- berlain, Vice-Chancellor Barling conferred the honorary degree of LL.D. on the graduands, the ceremony in each case being prefaced by a pre- sentation and speech made by the principal (Sir Oliver Lodge). After the ceremony the various departments of the New University Buildings were visited. Entertainments and Excursions. With regard to the entertainments: at the garden party given by Messrs. Cadbury Brothers at Bourneville on Friday, September 12, there 32 | NATURE [SEPTEMBER II, 1913 will be a masque, folk-dancing, and choral sing- ing by village children and workpeople. On Saturday a long list of excursions fills the bill, and an ‘“‘ Excursion Guide ” giving full information of the route followed in each case, together with a full description of the several places to be visited, has been compiled by the chairman and secretary of the Excursions sub-committee (Mr. John Hum- phreys and Mr. F. B. Andrews), and is obtainable at the reception room; Stratford-on-Avon and Warwick, Coventry and Kenilworth, Worcester ; Malvern; Banbury and Compton Wynyates; Lich- field and Wall; Droitwich and Hartlebury Castle, and the Arden villages aré some of the chief points. In addition to the general excursions, some of the sections are arranging special visits for their members, particulars of which can be obtained in the reception room. On Saturday evening there will be a military concert and torch- light tattoo in the Botanical Gardens, Edgbaston. On Sunday (September 14) there will be special services at the principal places of worship in the city. The Bishop of Birmingham is to preach in the Pro-Cathedral. On Monday evening there will be three enter- tainments given by the local committee. The Prince of Wales Theatre will present the opera Orpheus, under the management of Herr Denhof. The Repertory Theatre will give St. John Hankin’s Return of the Prodigal, and the New Street Picture House will exhibit films of historical and scientific interest. Lectures.’ The evening discourses take place on Septem- ber 12 and September 16. The first will be given by Sir Henry Cunynghame, of the Home Office, and will deal experimentally with ‘Coal Dust Explosions and the Means of Preventing Them.” The second—by Dr. Smith Woodward, Ties of the British Museum (Natural History} —will be an illustrated exposition of “Missing Links among Extinct Animals.’’ Both of these lectures will be delivered in the new Central Hall. This year five ‘Citizens’ Lectures” are to be given to (mainly) working-class audiences at the Digbeth Institute, Birmingham. They are not intended for members, but form an altogether independent scheme, provided partly by the association and partly by the local commit- tee, with a view of interesting those members of the community who cannot join the asso- ciation. The first lecture will be given by Dr. A. C. Haddon, F.R.S., on the decorative art of “Savages. The other lectures are ‘The Panama Canal,” by Dr. Vaughan Cornish, F.R.G.S.; “Recent Work on Heredity, and its Application to Man,” by Dr. Leonard Doncaster; ““Metals under the Microscope,” by Dr. Walter Rosenhain, F.R.S.; and “The Evolution of Matter,” by Mr. F. Soddy, F.R.S. The arrange- ments for these lectures have been entrusted to a committee, on which the Workers’ Educational Association, the Birmingham Trades Council, the City Council, and other kindred bodies are repre- sented. The demand for tickets has been very encouraging. NO. 2289, VOL. 92| Sectional Proceedings. A general statement of the addresses and of the chief papers to be delivered during the meeting has already been made public, and it is now only necessary to mention a few of the main topics of interest. Section A (Physics and Mathematics) is naturally very strong this year, both from the fact that the president is a leading physicist, and also from the support which has been given to the sectional president, Dr. Baker, by the presence of distin- guished colleagues, both from this country and from abroad. Among these may be mentioned Lord Rayleigh, Sir j. J. Thomson, Sir Joseph Larmor, Prof. Rutherford, and Prof. Bragg. At- tention will be devoted especially to the subjects of radiation, radio-active emanations, and the structure of the atom, Prof. H. H. Turner will demonstrate a seismograph (which was one of the late Dr. Milne’s instruments) to be erected in the basement of the University (Mason College). There will be a joint meeting with the Geographi- cal Section on geodetic problems to be held on Tuesday morning , September 16. The Chemical Section (B) meets in the Tech- nical School. In addition to the usual programme, there will be a discussion on coal and coal-fuels on Monday morning (September 15), and another on radio-active elements and the periodic law o Tuesday, September 16; whilst on Friday Horne (September 12) the two divisions of the section will discuss respectively the significance of optical properties of substances and certain problems in metallurgy. The Geological Section (C) has a full pro- gramme, both of papers and excursions dealing with local problems in coal-mining, and in strati- graphical and paleontological geology. Special interest is exhibited in the address by Prof. Lap- worth on the geology of the country round Birmingham. The Zoological Section (Section D) is devoting Friday morning to a discussion on mimicry, the inheritance of melanism, and other problems of especial interest Monday morning the subject of “Convergence in the Mammalia ” will be attractive to geologists, as well as to those distinguished zoologists who are to take a foremost part in the discussion. Many other papers of interest are promised, and on Monday afternoon at 3 p.m. Prof. Minchin is to give a special address on some aspects of sleep- ing sickness. We may here mention what pro- mises to be one of the most important demonstra- tions and papers, namely, Prof. Benjamin Moore’s “Synthesis of Organic Matter by Inorganic Col- loids.””. This subject will be given jointly to Section D, Section K (Botany), and Section I (Physiology) on Tuesday morning at 10.45. Prof. Braus (of Heidelberg) will give a kinematograph exhibition that morning in the Picture House, New Street, of the development of the heart, and on Thursday afternoon there will be a joint excursion by a limited number (twenty-five) of members of each of the sections of Zoology, Botany, and Agri- culture, respectively, to the Burbage Experimental to entomologists, whilst on. a a ee ee eee 4 < =a * SEPTEMBER II, 1913] NATURE 22 rere) Station, when Major Hurst will demonstrate his Mendelian experiments. The Economic Section has a well-organised discussion on inland waterways, to be opened by Lord Shuttleworth on Friday, September 12, and another on prices and the cost of living, on the Monday following. The subject of the “Panama Canal” will be discussed from many points of view, both by this section in the Queen’s College, Paradise Street, and by the Engineering Section in the Technical School. A large number of photographs of the Canal will be shown in the latter meeting room. The Engineering Section has a full programme. In the Mechanical Sub-section Prof. Burstall has a paper on fuels that should attract attention; in the Electrical one there are contributions to the study of wireless telegraphy, and a paper on electric cooking. The transport and settlement of sand and sand-bars, and the re-construction of Snow Hill Station, Birmingham, are among the topics for discussion by the Mechanical Engineers. A gyroscope will be exhibited by Mr. J. W. Gordon. Anthropology (Section H) has a long and in- teresting programme for each day, including Wednesday, September 17. The subject-matter, indeed, is so large and varied that in addition to the large meeting room in the Temperance Hall, Temple Street, a sub-section has been arranged to meet in the University (Mason College), Edmund Street. For details of the work of this section the daily programme must be consulted, and mention here can only be made of the joint discussion with the Education Section on the value of museums, to the report by Dr. Fleure and Mr. T. C. Jones on the ethnology of Wales; the papers by Dr. Flinders Petrie on Egyptian exploration; and to the paper on Paleolithic cave-paintings by Dr. Capitan, of Paris. Section I (Physiology) suffers to some extent from the meeting during the past week of the International Congress of Physiologists at Gronin- gen; but though many prominent men will thereby be prevented from attending the Birmingham meeting, an interesting debate on the physiology of reproduction is assured, and the psychologists have such a strong programme that their work is to form the basis for an independent sub-section, the problems of which are so closely allied to those of education that the meeting room of the sub- section is placed close to that of Education in the University (Mason College). A joint meet- ing of their two bodies will discuss “Research in Education” on Monday morning, September 15. In the Botanical Section there will be, in addi- tion to the usual programme of single papers (which include such interesting topics as ‘‘The Preservation of the British Flora” and ‘The Colours and Pigments of Flowers”), one or more joint discussions. On Friday morning, September 12, there will be a conference with the Agricultural Section on barley production, and probably a second on the fruit industry. The agriculturists are offering a paper on German forestry methods, NO. 2289, VOL. 92] by Prof. Fraser Storey, that is sure to appeal equally strongly to the Botanical Section. Meetings devoted to topics of general interest form a distinctive feature of the Education Sec- tion. “The Educational Use of Museums” is the title of a discussion, which is strongly supported by the leading directors of our museums, whilst “The Function of the Modern University ” is the subject for Friday’s discussion. As this is intro- duced by Sir Alfred Hopkinson, and supported by such speakers as Lord Kenyon, Sir H. Reichel, Sir George Kenrick, Sir James Yoxall, and Miss Burstall, there is sure to be a large attendance. Lastly, Agriculture (Section M) has a paper of outstanding interest, “The Partial Sterilisation of Soil by means of Caustic Lime,” by Dr. Hutchin- son and Mr. M. MacLennan, and gives the results of some striking experiments recently carried out at the Rothamsted Laboratory, Harpenden. Con- tributions from the same laboratory are: “The Relations between Protozoa and Soil-Problems,” by Mr. T. Goodey (protozoologist to the University of Birmingham), and “The Weeds of Arable Land,” by Dr. Brenchley. Prof. Sédrensen will give an account of his recent investigations on cereals, whilst the economic side of agriculture will be represented by Sir Richard Paget’s address on the possibilities of partnership between landlord and tenant. InauGuRAL ADDRESS BY SIR OLivER J. Lopce, D.Sc., LL.D., F.R.S., PRESIDENT. Continuity. Natura non vincitur nisi parendo. First let me lament the catastrophe which has led to my occupying the chair here in this city. Sir William White was a personal friend of many here present, and I would that the citizens of Birming- ham could have become acquainted with his attrac- tive personality, and heard at first hand of the strenuous work which he accomplished in carrying out the behests of the Empire in the construction of its first line of defence. Although a British Association address is hardly an annual stocktaking, it would be improper to begin this year of office without referring to three more of our losses: one that cultured gentleman, amateur of science in the best sense, who was chosen to preside over our jubilee meeting at York thirty-two years ago. Sir John Lubbock, first Baron Avebury, culti- vated science in a spirit of pure enjoyment, treating it almost as one of the arts; and he devoted social and political energy to the welfare of the multitude of his fellows less fortunately situated than himself. Through the untimely death of Sir George Darwin the world has lost a mathematical astronomer whose work on the tides and allied phenomena is a monu- ment of power and achievement. So recently as our visit to South Africa he occupied the presidential chair. By the third of our major losses, I mean the death of that brilliant mathematician of a neighbouring nation who took so comprehensive and philosophic a grasp of the intricacies of physics, and whose eloquent though sceptical exposition of our laws and processes, and of the modifications entailed in them by recent advances, will be sure to attract still more widespread attention among all to whom the rather abstruse subject-matter is sufficiently familiar. I cannot say that I find myself in agreement with all that Henri Poincaré wrote or spoke in the domain of physics, 34 but no physicist can help being interested in his mode of presentation, and I may have occasion to refer, in passing, to some of the topics with which he dealt. And now, eliminating from our purview, as is always necessary, a great mass of human activity, and limiting ourselves to a scrutiny on the side of pure science alone, let us ask what, in the main, is the characteristic of the promising though perturbing period in which we live. Different persons would give different answers, but the answer I venture to give is—rapid progress, combined with fundamental scepticism. Rapid progress was not characteristic of the latter half of the nineteenth century—at least, not in physics. Fine solid dynamical foundations were laid, and the edifice of knowledge was consolidated; but wholly fresh ground was not being opened up, and totally new buildings were not expected. ‘“In many cases the student was led to believe that the main facts of nature were all known, that the chances of any great discovery being made by experi- ment were vanishingly small, and that therefore the experimentalist’s work consisted in deciding between rival theories, or in finding some small residual effect, which might add a more or less important detail to the theory.’’-—Schuster. With the realisation of predicted ether waves in 1888, the discovery of X-rays in 1895, spontaneous radio-activity in 1896, and the isolation of the electron in 1898, expectation of further achievement became vivid; and novelties, experimental, theoretical, and speculative, have been showered upon us ever since this century began. That is why I speak of rapid progress. Of the progress I shall say little; there must always be some uncertainty as to which particular achieve- ment permanently contributes to it; but I will speak about the fundamental scepticism. Let me hasten to explain that I do not mean the well-worn and almost antique theme of theological scepticism: that controversy is practically in abey- ance just now. At any rate, the major conflict is suspended; the forts behind which the enemy has retreated do not invite attack; the territory now occupied by him is little more than his legitimate province. It is the scientific allies, now, who are waging a more or less invigorating conflict among themselves, with philosophers joining in. Meanwhile the ancient foe is biding his time and hoping that from the struggle something will emerge of benefit to him- self. Some positions, he feels, were too hastily abandoned and may perhaps be retrieved; or, to put it without metaphor, it seems possible that a few of the things prematurely denied, because asserted on inconclusive evidence, may after all, in some form or vther, have really happened. Thus the old theological bitterness is mitigated, and a temporising policy is either advocated or instinctively adopted. To illustrate the nature of the fundamental scientific or philosophic controversies to which I do refer, would require almost as many addresses as there are sections of the British Association, or, at any rate. as many as there are chief cities in Australia; and perhaps my successor in the chair will continue the theme; but, to exhibit my meaning very briefly, I may cite the kind of dominating controversies now extant, employ- ing as far as possible only a single word in each case so as to emphasise the necessary brevity and in- sufficiency of the reference. In physiology the conflict ranges round Vitalism. (My immediate predecessor dealt with the subject at Dundee.) NO. 2289, VOL. 92] NATURE [SEPTEMBER I1, 1913 | In chemistry the debate concerns Alomic structure. (My penultimate predecessor is well aware of pugnacity in that region.) e In biology the dispute is on the laws of Inherit- ance. (My nominated successor is likely to deal with this ainieiey probably in a way not deficient in live- liness. And besides these major controversies, debate is active in other sections :— In education, Curricula generally are being over- hauled or fundamentally criticised, and revolutionary ideas are promulgated concerning the advantages of freedom for infants. In economic and political science, or sociology, what is there that is not under discussion? Not property alone, nor land alone, but everything—back to the garden of Eden and the inter-relations of men and women. Lastly, in the vast group of mathematical and physical sciences, ‘slurred over rather than summed up as Section A,” present-day scepticism concerns what, if I had to express it in one word, I should call Continuity. The full meaning of this term will hardly be intelligible without explanation, and I shall discuss it presently. Still more fundamental and deep-rooted than any of these sectional debates, however, a critical examina- tion of scientific foundations generally is going on; and a kind of philosophic scepticism is in the ascendant, resulting in a mistrust of purely intel- lectual processes and in a recognition of the limited scope of science. For science is undoubtedly an affair of the intellect, it examines everything in the cold light of reason; and that is its strength. It is a commonplace to say that science must have no likes or dislikes, must aim only at truth; or as Bertrand Russell well puts it -— “The kernel of the scientific outlook is the refusal to regard our own desires, tastes, and interests as affording a key to the understanding of the world.” This exclusive, single-eyed attitude of science is its strength; but, if pressed beyond the positive region of usefulness into a field of dogmatic negation and philosophising, it becomes also its weakness. For the nature of man is a large thing, and intellect is only a part of it: a recent part, too, which therefore neces- sarily, though not consciously, suffers from some of the defects of newness and crudity, and should refrain from imagining itself the whole—perhaps it is not even the best part—of human nature. The fact is that some of the best things are, by abstraction, excluded from science, though not from literature and poetry; hence perhaps an ancient mis- trust or dislike of science, typified by the Promethean legend. Science is systematised and metrical know- ledge, and in regions where measurement cannot be applied it has small scope; or, as Mr. Balfour said the other day at the opening of a new wing of the National Physical Laboratory :-— “Science depends on measurement, and things not measurable are therefore excluded, or tend to be excluded, from its attention. But life and beauty and happiness are not measurable.’ And then charac- teristically he added: ‘“‘If there could be a unit of happiness, politics might begin to be scientific.” Emotion and intuition and instinct are immensely older than science, and in a comprehensive survey of existence they cannot be ignored. Scientific men may rightly neglect them in order to do their proper work, but philosophers cannot. So philosophers have begun to question some of the larger generalisations of science, and to ask whether in the effort to be universal and comprehensive we ————eE Se — SEPTEMBER I1, 1913] have not extended our laboratory inductions too far. The conservation of energy, for instance: is it always and everywhere valid; or may it under some condi- tions be disobeyed? It would seem as if the second law of thermodynamics must be somewhere disobeyed —at least, if the age of the universe is both ways infinite—else the final consummation would have already arrived. Not by philosophers only, but by scientific men also, ancient postulates are being pulled up by the roots. Physicists and mathematicians are beginning to con- sider whether the long known and well established laws of mechanics hold true everywhere and always, or whether the Newtonian scheme must be replaced by something more modern, something to which Newton's laws of motion are but an approximation. Indeed, a whole system of non-Newtonian mechanics has been devised, having as its foundation the recently discovered changes which must occur in bodies moving at speeds nearly comparable with that of light. It turns out, in tact, that both shape and mass are functions of velocity. As the speed increases the mass increases and the shape is distorted, though under ordinary conditions only to an infinitesimal extent. So far | agree; I agree with the statement of fact; but I do not consider it so revolutionary as to over- turn Newtonian mechanics. After all, a variation of mass is familiar enough, and it would be a great mistake to say that Newton’s second law breaks down merely because mass is not constant. A raindrop is an example of variable mass; or the earth may be, by reason of meteoric dust; or the sun, by reason of radio-activity; or a locomotive, by reason of the emission of steam. In fact, variable masses are the commonest, for friction may abrade any moving body to a microscopic extent. That mass is constant is only an approximation. That mass is equal to ratio of force and acceleration is a definition, and can be absolutely accurate. It holds perfectly even for an electron with a speed near that of light; and it is by means of Newton’s second law that the variation of mass with velocity has been experimentally observed and compared with theory. I urge that we remain with, or go back to, Newton. I see no reason against retaining all Newton’s laws, discarding nothing, but supplementing them in the light of further knowledge. Even the laws of geometry have been overhauled, and Euclidean geometry is seen to be but a special case of more fundamental generalisations. How far they apply to existing space, and how far time is a reality or an illusion, and whether it can in any sense depend on the motion or the position of an observer : all these things in some form or other are discussed. The conservation of matter also, that main-mast of nineteenth-century chemistry, and the existence of the zther of space, that sheet-anchor of nineteenth-century physics—do they not sometimes seem to be going by the board? } Prof. Schuster, in his American lectures, commented on the modern receptive attitude as follows :— “The state of plasticity and flux—a healthy state, in my opinion—in which scientific thought of the present day adapts itself to almost any novelty, is illustrated by the complacency with which the most cherished tenets of our fathers are being abandoned. Though it was never an article of orthodox faith that chemical. elements were immutable and would not some day be resolved into simpler constituents, yet the conservation of mass seemed to lie at the very founda- tion of creation. But nowadays the student finds little to disturb him, perhaps too little, in the idea that mass changes with velocity; and he does not always realise the full meaning of the consequences which are involved.” NO. 2289, VOL. 92] NATURE ao This readiness to accept and incorporate new facts into the scheme of physics may have led to perhaps an undue amount of scientific scepticism, in order to right the balance. But a_ still deeper variety of comprehensive scepticism exists, and it is argued that all our laws of nature, so laboriously ascertained and carefully formulated, are but conventions after all, not truths; that we have no faculty for ascertaining real truth; that our intelligence was not evolved for any such academic purpose; that all we can do is to express things in a form convenient for present purposes and employ that mode of expression as a tentative and pragmatically useful explanation. Even explanation, however, has been discarded as too ambitious by some men of science, who claim only the power to describe. They not only emphasise the how rather than the why—as is in some sort inevitable, since explanations are never ultimate—but are satisfied with very abstract propositions, and regard mathe- matical equations as preferable to, because safer than, mechanical analogies or models. “To use an acute and familiar expression of Gustav Kirchhoff, it is the object of science to describe natural phenomena, not to explain them. When we have ex- pressed by an equation the correct relationship be- tween different natural phenomena we have gone as far as we safely can, and if we go beyond we are entering on purely speculative ground.”’ But the modes of statement preferred by those who distrust our power of going directly into detail are far from satisfactory. Prof. Schuster describes and comments on them thus :— ““Vagueness, which used to be recognised as our great enemy, is now being enshrined as an idol to be worshipped. We may never know what constitutes atoms, or what is the real structure of the zther; why trouble, therefore, it is said, to find out more about them. Is it not safer, on the contrary, to confine our- selves to a general tallk on entropy, luminiferous vectors, and undefined symbols expressing vaguely certain physical relationships? What really lies at the bottom of the great fascination which these new doctrines exert on the present generation is sheer cowardice; the fear of having its errors brought home EGH EUs ae ok's ““T believe this doctrine to be fatal to a healthy development of science. Granting the impossibility of penetrating beyond the most superficial layers of observed phenomena, I would put the distinction between the two attitudes of mind in this way: One glorifies our ignorance, while the other accepts it as a regrettable necessity.” In further illustration of the modern sceptical atti- tude, I quote from Poincaré :— “Principles are conventions and definitions in dis- guise. They are, however, deduced from experi- mental laws, and these laws have, so to speak, been erected into principles to which our mind attributes an absolute value... .« ‘‘The fundamental propositions of geometry, for instance Euclid’s postulate, are only conventions; and it is quite as unreasonable to ask if they are true or false as to ask if the metric system is, true or false. Only, these conventions are convenient... . “Whether the zther exists or not matters little—let us leave that to the metaphysicians; what is essential for us is that everything happens as if it existed, and that this hypothesis is found to be suitable for the explanation of phenomena. After all, have we any other reason for believing in the existence of material objects? That, too, is only a convenient hypothesis.” As an antidote against overpressing these utter- ances, I quote from Sir J. Larmor’s preface:— “There has been of late a growing trend of opinion, 30 NATURE [SEPTEMBER II, 1913 prompted in part by general philosophical views, in the direction that the theoretical constructions of physical science are largely factitious, that instead of presenting a valid image of the relations of things on which further progress can be based, they are still little better than a mirage... . “The best method of abating this scepticism is to become acquainted with the real scope and modes of application of conceptions which, in the popular language of superficial exposition—and even in the unguarded and playful paradox of their authors, intended only for the instructed eye—often look bizarre enough.” One thing is very notable, that it is closer and more exact knowledge that has led to the kind of scientific scepticism now referred to; and that the simple laws on which we used to be working were thus simple and discoverable because the full complexity of existence was tempered to our ken by the roughness of our means of observation. Kepler’s laws are not accurately true, and if he had had before him all the data now available he could hardly have discovered them. A planet does not really move in an ellipse but in a kind of hypo- cycloid, and not accurately in that either. . So it is also with Boyle’s law, and the other simple laws in physical chemistry. Even Van der Waals’ generalisation of Boyle’s law is only a further approximation. In most parts of physics simplicity has sooner or later to give place to complexity; though certainly I urge that the simple laws were true, and are still true, as far as they go, their inaccuracy being only detected by further real discovery. The reason they are departed from becomes known to us; the law is not really disobeyed, but is modified through the action of a known additional cause. Hence it is all in the direction of progress. ‘ It is only fair to quote Poincaré again, now that I am able in the main to agree with him :— “Take, for instance, the laws of reflection. Fres- nel established them by a simple and attractive theory which experiment seemed to confirm. Subsequently, more accurate researches have shown that this veri- fication was but approximate; traces of elliptic polarisation were detected everywhere. But it is owing to the first approximation that the cause of these anomalies was found, in the existence of a transition layer; and all the essentials of Fresnel’s theory have remained. We cannot help reflecting that all these relations would never have been noted if there had been doubt in the first place as to the complexity of the objects they connect. Long ago it was said: If Tycho had had instruments ten times as precise, we would never have had a Kepler, or a Newton, or astronomy. It is a misfortune for a science to be born too late, when the means of observation have become too perfect. That is what is happening at this moment with respect to physical chemistry ; the founders are hampered in their general grasp by third and fourth decimal places; happily they are men of robust faith. As we get to know the properties of matter better we see that continuity reigns. . . . It would be difficult to justify [the belief in continuity] by apodeictic reasoning, but without [it] all science would be impossible.” Here he touches on my own theme, Continuity; for if we had to summarise the main trend of physical controversy at present, I feel inclined to urge that it largely turns on the question as to which way ultimate victory lies in the fight between continuity and dis- continuity. - On the surface of nature at first we see discon- tinuity; objects detached and countable. Then we realise the air and other media, and so emphasise con- NO. 2289, VOL. 92] tinuity and flowing quantities. Then we detect atoms and numerical properties, and discontinuity once more makes its appearance. Then we invent the zther and are impressed with continuity again. But this is not likely to be the end; and what the ultimate end will be, or whether there is an ultimate end, is a question difficult to answer. The modern tendency is to emphasise the dis- continuous or atomic character of everything. Matter has long been atomic, in the same sense as anthropo- logy is atomic; the unit of matter is the atom, as the unit of humanity is the individual." Whether men or women or children—they can be counted as so many “souls.” And atoms of matter can be counted too. Certainly, however, there is an illusion of continuity. We recognise it in the case of water. It appears to be a continuous medium, and yet it is certainly mole- cular. It is made continuous again, in a sense, by the zther postulated in its pores; for the ther is essentially continuous. Though Osborne Reynolds, it is true, invented a discontinuous or granular zther, on. the analogy of the sea-shore. The sands of the sea, the hairs of the head, the descendants of a patriarch, are typical instances of numerable, or rather of innumerable things. The difficulty of enumerating them is not that there is nothing to count, but merely that the things to be counted are very numerous. So are the atoms in a drop of water—they outnumber the drops in an Atlantic Ocean—and, during the briefest time of stating their number, fifty millions or so may have evaporated; but they are as easy to count as the grains of sand on a shore. The process of counting is evidently a process applicable to discontinuities, i.e, to things with natural units; you can count apples and coins, and days and years, and people and atoms. To apply number to a continuum you must first cut it up into artificial units; and you are always left with incom- mensurable fractions. Thus only is it that you can deal numerically with such continuous phenomena as the warmth of a room, the speed of a bird, the pull of a rope, or the strength of a current. But how, it may be asked, does discontinuity apply to number? The natural numbers, 1, 2, 3, &c., are discontinuous enough, but there are fractions to fill up the interstices; how do we know that they are not really connected by these fractions, and so made con- tinuous again? (By number I always mean commensurable number ; incommensurables are not numbers: they are just what cannot be expressed in numbers. The square root of 2 is not a number, though it can be readily indicated by a length. Incommensurables are usual in physics and are frequent in geometry; the concep- tions of geometry are essentially continuous. It is clear, as Poincaré says, that ‘‘if the points whose coordinates are commensurable were alone regarded as real, the in-circle of a square and the diagonal of the square would not intersect, since the coordinates of the points of intersection are incommensurable.’’) I want to explain how commensurable fractions do not connect up numbers, nor remove their discon- tinuity in the least. The divisions on a foot rule, divided as closely as you please, represent commensur- able fractions, but they represent none of the length. No matter how numerous they are, all the length lies between them; the divisions are mere partitions and | have consumed none of it; nor do they connect up with each other, they are essentially discontinuous. The interspaces are infinitely mare extensive than the barriers which partition them off from one another; they are like a row of compartments with infinitely thin walls. All the incommensurables lie in the inter- 1 In his recent Canadian address, Lord Haldane emphasised the fact that though humanity is individually discontinuous it possesses a social and national continuity. ee ape SEPTEMBER II, 1913] spaces; the compartments are full of them, and they are thus infinitely more numerous than the numeric- ally expressible magnitudes. Take any point of the scale at random, that point will certainly lie in an interspace: it will not lie on a division, for the chances are infinity to 1 against it. Accordingly incommensurable quantities are the rule in physics. Decimals do not in practice terminate or circulate; in other words, vulgar fractions do not accidentally occur in any measurements, for this would mean infinite accuracy. We proceed to as many places of decimals as correspond to the order of accu- racy aimed at. Whenever, then, a commensurable number is really associated with any natural phenomenon, there is necessarily a noteworthy circumstance involved in the fact, and it means something quite definite and ulti- mately ascertainable. Every discontinuity that can be detected and counted is an addition to knowledge. It not only means the discovery of natural units instead of being dependent on artificial ones, but it throws light also on the nature of phenomena themselves. For instance :— The ratio between the velocity of light and the inverted square root of the product of the electric and magnetic constants was discovered by Clerk Maxwell to be 1; and a new volume of physics was by that discovery opened, Dalton found that chemical combination occurred between quantities of different substances specified by certain whole or fractional numbers; and the atomic theory of matter sprang into substantial though at first infantile existence. The hypothesis of Prout, which in some modified form seems likely to be substantiated, is that all atomic weights are commensurable numbers ; in which case there must be a natural fundamental unit under- lying, and in definite groups composing, the atoms of every form of matter. The small number of degrees of freedom of a mole- cule, and the subdivision of its total energy into equal parts corresponding thereto, is a theme not indeed without difficulty but full of importance. It is re- sponsible for the suggestion that energy too may be atomic ! ; Mendelejefi’s series again, or the detection of a natural grouping of atomic weights in families of seven, is another example of the significance of number. Electricity was found by Faraday to be numerically connected with quantity of matter; and the atom of electricity began its hesitating but now brilliant career. Electricity itself—i.e., electric charge—strangely enough has proved itself to be atomic. There is a natural unit of electric charge, as suspected by Fara- day and Maxwell and named by Johnstone Stoney. Some of the electron’s visible effects were studied by Crookes in a vacuum; and its weighing and measur- ing by J. J. Thomson were announced to the British Association meeting at Dover in 1899—a fitting pre- lude to the twentieth century. An electron is the natural unit of negative elec- tricity, and it may not be long before the natural unit of positive electricity is found too. But concerning the nature of the positive unit there is at present some division into opposite camps. One school prefers to regard the unit of positive electricity as a homo- geneous sphere, the size of an atom, in which elec- trons revolve in simple harmonic orbits and constitute nearly the whole effective mass. Another school, while appreciative of the simplicity and ingenuity and beauty of the details of this conception, and the skill with which it has been worked out, yet thinks the evidence more in favour of a minute central positive NO. 2289, VOL. 92] NATURE 37 nucleus, or nucleus-group, of practically atomic mass; with electrons, larger—i.e. less concentrated—and therefore less massive than itself, revolving round it in astronomical orbits. While from yet another point of view it is insisted that positive and negative elec- trons can only differ skew-symmetrically, one being like the image of the other in a mirror, and that the mode in which they are grouped to form an atom remains for future discovery. But no one doubts that electricity is ultimately atomic. Even magnetism has been suspected of being atomic, and its hypothetical unit has been named in advance the magneton; but I confess that here I have not been shaken out of the conservative view. We may express all this as an invasion of number into unsuspected regions. Biology may be said to be becoming atomic. It has long had natural units in the shape of cells and nuclei, and some discontinuity represented by body- boundaries and cell-walls; but now, in its laws of heredity as studied by Mendel, number and discon- tinuity are strikingly apparent among the reproductive cells, and the varieties of offspring admit of numeri- cal specification and prediction to a surprising extent; while modification by continuous variation, which seemed to be of the essence of Darwinism, gives place to, or at least is accompanied by, mutation, with finite and considerable and in appearance discon- tinuous change. So far from Nature not making jumps, it becomes doubtful if she does anything else. Her hitherto placid course, more closely examined, is beginning to look like a kind of steeplechase. Yet undoubtedly continuity is the backbone of evolution, as taught by all biologists—no artificial boundaries or demarcations between species—a con- tinuous chain of heredity from far below the amceba up to mag. Actual continuity of undying germ- plasm, running through all generations, is taught likewise; though a strange discontinuity between this persistent element and its successive accessory body- plasms—a discontinuity which would convert indi- vidual organisms into mere temporary accretions or excretions, with no power of influencing or conveying experience to their generating cells—is advocated by one school. Discontinuity does not fail to exercise fascination even in pure mathematics. Curves are invented which have no tangent or differential coefficient, curves which consist of a succession of dots or of twists; and the theory of commensurable numbers seems to | be exerting a dominance over philosophic mathe- matical thought as well as over physical problems. And not only ‘these fairly accepted results are prominent, but some more difficult and unexpected theses in the same direction are being propounded, and the atomic character of energy is advocated. We had hoped to be honoured by the presence of Prof. Planck, whose theory of the quantum, or indivisible unit or atom of energy, excites the greatest interest, and by some is thought to hold the field. Then again radiation is showing signs of becoming atomic or discontinuous. The corpuscular theory of radiation is by no means so dead as in my youth we thought it was. Some radiation is certainly corpuscular, and even the ethereal kind shows indica- tions, which may be misleading, that it is spotty, or locally concentrated into points, as if the wave-front consisted of detached specks or patches; or as J. J. Thomson says, ‘the wave-front must be more analogous to bright specks on a dark ground than to a uniformly illuminated surface,” thus suggesting that the ather may be fibrous in structure, and that a wave runs along lines of electric force; as the 38 NATURE genius of Faraday surmised might be possible, in his “Thoughts on Ray Vibrations.’’ Indeed, Newton guessed something of the same kind, I fancy, when he superposed ether-pulses on his corpuscles. Whatever be the truth in this matter, a discussion on radiation, of extreme weight and interest, though likewise of great profundity and technicality, is expected on Friday in Section A. We welcome Prof. Lorentz, Dr. Arrhenius, Prof. Langevin, Prof. Prings- heim, Prof. R. W. Wood, and others, some of whom have been specially invited to England because of the important contributions which they have made to the subject-matter of this discussion. Why is so much importance attached to radiation? Because it is the best-known and_longest-studied link between matter and zther, and the only property we are acquainted with that affects the unmodified great mass of ether alone. Electricity and magnet- ism are associated with the modifications or singu- larities called electrons; most phenomena are connected still more directly with matter. Radiation, however, though excited by an accelerated electron, is subsequently let loose in the ether of space, and travels as a definite thing at a measurable and constant pace—a pace independent of everything so long as the zther is free, unmodified and unloaded by matter. Hence radiation has much to teach us, and we have much to learn concerning its nature. How far can the analogy of granular, corpuscular, countable, atomic, or discontinuous things be pressed ? There are those who think it can be pressed very far. But to avoid misunderstanding, let me state, for what it may be worth, that I myself am an up- holder of ultimate Continuity, and a fervent believer in the zther of space. We have already learnt something about the zther ; and although there may be almost as many varieties of opinion as there are people qualified to form one, in my view we have learnt as follows: The zther is the universal connecting medium which binds the universe together, and makes it a coherent whole instead of a chaotic collection of independent isolated fragments. It is the vehicle of transmission of all manner of force, from gravitation down to cohesion and chemical affinity; it is therefore the storehouse of potential energy. Matter moves, but zther is strained. What we call elasticity of matter is only the result of an alteration of configuration due to movement and readjustment of particles, but all the strain and stress are in the zther. The zther itself does not move, that is to say it does not move in the sense of loco- motion, though it is probably in a violent state of rotational or turbulent motion in its smallest parts; and to that motion its exceeding rigidity is due. As to its density, it must be far greater than that of any form of matter, millions of times denser than lead or platinum. Yet matter moves through it with perfect freedom, without any friction or viscosity. There is nothing paradoxical in this: viscosity is not a function of density; the two are not necessarily connected. When a solid moves through an alien fluid it is true that it acquires a spurious or apparent extra inertia from the fluid it displaces; but, in the case of matter and zther, not only is even the densest matter excessively porous and discontinuous, with vast interspaces in and among the atoms, but the con- stitution of matter is such that there appears to be no displacement in the ordinary sense at all; the zther is itself so modified as to constitute the matter in some way. Of course, that portion moves, its inertia is what we observe, and its amount depends on the potential energy in its associated electric field, but the motion is not like that of a foreign body, it is that of some inherent and merely individualised NO. 2289, VOL. 92] [SEPTEMBER II, 1913 portion of the stuff itself. Certain it is that the ether exhibits no trace of viscosity.” Matter in motion, zther under strain, constitute the fundamental concrete things weshave to do with in physics. The first pair represent kinetic energy, the second potential energy; and all the activities of the material universe are represented by alternations from one of these forms to the other. : Whenever this transference and transformation of energy occur, work is done, and some effect is pro- duced, but the energy is never diminished in quan- tity : it is merely passed on from one body to another, always from ether to matter, or vice versd—except in the case of radiation, which simulates matter—and from one form to another. The forms of energy can be classified as either a translation, a rotation, or a vibration of pieces of matter of different sizes, from stars and planets down to atoms and electrons; or else an ethereal strain which in various different ways is manifested by the behaviour of such masses of matter as appeal to our senses.® Some of the facts responsible for the suggestion that energy is atomic seem to me to depend on the discontinuous nature of the structure of a material atom, and on the high velocity of ifs constituent particles. The apparently discontinuous emission of radiation is, I believe, due to features in the real discontinuity of matter. Disturbances inside an atom appear to be essentially catastrophic; a portion is liable to be ejected with violence. There appears to be a critical velocity below which ejection does not take place; and, when it does, there also occurs a sudden rearrangement of parts which is presumably responsible for some perceptible athereal radiation. Hence it is, I suppose, that radiation comes off in gushes or bursts; and hence it appears to consist of indivisible units. The occasional phenomenon of new stars, as compared with the steady orbital motion of the millions of recognised bodies, may be sug- gested as an astronomical analogue. The hypothesis of quanta was devised to reconcile the law that the energy of a group of colliding mole- cules must in the long run be equally shared among all their degrees of freedom, with the observed fact that the energy is really shared into only a small number of equal parts. For if vibration-possibilities have to be taken into account, the number of degrees of molecular freedom must be very large, and energy shared among them ought soon to be all frittered away; whereas it is not. Hence the idea is suggested that minor degrees of freedom are initially excluded from sharing the energy, because they cannot be sup- plied with less than one atom of it. I should prefer to express the fact by saying that the ordinary encounters of molecules are not of a kind able to excite atomic vibrations, or in any way to disturb the zther. Spectroscopic or luminous vibra- tions of an atom are excited only by an exceptionally violent kind of collision, which may be spoken of as chemical clash; the ordinary molecular orbital en- counters, always going on at the rate of millions a second, are ineffective in that respect, except in the case of phosphorescent or luminescent substances. That common molecular deflections are ineffective is certain, else all the energy would be dissipated or transferred from matter into the zther; and the reasonableness of their radiative inefficiency is not far to seek, when we consider the comparatively leisurely character of molecular movements, at speeds com- parable with the velocity of sound. Admittedly, how- 2 For details of my experiment on this subject see Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc* for 1893 and 1897; or a very abbreviated reference to it, and to the other matters above-mentioned, in my small book ** The Ether of Space.” _3 See, in the Philosophical Magazine for 1879, my article on a classifica- tion of the forms of energy. SEPTEMBER II, 1913] NATURE 39 ever, the effective rigidity of molecules must be com- plete, otherwise the sharing of energy must ultimately occur. They do not seem able to be set vibrating by anything less than a certain minimum stimulus; and that is the basis for the theory of quanta. Quantitative applications of Plamck’s theory, to elucidate the otherwise shaky stability of the astro- nomically constituted atom, have been made; and the agreement between results so calculated and_ those observed, including a determination of series of spectrum lines, is very remarkable. One of the latest contributions to this subject is a paper by Dr. Bohr in The Philosophical Magazine for July this year. To show that I am not exaggerating the modern tendency towards discontinuity, I quote, from M. Poincaré’s ‘‘Derniéres Pensées,”’ a proposition which he announces in italics as representing a form of Prof. Planck’s view of which he apparently approves :— ‘A physical system is susceptible of a finite number only of distinct conditions; it jumps from one of these conditions to another without passing through a con- tinuous series of intermediate conditions.” Also this from Sir Joseph Larmor’s preface to Poincaré’s ‘‘ Science and Hypothesis ’’ :— “Still more recently it has been found that the good Bishop Berkeley’s logical jibes against the New- tonian ideas of fluxions and limiting ratios cannot be adequately appeased in the rigorous mathematical conscience, until our apparent continuities are resolved mentally into discreet aggregates which we only partially apprehend. The irresistible impulse to atomise everything thus proves to be not merely a disease of the physicist : a deeper origin, in the nature of knowledge itself, is suggested.”’ One very valid excuse for the prevalent attitude is the astonishing progress that has been made in actually seeing or almost seeing the molecules, and studying their arrangement and distribution. The laws of. gases have been found to apply to emulsions and to fine powders in suspension, of which the Brownian movement has long been known. This movement is caused by the orthodox molecular bombardment, and its average amplitude exactly represents the theoretical mean free path calculated from the ‘‘molecular weight’’ of the relatively gigantic particles. The behaviour of these micro- scopically visible masses corresponds closely and quantitatively with what could be predicted for them as fearfully heavy atoms, on the kinetic theory of gases; they may indeed be said to constitute a gas with a gram-molecule as high as 200,000 tons; and, what is rather important as well as interesting, they tend visibly to verify the law of equipartition of energy even in so extreme a case, when that law is properly stated and applied. _Still more remarkable—the application of X-rays to display the arrangement of molecules in crystals, and ultimately the arrangement of atoms in molecules, as initiated by Prof. Laue with Drs. Friedrich and Knipping, and continued by Prof. Bragg and jis son and by Dr. Tutton, constitute a series of re- searches of high interest and promise. By this means many of the theoretical anticipations of our country- man, Mr. William Barlow, and—working with him —Prof. Pope, as well as of those distinguished crystallographers von Groth and von Fedorow, have been confirmed in a striking way. These brilliant researches, which seem likely to constitute a branch of physics in themselves, and which are being con- tinued by Messrs. Moseley and C. G. Darwin,- and ‘by Mr. Keene and others, may be called an apotheosis of the atomic theory of matter. _ One other controversial topic I shall touch upon in the domain of physics, though I shall touch upon NO. 2289, VOL. 92] it lightly, for it is not a matter for easy reference as yet. If the Principle of Relativity in an extreme sense establishes itself, it seems as if even time would become discontinuous and be supplied in atoms, as money is doled out in pence or centimes instead of continuously; in which case our customary existence will turn out to be no more really continuous than the events on a kinematograph screen, while that great agent of continuity, the ether of space, will be relegated to the museum of historical curiosities. In that case differential equations will cease to represent the facts of nature, they will have to be replaced by finite differences, and the most funda- mental revolution since Newton will be inaugurated. Now in all the debateable matters of which I have indicated possibilities I want to urge a conservative attitude. I accept the new experimental results on which some of these theories—such as the principle of relativity—are based, and am profoundly interested in them, but I do not feel that they are so revolu- tionary as their propounders think. I see a way to retain the old and yet embrace. the new, and I urge moderation in the uprooting and removal of landmarks. And of these the chief is Continuity. I cannot imagine the exertion of mechanical force across empty space, no matter how minute; a continuous medium seems to me essential. I cannot admit discontinuity in either space or time, nor can I imagine any sort of experiment which would justify such a hypothesis. For surely we must realise that we know nothing experimental of either space or time, we cannot modify them in any way. We make experiments on bodies, and only on bodies, using ‘‘body"’ as an exceedingly general term. We have no reason to postulate anything but con- tinuity for space and time. We cut them up into conventional units for convenience’ sake, and those units we can count; but there is really nothing atomic or countable about the things themselves. We can count the rotations of the earth, or the revolutions of an electron, or the vibrations of a pendulum, or the waves of light. All these are concrete and tractable physical entities; but space and time are ultimate data, abstractions based on experience. We know them through motion, and through motion only, and motion is essentially continuous. We ought clearly to discriminate between things themselves and our mode of measuring them. Our measures and perceptions may be affected by all manner of incidental and trivial causes, and we may get confused or hampered by our own movement; but there need be no such complica- tion in things themselves, any more than a landscape is distorted by looking at it through an irregular window-pane or from a travelling coach. It is an ancient and discarded fable that complications intro- duced by the motion of an observer are real com- plications belonging to the outer universe. Very well, then, what about the ether, is that in the same predicament? Is that an abstraction, or a mere convention, or is it a concrete physical entity on which we can experiment? Now it has to be freely admitted that it is exceed- ingly difficult to make experiments on the ether. It does not appeal to sense, and we know no means of getting hold of it. The one thing we know metrical about it is the velocity with which it can transmit transverse waves. That is clear and definite, and thereby to my judgment it proves itself a physical agent; not, indeed, tangible or sensible, but yet concretely real. But it does elude our laboratory grasp. If we rapidly move matter through it, hoping to grip it and move it too, we fail; there is no mechanical connection. And even if we experiment on light, 40 NATURE [SEPTEMBER II, 1913 we fail too. So long as transparent matter is moving relatively to us, light can be affected inside that matter; but when matter is relatively stationary to matter nothing observable takes place, however fast things may be moving, so long as they move together. Hence arises the idea that motion with respect to gwther is meaningless; and the fact that only relative motion of pieces of matter with respect to each other has so far been observed is the foundation of the principle of relativity. It sounds simple enough as thus stated, but in its developments it is an ingenious and complicated doctrine embodying surprising consequences which have been worked out by Prof. Einstein and his disciples with con- summate ingenuity. What have I to urge against it? Well, in the first place, it is only in accordance with common sense that no effect of the first order can be observed with- out relative motion of matter. An zther-stream through our laboratories is optically and electrically un- detectable, at least as regards first-order observation ; this is clearly explained for general readers in my book, ‘‘The Ether of Space,” chapter iv. But the principle of relativity says more than that; it says that no effect of any order of magnitude can ever be observed without the relative motion of matter. The truth underlying this doctrine is that absolute motion without reference to anything is unmeaning. But the narrowing down of ‘‘anything”’ to mean any piece of matter is illegitimate. The nearest approach to absolute motion that we can physically imagine is motion through or with respect to the ather of space. It is natural to assume that the zther is on the whole stationary, and to use it as a standard of rest; in that sense motion with reference to it may be called - absolute, but in no other sense. The principle of relativity claims that we can never ascertain such motion: in other words it practically or pragmatically denies the existence of the ether. Every one of our scientifically observed motions, it says, are of the same nature as our popularly observed ones, viz. motion of pieces of matter relatively to each other; and that is all that we can ever know. Everything goes on—says the principle of relativity— as if the ether did not exist. Now the facts are that no motion with reference to the zther alone has ever yet been observed: there are always curious compensating effects which just cancel out the movement-terms and destroy or effec- tively mask any phenomenon that might otherwise be expected. When matter moves past matter observation can be made; but, even so, no consequent locomotion of zther, outside the actually moving par- ticles, can be detected. (It is sometimes urged that rotation is a kind of absolute motion that can be detected, even in isola- tion. It can so be detected, as Newton pointed out; but in cases of rotation matter on one side the axis is moving in the opposite direction to matter on the other side of the axis; hence rotation involves relative material motion, and therefore can be observed.) To detect motion through ather we must use an zthereal process. We may use radiation, and try to compare the speeds of light along or across the motion, or we might try to measure the speed, first with the motion and then against it. But how are we to make the comparison? If the time of emis- sion from a distant source is given by a distant clock, that clock must be observed through a telescope, that is by a beam of light; which is plainly a compensating process. Or the light from a neighbouring source can be sent back to us by a distant mirror; when again there will be compensation. Or the starting of light from a distant terrestrial source may be telegraphed to us, either with a wire or without; NO. 2289, VOL. 92| but it is the ether that conveys the message in either case, so again there will be compensation. Elec- tricity, magnetism, and light, are all effects of the zether. . i Use cohesion, then; have a rod stretching from one place to another, and measure that. But cohesion is transmitted by the zther too, if, as believed, it is the universal binding medium. Compensation is likely; compensation can, on the electrical theory of matter, be predicted. Use some action not dependent on ether, then. Very well, where shall we find it? To illustrate the difficulty I will quote a sentence from Sir Joseph Larmor’s paper before the Inter- national Congress of Mathematicians at Cambridge last year :— “Tf it is correct to say with Maxwell that all radia- tion is an electrodynamic phenomenon, it is equally correct to say with him that all electrodynamic rela- tions between material bodies are established by the operation, on the molecules of those bodies, of fields of force which are propagated in free space as radia- tion and in accordance with the laws of radiation, from one body to the other.” é The fact is, we are living in an epoch of some very comprehensive generalisations. The physical discovery of the twentieth century, so far, is the electrical theory of matter. This is the great new theory of our time; it was referred to, in its philo- sophical aspect, by Mr. Balfour in his presidential address at Cambridge in 1904. We are too near it to be able to contemplate it properly; it has still to establish itself and to develop in detail, but I antici- pate that in some form or other it will prove true.* Here is a briefest possible summary of the first chapter (so to speak) of the electrical theory of matter :-— (1) Atoms of matter are composed of electrons—of — positive and negative electric charges. : (2) Atoms are bound together into molecules by chemical affinity which is intense electrical attraction at ultra-minute distances. (3) Molecules are held together by cohesion, which I for one regard as residual or differential chemical affinity over molecular distances. (4) Magnetism is due to the locomotion of elec- trons. There is no magnetism without an electric current, atomic or otherwise. There is no electric current without a moving electron. (5) Radiation is generated by every accelerated electron, in amount proportional to the square of its acceleration; and there is no other kind of radiation, except indeed a corpuscular kind; but this depends on the velocity of electrons and therefore again can only be generated by their acceleration. The theory is bound to have curious consequences ; and already it has contributed to some of the up- rooting and uncertainty that I speak of. For, if it be true, every material interaction will be electrical, i.e. ethereal; and hence arises our difficulty. Every kind of force is transmitted by the ether, and hence, so long as all our apparatus is travelling together at one and the same pace, we have no chance of detect- ing the motion. That is the strength of the principle of relativity. The changes are not zero, but they cancel each other out of observation (NATURE, vol. xlvi., p. 165, 1892). Many forms of statement of the famous Michelson- Morley experiment are misleading. It is said to prove that the time taken by light to go with the zether stream is the same as that taken to go against or across it. It does not show that. What it shows is that the time taken by light to travel to and fro 4 Fora general introductory account of the electrical theory of matter my Romanes lecture for 1903 (Clarendon Press) may be referred to. SEPTEMBER II, 1913] on a measured interval fixed on a rigid block of matter is independent of the aspect of that block with respect to any motion of the earth through space. A definite and most interesting result : but it may be, and often is, interpreted loosely and too widely. — It is interpreted too widely, as I think, when Prof. _.Einstein goes on to assume that no_ non-relative motion of matter can be ever observed even when light is brought into consideration. The relation of light to matter is very curious. The wave front of a progressive wave simulates many of the properties of matter. It has energy, it has momentum, it exerts force, it sustains reaction. It has been described as a portion of the mass of a radiating body—which gives it a curiously and unexpectedly corpuscular “ feel.” But it has a definite velocity. Its velocity in space relative to the zther is an absolute constant indepen- dent of the motion of the source. This would not be true for corpuscular light. Hence I hold that here is something with which our own motion may theoretically be compared; and I predict that our motion through the zther will some day be detected by help of this very fact—by com- paring our speed with that of light: though the old astronomical aberration, which seemed to make the comparison easy, failed to do so quite simply, because it is complicated by the necessity of observing the position of a distant source, in relation to which the earth is moving. If the source and observer are moving together there is no possibility of observing aberration. Nevertheless, I maintain that when matter is moving near a beam of light we may be able to detect the motion. For the velocity of light in space is no function of the velocity of the source, nor of matter near it; it is quite unaffected by source or receiver. Once launched it travels in its own way. If we are travelling to meet it, it will be arriving at us more quickly; if we travel away from it, it will reach us with some lag. And observation of the acceleration or retardation is made by aid of Jupiter’s satellites. We have there the dial of a clock, to or from which we advance or recede periodically. It gains while we approach it, it loses while we recede from it, it keeps right time when we are stationary or only moving across the line of sight. But then, of course, it does not matter whether Jupiter is standing still and we are moving, or vice versa: it is a case of relative motion of matter again. So it is if we observe a Doppler effect from the right- and left-hand limbs of the rotating sun. True, and if we are to permit no relative motion of matter we must use a terrestrial source, clamped to the earth as our receiver is. And now we shall observe nothing. But not because there is nothing to observe. Lag must really occur if we are running away from the light, even though the source is running after us at the same pace; unless we make the assumption—true only for corpuscular light—that the velocity of light is not an absolute thing, but is dependent on the speed of the source. With corpuscular light there is nothing to observe; with wave light there is something, but we cannot observe it. But if the whole solar system is moving through the zther I see no reason why the relative zther drift should not be observed by a differential residual effect in connection with Jupiter’s satellites or the right and left limbs of the sun. The effect must be too small _to observe without extreme precision, but theoretically it ought to be there. Inasmuch, however, as relative ' motion of matter with respect to the observer is in- volved in these effects, it may be held that the detection of a uniform drift of the solar system in this way is _ not contrary to the principle of relativity. It is con- trary to some statements of that principle; and the NO. 2289, VOL. 92| NATURE 4! cogency of those statements breaks down, I think, whenever they include the velocity of light; because there we really have something absolute (in the only sense in which the term can have a physical mean- ing) with which we can compare our own motions, when we have learnt how. But in ordinary astronomical translation—trans- lation as of the earth in its orbit—all our instruments, all our standards, the whole contents of our laboratory, are moving at the same rate in the same direction; under those conditions we cannot expect to observe anything. Clerk Maxwell went so far as to say that if every particle of matter simul- taneously received a graduated blow so as to produce a given constant acceleration all in the same direc- tion, we should be unaware of the fact. He did not then know all that we know about radiation. But apart from that, and limiting ourselves to compara- tively slow changes of velocity, our standards will inevitably share whatever change occurs. So far as observation goes, everything will be practically as if no change had occurred at all; though that may not be the truth. All that experiment establishes is that there have so far always been compensations; so that the attempt to observe motion through the ether is being given up as hopeless. Surely, however, the minute and curious compensa- tions cannot be accidental, they must be necessary? Yes, they are necessary; and I want to say why. Suppose the case were one of measuring thermal expansion; and suppose everything had the same temperature and the same expansibility ; our standards would contract or expand with everything else, and we could observe nothing; but expansion would occur nevertheless. That is obvious, but the following assertion is not so obvious. If everything in the Universe had the same temperature, no matter what that temperature was, nothing would be visible at all; the external world, so far as vision went, would not appear to exist. Visibility depends on radiation, on differential radiation. We must have differences to appeal to our senses, they are not constructed for uniformity. It is the extreme omnipresence and uniformity and universal agency of the zther of space that makes it so difficult to observe. To observe anything you must have differences. If all actions at a distance are conducted at the same rate through the ether, the travel of none of them can be observed. Find something not conveyed by the ether, and there is a chance. But then every physical action is trans- mitted by the wther, and in every case by means of its transverse or radiation-like activity. Except perhaps Gravitation. That may give us 4 clue some day, but at present we have not been able to detect its speed of transmission at all. No plan has been devised for measuring it. Nothing short of the creation or destruction of matter seems likely to serve: creation or destruction of the gravita- tional unit, whether it be an atom or an electron, or whatever it is. Most likely the unit of weight is an electron, just as the unit of mass is. The so-called non-Newtonian Mechanics, with mass and shape a function of velocity, is an immediate consequence of the electrical theory of matter. The dependence of inertia and shape on speed is a genuine discovery, and, I believe, a physical fact. The Prin- ciple of Relativity would reduce it to a conventional fiction. It would seek to replace this real change in matter by imaginary changes in time. But surely we must admit that Space and Time are essentially unchangeable: they are not at the disposal even of mathematicians; though it is true that Pope Gregory, or a Daylight-saving Bill, can play with our units, can turn the 3rd of October in any one year into the a . NATURE [SEPTEMBER II, I913 14th, or can make the sun South sometimes at eleven o’clock sometimes at twelve.* But the changes of dimension and mass due to velocity are not conventions but realities; so I urge, on the basis of the electrical theory of matter. The Fitzgerald-Lorentz hypothesis I have an affection for. I was present at its birth. Indeed, I assisted at its birth; for it was in my study at 21 Waverley Road, Liverpool, with Fitzgerald in an armchair, and while I was enlarging on the difficulty of reconciling the then new Michelson experiment with the theory of astronomical aberration and with other known facts, that he made his brilliant surmise :—‘‘ Perhaps the stone slab was affected by the motion.’’ I rejoined that it was a 45° shear that was needed. To which he replied, ‘‘ Well, that’s all right—a simple distor- tion.” And very soon he said, ‘‘And I believe it oceurs, and that the Michelson experiment demon- strates it.’’ A shortening long-ways, or a lengthen- ing cross-ways would do what was wanted. And is such a hypothesis gratuitous? Not at all: in the light of the electrical theory of matter such an effect ought to occur. The amount required by the experiment, and given by the theory, is equivalent to a shrinkage of the earth’s diameter by rather less than three inches, in the line of its orbital motion through the zther of space. An oblate spheroid with the proper eccentricity has all the simple geometrical properties of a stationary sphere; the eccentricity de- pends in a definite way on speed, and becomes con- siderable as the velocity of light is approached. All this Profs. Lorentz and Larmor very soon after, and quite independently, perceived; though this is only one of the minor achievements in the electrical theory of matter which we owe to our distinguished visitor Prof. H. A. Lorentz. The key of the position, to my mind, is the nature of cohesion. I regard cohesion as residual chemical affinity, a balance of electrical attraction over repul- sion between groups of alternately charged molecules. Lateral electrical attraction is diminished by motion; so is lateral electric repulsion. In cohesion both are active, and they nearly balance. At anything but molecular distance they quite balance, but at molecular distance attraction predominates. It is the diminu- tion of the predominant partner that will be felt. Hence while longitudinal cohesion, or cohesion in the direction of motion, remains unchanged, lateral cohesion is less; so there will be distortion, and a unit cube x, y, 2 moving along x with velocity u becomes a parallelopiped with sides 1/k?, k, k; where 1/k®=1—u?/v?.® The electrical theory of matter is a positive achieve- ment, and has positive results. By its aid we make experiments which throw light upon the relation between matter and the zther of space. The prin- ciple of relativity, which seeks to replace it, is a principle of negation, a negative proposition, a state- ment that observation of certain facts can never be made, a denial of any relation between matter and zether, a virtual denial that the zther exists. Whereas if we admit the real changes that go on by reason of rapid motion, a whole field is open for discovery ; it is even possible to investigate the changes in shape of an electron—appallingly minute though it is—as it approaches the speed of light; and properties belong- 5 In the historical case of governmental interference with the calendar, no wonder the populace rebelled. Surely someone might have explained to the authorities that dropping leap year for the greater part of a century would do all that was wanted, and that the borrible inconvenience of upsetting all engagements and shortening a single year by eleven days could he avoided, 6 Different modes of estimating the change give slightly different results ; some involve a compression as well as a distortion—in fact the strain asso- ciated with the name of Thomas Young ; the details are rather complicated and this is not the place to discuss them pure shear, of magnitude specified in the text, is simplest, it is in accord with all the experimental facts—including some careful measurements by Bucherer—and I rather expect it to survive. | NO. 2289, VOL. 92] ing to the zther of space, evasive though it be, can- not lag far behind. Speaking as a physicist, I must claim the zther as peculiarly our own domain. The study of molecules we share with the chemist, and matter in its various forms is investigated by all men of science, but a study of the zther of space belongs to physics only. I am not alone in feeling the fascination of this por- tentous entity. Its curiously elusive and intangible character, combined with its universal and unifying permeance, its apparently infinite extent, its definite and perfect properties, make the zther the most interesting, as it is by far the largest and most funda- mental, ingredient in the material cosmos. As Sir J. J. Thomson said at Winnipeg— “The zether is not a fantastic creation of the specu- lative philosopher; it is as essential to us as the air we breathe. . . . The study of this all-pervading sub- stance is perhaps the most fascinating and important duty of the physicist.” Matter it is not, but material it is; it belongs to the material universe, and is to be investigated by ordinary methods, But to say this is by no means to deny that it may have mental and spiritual func- . tions to subserve in some other order of existence, as . matter has in this. The zther of space is at least the great engine of continuity. It may be much more, for without it there could hardly be a material universe at all. Certainly, however, it is essential to continuity; it is the one all-permeating substance that binds the whole of the particles of matter together. It is the uniting and binding medium without which, if matter could exist at all, it could exist only as chaotic and isolated fragments: and it is the universal medium of com- munication between worlds and particles. And yet it is possible for people to deny its existence, because it is unrelated to any of our senses, except sight—and to that only in an indirect and not easily recognised fashion. To illustrate the thorough way in which we may be unable to detect what is around us unless it has some link or bond which enables it to make appeal, let me make another quotation from Sir J. J. Thomson’s address at Winnipeg in 1909. He is leading up to the fact that even single atoms, provided they are fully electrified with the proper atomic charge, can be detected by certain delicate instruments—their field of force bringing them within our ken—whereas a whole _ crowd of unelectrified ones would escape observation. - “The smallest quantity of unelectrified matter ever detected is probably that of neon, one of the inert gases of the atmosphere. Prof. Strutt has shown that the amount of neon in 1/20 of a cubic centimetre of the air at ordinary pressures can be detected by the spectroscope; Sir William Ramsay estimates that the neon in the air only amounts to one part of neon in 100,000 parts of air, so that the neon in 1/20 of a cubic centimetre of air would only occupy at atmo- spheric pressure a volume of half a millionth of a cubic centimetre. When stated in this form the quan- tity seems exceedingly small, but in this small volume there are about ten million million molecules. Now the population of the earth is estimated at about fifteen hundred millions, so that the smallest number of molecules of neon we can identify is about 7000 times the population of the earth. In other words, if we had no better test for the existence of a man than we have for that of an unelectrified molecule we. should come to the conclusion that the earth is un- inhabited.” The parable is a striking one, for on these lines it might legitimately be contended that we have no right to say positively that even space is uninhabited. All we can safely say is that we have no means of SEPTEMBER II, 1913] detecting the existence of non-planetary immaterial dwellers, and that unless they have some link or bond with the material they must always be physically beyond our ken. We may therefore for practical purposes legitimately treat them as non-existent until such link is discovered, but we should not dogmatise about them. True agnosticism is legitimate, but not the dogmatic and positive and gnostic variety. But I hold that science is incompetent to make com- prehensive denials, even about the ether, and that it goes wrong when it makes the attempt. Science should not deal in negations: it is strong in affirma- tions, but nothing based on abstraction ought to pre- sume to deny outside its own region. It often happens that things abstracted from and ignored by one branch of science may be taken into consideration by another :— Thus, chemists ignore the ether. Mathematicians may ignore experimental difficul- ties. Physicists ignore and exclude live things. Biologists exclude mind and design. Psychologists may ignore human origin and human destiny. Folk-lore students and comparative mythologists need not trouble about what modicum of truth there may be in the legends which they are collecting and systematising. And microscopists may ignore the stars. Yet none of these ignored things should be denied. Denial is no more infallible than assertion. There are cheap and easy kinds of scepticism, just as there are cheap and easy kinds of dogmatism; in fact, scepticism can become viciously dogmatic, and science has to be as much on its guard against personal pre- dilection in the negative as in the positive direction. An attitude of universal denial may be very superficial. “To doubt everything or to believe everything are two equally convenient solutions; both dispense with the necessity of reflection.” All intellectual processes are based on abstraction. For instance, history must ignore a great multitude of facts in order to treat any intelligently: it selects. So does art; and that is why a drawing is clearer than reality. Science makes a diagram of reality, displaying the works, like a _ skeleton clock. Anatomists dissect out the nervous system, the blood vessels, and the muscles, and depict them separately —there must be discrimination for intellectual grasp —but in life they are all-merged and co-operating together; they do not really work separately, though they may be studied separately. A scalpel dis- criminates: a dagger or a bullet crashes through everything. That is life—or rather death. The laws of nature are a diagrammatic framework, analysed or abstracted out of the full comprehensiveness of reality. “ Hence it is that science has no authority in denials. To deny effectively needs much more comprehensive knowledge than to assert. And abstraction is essenti- ally not comprehensive: one cannot have it both ways. Science employs the methods of abstraction, and thereby makes its discoveries. The reason why some physiologists insist so strenu- ously on the validity and self-sufficiency of the laws of physics and chemistry, and resist the temptation to appeal to unknown causes—even though. the guiding influence and spontaneity of living things are occasionally conspicuous as well as inexplicable— is that they are keen to do their proper work; and their proper work is to pursue the laws of ordinary physical énergy into the intricacies of ‘colloidal electrolytic structures of great chemical complexity” and to study its behaviour there. What we have clearly to grasp, on their testimony, NO. 2289, VOL. 92] NATURE may be looked for and discovered with patience. 43 is that for all the terrestrial manifestations of life the ordinary physical and chemical processes have to serve. There are not new laws for living matter, and old laws for non-living, the laws are the same; or if ever they differ, the burden of proof rests on him who sustains the difference. The conservation of energy, the laws of chemical combination, the laws of electric currents, of radiation, &c., &c.—all the laws of chemistry and physics—may be applied with- out hesitation in the organic domain. Whether they are sufficient is open to question, but as far as they go they are necessary; and it is the business of the physiologist to seek out and demonstrate the action of those laws in every vital action. This is clearly recognised by the leaders, and in the definition of physiology by Burdon Sanderson he definitely limited it to the study of ‘ascertainable characters of a chemical and physical type.” In his address to the Subsection of Anatomy and Physiology at York in 1881 he spoke as follows :— “Tt would give you a true idea of the nature of the great advance which took place about the middle of this century if I were to define it as the epoch of the death of ‘vitalism.’ Before that time, even the greatest biologists—e.g. J. Miiller—recognised that the knowledge biologists possessed both of vital and physical phenomena was insufficient to refer both to a common measure. The method, therefore, was to study the processes of life in relation to each other only. Since that time it has become fundamental in our science not to regard any vital process as under- stood at all unless it can be brought into relation with physical standards, and the methods of physio- logy have been based exclusively on this principle. The most efficient cause [conducing to the change] was the progress which had been made in physics and chemistry, and particularly those investigations which led to the establishment of the doctrine of the con- servation of energy. ... “Investigators who are now working with such earnestness in all parts of the world for the advance of physiology, have before them a definite and well- understood purpose, that purpose being to acquire an exact knowledge of the chemical and physical pro- cesses of animal life and of the self-acting machinery by which they are regulated for the general good of the organism. The more singly and straightforwardly we direct our efforts to these ends, the sooner we shall attain to the still higher purpose—the effectual application of our knowledge for the increase of human happiness.” Prof. Gotch, whose recent loss we have to deplore, puts it more strongly :— “Tt is essentially unscientific,’ he says, “to say that any physiological phenomenon is caused by vital force.” I observe that by some critics I have been called a vitalist, and in a sense I am; but I am not a vitalist if vitalism means an appeal to an undefined “vital force ’’ (an objectionable term I have never thought of using) as against the laws of chemistry and physics. Those laws must be supplemented, but need by no means be superseded. The business of science is to trace out their mode of action everywhere, as far and as fully as possible; and it is a true instinct which resents the medizval practice of freely introducing spiritual and unknown causes into working science. In science an appeal to occult qualities must be illegi- timate, and be a barrier to experiment and research generally; as, when anything is called an act of God —and when no more is said. The occurrence is left unexplained. As an ultimate statement such a phrase may be not only true but universal in its application. But there are always proximate explanations which So, 44 NATURE lightning, earthquakes, and other potents are reduced to natural causes. No ultimate explanation is ever attained by science: proximate explanations only. They are what it exists for; and it is the business of scientific men to seek them. To attribute the rise of sap to vital force would be absurd, it would be giving up the problem and stating nothing at all. The way in which osmosis acts to produce the remarkable and surprising effect is dis- coverable and has been discovered. So it is always in science, and its progress began when unknown causes were eliminated and treated as non-existent. Those causes, so far as they exist, must establish their footing by direct investigation and research; carried on in the first instance apart from the long-recognised branches of science, until the time when they too have become sufficiently definite to be entitled to be called scientific. Out- landish territories may in time be incorporated as states, but they must make their claim good and become civilised first. It is well for people to understand this definite limitation of scope quite clearly, else they wrest the splendid work of biologists to their own confusion— helped it is true by a few of the more robust or less responsible theorisers, among those who should be better informed and more carefully critical in their philosophising utterances. But, as is well known, there are more than a few biologists who, when taking a broad survey of their subject, clearly perceive and teach that, before all the actions of live things are fully explained, some hitherto excluded causes must be postulated. Ever since the time of J. R. Mayer it has been becoming more and more certain that, as regards performance of work, a living thing obeys the laws of physics, like every- thing else; but undoubtedly it initiates processes and produces results that without it could not have oc- curred—from a bird’s nest to a' honeycomb, from a deal box to a warship. The behaviour of a ship firing shot and shell is explicable in terms of energy, but the discrimination which it exercises between friend and foe is not so explicable. There is plenty of physics‘ and chemistry and mechanics about every vital action, but for a complete understanding of it something beyond physics and chemistry is needed. And life introduces an incalculable element.. The vagaries of a fire or a cyclone could all be predicted by Laplace’s calculator, given the initial positions, velocities, and the law of acceleration of the mole- cules; but no mathematician could calculate the orbit of a common house-fly. A physicist into whose galvanometer a spider had crept would be liable to get phenomena of a kind quite inexplicable, until he discovered the supernatural, 7.e., literally super- physical, cause. I will risk the assertion that life introduces something incalculable and purposeful amid the laws of physics; it thus distinctly supplements those laws, though it leaves them otherwise precisely as they were and obeys them all. We see only its effect, we do not see life itself. Conversion of inorganic into organic is effected always by living organisms. The conversion under those con- ditions certainly occurs, and the process may be studied. Life appears necessary to the conversion; which clearly takes place under the guidance of life, though in itself it is a physical and chemical process. Many laboratory conversions take place under the guidance of life, and, but for the experimenter, would not have occurred. Again, putrefaction, and fermentation, and purifica- tion of rivers, and disease, are not purely and solely chemical processes. Chemical processes they are, but they are initiated and conducted by living organisms. Just when medicine is becoming biological, and when NO. 2289, VOL. 92] [SEPTEMBER II, 1913 the hope of making the tropical belt of the earth healthily habitable by energetic races is attracting the attention of people of power, philosophising biologists should not attempt to give their science away to chemistry and physics. Sections D and H and 1 and K are not really subservient to A and B. Biology is an independent science, and it is served, not domin- ated, by chemistry and physics. Scientific men are hostile to superstition, and rightly so, for a great many popular superstitions are both annoying and contemptible; yet occasionally the term may be wrongly applied to practices of which the theory is unknown. ‘To a superficial observer some of the practices of biologists themselves must appear grossly superstitious. To*combat malaria Sir Ronald Ross does not indeed erect an altar; no, he oils a pond—making libation to its presiding genii. What can be more ludicrous than the curious and evidently savage ritual, insisted on by United States officers, at that hygienically splendid achievement, the Panama Canal—the ritual of punching a hole in every dis- carded tin, with the object of keeping off disease! What more absurd, again—in superficial appearance —than the practice of burning or poisoning a soil to make it extra fertile! Biologists in their proper field are splendid, and their work arouses keen interest and enthusiasm in all whom they guideinto their domain. Most of them do their work by intense concentration, by narrow- ing down their scope, not by taking a wide survey or a comprehensive grasp. Suggestions of broader views and outlying fields of knowledge seem foreign to the intense worker, and he resents them. For his own purpose he wishes to ignore them, and practically he may be quite right. The folly of negation is not his, but belongs to those who misinterpret or mis- apply his utterances, and take him as a guide in a region where, for the time at least, he is a stranger. Not by such aid is the universe in its broader aspects to be apprehended. If people in general were better acquainted with science they would not make these mistakes. They would realise both the learning and the limitations, make use of the one and allow for the other, and not take the recipe of a practical worker for a formula wherewith to interpret the universe. What appears to be quite certain is that there can be no terrestrial manifestation of life without matter. Hence naturally they say, or they approve such sayings as, ‘‘I discern in matter the promise and potency of all forms of life.’ Of all terrestrial manifestations of life, certainly. How else could it manifest -itself save through matter? ‘I detect nothing in the organism but the laws of chemistry and physics,” it is said. Very well: naturally enough. That is what they are after; they are studying the physical and chemical aspects or manifestations of life. But life itself—life and mind and consciousness—they are not studying, and they exclude them from their purview. Matter is what appeals to our senses here and now; material- ism is appropriate to the material world; not as a philosophy but as a working creed, as a proximate and immediate formula for guiding research. Every- thing beyond that belongs to another region, and must be reached by other methods. To explain the psychical in terms of physics and chemistry is simply impos- sible; hence there is a tendency to deny its existence, save as an epiphenomenon. But all such philosophis- ing is unjustified, and is really bad metaphysics. So if ever in their enthusiasm scientific workers go too far and say that the things they exclude from study have no existence in the universe, we must appeal against them to direct experience. We our- selves are alive, we possess life and mind and con- ' sciousness, we have first-hand experience of these things, SEPTEMBER II, 1913] NATURE 45 quite apart from laboratory experiments. They belong to the common knowledge of the race. Births, deaths, and marriages are not affairs of the biologist, but of humanity; they went on before a single one of them was understood, before a vestige of science existed. We ourselves are the laboratory in which men of science, psychologists, and others make experiments. They can formulate our processes of digestion, and the material concomitants of will- ing, of sensation, of thinking; but the hidden guiding entities they do not touch. So also if any philosopher tells you that you do not exist, or that the external world does not exist, or that you are an automaton without free will, that all your actions are determined by outside causes, and that you are not responsible—or that a body cannot move out of its place, or that Achilles cannot catch a tortoise; then in all those cases appeal must be made to twelve average men, unsophisticated by special studies. There is always a danger of error in inter- preting experience, or in drawing inferences from it; but in a matter of bare fact, based on our own first- hand experience, we are able to give a verdict. We may be mistaken as to the nature of what we see. Stars may look to us like bright specks in a dome,: but the fact that we see them admits of no doubt. So also consciousness and will are realities of which we are directly aware, just as directly as we are of motion and force, just as clearly as we apprehend the philosophising utterances of an Agnostic. The process of seeing, the plain man does not understand ; he does not recognise that it is a method of ethereal telegraphy; he knows nothing of the zther and its ripples, nor of the retina and its rods and cones, nor of nerve and brain processes; but he sees and he hears and he touches, and he wills and he thinks and is conscious. This is not an appeal to the mob as against the philosopher, it is appeal to the experience of untold ages as against the studies of a generation. How consciousness became associated with matter, how life exerts guidance over chemical and physical forces, how mechanical motions are translated into sensations—all these things are puzzling and demand long study. But the fact that these things are so admits of no doubt; and difficulty of explanation is no argument against them. The blind man restored to sight had no opinion as to how he was healed, nor could he vouch for the moral character of the Healer, but he plainly knew that whereas he was blind now he saw. About that fact he was the best possible judge. So it is also with ‘‘this main miracle that thou art thou, With power on thine own act and on the world.” But although life and mind may be excluded from physiology, they are not excluded from science. Of course not. It is not reasonable to sav that things necessarily elude investigation merely because we do not knock against them. Yet the mistake is some- times made. The zther makes no appeal to sense, therefore some are beginning to say that it does not exist. Mind is occasionally put into the same predica- ment. Life is not detected in the laboratory, save in its physical and chemical manifestations; but we may have to admit that it guides processes neverthe- less. It may be called a catalytic agent. To understand the action of life itself, the simplest plan is not to think of a microscopic organism, or any unfamiliar animal, but to make use of our own experience as living beings. Any positive instance serves to stem a comprehensive denial; and if the reality of mind and guidance and plan is denied be- cause they make no appeal to sense, then think how the world would appear to an observer to whom the existence of men was unknown and undiscoverable, NO. 2289, VOL. 92] the current). while yet all the laws and activities of nature went on as they do now. Suppose, then, that man made no appeal to the senses of an observer of this planet. Suppose an out- side observer could see all the events occurring in the world, save only that he could not see animals or men. He would describe what he saw much as we have to describe the activities initiated by life. If he looked at the Firth of Forth, for instance, he would see piers arising in the water, beginning to sprout, reaching across in strange manner till they actually join or are joined by pieces attracted up from below to complete the circuit (a solid circuit round He would see a sort of bridge or fila- ment thus constructed, from one shore to the other, and across this bridge insect-like things crawling and returning for no very obvious reason. Or let him look at the Nile, and recognise the meritorious character of that river in promoting the growth of vegetation in the desert. Then let him see a kind of untoward crystallisation growing across and beginning to dam the beneficent stream. Blocks fly to their places by some kind of polar forces; “we cannot doubt” that it is by helio- or other tropism. There is no need to go outside the laws of mechanics and physics, there is no difficulty about supply of energy—none whatever—materials in tin cans are con- sumed which amply account for all the energy; and all the laws of physics are obeyed. The absence of any design, too, is manifest; for the effect of the structure is to flood an area up-stream which might have been useful, and to submerge a structure of some beauty; while down stream its effect is likely to be worse, for it would block the course of the river and waste it on the desert, were it not that fortu- nately some leaks develop and a sufficient supply still goes down—goes down, in fact, more equably than before: so that the ultimate result is beneficial to vegetation, and simulates intention. If told concerning either of these structures that an engineer, a designer in London, called Benjamin Baker, had anything to do with it, the idea would be preposterous. One conclusive argument is final against such a superstitious hypothesis—he is not there, and a thing plainly cannot act where it is not. But although we, with our greater advantages, per- ceive that the right solution for such an observer would be the recognition of some unknown agency or agent, it must be admitted that an explanation in terms of a vague entity called vital force would be useless, and might be so worded as to be misleading ; whereas a statement in terms of mechanics and physics could be clear and definite and true as far as it went, though it must necessarily be incomplete. And note that what we observe, in such understood cases, is an interaction of mind and matter; not parallelism nor epiphenomenalism nor anything strained or difficult, but a straightforward utilisation of the properties of matter and energy for purposes conceived in the mind, and executed by muscles guided by acts of will. But, it will be said, this is unfair, for we know that there is design in the Forth Bridge or the Nile Dam, we have seen the plans and understand the agencies at work: we know that it was conceived and guided by life and mind, it is unfair. to quote this as though it could simulate an automatic process. Not at all, say the extreme school of biologists whom I am criticising, or ought to say if they were consistent, there is nothing but chemistry and physics at work anywhere; and the mental activity apparently demonstrated by those structures is only an illusion, an epiphenomenon; the laws of chemistry and physics 46 are supreme, and they are sufficient to account for everything ! Well, they account for things up to a point; they account in part for the colour of a sunset, for the majesty of a mountain peak, for the glory of animate existence. But do they account for everything com- pletely? Do they account for our own feeling of joy and exaltation, for our sense of beauty, for the mani- fest beauty existing throughout nature? Do not these things suggest something higher and nobler and more joyous, something for the sake of which all the struggle for existence goes on? Surely there must be a deeper meaning involved in natural objects. Orthodox explanations are only partial, though true as far as they go. When we examine each parti-coloured pinnule in a peacock’s tail, or hair in a zebra’s hide, and realise that the varying shades on each are so placed as to contribute to the general design and pattern, it becomes exceed- ingly difficult to explain how this organised co-opera- tion of parts, this harmonious distribution of pigment cells, has come about on merely mechanical prin- ciples. It would be as easy to explain the sprouting of the cantilevers of the Forth Bridge from its piers, or the flocking of the stones of the Nile Dam by chemiotaxis. Flowers attract insects for fertilisation ; and fruit tempts animals to eat it in order to carry seeds. But these explanations cannot be final. We have still to explain the insects. So much beauty cannot be necessary merely to attract their attention. We have further to explain this competitive striving towards life. Why do things struggle to exist? Surely the effort must have some significance, the development some aim. We thus reach the problem of existence itself, and the meaning of evolution. The mechanism whereby existence entrenches itself is manifest, or at least has been to a large extent discovered. Natural selection is a vera causa, so far as it goes; but if so much beauty is necessary for insects, what about the beauty of a landscape or of clouds? What utilitarian object do those subserve? Beauty in general is not taken into account by science. Very well, that may be all right, but it exists never- theless. It is not my function to discuss it. No; but it is my function to remind you and myself that that our studies do not exhaust the universe, and that if we dogmatise in a negative direction, and say that we can reduce everything to physics and chemistry, we gibbet ourselves as ludicrously narrow pedants, and are falling far short of the richness and fullness of our human birthright. How far preferable is the reverent attitude of the Eastern poet :— “The world with eyes bent upon thy feet stands in awe with all its silent stars.” Superficially and physically we are very limited. Our sense organs are adapted to the observation of matter; and nothing else directly appeals to us. Our nerve-muscle-system is adapted to the production of motion in matter, in desired ways; and nothing else in the material world can we accomplish. Our brain and nerve systems connect us with the rest of the physical world. Our senses give us information about the movements and arrangements of matter. Our muscles enable us to produce changes in those dis- tributions. That is our equipment for human life; and human history is a record of what we have done with these parsimonious privileges. Our brain, which by some means yet to be dis- covered connects us with the rest of the material world, has been thought partially to disconnect us from the mental and spiritual realm, to which we really belong, but from which for a time and for practical purposes we are isolated. Our common or social association with matter gives us certain oppor- NO. 2289, VOL. 92] NATURE [SEPTEMBER I1, 1913, tunities and facilities, combined with obstacles and difficulties which are themselves opportunities for struggle and effort. Through matter we become aware of each other, and can communicate with those of our fellows who have ideas sufficiently like our own for them to be stimulated into activity by a merely physical process set in action by ourselves. By a time succession of vibratory movements (as in speech and music), or by a static distribution of materials (as in writing, paint- ing, and sculpture), we can carry on intelligent inter- course with our fellows; and we get so used to these ingenious and roundabout methods, that we are apt to think of them and their like as not only the natural but as the only possible modes of communication, and that anything more direct would disarrange the whole fabric of science. It is clearly true that our bodies constitute the normal means of manifesting ourselves to each other while on the planet; and that if the physiological mechanism whereby we accomplish material acts is injured, the conveyance of our meaning and the dis- play of our personality inevitably and correspondingly suffer. So conspicuously is this the case that it has been possible to suppose that the communicating mechan- ism, formed and worked by us, is the whole of our existence : and that we are essentially nothing but the machinery by which we are known. We find the machinery utilising nothing but well-known forms of energy, and subject to all the laws of chemistry and physics—it would be strange if it were not so—and from that fact we try to draw valid deductions as to © our nature, and as to the impossibility of our existing apart from and independent of these temporary modes of material activity and manifestation. We so uniformly employ them, in our present circumstances, that we should be on our guard against deception due to this very uniformity. Material bodies are all that we have any control over, are all that we are experi- mentally aware of; anything that we can do with these is open to us; any conclusions we can draw about them may be legitimate and true. But to step outside their province and to deny the existence of any other region because we have no sense organ for its appreciation, or because (like the ether) it is too uniformly omnipresent for our ken, is to wrest our advantages and privileges from their proper use and apply them to our own misdirection. But if we have learnt from science that evolution is real, we have learnt a great deal. I must not venture to philosophise, but certainly from the point of view of science evolution is a great reality. Surely evolution is not an illusion; surely the universe pro- gresses in time. Time and space and matter are abstractions, but are none the less real: they are data given by experience; and time is the keystone of evolution. ‘Thy centuries follow each other, per- fecting a small wild flower.” We abstract from living, moving reality a certain static aspect, and we call it matter; we abstract the element of progressiveness, and we call it time. When these two abstractions combine, co-operate, interact, we get reality again. It is like Poynting’s theorem. The only way to refute or confuse the theory of evolution is to introduce the subjectivity of time. That theory involves the reality of time, and it is in this sense that Prof. Bergson uses the great phrase “creative evolution.” I see the whole of material existence as a steady passage from past to future, only the single instant which we call the present being actual. The past is not non-existent, however, it is stored in our eS se SEPTEMBER II, 1913] memories, there is a record of it in matter, and the present is based upon it; the future is the outcome of the present, and is the product of evolution. Existence is like the output from a loom. The pattern, the design for the weaving, is in some sort “there” already; but whereas our looms are mere machines, once the guiding cards have been fed into them, the loom of time is complicated by a multitude of free agents who can modify the web, making the product more beautiful or more ugly according as they are in harmony or disharmony with the general scheme. I venture to maintain that mani- fest imperfections are thus accounted for, and that freedom could be given on no other terms, nor at any less cost. The ability thus to work for weal or woe is no illusion, it is a reality, a responsible power which conscious agents possess; wherefore the resulting fabric is not something preordained and inexorable, though by wide knowledge of character it may be inferred. Nothing is inexorable except the uniform progress of time; the cloth must be woven, but the pat- tern is not wholly fixed and mechanically calculable. Where inorganic matter alone is concerned, there everything is determined. Wherever full conscious- ness has entered, new powers arise, and the faculties and desires of the conscious parts of the scheme have an effect upon the whole. It is not guided from out- side, but from within; and the guiding power is immanent at every instant. Of this guiding power we are a small but not wholly insignificant portion. That evolutionary progress is real is a doctrine of profound significance, and our efforts at social better- ment are justified because we are a part of the scheme, a part that has become conscious, a part that realises, however dimly, what it is doing and what it is aiming at. Planning and aiming are there- fore not absent from the whole, for we are a part of the whole, and are conscious of them in ourselves. Either we are immortal beings or we are not. We may not know our destiny, but we must have a destiny of some sort. Those who make denials are just as likely to be wrong as those who make asser- tions: in fact, denials are assertions thrown into negative form. Scientific men are looked up to as authorities, and should be careful not to mislead. Science may not be able to reveal human destiny, but it certainly should not obscure it. Things are as they are, whether we find them out or not; and if we make rash and false statements, posterity will detect us—if posterity ever troubles its head about us. I am one of those who think that the methods of science are not so limited in their scope as has been thought : that they can be applied much more widely, and that the psychic region can be studied and brought under law too. Allow us anyhow to make the attempt. Give us a fair field. Let those who prefer the materialistic hypothesis by all means develop their thesis as far as they can; but let us try what we can do in the psychical region, and see which wins. Our methods are really the same as theirs—the subject-matter differs. Neither should abuse the other for making the attempt. Whether such things as intuition and revelation ever occur is an open question. There are some who have reason to say that they do. They are at any rate not to be denied off-hand. In fact, it is always extremely difficult to deny anything of a general character, since evidence in its favour may be only hidden and not forthcoming, especially not forthcoming at any particular age of thé world’s history, or at any particular stage of individual mental development. Mysticism must have its place, though its relation to science has so far not been found. They have appeared disparate and disconnected, but NO. 2289, VOL. 92] NATURE 47 there need be no hostility between them, Every kind of reality must be ascertained and dealt with by proper methods. If the voices of Socrates and of Joan of Arc represent real psychical experiences, they must belong to the intelligible universe. Although 1 am speaking ex cathedra, as one of the representatives of orthodox science, I will not shrink from a personal note summarising the result on my own mind of thirty years’ experience of psychical research, begun without predilection— indeed, with the usual hostile prejudice. This is not the place to enter into details or to discuss facts scorned by orthodox science, but I cannot help re- membering that an utterance from this chair is no ephemeral production, for it remains to be criticised by generations yet unborn, whose knowledge must inevitably be fuller and wider than our own. Your President, therefore, should not be completely bound by the shackles of present-day orthodoxy, nor limited to beliefs fashionable at the time. In justice to myself and my co-workers, I must risk annoying my present hearers, not only by leaving on record our conviction that occurrences now regarded as occult can be examined and reduced to order by the methods of science carefully and persistently applied, but by going further and saying, with the utmost brevity, that already the facts so examined have convinced me that memory and affection are not limited to that association with matter by which alone they can manifest themselves here and now, and that per- sonality persists beyond bodily death. The evidence, to my mind, goes to prove that discarnate intelli- gence, under certain conditions, may interact with us on the material side, thus indirectly coming within our scientific ken; and that gradually we may hope to attain some understanding of the nature of a larger, perhaps zetherial, existence, and of the con- ditions regulating intercourse across the chasm. A body of responsible investigators has even now landed on the treacherous but promising shores of a new continent. Yes, and there is more to say than that. The methods of science are not the only way, though they are our way, of being piloted to truth. ‘‘ Uno itinere non potest perveniri ad tam grande secretum.” Many scientific men still feel in pugnacious mood towards theology, because of the exaggerated dogmatism which our predecessors encountered and overcame in the past. They had to struggle for freedom to find truth in their own way; but the struggle was a miserable necessity, and has left some evil effects. And one of them is this lack of sympa- thy, this occasional hostility, to other more spiritual forms of truth. We cannot really and seriously sup- pose that truth began to arrive on this planet a few centuries ago. The pre-scientific insight of genius —of poets and prophets and saints—was of supreme value, and the access of those inspired seers to the heart of the universe was profound. But the camp followers, the scribes and pharisees, by whatever name they may be called, had no such insight, only a vicious or a foolish obstinacy; and the prophets of a new era were stoned. Now at last we of the new era have been victorious, and the stones are in our hands; but for us to imitate the old ecclesiastical attitude would be folly. Let us not fall into the old mistake of thinking that ours is the only way of exploring the multifarious depths of the universe, and that all others are worthless and mistaken. The universe is a larger thing than we have any conception of, and no one method of search will exhaust its treasures. Men and brethren, we are trustees of the truth of the physical universe as scientifically explored: let : us be faithful to our trust. ‘ 48 NATURE [SEPTEMBER II, 1913 Genuine religion has its roots deep down in the heart of humanity and in the reality of things. It is not surprising that by our methods we fail to grasp it: the actions of the Deity make no appeal to any special sense, only a universal appeal; and our methods are, as we know, incompetent to detect com- plete uniformity. There is a principle of relativity here, and unless we encounter flaw or jar or change, nothing in us responds; we are deaf and blind, there- fore, to the Immanent Grandeur unless we have insight enough to recognise in the woven fabric of existence, flowing steadily from the loom in an infinite progress towards perfection, the ever-growing gar- ment of a transcendant God. SUMMARY OF THE ARGUMENT. A marked feature of the present scientific era is the discovery of, and interest in, various kinds of atomism; so that continuity seems in danger of being lost sight of. Another tendency is toward comprehensive negative generalisations from a limited point of view. Another is to take refuge in rather vague forms of statement, and to shrink from closer examination of the puzzling and the obscure. Another is to deny the existence of anything which makes no appeal to organs of sense, and no ready response to laboratory experiment. Against these tendencies the author contends. He urges a belief in ultimate continuity as essential to science; he regards scientific concentration as an in- adequate basis for philosophic generalisation; he believes that obscure phenomena may be expressed simply if properly faced; and he points out that the non-appearance of anything perfectly uniform and omnipresent is only what should be expected, and is no argument against its real substantial existence. NOTES. In view of the meeting of the British Association, a “ Handbook for Birmingham and the Neighbourhood ” has been issued (under the editorshiv of Dr. G. A. Auden) at the price of 3s. 6d. net by Messrs. Cornish Bros., Ltd., Birmingham. The volume is of an en- cyclopeedic character, and should be of great service not only to members of the British Association, but to all who are interested in things pertaining to Bir- mingham. The work is divided into five main divi- sions—historical, municipal, educational, industrial, and scientific. In the latter, which of course appeals more especially to our readers, botany is dealt with by Prof. West and Messrs. Grove, Humphreys, Cleminshaw, and Duncan; Midland reafforesting by P. E, Martineau; the ornithology of the district by R. W. Chase; insects by H. W. Ellis; mammalia, amphibia, reptilia, and pisces by H. E. Forrest; micro- scopic aquatic fauna by H. W. H. Darlaston; meteoro- logy by A. Cresswell; and the geology and physiography of the Birmingham country by Prof C. Lapworth, F.R.S. The last-named contribution is supple- mented by very clear geological and topographical maps executed by Messrs. John Bartholomew and Co., of Edinburgh. Besides these maps, there are a number of illustrations in the text. Altogether the volume is an admirable production, and worthy of the occasion for which it has been prepared. Apropos of the British Association meeting, a recent number of The Westminster Gazette contains an article NO, 2289, VOL. 92] on the Lunar Society, the members of which used to meet monthly in Birmingham in the eighteenth cen- tury, as nearly as possible at the time of full moon that they might have the benefit of its light in return- ing home—hence the name of the society. Each member was permitted to bring a friend, and some very distinguished men from time to time enjoyed the society’s hospitality. Thus we find that among such guests were Sir Joseph Banks, Sir William Herschel, John Smeaton, of lighthouse fame, Josiah Wedgwood, Prof. Hugh Blair, Afzelius, the Swedish botanist, » Daniel Solander, the naturalist, and Andre de Lue, the geologist. Among the members of the society or club were James Watt, Joseph Priestley, and Erasmus Darwin. The Priestley riots dealt a blow to the little society from which it never recovered, and it is there- fore now no more than a memory. Pror. Mitne bequeathed to the British Asso- ciation his books, albums, and scientific instruments relating to seismology, and, subject to his wife’s in- terest, the sum of 1oool. to the chairman of the seis- mology committee of the British Association for the furtherance of the study of terrestrial physics and its attendant subjects. A FURTHER grant of ‘s000l., making 10,000l. in all, has been made by the Federal Government of the | Commonwealth of Australia towards completing the — work of the Mawson Antarctic Expedition and bring- ing the explorers back. THE sum of 90,000 francs has been bequeathed to the Pasteur Institute at Paris for the founding of a prize for the best original work in the treatment of — meningitis. WE record, with regret, the death on Saturday last of Dr. Hugh Marshall, F.R.S., professor of chemistry in University College, Dundee. Tue death occurred on September 2, at Abo, Fin- land, at the age of sixty-three years, of Dr. O. M. Reuter, emeritus professor of zoology in the Univer- sity of Helsingfors. A BRONZE statue of the late Dr. Ludwig Mond, erected by Messrs. Brunner, Mond and Co., Ltd., on the lawn opposite Winnington Hall, near Northwich, Dr. Mond’s residence, is to be unveiled on Saturday next by Sir John Brunner. A MEMORIAL of the Russian explorer, Baron E. von Toll, in the form of a bronze portrait tablet, is to be set up on Kotelnyi Island, in the New Siberia group, by the leader of the German Taimyrland Expedition. Papers dealing with various problems of heating and lighting are to be read by Prof. Bone, F-.R.S., Prof. Vivian B. Lewes, Mr. L. Gaster, and Mr. T. Thorne Baker at a conference which is to take place on October 29 in connection with the National Gas Congress and Exhibition. Tue plumage prohibition clause in the United States Tariff Bill having been sanctioned by the Senate the importation into the United States of the plumage of wild birds, either raw or manufactured, for purposes other than scientific or educational, is prohibited. | J : ’ done. SEPTEMBER II, 1913] Tue first installation of wireless telephony in a coal mine in Great Britain has just been fitted up at Dinnington Main Colliery, South Yorkshire, with, it is said, satisfactory results. The system is the in- vention of Mr. J. H. Reinecke, of Bochum, West- phalia, and is in use in German collieries. According to The Times each instrument is connected by two wires with a piece of metal buried in the ground. The wires can also be attached to ordinary tramway rails, water-pipes, &c. At Dinnington instruments have been placed at two points—one in the trans- former house near the pit bottom and the other 1000 yards ‘‘in-bye,’’ and conversation has been carried on between these points just as through an ordinary telephone with the use of only about 20 yards of wire. The system also admits of the use of portable instru- ments weighing about 20 Ib. each by means of which it is possible to communicate with the fixed stations from any part of the mine. All that is necessary is for the operator to attach the two wires of the instru- ment to any metallic substance at hand. Thus in the event of a disaster in a pit miners entombed by falls would be able to open up communication with other parts of the colliery. In ordinary working the port- able instruments should be very useful in the case of a breakdown of the signalling apparatus, and coal turn- ing could be carried on while the repairs were being The portable instrument can also be used in the cage while ascending or descending the shaft. Tue Italian archzological mission to Crete, under the leadership of Prof. Halbherr, announces the dis- covery at Cortina of a temple dedicated to Egyptian deities, bearing a dedication by Flavia Philyra, the foundress. In the inner cella were found images of Jupiter, Serapis, Isis, and Mercury, with fragments of a colossal statue, supposed to be that of the foundress. A little flight of steps leads down to a subterranean chamber in which ceremonies of purifi- cation were performed. Tue excavation of the numerous prehistoric sites in the island of Malta is being actively prosecuted under the direction of Prof. T. Zammit. The most important discovery is that of a series of well tombs of the Punic type at the Kallilia plateau, north-west of Rabat. A large number of skeletons, with pottery, lamps, spindle-whorls, and a circular bronze mirror, has been unearthed. A partial exploration of the Ghar Dalam cave, conducted by Prof. Tagliaferro and Mr. C. Rizzo, produced bones of a hippopotamus and a deer, above which lay a quantity of prehistoric sherds. The museum, by the bequest of the late Mr. Parnis, has received a large collection of books about Malta and numerous antique objects. The Malta Herald, in recording the progress of excavation, very reasonably urges that means should be taken to pro- tect the sites partially examined from spoliation by the villagers. Less than 300 miles to the north of Rio de Janeiro, on the coast range of Minas Geraes, live the Uti-krag, a tribe of Botocudos still retaining some of their old customs, but rapidly succumbing to the fostering care of the recently established Board of Protection of the Native Indians. Mr. W. Knocke paid them a very NO. 2289, VOL. 92] NATURE 49 short visit in the month of October, 1912, and he describes his observations in a pamphlet entitled “Algunas Indicaciones sobre los Uti-krag del Rio Doce,”’ issued separately from the Revista de Historia y Geografia (vol. v., 1913). The name of Botocudos, given them by the Portuguese, refers to the plugs with which the men distend their ear lobes, the women also the lower lip; this is now becoming unfashion- able. When in their wilds the women are stark naked. They are the ugly and less intelligent sex, with a considerably darker colour than the decidedly intelligent men. Their household goods seem to be restricted to bows and arrows, plaited bags, and bam- boo water-vessels; consequently they cannot cook, but only roast their food. They are clay-eaters. The nasal flute is disappearing. They are able to count up to five, have three kinds of dances, and bury their dead. There is the following curious parallelism be- tween these Uti-krag, which in their idiom means Tortoise-Sierra, and the Mimba of New Guinea (cf. Pilhofer, Petermann’s Mittheil., September, 1912) :— They construct stockades by putting numbers of sharpened sticks, 4 to 5 in. in length, into the ground, covered with leaves. As the enemy, when treading on these spikes, is sure to stumble, he falls upon a second line of larger sharpened sticks, also concealed. The author thinks that this little tribe is not so much a sample of the vigorous primitive savage as rather ethically impoverished through life in the forest. There are eight photographs of the people, their arms, and the stockade spikes. Tue excellence of the work being done by French physical anthropologists is exemplified by the elaborate descriptive memoir by Prof. M. R. Anthony on the fossil skull of La Quina, contributed to Bulletins et Mémoires de la Société d’Anthropologie (No. 2, for 1913). The writer identifies it with the Neanderthal group, including the Spy, La Chapelle, and Gibraltar skulls. This comprehensive, well-illustrated memoir is an important contribution to our knowledge of palzolithic man. Tue seventh annual report on the results of the chemical and bacteriological examination of London waters for the twelve months ending March 31, 1913, by Dr. Houston, has been issued by the Metropolitan Water Board. After a summary of the condition of the raw water and the effects of storage and filtration, Dr. Houston’s final conclusion is that the ‘‘ quality policy” of the Metropolitan Water Board should be directed towards securing an _ ‘‘epidemiologically sterile’ water (i.e., a water containing none of the microbes associated with water-borne disease) ante- cedent to filtration, by means of storage (sedimenta- tion, devitalisation, and equalisation), aided, if need be, by the occasional employment of supplementary processes of water purification. Tue final report of the Luangwa Sleeping Sickness Commission, by Dr. Kinghorn, Dr. Yorke, and Mr. Lloyd, published in a recent number of the Annals of Tropical Medicine and Parasitology (vol. vii., No. 2) with many illustrations, is a very important contribu- tion to the study of trypanosomiasis in man and animals. Especially valuable are the observations on 50 NATURE [SEPTEMBER II, 1913 the human trypanosome, T. rhodesiense, its wide dis- tribution in south Central Africa, its occurrence in wild game and domestic stock, and its transmission by Glossina morsitans. The authors affirm emphatically that the fly does not become infective until the try- panosome has invaded its salivary glands, an event which is the second and final act of a developmental cycle that begins in the gut of the fly. [t was found that the first portion of this cycle could proceed at lower temperatures (60°—7o° F.), but that for its com- pletion higher temperatures (75°—85° F.) are essential. The parasites can, however, persist in the fly at an incomplete stage of their development for at least sixty days under unfavourable climatic conditions. Several species of trypanosomes, some old, some new, are described from wild game or domestic stock; remark- able among the new species is a large form of the ingens-type, to which the name T. tragelaphi is given, found in the blood of the sitatunga, Limno- tragus spekei. Tue problems connected with tsetse-flies and the parasites of man and animals which they unwittingly transmit are perhaps the most important questions with which European administrators of African terri- tories have to deal at the present time, and these troublesome insects continue to receive an amount of attention which their purely scientific interest would never have aroused. In the Annals of Tropical Medi- cine and Parasitology (vol. vii., Part 2), Prof. New- stead describes a new species of tsetse-fly from the Congo Free State under the name Glossina severini; and in the same number Mr. Llewellyn Lloyd publishes records and photographs of' the breeding-places of G. morsitans at Ngoa, on the Congo-Zambesi water- shed. The pupz of G. morsitans were always found either in association with trees or in holes in the ground; in the former case the trees were always abnormal or injured. The pupz were never found at the base of normal trees or under bushes, and they are always deposited in such positions that they are not likely to be scratched up by game-birds. In the Bulletin of Entomological Research (vol. iv., Part 1), Dr. Scott Macfie discusses, with the aid of many photo- graphs, the distribution of tsetse-flies in the Ilorin province of northern Nigeria, and describes a new variety of G. palpalis, with an excellent coloured illustration. In the same journal Dr. J. O. Shircore describes two new varieties of G. morsitans from Nyasaland. Tue proceedings of the Orchid Conference held by the Royal Horticultural Society in November last are reported at length in the Society’s Journal (vol. xxxviii., Part 3). They include four papers read at the Conference, in the first of which Prof. F. Keeble dis- cussed the physiology of fertilisation, with special reference to recent investigations by Lutz, Fitting, and others, and pointed out that pollination may bring about three types of events: (1) fertilisation, (2) changes due to contact of pollen with the stigmatic surface, and (3) results which may be described as intoxications or responses to chemical stimulation. In a paper on the application of genetics to orchid ©, Hurst recapitulated the first breeding, Major C. C. NO. 2289, VOL. 92| | principles of genetics, and pointed out that as regards any one heritable character represented by a factor, there are three distinct kinds of individual plants— homozygous or pure, heterozygous or impure, and identification of individual ‘‘stud”’ plants, colour and albinism, self-sterility in orchids, &e. Ir requires an altogether special equipment, not only of exact zoological and historical knowledge but also of sympathetic insight into the conditions which pre- vailed in the past, to compose such a delightful lecture as that which Prof. F. J. Cole, of Reading, has pub- lished in the Transactions of the Liverpool Biological Society (February 14, 1913). In his crisp and epi- grammatic treatment of a series of well-chosen inci- dents he has admirably brought before us “the early days of comparative anatomy,” and the feeling of most readers, and especially those who from their personal experience realise how difficult such know- ledge is to acquire, will be to emulate Oliver Twist’s example and ask for more. It is quite impossible to summarise a report so crowded with curious informa- tion, witty comment, and historical insight, illumina- ting the whole development of the science of compara- tive anatomy. From the knowledge acquired as a collector of old ‘‘anatomies,’’ Dr. Cole has been able seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, which opened the way for those glaring instances of unscrupulous plagiarism that have ever been a source of amazement to us who live in such vastly different circum- stances. But no part of the discourse excels in piquancy and common sense the opening ‘apology ” for the study of the history of biology. A RECENT number of the Centralblatt fiir Bakterio- logie, Parasitenkunde, &c. (Zweite Abt., Band 38) contains a detailed account by O. Schneider-Orelli of investigations on the life-history and habits of Xyle- borus dispar, one of the bark-beetles (Scolytidz). This species, notorious for the injuries it inflicts on fruit-trees, is remarkable for its symbiosis with a fungus, Monilia candida, Hartig. The female beetles, fertilised in the autumn, hibernate in their burrows through the winter and swarm out in the following April and May. Each female then becomes the foundress of a new colony; she bores into a tree and makes a system of burrows, the walls of which be- come lined with a growth of the fungus, forming a dense white mass, the so-called “‘ambrosia.”” The mother-beetle lays her eggs in the burrows and the larvae feed on the ambrosia-fungus, not on the wood of the tree. Living cells or spores of the fungus are not to be found in the digestive tract of the larva, pupa, or newly hatched adult beetle, but the female beetles appear to take up the fungus from the walls of the burrow in which they have been bred, and the stomachs of the mother-beetles always contain a store of the fungus, capable of germinating. The culture is started in the new burrows by regurgitation of the fungus from the stomach, and is continued by the beetle plucking off clumps of the young culture and planting them further along in the burrow. If dis- turbed in her agricultural operations, the mother- zerozygous or wanting. He also dealt with the- to explain the loose methods of publication in the | — ae SEPTEMBER I1, 1913]| NATURE 51 beetle hastily swallows as much as she can of the fungus. In a paper on the psychology of insects, read before the General Malarial Committee at Madras in Novem- ber, 1912, Prof. Howlett, after giving an account of experiments carried out by him on the response of insects to stimuli, comes to the conclusion that insects are to be regarded “not as intelligent beings con- sciously shaping a path through life, but as being in a sort of active hypnotic trance.” It is claimed that this view of insect-psychology opens up great possi- bilities in the study of insect carriers of disease, since “it is no intelligent foe we have to fight, but a mere battalion of somnambulists.” If we discover the stimuli or particular conditions which determine the actions of an insect, we can apply them to its undoing. It was found, for example, that the females of the fruit-fly, a serious pest in some parts of India, emitted an odour resembling ordinary citronella, and that the males could be caught in very large numbers by baiting traps with citronella, since they came to the traps and remained there apparently under a blind impulse to follow the scent of the female. In this way they had succeeded in checking largely the incidence of the fruit-fly pest. In reference to a recent paragraph in our notes columns on a large dinosaurian limb-bone from Bushman’s River, S. Africa, we have received a letter from Dr. R. Broom pointing out that Owen was incorrect in stating that Anthodon came from that locality, and that (as mentioned in Brit. Mus. Cat. Foss. Reptilia) its real place of origin was Stylkrantz. It is added that Anthodon is not a dinosaur, but a pariasaurian, and is thus rightly classified in the work just quoted. Dr. Broom appears to forget that in 1895 (Rec. Albany Mus., vol. i., p. 277) he himself stated in reference to Anthodon that there ‘‘seems a strong probability that the three original specimens were got by Bain at Bushman’s River.” Later on he observed that ‘‘by Owen Anthodon was believed to be a dinosaur; by Lydekker and others it has been be- lieved to be allied to Pareiasaurus. . . . The teeth are unlike those of Pareiasaurus, and strikingly like those of dinosaurs, and it seems possible that Owen may ultimately prove to be right.” Basing our re- marks on these statements, our one error was the assertion that Anthodon is known to be a dinosaur. As the Stylkrantz beds are Permian, and those of Bushman’s River Cretaceous, there can, of course, be no community between their faunas. Tue September number of The Selborne Magazine contains a list of lectures delivered before the Selborne Society during the past few years, and the names of the lecturers. Any of these discourses, which cover a great range of subjects, and are profusely illustrated with lantern-slides, the respective lecturers are pre- pared to repeat, either singly or in series, to local natural history societies or schools in return for their expenses, or moderate fees. To the August number of The Irish Naturalist Dr. R. F. Scharff contributes a note on the Belmullet whaling station, based on a paper by Mr, Burfield in NO. 2289, VOL. 92] the British Association report for 1912. The number of whales taken by the Blacksod Whaling Company in 1g11 was sixty-three, against fifty-five the previous year. The catch of the other company is not given. An interesting article by Mr. C. H. Eshleman on the ‘‘Climatic Effect of the Great Lakes as Typified at Grand Haven, Mich.,” on the east of the lake, is published in the meteorological chart for September issued by the U.S. Weather Bureau. Few stations are more favourably placed for this purpose; it has a broad expanse of eighty-five miles of water to the westward, and the shore is comparatively regular and almost straight to the north and south. Its tempera- ture is compared with that of Milwaukee on the west shore, and with several inland stations lying to the westward in the same latitude. The tables show, inter alia, that the annual means are practically the same; the monthly maxima along the lake are strikingly modified in spring and summer, but only slightly in the other seasons; the minima are greatly modified in autumn and winter. The lake acts as a barrier against the extreme cold from the far north- west; the temperature at Grand Haven is often 20° higher than at Milwaukee, but with easterly winds it is almost as cold at Grand Haven as away from the lake. AIl the other climatic features are modified, but the effect on yearly or monthly precipitation is not striking. We notice with regret that the publication of these valuable meteorological charts, including those of the great oceans, has now ceased. Tue after-shocks of the Messina earthquake of December 28, 1908, have been referred to in several of our Notes. On the last occasion (vol. xci., p. 93) a summary was given of observations made at Mes- sina during the year, 1909. From these it appeared that the distribution in time of the after-shocks did not follow Omori’s law, y=h/(k+x), where h and k are constants and y the number of after-shocks during a given interval at time x from the earthquake. These observations, however, referred to all the shocks felt at Messina, and not only to the true after-shocks of the great earthquake. The latter are distinguished in the valuable notices of earthquakes observed in Italy during 1909, of which we have received the last three numbers for the year. From these it is seen that the decline in frequency of the true after-shocks, though exhibiting the usual fluctuations, does not depart widely from Omori’s well-known law. Part 14 of the Verhandlungen of the German Physical Society contains further details of the method used and the results obtained by Drs. A. Eucken and F. Schwers, of the University of Berlin, in their measurements of specific heats of substances at very low temperatures. A cylindrical block of the material to be investigated had a constantan heating wire of 2 mm. diameter and 200 ohms resistance wound round it, electrical insulation and adequate thermal contact being secured by varnish. The temperature attained was determined from the resistance of a lead wire wound round the cylinder in the same way. The elec- trical heating was carried out in a vacuum vessel at temperatures between 16° and 92° on the absolute 52 scale. Over this range the specific heats of fluorspar and iron pyrites crystals vary as the third power of the absolute temperature in agreement with the theory put forward by Debye in the first instance for monatomic substances, “THe Coal Resources of the World,” to which allusion was made in NatupeE of September 4, is being brought out in this country by the American Book Supply Co., Ltd., 149 Strand. OUR ASTRONOMICAL COLUMN. A_New Comer.—A telegram from the Centralstelle at Kiel, dated September 3, announced the discovery of a comet of magnitude 10-0 by Dr. Metcalf, of Win- chester, Massachusetts, on September 1, at 8h. 42-0m. M.T. Winchester. Its position was given as RA 6h. 50m., and declination 57° o’ N., and was stated to have a slow motion to the north. It was suggested that it possibly might be Westphal’s comet. A second telegram, dated September 4, stated that Prof. Antoniazzi had seen the same object on September 3 at.1sh. 394m. M.T. Padua. The position he gave was RA 6h. 48m. 12s., and declination 570 Shan aINe the daily motion in RA being —1m. 16s., and in declination +34’. According to a writer in The Times (September 6), Prof. Antoniazzi’s observation indicates that the comet cannot be that of Westphal, as the daily motion is diminishing instead of increasing. The new comet is in the constellation of the Lynx, and therefore to be observed any time during the night, but best visible after midnight. The following elements and ephemeris of comet 6 (Metcalf) have been communicated from Kiel, based on the observations of September 2, 3, and 4 :— T=1913 July 20.1129 Berlin. w= 51° 31°47’): 2 =136° 035 bons, Z =142° 49°23’ log g =0'20954 12h. M.T. Berlin. R.A. Dec, hom. os ° , Sept. 11 6 32 54 +62 21°6 13 27 1 63 44°7 15 6 19 53 65 105 The magnitude is given as Io-5 on September 5 and Io-3 on September 15. ANOTHER Cometr.—Another telegram from Kiel, dated September 7, states that Dr. K. Graff discovered on September 6, at 15h, gum. M.T. Bergedorf, a comet of the 11th magnitude. Its position is given as R.A. 23h. 48m. 1-8s., and declination 0° 27! Aal Ss It is thus situated in the constellation of Pisces, and should be best seen about midnight. Tue Prorecrion oF SILVERED Mirrors FROM Tar- NISHING.—Everyone who uses mirrors for astronomical] purposes would welcome a satisfactory method of coating them with some material for preventing tarnishing. M. Perot some years ago published an account of a process he employed successfully for treating mirrors at the Meudon Observatory. It con- sisted of a thin coating of collodion being applied to the surface of the mirror, the film being obtained by pouring over the mirror a solution of collodion in amyl acetate. The mirrors used at the Helwan Observa- tory are subject to becoming spotted a few weeks after silvering, and attempts have been made to pro- tect them. Mr. S. H. Trimen, of the Survey Depart- ment Laboratories, made the various trials (Khedivial Observatory, Helwan, Bulletin No. ro), but after NO. 2289, VOL. 92] NATURE ‘number of this journal (June 17, [SEPTEMBER 11, 1913 repeated attempts with solutions of varying per- centages he had at length to abandon the process, Blurred images of the stars and curious flares on the photographs of the bright stars were always the result of the application of the fil. It is suggested that the problem may possibly be solved by using a solution, possessing a lower viscosity, and it is to be hoped that such an attempt will be made. RESEARCHES ON THE SuN.—The last two numbers of the Astrophysical Journal (June and July) have con- . tained several important researches relating to solar physics. Prof. George E. Hale, in the July number, publishes his most valuable paper on the * Prelimi Results of an Attempt to Detect the General Magnetic Field of the Sun,’ a summary of which, based on an advanced proof, having been given in a previous p- 505). In con- nection with this research, Mr. Frederick H. Seares gives in the same number a paper entitled, “‘ The Displacement-curve of the Sun’s General Magnetic Field.” The spectrum lines observed with the 75-ft. Spectrographs and the polarising apparatus of the 150-ft. tower telescope showed displacements that apparently could not be attributed to any other cause than a general magnetic field of the sun, and the object of his research was to provide a more rigorous control of the results and their interpretation. Thus in the paper he compares the observed displacements with the theoretical displacement-curve derived on the assumption that the sun is a magnetised sphere, and further he provides formula for determining the posi- tion of the magnetic axis relative to the axis of rotation. In the June number Mr. Charles E. St. John deals with the remarkable discovery by Mr. Evershed of the displacement of the Fraunhofer lines in the penumbrz of sunspots. The paper is entitled, ‘The Distribution of Velocities in the Solar Vortex,” and the observations recorded in this research are in entire accord with Mr. Evershed’s hypothesis that the dis- placements considered are due to a movement of the solar vapours tangential to the solar surface and radial to the axis of the spot vortex. Previous refer- ence has already been made of Prof. Slocum’s second paper on the circulation in the solar atmosphere as indicated by prominences. THE INSTITUTE OF METALS. THE autumn meeting of the Institute of Metals took place at Ghent on August 28 and 29 last. This was the first occasion on which this institute has held a meeting abroad, and the gathering may be described as a complete success. The attendance of members (about seventy-five) was particularly satis- factory on account of the representative character of those present, the foreign members of the institute, including members from Russia, Germany, Belgium, and America, being particularly well represented. The mornings of August 28 and 29 were devoted to the discussion of a long and interesting list of papers, while the afternoons were utilised for visits to works, the inspection of the exhibition, and the antiquities of the city. The social functions included a reception by the Burgomestre of Ghent in the ancient and beautiful Hotel de Ville. The foremost place in the work of the meeting was taken by the reading and discussion of the second report to the Corrosion Committee, presented by Dr. G. Bengough and R. M. Jones. This report deals with the examination of a considerable number of examples of corroded tubes from service, of the inves- tigation of the mechanism of corrosion in sea-water, both at the ordinary temperature and at higher tem- peratures by means of small laboratory experiments, Ee SEPTEMBER II, 1913| and the systematic study of corrosion in condenser tubes of various composition under conditions as nearly like those of practical service as possible in an experimental condenser plant set up by the committee at Liverpool University. The results as stated in the report are remarkable, and diverge widely from the views generally accepted hitherto. The examination of material from service did not lead to any conclu- sive results, but the data furnished by the experi- mental plant—so far as they yet go—confirm the results of the small laboratory experiments. The report deals entirely with the process of corrosion by dezincification, which the authors have found to be the most common form of corrosion, although it appeared in the discussion that they admitted that pitting does occur in the absence of dezincification. They find, however, that none of the alloys tested by them undergo selective corrosion or dezincification when exposed to sea-water at the ordinary tempera- ture, but they are all subject to it at higher tempera- tures, the process becoming vigorous towards 40° C. The action of dezincification is connected by the authors with the formation of a basic zinc chloride, or of zinc hydroxide, which is found attached to the surface of the tube, and under these patches the metal is dezincified. The action of this basic salt is described as regenerative and dependent upon the presence of dissolved oxygen in the water. The experiments of the authors dealt with four alloys, viz. brass, contain- ing copper 7o per cent., zine 30 per cent.; Muntz metal, containing copper 61 per cent., zinc 39 per cent.; ‘‘Admiralty’’ brass, containing copper 70 per cent., zinc 29 per cent., and tin 1 per cent.; and a special alloy, containing copper 7o per cent., zinc 28 per cent., and lead 2 per cent. As regards resistance to dezincification at 4o° and 50° C. the last-named proved superior to the others, the Muntz metal and 70/30 brass being the least resistant. Another in- teresting and surprising result obtained by the authors is that dezincification does not appear to be due to electrolytic action; they find—contrary to what has been generally believed—that the presence of particles of carbon, or similar materials, even including a plug of pure copper screwed into the tube, does not give rise to local action of this kind. The report contains a detailed account of the experiments upon which these conclusions are based, and thus constitutes a record of work which must be of fundamental import- ance in the future study of the whole question of corrosion in copper alloys. Of considerable general interest also paper on the intercrystalline cohesion of metals by Dr. W. Rosenhain, F.R.S., and Mr. D. Ewen, of the National Physical Laboratory. The authors of this paper elaborate their theory that the crystals of a metal, forming a crystalline aggregate, are held together by a thin layer of the same metal in the amorphous or undercooled liquid condition. The experimental evidence offered in their first paper they now supplement by evidence obtained from an entirely different direction. In the present paper the relative mechanical properties of the crystals and of the amorphous cement are discussed, and the authors indicate that while at ordinary temperatures the cement would be much harder and stronger than the crystals, at temperatures near the melting point this relation must be reversed, since the undercooled liquid cement must pass into the ordinary fluid condition in a gradual and continuous manner while the crystals will soften suddenly on melting. Just below the melt- ing point, therefore, the theory indicates that the crystals could be pulled apart from one another with- out undergoing any distortion, thus giving a perfectly brittle fracture—the brittleness being entirely jinter- crystalline. The authors show such brittle inter- NO. 2289, VOL. 92] was the NATURE 53 crystalline fractures in the case of the purest lead, tin, aluminium, and bismuth, the lead fractures being par- ticularly striking in appearance. At the meeting these data were supplemented by a similar brittle fracture obtained in a bar of the purest gold which had been prepared for the authors by Dr. T. K. Rose, of the Royal Mint. The discussion showed that the theory of an amorphous cement is still ‘received with some reserve, but it was admitted that the accumulation of experimental evidence has considerably strengthened the position of the theory. The list of papers dealt with at the meeting in- cluded nine others, among which those of Dr. T. K. Rose on the annealing of gold, of Dr. W. M. Guertler on the specific volume and constitution of alloys, of Prof. S..L. Hoyt on the constitution of the copper- rich kalchoids, or alloys of copper, zinc, and tin, of Mr. J. H. Chamberlain on volume changes in alloys, and of H. Garland on the metallographic study of some Egyptian antiquities, were of considerable in- terest. The discussions were in all cases vigorous and full of ‘interest, and the meeting marks a decided advance in the development of the Institute of Metals. THE PAST SUMMER. BRO4aDLY speaking, the past summer was essen- tially dry, generally cool, and particularly sun- less considering the small amount of rain. The reports issued by the Meteorological Office show that for the whole period of thirteen weeks which comprise the summer the mean temperature was below the average in all parts of the United Kingdom except in the north of Scotland, the deficiency being greatest over the east and south-east of England. The mean temperature was higher than in Ig12 over the entire kingdom with the exception of the east of England, but it was everywhere much cooler than in the abnormally hot summer of 1911, the difference being greatest in the midland, southern, and eastern districts of England. The sunshine was deficient over the eastern portion of the kingdom, but generally in excess in the western districts. The hours of bright sunshine were every- where more numerous than in 1912, but far fewer than in 1911. Taking the British Isles as a whole the total hours of sunshine were 492 in 1913, 373 in 1912, and 679 in 1911. The average rainfall for the whole of the British Isles for the three summer months—June, July, and August—was 447 in. this year, 12-92 in. last year, and 627 in. in 1911; the average number of rainy days are thirty-five this summer, sixty-one last year, and thirty-seven in 1911. The rainfall this summer was less in all districts of the United Kingdom than in the dry summer of 1911. In the south-west of England the aggregate summer rainfall was only 39 per cent. of the average, in the north-east of Eng- land 44 per cent., and in the midland counties and the south-east of England 45 per cent. The wettest districts were the north of Ireland, 68 per cent. of the normal, north-west of England, 67 per cent., and north of Scotland, 66 per cent. At Greenwich, which fairly represents England, the weather at the end of May was persistently hotter than at any time during the summer. On six con- secutive days the sheltered thermometer rose to 80° or above. Throughout the summer, from June to August, there were only four days with 80° or above, the average number of such warm days for the summer is fourteen, and in rg1r there were thirty- seven days as warm. The following are the chief meteorological results at Greenwich :— NATURE [SEPTEMBER II, 1913 54 | Temperature Rainfall Sunshine —— : ————awv\>—anaa | 1913 lee le || ie /$. S ime Eo geleejgctes) gifgieeie| @ jee) § |) ee r si. & 2 bil eee 14 ri adleteges 2 egies 2) & ef] e jes 218 | sR ENG pe la" ae . ° = Fea ot In. |. In. | June pera o|«o] o 61r| o | 12 8 | o'6r | -2°33] 204 || +22 July -| 68 |-6 | 52 |=1 | 60 |-4!} 1 | x2] 2’%0r +0'12| 95 -9g1 August ...) 71 |—2 | 52 |—1 | 62 |~1 | g | ax | 2°07 |-0'27| 143 | —34 Summer...| 70 |-3 | sx |-1 | 6x |-2 | 22 | 31 ) 4°60 |- 1°45] 442 |- 103, It is seen that June was very dry, but in other respects fairly normal. July had a fairly normal rainfall, but only about one-half of the average sun- shine, whilst the temperature was exceptionally low. August was very dry until quite the close of the month, when exceptionally heavy rains fell over the south-eastern portion of England; at Greenwich the total for the last three days of the month was 1-22 in. ; both sunshine and temperature were deficient. Cuas. Harp1nc. A MEMOIR ON THE ARTHROPOD EYE.) eee progress has been made of late towards the elucidation of the structure of the arthropod eye. Prof. G. H. Parker, of Harvard, was the first seriously to attack the more intricate problems of its structure, and his insight was such that most of his work stands unchanged even after the more recent elaborate researches of Hesse, Schneider, and others. In the present paper Dr. ‘lrojan has, in addition to his own researches, verified or corrected the observations of these later investiga- tors, whose work had summarised and illuminated the results of earlier writers. It will be of profit to mention briefly the interesting points that Dr. Trojan has been able to add to our knowledge. The corneal cells are not ‘ tile-shaped,” but they are broader distally than proximally, so that they appear triangular in transverse section. The author is unable to support Schneider’s observation that they are four in number, but agrees with Parker and Hesse that there are only two. The structure of the crystalline cells (cone cells) differs in one respect from that described by other writers; the upper part, the “‘ Zapfen,”’ is abruptly cone-shaped distally, and passes between the corneal cells to the facet. The general structure of the retinular cells and rhabdome is as Parker and later writers have described, but Dr. Trojan supports Hesse’s opinion (and differs from Parker and Schneider) that there is no ‘‘zwischen- substanz”’ (matrix) between the ‘‘ stiftchen "’ (fine rods) composing each half-plate of the rhabdome. The in- nervation of the rhabdome is effected as Hesse described, the nerve fibrilla passing up the outer side of the retinular cell, round the nucleus, and terminat- ing on ‘‘knépfchen”’ as the base of the “ stiftchen”’ composing the lamella of the rhabdome. Three optic ganglia are described. The most important part of the paper is devoted to a study of the pigment of the eye in darkness and light; this, however, is best consulted in the original. There are only two pigment-bearing cells which form a continuous tubular sheath enclosing the whole ommatidium from the crystalline cones to the bundles of nerve fibrilla under the basement membrane. The author’s observations on the movements of the pig- ments of these cells, and also of the non-pigmented tapetum cells are of considerable interest. In the course of the paper Dr. Trojan deals suc- cessively, under separate headings, with the different 1 “Das Auge von Palaemon Squilla." By Dr. E. Trojan. Denk. d. Kais. Akad. d. Wiss. math-naturw. Klasse. Bd. 88. Wien, 1912. 54 pp. +6 pl. NO. 2289, VOL. 92] elements of the eye, giving an exhaustive anatomical and historical account of each, an arrangement which is lucid and very easy to follow. The plates illustrat- ing the paper are very fine—we wish we could believe they could have been as exqtisitely reproduced in this country—though we should have preferred to have had more of the author’s own drawings in place of the photographs, beautiful as they are. Dr. Trojan’s paper is an important contribution to the literature of the arthropod eye, not only for the original matter it contains, but also as a critical review of the work of previous observers. H. (Ga BIOLOGY OF AQUATIC PLANTS: R. W. H. BROWN has contributed an important paper on the biology of aquatic flowering plants to The Philippine Journal of Science (vol. viii., pp. 1-20), under the title, ‘‘ The Relation of the Sub- stratum to the Growth of Elodea.”” He confirms the statements ot previous observers that in this and in ~ other submerged plants there is a ‘‘ transpiration cur- rent’’ of water up the vessels of the stem, but his experiments lead to the conclusions that this current is simply a necessary consequence of the physical con- struction of the plant, and that the passage of water through a submerged plant does not show that the movement is of advantage to the plant by causing condensation of nutrient salts or that the roots are of advantage as absorbing organs. Dr. Brown gives tables showing the relative growth of Elodea with and without addition of carbon dioxide to the water, in tap water, and in Knop’s solution, with and without soil, rooted in and simply anchored over | soilor sand, &c., and summarises the results as follows. Sufficient carbon dioxide to keep Elodea growing or even alive does not diffuse from the air into the water during winter and spring; the substratum probably serves as an important source of this gas. Elodea is not dependent on its roots for absorption of mineral salts, the chief function of the roots being to anchor the plant to the soil, which is advantageous when the soil contains organic matter and gives off carbon dioxide; plants rooted in good soil grow better than those anchored over the same soil. When carbon dioxide was supplied by a generator instead of by the soil, rooted and anchored plants grew about equally well; with similar soils, and no external supply of carbon dioxide, floating plants grew better than rooted ones, the air being in this case the source of carbon dioxide. The author’s work is of great interest with refer- ence to the relation between the growth and abund- ance of plankton organisms (which form a large pro- portion of the food of fishes) and of larger water plants, and has obvious economic bearings; for in- stance, his experiments would seem to show that the larger submerged plants compete with the plankton algz for both carbon dioxide and mineral salts, and must therefore be detrimental to their growth. . UNIVERSITY AND. EDUCATIONAL INTELLIGENCE. Lonpon.—A course of twelve post-graduate lectures on “Conductors for the Electrical Transmission of Energy” will be delivered at University College by Prof. J. A. Fleming, F.R.S., beginning on October 29. The course, which is intended for post-graduate students and for telegraphic and electrical engineers, engaged in practical work, will be divided into two parts, which may be attended separately. Part i. will oe SEPTEMBER II, 1913] NATURE Bh) be devoted to “Telegraph and Telephone Conductors, and part ii. to ‘‘ Electric Light and Power Conductors.” Tue Maharaja of Jaipur has made a contribution of three lakhs towards the establishment of a Women’s Medical College at Delhi. AMONG recent appointments at American universi- _ ties we notice the following :—Dr. A. H. Ryan to the chair of physiology in the medical department of the . are = University of Alabama; Dr. J. A. Bullitt to the chair of pathology in the University of North Carolina. Mr. D. C. MartHEson, at present on the veterinary staff of the Board of Agriculture and Fisheries, and formerly connected with the veterinary school of the University of Liverpool, has been appointed to the chair of pathology and bacteriology in the Royal (Dick) Veterinary College, Edinburgh. Ir is stated in The Lancet that of the scholarships to be founded at Aberdeen University by the bequest of Mr. W. Robbie (briefly referred to in our issue of August 21) one is to be for chemistry. The principal of the sum left to the University by Mr. Robbie is to be kept intact, and the interest used in providing perpetual scholarships. An alarming outbreak of fire took place on Friday morning last at Dulwich College, damage being done to the extent of about 300]. The fire appears to have been the work of Suffragettes. The scene of the outrage was one of the chemical laboratories on the first floor of a block of buildings devoted partly to the engineering section of the college and partly to chem- istry. Before the fire could be extinguished a lecture platform was destroyed, the floor of the room badly damaged, and the windows broken by the heat. Tue recently published reports for 1911-12 from those universities and university colleges in Great Britain. which are in receipt of grants from the Board of Education show that, in the twenty-five institu- tions of higher education concerned, there were 22,895 students, excluding 238 who were preparing for matriculation. In English colleges there were 7827 full-time students, 3370 part-time day students, and 7295 part-time evening students. Of this number it appears that 1596 were engaged upon post-graduate work. In Wales there were 1377 full-time students and 343 part-time students, none of them attending in the evening. Of the total number of full-time students admitted during the session 1911-12 to Eng- lish colleges, 4-6 per cent. were under seventeen years of age, 11-9 per cent. between seventeen and eighteen _ years of age, 27-6 between eighteen and nineteen years _ technic diploma. of age, and 55-9 per cent. more than nineteen years old. In Wales, 33-7 per cent. of the students were between eighteen and nineteen, and 54-1 per cent. more than nineteen years of age. A copy of the calendar of the day and evening classes to be held at the Battersea Polytechnic during the session which begins on September 16 has been received. Courses have been arranged both during the day and in the evening in preparation for degrees in science, engineering, and music at the University of London. In the day technical college, full-time courses are arranged in mechanical, civil, electrical, and motor engineering, architecture, and building, and chemical engineering, each covering a period of three years, at the end of which time students pass- ing the necessary examinations are awarded the poly- There are also courses in mathe- matics, physics, chemistry, and botany. The training NO. 2289, VOL. 92] department of domestic science offers two, three, or four year courses in preparation for the teachers’ diplomas in domestic subjects. In the evening, classes have been arranged to meet the needs of every class of student. Science, technology, commerce, art, and literature are all to be taught in a thoroughly prac- tical manner, and the social and physical education of the students is not neglected. THE new session of the Sir John Cass Technical Institute, Aldgate, E.C., will commence on September 22. The syllabus of classes, which has reached us, shows that the educational needs of the district are being cared for admirably. In connection with the higher technological work, several new departures are being made for the coming session. The curriculum in connection with the fermentation industries has been much developed, and now includes courses of instruction on brewing and malting, bottling and cellar management, brewery plant, and on the micro- biology of the fermentation industries. A connected series of lectures dealing with the supply and control of power has also been arranged to meet the require- ments of those engaged in works connected with chemical, electrical, and the fermentation industries. These will comprise a course of lectures on the supply and control of liquid, gaseous, and solid fuel, a course on electrical supply and control, and a course on the transmission of power. The courses in the metall- urgical and other departments will be of the same character as in previous years, and the object will be to meet the needs of the industries in the districts served by the institute. Tue ninth annual report of the Education Com- mittee of the County Council of the West Riding of Yorkshire is an excellent account of a good year’s educational work. From the section dealing with higher technical education we learn that in considera- tion of the grants received from the County Council the Universities of Leeds and Sheffield have been engaged in the organisation and supervision of classes in coal mining, the Leeds University in the area of the West Yorkshire Coalfield, the Sheffield University in the area of the South Yorkshire Coalfield; and each University has made provision for the training in mine gas testing, of persons selected by the Education Committee as prospective teachers of this subject. The Joint Agricultural Council of the three Ridings of Yorkshire have continued the work connected with education and instruction in agricultural subjects, acting through the agricultural department of Leeds University, on the same lines as before. The two outstanding features of the year’s work in the tech- nical and evening schools which call for special men- tion have been, first, a successful summer meeting of teachers in evening schools, and secondly, a consider- able development in regard to the provision of evening classes for adults in non-vocational subjects. SOCIETIES AND ACADEMIES. Paris. Academy of Sciences, August 25.—M. A. Chauveau in the chair.—Kr. Birkeland : Remarks on the attempts made by Hale to determine the general magnetism of the sun. The results recently published by Hale are at variance with the author’s views, if the general magnetism of the sun is similar to that of the earth. The objection made by Hale to the theory of local vortices is discussed. According to the author’s re- searches, the magnetic moment of the sun is of the order of 10** C.G.S. units, and the magnetisation is directed in a sense contrary to that of the earth.— 56 NATURE Georges Claude: The maintenance of temperatures | about —211° C. by the use of liquid nitrogen. An admission of priority to Sir James Dewar.—R. Swyngedauw : The integration of the equation giving the distribution of the density of an alternating cur- rent in cylindrical conductors.—P. Th. Muller and R. Romann: The dissociation of good electrolytes and the law of mass action.—J. Bougault: The isomerisation of the a-hydroxy #y-unsaturated acids into y-ketonic acids. The views of Fittig, Thiele, and Erlenmeyer on this well-known isomeric chatge are discussed. The author puts forward experimental evidence in favour of the following simplified scheme :— R.CH=CH.CH(OH).CO,H—> R.CH(OH).CH=CH.CO,H—> R.CO.CH,.CH..CO,H. —Em. Bourquelot and M. Bridel: The biochemical synthesis of glucosides of polyvalent alcohols; the a-glucosides of glycerol and glycol.—Stanislas Meunier : An unrecognised point in the fossilisation of organic débris. BOOKS RECEIVED. Research in China. (In three volumes and Atlas.) Vol. iii. : The Cambrian Faunas of China, by C. D. Walcott. A Report on Ordovician Fossils collected in Eastern Asia in 1903-04, by S. Weller. A Report on Upper Paleozoic Fossils collected in China in 1903— o4, by G. H. Girty. Pp. vii+375. (Washington, U.S.A.: Carnegie Institution.) The Infinitive in Anglo-Saxon. By Prof. M. Callaway, Jr. Pp. xiii+339. (Washington, U.S.A.: Carnegie Institution.) Botanical Features of the Algerian W. A. Cannon. Pp. vi+81+36 plates. U.S.A.: Carnegie Institution.) The Diffusion of Gases through Liquids and Allied Experiments. By Prof. C. Barus. Pp. vii+88. (Washington, U.S.A.: Carnegie Institution.) The Fermentation of Cacao. Edited by H. H. Smith. Pp. lvi+318. (London: J. Bale, Sons, and Danielsson, Ltd.) tos. net. The Poisonous Terrestrial Snakes of our British Indian Dominions (including Ceylon), and How to Recognise Them, with Symptoms of Snake Poisoning and Treatment. By Major F. Wall. Pp. xiv+149+ (Washington, iv. Third edition. (Bombay: Bombay Natural History Society; London: Dulau and Co., Ltd.) 3 rupees. A Handbook for Birmingham and the Neighbour- hood. Prepared for the eighty-third Annual Meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science. Edited by Dr. G. A. Auden. Pp. vii+637. (Birmingham: Cornish Bros., Ltd.) 3s. 6d. net. Gruppenweise-Artbildung unter spezieller Bertich- sichtigung der Gattung Oenothera. By Prof. Hugo de_ Vries. Pp. viii+365+22 plates. (Berlin: Gebriider Borntraeger.) 22 marks. Chemical Technology and Analysis of Oils, Fats, and Waxes. By Dr. J. Lewkowitsch. Fifth edition, entirely rewritten and enlarged. Vol. i. Pp. xxiii+ 668. (London: Macmillan and Co., Ltd.) 25s. net. Vectorial Mechanics. By Dr. L. Silberstein. Pp. vilit+197. (London: Macmillan and Co., Ltd.) 7s. 6d. net. Principles of Thermodynamics. By Prof. G. A. Goodenough. Second edition, revised. Pp. xiv+ 327. (London: Constable and Co., Ltd.) 14s. net. NO. 2289, VOL. 92] Sahara. By | [SEPTEMBER II, I913 Sinopsis de los Ascaldfidos (Ins. Neur). Longinos Navas, S.J. Pp. 99+2 plates. Institut d’Estudis Catalans.) ; Abhandlungen der K.K- Geglogischen Reichsanstalt. : Band 16. Heft 4. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Schichten von Heiligenkreuz (Abteital, Siidtirol). By _ Dr. E. Koken. Pp. 43+6 Taf. (Vienna.) 12 kronen. Handbuch der Morphologie der Wirbellosen Tiere. Edited by A. Lang. Erster Band. Protozoa. Lief, 2. Pp. 161-320. (Jena: G, Fischer.) 5 marks. Minds in Distress. By Dr. A. E. Bridger. Pp. xii+181. (London: Methuen and Co., Ltd.) 2s. 6d. net. Pheasants and Covert Shooting. By Capt. A. Max- well. Pp. ix+332+16 plates. (London: A. and C. By R P- (Barcelona : Black.) 7s. 6d. net. Annals of the Astrophysical Observatory of the Smithsonian Institution. Vol. iii. Pp. xi+2qr1. (Washington.) CONTENTS. PAGE The State Mycologist in the Colonies. By E. S. S. 27 Physical Training. By Dr. MinaL., Dobbie... . 27 Our Bookshelf . Letters to the Editor :— Branch Product in Actinium C.—E. Marsden; R. H, Wilson... .. . See mite 29 The Terrestrial Distribution of the Radio-elements and the Origin of the Earth. George Craig. ... . 29 The International Union for Solar Research, By Prof. A. Fowler, F.R.S. The British Association :— Arrsngements for the Birmingham Meeting ..... 31 Inaugural Address by Sir Oliver J. Lodge, D.Sc., LE. D.,:F.R.S.,, President) =: 7.45) ae ov too INotes®.. . . . 2. a 2 2 48 Our Astronomical Column :— A New Comet ....4, 4) sate ole ceie nee 52 ‘Another'Comet . ... .). + e+) | o)shanienene 52 The Protection of Silvered Mirrors from Tarnishing . . 52 Researches on the,San ..)) 4-4). Gee A ibe Thesinstitute of ‘Metals. .5) Viti wa.) ieee 5S The Past Summer, By Chas, Harding ...... 53 A Memoir on the Arthropod Eye. By H.G. J... 54 Biology of Aquatic Plants. By F.C........ 54 University and Educational Intelligence ..... » 54 Societies and Academies. ........ = 2 aed Books Received. ..... @isife & 2 ele - 56 Editorial and Publishing Offices: MACMILLAN & CO., Lrtp., ST. MARTIN’S STREET, LONDON, W.C. Advertisements and business letters to be addressed to the Publishers. ‘ Editorial Communications to the Editor. Telegraphic Address: Puusis, LONDON. Telephone Number: GERRARD 8830. ——— s SEPTEMBER II, 1913] NATURE XXlil MINERALOGY —CRYSTALLOGRAPHY— PETROGRAPHY - GEOLOGY, Ask for our new GENERAL CATALOGUE XVIII. (2nd Edition) for the use of Middle and High Schools and Universities. Part I, 260 pages, r1o Illustrations. This catalogue has been prepired with the view of making an exhaustive compilation of all educational appliances for the teaching of Mineralogy and Geology from a scientific as well as froin a practical pvint of view. All the subjects are treated typically, and instructive specimens have been selected with the greatest care. A close examination of the catalogue will show that owing to its careful compo- sition it gives the opportunity of procuring the most complete outfit for the various schools for instruction in and the study of the subjects named, Catalogue No. 18, Part I, will be sent free on application. Part II will appear within the course of the year. (Collections and single specimens of Minerals and Fossils. Meteorites bought and exchanged.) Dr. F. KRANTZ, RHENISH MINERAL OFFICE, BONN-ON-RHINE, GERMANY, Established 1833. Established 1833. METEORITES Meteorie Iron and Stones in all sizes and prices. Apply stating requirements, &c., to JAMES R. GREGORY & CO., MINERALOGISTS, &c., 189 FULHAM ROAD, SOUTH KENSINGTON, S.W. Telegrams: ‘‘ Meteorites,” London. LIVING SPECIMENS FOR THE MICROSCOPE. Volvox, Spirogyra, Desmids, Diatoms, Amceba, Arcella, Actinosphzrium, Vorticella, Stentor, Hydra, Floscularia, Stephanoceros, Melicerta, and many other specimens of Pond Life. Price rs, per Tube, Post Free. Helix pomatia, Astacus, Amphioxus, Rana, Anodon, &c., for Dissection purposes. THOMAS BOLTON, 25 BALSALL HEATH ROAD, BIRMINGHAM. MARINE BIOLOGICAL ASSOCIATION OF THE UNITED KINGDOM. THE LABORATORY, PLYMOUTH. The following animals can always be supplied, either living or preserved by the best methods :— Sycon; Clava, Obelia, Sertularia; Actinia, Tealia, Caryopbyllia, Alcy- onium; Hormiphora (preserved); Leptoplana; Lineus, Amphiporus, Nereis, Aphrodite, Arenicola, Lanice, Terebella; Lepas, Balanus, Gammarus, Ligia Mysis, Nebalia, Carcinus; Patella, Buccinum, Eledone, Pectens Bugula, Crisia, Pedicellina, Holothuria, Asterias, Echinus, Salpa (preserved), Scyllium, Raia, &c., &c. ‘or prices and more detailed lists apply to Biological Laboratory, Plymouth. Telephone: 2841 Western. THE DIRECTOR. WATKINS & DONGASTER, CABINETS AND APPARATUS FOR COLLECTORS OF INSECTS, BIRDS' EGGS AND SKINS, MINERALS, PLANTS, &c. N.B.—For Excellence and Superiority of Cabinets and Apparatus references are permitted to distinguished patrons, Museums, Colleges, &c. A LARGE STOCK OF! INSECTS, BIRDS’ EGGS AND SKINS. SPECIALITY.—Objects for Nature Study, Drawing Classes, &c. Birds, Mammals, &c., Preserved and Mounted by First-class Workmen true to Nature. All Books and Publications (New and Second-hand) on Insects, Birds’ Eggs, &c., supplied. 36 STRAND, LONDON, W.C. (Five Doors from Charing Cross.) FULL OATALOGUE POST FREE. Sales by #Huction. STEVENS’ AUCTION ROOMS. Estp. 1760. A Sale by Auction is held EVERY FRIDAY at 12.30, which affords first-class opportunities for the disposal on purchase of SCIENTIFIC AND ELECTRICAL APPARATUS, Microscopes and Accessories, Surveying Inst:uments, Photographic Cameras and Lenses, Lathes and Tools, Cinematographs and Film:, and Miscellaneous Property. Catalogues and terms for selling will be forwarded on application ‘o Mr. J. C. STEVENS, 38 KING STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON, W.C. GLASS BLOWING : ALL KINDS OF SCIENTIFIC AND EXPERIMENTAL GLASS BLOWING carried out quickly and correctly from rough sketch at Moderate Charges. ANY FORM OF GLASS APPARATUS REPAIRED. DEMONSTRATIONS given here, or at Colleges, &c. aH 66 HATTON GARDEN, LONDON, H. HELM, Telephone : 2512 al Boxn! i ACTUAL MAEER of ALL KINDS of X Ray, Geissler and other Vacuum Tubes, Mercury oe me Frequency Electrodes, &c. List free. Collections of British and Foreign MINERALS, ROCKS, FOSSILS. 25 Specimens, 5/6; 50 do., 10/6; 100 do., 21/-; 200 do., 42/-. 20 Coal Measure Rocks and Fossils, 12/6; do., larger, 15/-. : In Polished Deal Boxes. Inspection. invited of a large stock of Minerals, Rocks, Fossils, and Microscopic Objects. Specimens sent on approval. Prospectors’ Sets, Blowpipe Cases, Cabinets, Geologists’ Hammers, Card Trays, Glass-Capped Boxes, Models of Crystals, and all Apparatus for Mineralogists and Geologists. NEW CATALOGUES POST FREE. RUSSELL & SHAW, 38 Ct. James Street, Bedford Row, London, W.C. NOTICE,—Advertisements and business letters for ‘‘ Nature”’ should be addressed to the Publishers; Editorial Com- munications to the Editor. Yearly th tn a oe Half-yearly (26 Numbers) Quarterly (13 Numbers)... The telegraphic address of ** Nature” is ‘*‘ Phusis,’”’ London, SUBSCRIPTIONS TO Telephone—Gerrar., 8830. “NATURE,” To all Places Abroad :— Yearly oe mee ry ine Half-yearly (26 Numbers) Quarterly (13 Numbers).. (A charge of 6d. is mide for changing Scotch and Irish Cheques.) Cloth Cases for binding “ Nature” are issued at ls. 6d. each, and can be sent post free for ls, 9d. NET aBCES FOR ADVERTISEMENTS. Wu ithe First Two Lines in Columa ... Ok ce 6 Per Line after ... Pa: on vet eo. F One Sixteenth Page, or Eighth Col. 0 10 0 One Eighth Page, or Quarter Col... 0 18 6 One Sixth Page, or One Third Col. Quarter Page, or Half a Column ... Half a Page, or a Column ae Whole Page a ; For the re-direction of replies to advts. a charge of 3d. per advt. is made. Cheques and Money Orders should be Crossed and made payable to MACMILLAN & CO., Limited. OFFICE: ST. MARTIN’S STREET, LONDON, W.C. XXIV IN THE PRESS. NEW CATALOGUE RHEOSTATS FOR THE LABORATORY, TEST ROOM, AND OTHER PURPOSES. ISENTHAL & GO. (Department 1), DENZIL WORKS, NEASDEN, LONDON, N.W. Contractors to the Admiralty, War, India, and Colonial Offices, &c. \ SCIENTIFIC INSTRUMENTS OF ALL DESCRIPTIONS. The “HARRIS.” SPECTROMETER. r Seca ef A cheap and reliable Instrument specially designed for Students’ use. Very strongly constructed so that it may be used by elementary pupils w.thout being put out of order, PRICE £2: 10:0 Each Net. Descriptive Pamphlet on application. PHILIP HARRIS & CO., iro. ‘BIRMINGHAM (ENGLAND.) TOWNSON & MERCER.| LTD. (Established 1798), Manufacturers of Apparatus tor CHEMISTRY, PHYSICS, MECHANICS, BACTERIOLOGY, METALLURGY, and all Science Subjects. LABORATORIES FURNISHED AND COMPLETELY EQUIPPED. Apparatus for Students’ Use. Sole Agents in the United Kingdom for Becker’s Sons’, Rotterdam, Balances and Weights. Agents for the Glassware of Josef Kavalier and Schott & Gen. and Schleicher & Schiill’s Filter Papers. Contractors to the Home and Colonial Departments of H.M. Government, War Office, India Office, Imperial College of Science and Technology and the Universities and Principal Technical Institutions, County Councils, &c. _ 34 Camomile Street, London, E.C. Davies’ Combined Crucible Furnace and Tripod Stand. Over 3,000 sold. It consists of :—A fireclay body with asbestos outer covering, sheet-iron jacket on three teet and metal chimney. It can be used for reductions, fusions, incinerations, and melting of metals and alloys, up toatemperature of 1050’, C., which is above the melt- ing point of silver. When not in use as a crucible furnace, it takes the place of an ordinary tripod stand and flame protector, thus offering a useful combination. i Marble is readily reduced in this furnace. Price complete, with Bunsen Burner, 4/6 each. 50/- dozen. REGISTERED_NO. 455539- Mr. A. E. Dunstan, B.Sc., F.C.S., of the East Ham Technical College, E., after using one of the above furnaces, wrote :— “*] have put the small furnace you sent me to several tests and find it works admirably. Copper was melted in 20 minutes, Brass + A ove os Pe 10 1 German Silver was melted in- ..: tee XO Pe, Seeing that it derives its heat from an ordinary Bunsen burner, I regard it as highly efficient for general laboratory use and is likely to become very popular. I intend to use it myself for ignitions which otherwise would \necessi ate the use of the blowpipe.” Also stocked in 2 larger sizes, Circular, No, 10, post free. A. GALLENKAMP & CO., Ltd., 19 & 21 SUN STREET, Finsbury Square, LONDON, E.c. Printed by RicHarp Cray & Sons, Limirep, at Brunswick Street, Stamford Street, S.E., and published by MACMILLAN AND Co., LimirEp, at St. Martin's Street, London, W.C., and THz Macmittan Co., 66 Fifth Avenue, New York.—Txurspay, September 12, 1913. eS ee Sea 2 A WEEKLY ILLUSTRATED JOURNAL OF SCIEN Btional Musev>” “To the solid Nee So Eitional \ al Must Of Nature trusts the mind which builds for aye.’’—WorpDsWworRTH. No. 2290, VoL. 92] | THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 18, 1913 [Price SIXPENCE Registered as a Newspaper at the General Post Office. | “ext {All Rights Reserved NEWTON & 60.'S * ACADEMY ” SCIENCE LANTERN A Marvel of Value. Illustrated Catalogue Post Free on request. 72 WIGMORE STREET’ {LONDON W._ NEW ‘LONDON’ MICROSCOPE. THE HANDLE MODEL WITH LARGE BASE, FINISHED IN BLACK ENAMEL. This new model of the London Student's Microscope has an extra large and heavy base, giving it great stability. It is on the Handle Model and the illus- tration shows its con- venient pattern. Bs. d. No. 1326 Stand...3 13 0 1» 304A Eyepiece 50 yy 802 3” Object EES ett 1» 804 4” Object lass 1100 » 392A Double Nosepiece 90 6 90 No. 1328 Stand with focussing substage, £4.7.6 (as illustration). R, & J. BECK, Ltd. 68 CORNHILL, LONDON, E.C. REYNOLDS & BRANSON, Ltd. GRAND PRIX AWARD, TURIN. SOLE AUTHORISED MAKERS OF STROUD & RENDELL SCIENCE LANTERNS. The ‘‘College” Lantern, with Russian iron body, suitable for either limelight or the electric arc, mahogany mirror box, rigid base-board without opening for adjustable stage, sliding exten- sion, two superior objectives (C and F), 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10in. focus, condensers 4} in. diameter, prism with silvered back, which can be used at C or as an erecting prism at F in mount (D). with lime- light jet and slide carrier. Complete in travelling case without adjustable stage ie a £8 2 6 Ditto, with Phoenix Arc Lamp ie ie ay 9 10 0 The “‘ University ” Lantern, with sliding base-board, fitted with limelight burner, without adjustable table one i AOR Ditto, with Phoenix Arc Lamp 3 ia a ove 141 15 0 Reversible Adjustable Stage for supporting apparatus ..- cre 76 Slit and prism for spectrum with support, for either lantern ... 1 ery He Polariser and analyser oo ae ep 00 Catalogues post free. Optical Lanterns and Accessory Apparatus (New Edition) 40 pages. Abridged List of Chemical Apparatus and Chemicals, 44 pages. Mechanical Models for teaching Building and Machine Construction. 14 COMMERCIAL STREET, LEEDS. ee ___ The latest Recording Rain Gauge is the ‘FERNLEY’ which embodies several new interesting. . features. Entirely automatic, it is the result of a numerous __ tests : and___ lengthy > y experiments. NEGRETTI & ZAMBRA 38 Holborn Viaduct, London, E.C. City Branch: 45 Cornhill, EC; West End: 122- Regent St. W. se ee Write yor pamphlet ! OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY SOUTH KENSINGTON, LONDON, s.W. The following Special Courses of Advanced Lectures will be given, commencing in October next, at the ROYAL COLLEGE OF SCIENCE. Subject. Conducted by z Prof. A. R. ForsyTH, Se.D., CALCULUS OF VARIATIONS Math.D., LL.D., F.RS. FUNCTIONS OF Two oR More) Prof. A. R. ForsyTH, Sc. D., CoMPLEX VARIABLES Math.D., LL.D., F.R.S. THe THEORY OF Sets OF PoINTs Assist.-Prof. RICHARDSON AND THE THEORY OF A REAL AS RCS, B.Sc. c VARIABLE nat a Re Assist.-Prof. FOWLER, SPECTROSCOPY ... 44 fs A.R.C.S., F.R.A.S., F.R.S. Assist. -Prof. SCHRYVER, Bio-CHEMISTRY ... -D.Sc., Ph.D. Soi BACTERIOLOGY Mr. S. G. PAIng, B.Sc., RylG: LAPworTH, ENGINEERING GEOLOGY, Part of M. Inst (of 3 Courses) in Economic 5 GEOLOGY a iS vai C.E., F.GS. For further particulars of these and other Courses to follow, application should be made to THE REGISTRAR. SESSION OPENS 29th SEPTEMBER, 1013. EAST LONDON COLLEGE (UNIVERSITY OF LONDON). FACULTIES OF ARTS, SCIENCE, AND ENGINEERING. FEES: TEN GUINEAS PER ANNUM. NO ENTRY FEE AND NO REGISTRATION CHARGES. Special fees and facilities for Post Graduate and Research Students in all Faculties. M.A. CLASSES FOR MATHEMATICS. Calendar, with lists of Graduates, University and College Scholarships, Academic and other distinctions, post free on application to the Registrar, or the Principal, J. L. S. HATTON, M.A. Telephone No.: East 3384. ENGINEERING AND TECHNICAL OPTICS. NORTHAMPTON POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE, CLERKENWELL, LONDON, E.C. MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING. Full Day Courses in the Theory and Practice of the above Subjects will commence on Monday, September 29, 1913. The courses in Mechanical Engineering include specialisation in Automobile and Aéronautical Engineering, and those in Electrical Engineering include specialisation in Radio-Telegraphy. ENTRANCE EXAMINATION on Wednesday and Thursday, September 24 and 25. These courses include periods spent in Commercial Workshops, and extend over four years. They also prepare for the degree of B.Sc. in Engineering at the University of London. Students well grounded in Science, Mathematics and Drawing may be admitted direct to the second year’s course. Fees, £15 or £11 per annum. THREE ENTRANCE SCHOLARSHIPS of the value of £52 each will be offered for competition at the Entrance Examination in September next. TECHNICAL OPTICS. Full and Part Time Day Courses in all branches of this important department of Applied Science given in specially equipped laboratories and lecture rvoms. Full particulars as to fees, dates, &c., and all information respecting the work of the Institute, can be obtained at the Institute or on application to R. MULLINEUX WALMSLEY, D.Sc., Principal: NATURE [SEPTEMBER 18, 1913 THE SIR JOHN CASS TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, JEWRY STREET, ALDGATE, E.C. The following Special Courses of Instruction will be given during the Autumn Term, 1913. 4 THE THEORY AND APPLICATIONS OF MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS. By E. C, SNOW, M.A., D.Se. A Course of 10 Lectures on the modern mathematical methods of dealing with statistical data in Social, Educational, Economic, and Medical problems, suitable to teachers and siudents of — economics, Opportunity will be given to students to take up problems on their own account, and assistance and direction will be given for such work. Thursday, 5.30 to 6.30 p.m. The first Lecture of the Course will be given on Thursday, October 9, 1913. THE METHODS OF DIFFERENTIAL AND INTEGRAL CALCULUS, AND THEIR APPLICATION TO CHEMICAL AND PHYSICAL PROBLEMS. By R. S. WILLOWS, M.A,, D.Sc. A Course of 10 Lectures for those engaged in Chemical and Electrical industries and students of Physical Chemistry, in which the subject will be treated more as a means of chemical and physical investigation rathet than from the mathematician’s standpoint. The standard of Mathematics required on joining the class will not go beyond an elementary knowledge of Algebra. Friday, 7 to8 p.m. The first lecture of the Course will be given on Friday, October 10, 1913. Detailed Syllabus of the Courses may be had upon application at the Office of the Institute, or by letter to the PRINCIPAL. THE SIR JOHN CASS TECHNICAL © INSTITUTE, ; JEWRY STREET, ALDGATE, E.C. The following Special Course of Instruction will be given during the Autumn Term, 1913 :— COLLOIDS. The Methods employed in their Investigation and their Relation to Technical Problems. By E. HATSCHEK, A course of ro Lectures and Demonstrations on the nature and properties of Colloidal substances, of the methods employed in their Investigation, and of the bearing of Colloidal phenomena on Chemical and allied Industries. Tuesday Evenings, 7 to 8.30 p.m. The first lecture of the Course will be held on Tuesday, October 7, at 7 p.m. Detailed Syllabus of the Course may be had at the Office of the Institute, or by letter to the Principat. CITY OF LONDON COLLEGE. AOTING IN CONJUNOTION WITH THE LONDON CHAMBER OF COMMERCE. WHITE S8T., and ROPEMAKER ST., MOORFIELDS, E.C. (Near Moorgate and Liverpool Street Stations). PRINCIPAL: SIDNEY HUMPHRIES, B.A., LL.B. (Cantab.) Michaelmas Term begins Monday, September 20th. EVENING CLASSES in SCIENCE. Well-equipped LABORATORIES for Practical Work in CHEMISTRY, BOTANY, GEOLOGY. Special Courses for Pharmaceutical and other examinations. Classes are also held in all Commercial Subjects, in Languages, and Literature. Art Studio. All Classes are open to both sexes. DAY SCHOOL OF COMMERCE. Preparation fora COMMERCIAL or BUSINESS career. ¥ spectuses, and all other information, gratis on application. DAVID SAVAGE, Secretary. NATURE 57 THURSDAY, SEPTEMBER 18, 10913. THE STRUCTURE OF THE ATMOSPHERE : IN CLEAR WEATHER. The Structure of the Atmosphere in Clear Weather: a Study of Soundings with Pilot _ Balloons. By C. J. P. Cave, M.A. Pp. xii+144. (Cambridge : The University Press, 1912.) Price Ios. 6d. net. R. CAVE’S book is a welcome addition to 4 the valuable contributions of amateurs to the common stock of scientific knowledge, and is “the more welcome as the first book on this special _ Subject. The investigation of the upper air is of “Such interest and the incidental problems which it _ presents are so numerous, so attractive, and, in hese days of flying, so practical, that it is a matter of some surprise that there are not found more men of leisure to follow the notable examples of Prof. _ Lawrence Rotch and M. Teisserenc de Bort in the _ investigation of the free atmosphere. Mr. Cave in his introduction refers to the circumstances in which he began the study of the subject. As a matter of history, they can be traced to a letter _by the present writer in The Times asking for the cooperation of yachtsmen in the exploration of the air over the sea by means of kites. Since that letter appeared we have had to chronicle the divi- sion of the atmosphere into two distinct layers, an upper layer,.the stratosphere, in which there is little or no variation of temperature in the vertical, but sensible variation from day to day, or along the horizontal, and a lower layer, the troposphere, in which the variation of temperature is greatest in the vertical and relatively small along the hori- zontal. At the boundary between the two layers which is found at different heights in different regions, and on different occasions according to the barometric pressure, there is generally a slight ‘inversion in the fall of temperature with height. Ten kilometres may be taken as a rough and ready estimate of the average thickness of the troposphere with the understanding that there is a latitude of three or more kilometres to be allowed in either direction according to circumstances. With the progress of the general investigation of the upper air attention has been directed especi- ally to the observation of air-currents at different levels by means of pilot balloons watched through theodolite-telescopes of special construction, intro- ‘duced by M. de Quervain. Mr. Cave’s book gives a comprehensive account of the methods and re- ‘sults of work of this character based upon his own €xperience at Ditcham Park and elsewhere. The apparatus is simple and less expensive than that required for the determination of temperatures :— NO. 2290, VOL. 92] a balloon which need not be large enough to carry recording instruments, some hydrogen, and accessories, two theodolites to be used simultane- ously from two ends of a base for the observation of the altitude and azimuth of the rising balloon at the end of each minute or half minute from the start. One of the theodolites may be dispensed ‘with if the observer knows with reasonable accu- racy the rate of ascent of the balloon, and, as appears from one of Mr. Cave’s chapters, this condition may be assumed without fear of losing the characteristic features of the ascent. In fact, observations of pilot balloons with one theodolite have been asked for as part of an international enterprise. The reduction of the observations is laborious, as each sounding entails the solution of many triangles, but with the judicious use of a slide rule and tables as described on p. 12, the labour is apparently not intolerable. The results of two hundred soundings in 1907, 1908, and 1909, with one in 1910 involving the solution of 8000 triangles, are given in the book. They are classified according to certain types of structure. For each sounding the velocity and direction of the horizontal motion of the air at each half kilo- metre are given in tables on pp. 84—107, and they are illustrated by a number of diagrams showing the variation of direction and velocity with height, accompanied by the weather maps which represent the distribution of surface pressure on the occa- sions of the ascents. A word of praise must here be given for the excellence of the arrangement and printing of the tables and of the diagrams and maps. The order of the book also deserves remark. Mr, Cave has departed from the usual course in not taking the mean values of all the fish that have come into his net. He has sorted out his catch before submitting it to digestion. In fact, there are, if we recollect rightly, no mean values anywhere in the book. In the present state of our knowledge this decision is a wise one, for until the variations are reduced to those of observation alone, a mean value often conceals more truth than it reveals, and is sometimes actually mis- leading. The first step in the discussion is to form a selection of types of structure. These are excel- lently illustrated by photographs of cardboard models. The use of pilot balloons is subject to some obvious limitations. There is no little difficulty in pursuing a balloon with a theodolite for great distances. On one favourable occasion Mr. Cave kept a balloon in view until it was forty miles away, but ordinarily a sounding comes to an end by losing sight of the small speck in the field of D 58 NATURE [SEPTEMBER 18, 1913 view of the theodolite either by a trick of eyesight or by the accident of clouds, long before any such distance has been reached. Consequently, the in- vestigation is limited to clear weather, and for the most part to the lower layers of the atmo- sphere. The lower half of the troposphere, say, up to five kilometres from the surface, is the region specially under observation, but when the sky happens to be clear the investigation can be extended to much greater heights. Mr. Cave gives twelve examples of series of observations beyond 11 kilometres, and one up to 18 kilo- metres. He is therefore able to devote a chapter to the winds of the upper layer, the stratosphere, and he supports the general conclusion that the wind falls off rapidly as the boundary of the stratosphere is approached and passed, though we must wait to learn whether this result is charac- teristic of the stratosphere or merely character- istic of the weather when the stratosphere comes under observation. Useful chapters will be found devoted to methods of observing and their accuracy, and to the rate of ascent of balloons, with an examination of the effect thereupon of the orographical fea- tures of the neighbourhood. The author then takes up the meteorological applications of his results. This section takes the form, for the most part, of a study of the relation of the strength and direction of currents aloft to the distribution of pressure and temperature at the surface, and leads up to an important diagram on p. 75 showing the upper winds in relation to a hypothetical distribu- tion of high and low pressure at the surface. The diagram represents increased velocity aloft in the westerly currents of a “low,” and in the south- westerly and north-westerly currents of a “high,” but a diminished velocity in the easterly wind of a “high.” To judge by the text, an unchanging current might have been represented in the more central area where there is little pressure gradient, and certainly a reversal of the north- easterly current on the south-eastern side of a high-pressure area. But the most striking feature of the diagram is a strong north-westerly upper current increasing with height (across the surface isobars and the south-westerly surface winds) from the central region of a “low” to the eastern region of the neighbouring “high.” This note- worthy current which must be closely associated with the dynamical structure of the atmosphere is rightly selected as one of the types of structure to which attention is specially called. It is in line with observations of cirrus cloud in front of a low- pressure area. 1 The falling off of wind with height in the stratosphere can be showa to be a logical consequence of the higher temperature of the region of lower pressure. NO. 2290, VOL, 92 | formula, to which that used by Mr. Cave approxi- The relations to the sequence of weather on many occasions are set Out in detail, but the results are not easily generalised except in the_ special case of the reversal of the current over a north-easterly wind, which is shown in many | instances to be the precursor of rain and thunder- storms. : Some attention is given to the relation of the direction and strength of the wind in the upper air to the pressure gradient at the surface, assuming that the gradient wind is tangential to the isobars. As regards direction, there are useful diagrams showing the relation of the gradient directions to the surface winds for the three types of structure, viz. : (1) “solid current,” (2) increase of velocity aloft, and (3) decrease of velocity aloft ; the last shows the decreasing winds to be limited to cases of surface wind between north and south- east. As regards strength, gradient velocities are calculated from the usual formula : V =y/(2up sina), and the increase of velocity with height for some situations is attributed to an increase of gradient deduced from the distribution of temperatures in the lowest layers indicated in the published weather-charts. The increase of gradient is calculated from the surface temperature by a rough and ready formula which, considering the local influences upon tem- perature and other circumstances, is sufficiently accurate for Mr. Cave’s immediate purpose; but it may be useful to give here a more accurate mates. Neglecting the effect of humidity, which is certainly small and usually unknown, the increase of pressure difference in millibars for h metres of height measured from any level is given by the formula : sn-spmorsa (2090), where p is the pressure at one place, p+Ap that at another on the same level, @ and A@ are the temperature and temperature difference, and Ap) is the pressure difference at h metres above the given level. 3 Near the surface p/@ is approximately equal to 3, so that for the first k kilometres from the surface the formula would become approximately : Ap. — Aps= r00k( 48 = *f). The approximate formula used by Mr. Cave is practically identical with this, except that the term Ap/p is omitted. The omitted term may be sufficiently small to be neglected for the surface layers when Ap is not large, because p is SEPTEMBER 18, 1913] ‘NATURE 59 numerically of the order of 1000 in that region, but Ap/p cannot be neglected in calculations re- quiring greater accuracy, or in the upper reaches ‘of the atmosphere, where p has a much smaller value because @ does not fall proportionally to the fractional fall of p. In considering any physical explanation of the structure of the atmosphere, the difference “Ap/p—Aé/6@ is an important quantity. In fact, as a rule, it appears that, somewhere or other in a vertical section of the troposphere (where A@ and Ap are of the same sign), in consequence of the variations in the magnitudes involved, the quantity Ap/p—Aé@/@ becomes sero and changes _ sign. To that curious circumstance is due the dominance of the influence of the stratosphere “upon the dynamics of the surface layers, although it only represents about a quarter of the whole “mass of the atmosphere. In the stratosphere Ap d A@ are of opposite signs, and their influences in the production of pressure difference reinforce each other. Hence in the stratosphere, pressure ‘differences are rapidly built up, while in the troposphere changes are capricious and contra- -dictory. _ But fortunately these considerations are, so far _as can be judged, of little importance in the cases _to which Mr. Cave has applied his rough and ready formula, and do not affect the general accuracy of his conclusions. _ For the practical study of the dynamics of the atmosphere we are largely dependent upon observations with pilot balloons. They may be taken as supplementing observations of clouds, and, in due time, both must be brought into relation with the observations of pressure and temperature obtained from registering balloons. It is in many ways unfortunate that the track of a registering balloon cannot always be followed by a theodolite or otherwise determined. As it is, we often get our kinematical conditions from One occasion, and our baric and thermic conditions from a different one. Something may be done to bring the two together by means of observations of cloud- sequence, which can be observed on either occa- sion. At present these have hardly come within the range of meteorological work. Few observers are effectively conscious of the rapidity of the changes which are indicated by clouds, and which “must be the results of the distribution of pressure, temperature, and wind. In the book before us little is said of the association of cloud-forms and cloud-changes with the variations of the structure of the atmosphere isclosed by pilot balloons, but that part of the “subject has great possibilities, and this leads us NO. 2290, VOL. 92] a : like. to express the hope that in a subsequent edition of this interesting work Mr. Cave may be able to give us the benefit of his experience in that direction also. W. N. SHaw. SOCIOLOGY AND MEDICINE. (1) The Task of Social Hygiene. By Havelock Ellis. Pp. xv+41q4. (London: Constable and Co., Ltd. 1912.) Price 8s. 6d. net. (2) The People’s Medical Guide: Points for the Patient, Notes for the Nurse, Matter for the Medical Adviser, Succour for the Sufferer, Pre- cepts for the Public. By Dr. John Grimshaw. Pp. xx+839. (London: J. & A. Churchill. 1912.) Price 8s. 6d. net. (2) "ee title of this book somewhat masks the nature of its contents, for by “social hygiene” the author means to convey the study of those things which concern the welfare of human beings living in societies. The various chapters, or essays as they practically are, include such varied subjects as the changing status of woman and the woman’s movement, eugenics and love, religion and the child, the falling birth-rate, sexual hygiene, war against war, international language, and others. The author generally pre- sents the two points of view, supporting them by quotations and summaries from many sources. The essays are interesting reading, but at the end leave us somewhat in doubt as to what would be for the best, or what the writer considers would be best. (2) This book covers almost the whole range of subjects comprised within the scope of the practice of medicine and surgery, including the specialities such as diseases of the throat and eye. The information given seems generally to be accurate, is imparted in simple language, and im- portant points are frequently driven home by some terse sentence, e.g. “a tooth in the head is worth two on the plate” (p. 57). Some capital sections are given on the management of children, diets and cooking, and physical exercises. The matter does not always seem to come quite in the right place, and simple domestic remedies and treatment may be omitted; for example, that common com- plaint of children, “child crowing,” or “spas- modic croup,” is scarcely noticed under children’s ailments, but is relegated to the chapter on diseases of the throat, and it is certainly by ne means “invariably” associated with rickets. We think that the compass of the work is some- what beyond that necessary or desirable for the general public, but the volume would serve as an excellent book of reference for the district nurse, health visitor, missionary, ship’s captain, and the REE 60 OUR BOOKSHELF. British Rainfall, 1912. On the Distribution of Rain in Space and Time over the British Isles during the Year 1912, as recorded by more than 5000 Observers in Great Britain and Ireland, and discussed with Articles upon various Branches of Rainfall Work. By Dr. H. R. Mill, assisted by C. Salter. Fifty-second annual volume. Pp. 96+ 372. (London: E. Stanford, Ltd., 1913.) Price 10s. Tue plan of this valuable annual volume remains almost exactly as before; it is well known to many of our readers, and is welcomed by meteorologists and others for its comprehensiveness and the scrupulous care exercised in dealing with matters of detail. Part i. is devoted mainly (1) to the unprecedented rainstorm of August 25—26 in East Anglia, the area being now extended to the whole ox England and Wales. The rainfall exceeded 7°5 in. over about sixty-seven square miles, with a small patch where more than 8 in. fell, between Norwich and Brundall. The weight of precipita- tion over England and Wales is estimated at 4473 million tons. (2) the wettest summer in England and Wales. The rainfall was not ex- ceeded during the last fifty years; in August the amount in south England was more than three times the average over large areas. The general rainfall for June-August was 78 per cent. above the normal. Part ii. deals with the rainfall for the year, and includes the observers’ remarks on the weather, with heavy falls and monthly and seasonal rainfall, illustrated by maps. The year was a wet one; expressed in percentages the totals were: England, 123; Wales, 119; Scotland, 111; Ireland, 108; British Isles, 115. Part iii. contains the general tables of total rainfall at 5272 stations; maps of the river-divisions are now given, with the tables for each of the twenty-three large divisions of the country. We notice with regret that this useful and unique organisation is not yet self-supporting, and that the deficit has to be met by the director; further, that owing to the continual strain of the work, Dr. Mill has to take a complete temporary rest, during which time Mr. Mossman, of the Argentine Meteorological Office, will undertake the editorship of the publi- cations. (1) Die Siisswasser-Flora Deutschlands, Oster- veichs und der Schweiz. Herausgegeben von Prof. A. Pascher. Hefts. 2, 3, 9, and 10. Price 5, 1.80, 1.50, 4 marks. (2) Die Siisswasserfauna Deutschlands eine Ex- kursions-fauna, Herausgegeben von Prof. Dr. Brauer. Heft.’ 14. (Jena: Gustav Fischer, 1912-13.) Price 7 marks. TuEsE little monographs on the fresh-water flora and fauna of Germany, Austria, and Switzerland are issued under the general editorship of Prof. Pascher and Prof. Brauer respectively. The series on the fauna is issued in nineteen parts, extending from the Mammalia to the Hydrozoa; that on the flora in sixteen parts, of which the first twelve and part of the thirteenth deal mostly with micro- NO. 2290, VOL. 92| NATURE [SEPTEMBER 18, I9QI 3 scopic forms, the remainder with fungi, mosses, lichens, &c.; a volume on the Protozoa does not seem to be included. The volumes range in price from 1.50 marks to 7 marks, are purchasable separately, and are written by well-known authori- ties on the subjects of which they treat. Ea volume commences with a general description of } the particular group dealt with, methods of in- vestigating and preserving the organisms, and a brief list of the principal works and papers on the subject, after which follows a_ systemati description of species, diagnoses of genera, &c. _ (1) These volumes deal with several groups of flagellated micro-organisms (Heft. 2 and 3), in cluding Euglena, diatoms (Heft. 10), and the Zygnemales (Heft. 9), i.e., chlorophyl-green, cylindrical-celled alge, such as Spirogyra. Al the volumes seem very complete, and that on the diatoms should serve as a very useful handbook on this interesting group of micro-organisms. (2) This volume deals with the Rotatoria and Gastrotricha. A good account is given of rotifer structure, and the diagnostic tables and descrip- tions of species are excellent. ’ All the volumes are profusely illustrated, e.g., no fewer than 379 illustrations are allotted to the diatoms and 474 to the rotifers, many comprising two or more figures. We believe that these series will be of the greatest service to the field-naturalist and others. RTE LETTERS £O THE EDITORS [The Editor does not hold himseif responsible for opinions expressed by his correspondents. Neither can he undertake to return, or to correspond with the writers of, rejected manuscripts intended for this or any other part of Nature. No notice is taken of anonymous communications.] The Nature and Treatment of Cancer and Malaria. May I ask your courtesy for a brief reference to the article by Dr. C, W. Saleeby on the International Medical Congress (NaTuRE, August 14, pp. 608-9)? Dr. Saleeby notes, that recent research is tending in the direction of the views advanced by me some few years ago. How long will yet elapse before these views as to the germinal origin, trophoblastic (asexual) nature, and enzyme or pancreatic treatment of cancer are ‘“‘ generally accepted’ cannot be said. But when- ever that time does arrive, mankind in general and medical mankind in particular will have no other refuge against the ravages of cancer than its treat- ment with genuine strong injections of trypsin and amylopsin. Scientifically, what evidences are there of this? In the first place, among others, three success- ful cases treated by Major Lamballe were described © in my book on cancer, published two years ago. It is quite four years since the patients were treated. Two of them are certainly alive and well, and I believe that this is also so with the third. More recently, I have pointed out, in a paper on the occuYrence of dextro-rotatory albumins in organic nature, noticed not long ago in your columns, that the asexual gene- rations, such as the malaria parasite, &c., which induce disease, are the same in nature as cancer-cells, and have foretold their total destruction by the fer- ments, trypsin and amylopsin. In a memoir, which is about to be published, Major F. W. Lamballe, SEPTEMBER 18, 1913] NATURE 61 R.A.M.C., has demonstrated the scientific truth of this. He has shown in a way which must carry com- plete conviction, that cases of benign and malignant tertian malaria, even very grave cases with cerebral symptoms, in all of which, as his results show, quinine had proved quite useless to stem the disease and to prevent relapses, from one to three injections of pancreatic enzymes sufficed not merely to kill all the parasites, but to cure the patient. Relapses in the ‘patients—which had been the rule in very nearly all the cases—did not occur after this brief treatment, and the men (British soldiers) were able to return to duty at once, even in some instances on the day of the second or third injection. That is to say—and it is a a for great scientific satisfaction—the original work, which I began in 1888, has now resulted inthe easy and complete -conquest of malaria. What this ‘means can be understood from the facts concerning _ the treatment of malignant malaria, which at present 'is the rule in the Army. This entails a course of treatment by quinine lasting at least four months, and very often, if not always, even then the patient is not cured. But I understand that during this time _ the soldier is regarded as unfit for active service, and _ sometimes 25 per cent. of a regiment stationed in the _ tropics may be in this condition. In contrast to this the pancreatic treatment of malignant malaria in the hands of Major Lamballe entails not more than three injections, costing at the outside three shillings, it need not last two weeks, and the patient can return to duty at once, and so far as we know is then free from all danger of relapse, but not immune to a new infection. The facts here outlined indicate that, properly applied, that which cures malignant malaria must cure cancer. J. Brearp. 8 Barnton Terrace, Edinburgh, August 30. {I am delighted that my brief reference to Dr. Beard’s work should have elicited this interesting letter. He might also have referred to the astonish- ingly successful treatment of surgical tuberculosis by the eg ferments, which was reported upon by aetzner in the special tuberculosis number of The Practitioner recently. (Being abroad, I cannot give the reference.) When Dr. Beard refers to the malaria parasite as an asexual generation, he must, of course, be thinking of only one-half of its complete reproduc- tive cycle. It: would be interesting to make clinical observations as to the action of trypsin and amylopsin upon the sexual and asexual stages of these parasites respectively. As for cancer, I shall never be able to believe that the good results I saw under Dr. Beard’s method of treatment six years ago were not causally connected with it. And if it be true, as is now asserted, that the leucocytes, our defenders against morbid cells, normally produce trypsin, perhaps the last has not been heard, after all, of this daring and original theory of Dr. Beard.—C. W. Satrepy.] Note on the Dicynodont Vomer. IN a paper on Dicynodon now being printed by the Royal Society we have already described the bone which Dr, Broom now regards as the “ typically “mammalian median vomer.” It is the bone which he has described previously as the anterior continuation of the basisphenoid, but without recognising the groove on the dorsal surface. No trace of a suture exists between it and the basisphenoid. To us it seemed, as stated in our paper, that the form of this bone, so far from confirming Dr. Broom’s views, rendered his interpretation of the grooved bone in Diademodon even more doubtful than before. __ That the bone generally recognised as the vomer in Dicynodon had a paired origin we readily admit, and NO. 2290, VOL. 92] | we had already set forth reasons for this view in a paper now in MSS. on the structure of the skull in a small unnamed Dicynodont genus; as we have pointed out in our paper on Dicynodon, the vomer is paired in the guinea-pig, and had probably a paired origin in mammals. IGERNA B. J. Soxtas. W. J. Sorras. Oxford, September 6. An Aural Illusion. I am not aware that the following curious particular has been noticed. If a sounding body has a velocity greater than that of sound in air, it will outstrip its previous sounds as it goes, and leave them to follow in its wake. Let it be supposed that such a body ceases sounding directly it passes an observer. In this case the sound waves of the greatest intensity will be the first to act, and those of the least intensity, the last. Hence the modulation of the sound will be reversed, and will have the character of a diminuendo, which we associate with sound that comes from a receding body. In such circumstances, therefore, it would seem to the observer that the source of sound had been travelling away from, instead of towards, him; an illusion touching the swell of the sound, and so the apparent direction of the sounder, quite distinct from those pitch effects which are duly taken cognisance of by Doppler’s principle. Norman ALLISTON. NINTH INTERNATIONAL PHYSIO- LOGICAL CONGRESS. ‘THE triennial International Physiological Con- gress, which was held at Groningen on September 2 to 6, was unanimously voted by those who attended it to be one of the most successful scientific congresses held during the present year. The number of workers engaged in physiological investigation being not very large, the congress, although larger than might have been anticipated, was of manageable size, and since physiologists on the whole are not a fluc- tuating body, everyone felt at ease and en famille. It would be impossible to speak too highly of the admirable manner in which the president, Prof. Hamburger, with his characteristic precision, provided for the welfare and convenience of all those who attended the congress and who gave demonstrations in the laboratories; these latter are beautifully equipped, and leave nothing to be desired. To English physiologists this particular physio- logical congress is of especial interest, since it is now twenty-five years since the congress was founded at the suggestion of the Physiological Society; the late Sir Michael Foster, its first president, was one of those who was most directly connected with its foundation, and it was as a fitting tribute to his labours that his portrait was chosen as the frontispiece for the special Fest- schrift, edited by Prof. Hamburger and Dr. Laquer. In this volume an excellent résumé, arranged according to subject, is given of the work of the congress during the past twenty-five years ; | this is preceded by the opening address of the pre- | sident, Prof. Hamburger, at the present congress. | The congress numbered about 400 members, ' of whom about sixty were British, and the social THE 62 NATURE [SEPTEMBER 18, 1913 events were numerous. On September 1 the visitors received in De Harmonie a warm welcome from the Dutch physiologists and the Medical Association of Groningen. The following even- ing there was a reception in the large hall of the University buildings by the Queen’s representative and the Dutch Government. On Wednesday, at the “Sterrebosch”’ Park, the guests enjoyed the hospitality of the municipality of the town, and on the next day, at the Paterswolder Lake, that of the Ex-Senator M. J. KE. Scholten. On Thurs- day evening there was also an excellent entertain- ment at the theatre and in De Harmonie. On the last evening a banquet terminated the congress. But the hospitality was not confined to the above- mentioned events; many members enjoyed private hospitality during their stay, and, as stated by Prof. Starling, all the people in the town were so cordial that “we felt that we were not merely the guests of the physiologists, but of every bargee and every tram conductor in the town.” There was a special ladies’ committee, and several excursions were arranged for the ladies who attended the congress. To commemorate the occasion of the congress, the Dutch medical journal, Nederlandsch Tijd- schrift voor Geneeskunde, issued a special number, largely devoted to physiological communications, and to the history of the development of physio- logy in Holland. The same journal also had a special medal struck, and duplicates were presented to all members of the congress. The medal bore the portrait of the famoys Dutch physiologist, Donders, executed by the well-known sculptor Pier Pander; on the back were the words, “Aan de leden van het IX® Intern. Physiologen Congres. te Groningen, aangeboden door het Nederlandsche Tijdschrift voor Geneeskunde September MCMXIII.” (“Offered to the members of the IXth Inter- national Physiological Congress in Groningen, by the Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor Geneeskunde September 1913.”) The demonstrations and communications were very numerous, and it was not possible for one person to see and hear much more than one-third of the whole programme, which occupied most of the mornings and afternoons. The English physio- logists contributed largely to the demonstrations, which, as in the meetings of our Physiological Society, had precedence over merely oral com- munications. The demonstrations of Profs. Starling (heart-lung preparation) and Sherrington (rhythmic reflex produced by antagonising reflex excitation by reflex inhibition) are familiar to English physiologists. A demonstration which attracted much interest was that of Prof. Abel and Dr. Rowntree, of Baltimore; this consisted in an apparatus for what may be termed “vivi- diffusion,”’ and must be accounted one of the most distinct improvements in physiological technique which have been seen in recent years. The apparatus is called the “artificial glomerulus,” and consists of a series of collodion tubes arranged in parallel, and surrounded by warm Ringer’s solu- NO. 2290, VOL. 92: tion; there may be from sixteen to forty-eight tubes in the apparatus, and through this system blood from a chloralosed sand hirudinised animal is led. The blood flows ‘out from. an artery or vein (e.g. from the carotid artery, or from one’ of the tributaries of the portal vein) through the apparatus, and returns again to the circulation of the animal by a vein (e.g. the external jugular vein or the femoral vein). Such a circulation can be carried out under sterile conditions, and may be continued for sixteen hours with ease, and in favourable circumstances for much longer. At intervals the fluid surrounding the collodion “glomerulus” is run off and replaced by fresh Ringer’s solution. The solution thus run off will contain all the diffusible substances of the blood other than the saline constituents of Ringer’s solution, and on evaporation these may be re- covered. In this manner it is possible to detect the presence of substances which are only present in minute traces in the circulating blood; thyps, at the end of sixteen hours considerable amounts of amino-acids and of urea can be recovered from the dialysate; sugars and a polypeptide substance are also present. -It is worthy of note that, as regards efficiency, the artificial kidney thus made compares very favourably with the animals’ own kidneys; thus, when salicylates are given, the artificial glomerulus may excrete as much or more than the kidneys in a given time. It is hoped that a surgical application of this principle will prove of value. The applications of the method to the study of intermediary metabolism are obvious, and interesting results have already been obtained in this direction. Another interesting demonstration was that of Prof. Benjamin Moore and Dr. Webster, who showed that when carbon dioxide was passed through solutions of such inorganic colloids as uranic oxide or ferric oxide in high dilution, in presence of sunlight or of light from the mercury arc, formaldehyde is formed, and may be detected by Schryver’s test. They discussed the relation of this phenomenon to the question of the first appearance of organic matter on the globe. Dr, Carlson, of Chicago, showed that it is easy to demonstrate on man the presence of rhythmic and of so-called “tetanic” contractions of the walls of the stomach during fasting. For this purpose two long indiarubber tubes are swallowed until their lower ends reach the stomach. One of the tubes serves for the introduction of substances into the stomach, and the other ends in a thin rubber sound which is inflated, and which, when connected with a water manometer, serves to record the contractions of the stomach. Dr.:Carl- son maintains that these contractions give rise to the sensation of hunger by stimulation of the afferent nerves of the stomach wall, that they are initiated by local automatic mechanisms, and that they are inhibited by various substances which stimulate the nerve endings in the gastric mucosa (gastric juice, acids, alcohol, &c.). Prof. Asher, of Berne, claimed to have demonstrated the pres- ence in the vagus of secretory fibres to the kidneys, SEPTEMBER 18, 1913] and Prof. Noyons, of Liége, showed curves which be believed indicated that there is an antagonism between the internal secretion of the pancreas and adrenalin. The demonstration by Prof. Magnus, of Utrecht, on the influence of the position of the head on the posture in decerebrate rigidity and in ‘normal rabbits was very interesting. The effects are in part due to reflexes from the neck and partly to labyrinthine reflexes. A novelty of great interest to those interested painting was the demonstration by Mr. A. H. unsell, of Boston. This was a quantitative classification of pigment colours based upon easurements by a daylight photometer, Maxwell discs, and the trained discrimination of the painter. The photometer uses the daylight adapted eye, and reads in terms of the Weber-Fechner law. __A somewhat surprising communication came from Prof. Hiirthle, of Breslau, who has made a careful study of the variations in pressure and velocity in various arteries during the pulse wave in living animals, and in dead animals perfused by means of an “artificial heart.” From these ex- periments the conclusion is drawn that the arteries are rhythmically contractile, and that their con- traction aids the circulation of the blood. It would be interesting to see these experiments repeated with a dead animal perfused from a living heart prepared according to Starling’s method. Many interesting apparatus were shown; among _ these may be mentioned the now well-known appa- ratus of Prof. Krogh, of Copenhagen, for the _ investigation of various respiratory problems; that of Dr. Franz Miiller, of Berlin, for the determina- tion of the minute-volume output of the heart in man by a simple application of the nitrous oxide method; the ‘‘Kurvenkino” devised by Prof. Straub, of Freiburg, by means of which tracings made on smoked glass in the laboratory may be _ projected on a screen with realistic effect (appara- tus made by Jaquet, of Basel); and the apparatus of Dr. Rohde, of Heidelberg, for the measurement of the oxygen usage of the frog’s heart under Various conditions of contraction. Dr. Laqueur also showed a projection method for exhibiting the movements of the intestines to a large audience. The great event of the congress so far as com- munications are concerned was the closing lecture, which was given by Prof. Pawlow, of St. Peters- burg, on “Die Erforschung der héheren Nerven- tatigkeit,” in which he dealt with the subject of conditional reflexes, to which he has devoted the latter third of his active scientific career. Prof. Pawlow is of the opinion that psychology in its é physiologist. The physiologist must remain a Physiologist, and must investigate his problems by the recognised methods which have been so “fruitful in other fields—he must study the brain . an integrated working organ, and must build up his knowledge independently of the psycholo- gist. The study of reflex action as a purely physiological topic has already yielded valuable results on treatment by the methods of experi- mental physiology. work of the Pawlow school that we must extend @ NO. 2290, vot. 92 | ie present condition can be of little service to the | NATURE | are It is rendered clear by the | 63 our ideas of reflex action and recognise that besides the elementary function of carrying out ready-formed reflexes, the nervous system has another equally important and fundamental func- tion—that of the formation of new reflexes. It is a generally recognised property of living organ- isms to adapt themselves to their surroundings, or, in other words, to respond in suitable manner to what were previously indifferent agencies. So far, the reflexes which have been most studied by Pawlow have been those concerned with the secre- tion of saliva in dogs. Various stimuli can be given so as to affect different sense-organs in different cases, and at the same time the animal is fed, or acid introduced into its mouth; after a short period of such treatment a new reflex has been introduced, for now on application of the accom- panying (“conditional”) stimulus alone, without the introduction of the food or acid (“unconditional stimulus’’), a reflex secretion of saliva occurs. Such reactions have all the characters of the true reflexes, and are equally simple in character, and not, as might seem at first sight, complicated processes grafted on to an unconditional reflex. The intricacy of the conditional reflex is due not to the complex nature of the neural processes involved in the reflex, but to the ease with which it can be inhibited; innumerable conditions in the nervous system itself and in the outer world modify it in this way, and thus investigation of the phenomena is not easy. In close relation to the formation of a conditional reflex is the func- tion of the analysis of the sensations which reach the organism from the outer world, and from which some components are selected by the process of analysis; it is only these selected com- ponents which are really utilised in the construc- tion of the new reflex. It seems, then, that by careful study of these reflexes we have the means for acquiring an accurate knowledge of the func- tional activity of the analysing mechanism. The chief problems which have been investigated are those concerned, firstly, with the origin of the conditional reflexes, and secondly with the mech- anism of analysis of sensations. These reflexes can be formed in relation to strong as well as to indifferent stimuli; thus powerful electric stimuli applied to the skin, when the reflex has been trained, do not lead to movements of defence or aggression as is at first the case, but merely to the feeding reflexes of which the flow of saliva is the easiest to follow. This is to be explained as due to the formation of new nerve paths, determined by different excitability of the various nerve centres. Thus the stimulation of bone cannot be made to yield the conditional reflex, since the centres con- nected with painful stimulation of bone are more powerful than those connected with alimentation. An important condition for the upbuilding of a conditional reflex is that the particular conditional stimulus used must precede, or accompany, not follow, the unconditional stimulus (food or acid). If it follows the unconditional stimulus, inhibitions set up, and this inhibition has also been studied. It is also of great importance that the stimulus employed be strictly isolated from inci- 64 NATURE [SEPTEMBER 18, 1913 dental ones; in some of the earlier investigations it appeared that the real conditional stimusus was given by the operator himself, by some peculiarity of odour or movements, and not at all by the stimulus which he believed he was employing. For this reason the animals are now